Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
7346-7348 Gall Blvd (3)
aeeeEvinnaxs (�_ CENTERLINE INS INSULATION A. B. ANCHOR BOLT INSUL. INSULATION ACT ACOUSTIC CEILING TILE INT INTERIOR ADJ. ADJUSTABLE JST. JOIST A.F.F. ABOVE FINISH FLOOR LH LEFT HAND A.F.G. ABOVE FINISH GRADE MASY. MASONRY AGGR. AGGREGATE MAT. MATERIAL ALT. ALTERNATE MDF MEDIUM DENSITY FIBER AL OR ALUM. ALUMINUM MFR. MANUFACTURER ANOD. ANODIZED MECH. MECHANICAL APPROX. APPROXIMATE MIN. MINIMUM ARCH. ARCHITECTURAL MISC. MISCELLANEOUS BD BOARD M.O. MASONRY OPENING BLD'G BUILDING MSI MICHAELS STORES INC BLK'G. BLOCKING MTL. METAL BM. BEAM N.I.C. NOT IN CONTRACT BTM. BOTTOM N.T.S. NOT TO SCALE BUR BUILT UP ROOF O.C. ON CENTER C.J. CONTROL JOINT OPH OPPOSITE HAND CKT. CIRCUIT OPNG. OPENING CLG. CEILING P.LAM PLASTIC LAMINATE CO. CLEAN -OUT PLYWD. PLYWOOD COL. COLUMN PR. PAIR CONC. CONCRETE PSF POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT CONST. CONSTRUCTION PSI POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH CONS. CONTINUOUS P.T. PRESSURE TREATED CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT C.W. COLD WATER PTD. PAINTED O DEM DEMOLITION PWD. PLYWOOD . DET. OR DTL. DETAIL R RADIUS DIA. DIAMETER REF. REFERENCE DIM. DIMENSION R.H. RIGHT HAND DN DOWN R.D. ROOF DRAIN DR DOOR REBAR REINFORCING STEEL REINF. REINFORCE (ED) (ING) DS DOWNSPOUT REQ'D. REQUIRED DWGS. DRAWINGS RM. ROOM E EC. L ELECTRICAL R.O. E ROUGH OPENING ELEV. ELEVATION R.T.U. ROOF TOP UNIT EQ. EQUAL SCHED. SCHEDULE EXIST. EXISTING S.F. SQUARE FEET EXP. EXPANSION EXTERIOR SIM. SIMILAR F.D. F.D. FLOOR DRAIN SPECS. SPECIFICATIONS F.F. FINISH FLOOR ELEVATION STRUCT. STRUCTURAL F.G. FINISH GRADE S.S.T. STAINLESS STEEL FIN. FINISH STD. STANDARD FIN. FL. FINISH FLOOR STL. STEEL FLR. FLOOR SYN SYNTHETIC FOC FACE OF CONCRETE TEMP. TEMPERED FOF FACE OF FINISH T.G. TRUSS GIRDER FOM FACE OF MASONRY T&G TONGUE AND GROOVE FOS FACE OF STUD T.O.B. TOP OF BEAM F.R. FIRE RATED T.O.C. TOP OF CONCRETE OR CURB F.R.P. FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANEL T.O.J. TOP OF JOIST F.R.T. FIRE RETARD ENT -TREATED T.O.M. TOP OF PLATE FTG. FOOTING T.O.P. TOP OF MASONRY GA. GAUGE T.O.S. TOP OF SLAB GALV. GALVANIZED T.O.W. TOP OF WALL GL. GLASS TYP. TYPICAL ALL LOCATIONS GWB GYPSUM WALL BOARD U.N.O. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE GYP GYPSUM T.O.S. TOP OF STEEL GYP. BD. GYPSUM WALL BOARD V.C.T. VINYL COMPOSITION TILE H.C. HANDICAPPED VERT VERTICAL HORIZ HORIZONTAL V.I.F. VERIFY IN FIELD HVAC HEATING, VENTILATING V.T. VINYL TILE AIR CONDITIONING W/ WITH H.W.H. HOT WATER HEATER W/o WITHOUT WD WOOD SYMBOL LEGEND ROOM NAME X ELEVATION NUMBER ® ROOM IDENTIFICATION XX — SHEET DRAWN \ DOOR NUMBER 4(;X — SECTION NUMBER XX PARTITION NUMBER X — SHEET DRAWN 0'-0" CEILING HEIGHT X DETAIL NUMBER (0A REVISION INDICATOR X — SHEET DRAWN N ( ) X COLUMN LINE INDICATOR NORTH ARROW XX WINDOW NUMBER ELEV. 0'-0" ELEVATION POINT, CONTROL POINT � FINISH IDENTIFICATION KEY XX NOTE REFERENCE KEY 0)-73 PROJECT DATA: B P � TENANT IMPROVEMENTS PACKAGE STORE NO. 1612 TOWNVIEW SQUARE SHOPPING CENTER 7338 GALL BLVD. ZEPHYRHILLS, FL 33541 CONTACTS: I coos REVIEW: im TENANT: VENDOR CONTACTS: BUILDING DEPARTMENT INFO. ROSS DRESS FOR LESS HARDWARE / LOCKSETS STANLEY SECURITYCURITY SOLUTIONS, BLUE IDENTITY BANDS TK PRODUCTS FLOOR TESTING INDEPENDENT FLOOR TESTING AND City of Zephyrhills Building Department MECHANICAL SOLUTIONS DIVISION "TK 6010-40" COLOR PMS 300 "ROSS BLUE" INSPECTION INC. Contact: KalVin Switzer 4440 ROSEWOOD DRIVE 47225 FREMONT BOULEVARD, FREMONT, MATTE FINISH 1850 GATEWAY BLVD, SUITE 230, CONCORD, 5335 8th Street CALIFORNIA 94538-6502 11400 WEST 47TH ST, MINNETONKA, MN CALIFORNIA 94520 PLEASANTON, CA 94588-3050 CONTACT: CHIP DURHAM, ACCOUNT REPRESENTATIVE (951) 443 5329 55343 CONTACT: MIKE BOULKA (800) 441-2129 CONTACT: JAMES POULIOT (800) 490-3657 X207, FAX: (877) 814-0338 Zephyrhills, FL 33542 Phone: (813) 780-0020 CELL: (949) 678-1282 EMAIL: MBOULKA@TKPRODUCTS.COM EMAIL: JAMES@FLOORTEST.COM EMAIL: CHIP.DURHAM@SBDINC.COM (SEE A201) (SEE 0100 SEC 5) CONTACT: EM I LIO LANSANG - CONSTRUCTION (SEE G100 - SEC 8) WINDOW FILM ENERGY REBATE MANAGER PROCESSING ROOM DOORS CHB INDUSTRIES ROSS REBATE ADMINISTRATION SERVICES ELIASON CORP., EASY SWING DOOR DIVISION 732 NESCONSET HIGHWAY, SUITE 104B, REALWINWIN INC. 9229 SHAVER ROAD, KALAMAZOO, MICHIGAN SMITHTOWN, NEW YORK 11787 1926 ARCH STREET, PHILADELPHIA, 49024 CONTACT: BOB FOGARTY (800) 220-2525, PENNSYLVANIA 19103 CODE DATA SUMMARY ARCHITECT: PHONE: (800) 828-2655 OFFICE: (610) 659-4736 CONTACT: ANGELA ZIMMERMAN (215) CONTACT: JEFF McNALLY, ACCOUNT FAX: (631) 360-3068 732-4480 X243, FAX: (215) 732-0477 REPRESENTATIVE (269) 492-3912 EMAIL: BFOGARTY@CHBWINDOWFILM.COM EMAIL: AZIMMERMAN@REALWINWIN.COM A: BUILDING CRITERIA MCG ARCHITECTURE EMAIL: JEFFM@ELIASONCORP.COM ALT CONTACT: AMRITA SINGH (800) 220-2525 (SEE A120 & E3) (SEE G100 SEC 8.7) EMAIL: ASINGH@CHBWINDOWFILM.COM 2007 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE (SEE G100 SEC 8.1) MAIN DISTRIBUTION BOXES 2008 FLORIDA ELECTRICAL CODE 7100 E. PLEASANT VALLEY ROAD STOREFRONT BOSTON RETAIL 2007 FLORIDA MECHANICAL CODE KAWNEER NORTH AMERICA (ALCOA INC.) ENTRANCE FLOOR SYSTEM CUSTOMER SERV. CONTACT: DEBBIE 2007 FLORIDA PLUMBING CODE SUITE 320 http://www.kawneer.com/kawneer/ north_america/general/sales_locator.asp GRAND ENTRANCES 40005 ROYAL DRIVE, SUITE 300, KENNESAW, MCNEILL (800) 225-1633 X214, FAX: (781) 391-5766 2007 INTERNATIONAL ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE 2010 FLORIDA FIRE PREVENTION CODE CONTACT: DAVE BROSHEARS, NATIONAL GA. 30144 EMAIL: DMCNEILL@BOSTONRETAIL.COM 2007 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE, CHAPTER 11 C LEVE LAN D O H 44131 ACCOUNTS (317) 771-9265 PHONE: 1-888-424-6287 TECH. SERV. CONTACT: JIM ALBURN (800) (SEE G100 - SEC 8) CONTACT: CUSTOMER CARE 225-1633 X218 CONTACT: BRIAN BOWLES EMAIL: GEORDERS@C-SGROUP.COM EMAIL: JALBURN@BOSTONRETAIL.COM STOREFRONT DOORS (SEE G100 SEC 5.10) B. BUILDING INFORMATION STANLEY WORKS (NATIONAL ACCOUNT), HURRICANE SHUTTERS ACCESS TECHNOLOGIES PROJECT GROUP ROSS SIGN CONSULTANT CORNELL IRON WORKS, INC. BUILDING CONSTRUCTION TYPE (Sec. 603): II-B(EXISTING, NO CHANGE, 102 BRIDAL RIDGE DRIVE, GURLEY, ALABAMA BILL MOORE AND ASSOCIATES (BMA) 24 ELMWOOD AVENUE, CRESTWOOD STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. 35748 CONTACT: DENNIS WEBB, ACCOUNT 94706 OLANO AVENUE, ALBANY, CALIFORNIA INDUSTRIAL PAK MOUNTAINTOPRPENNSYLVANIA 18707 UNLIMITED AREA, FULLY SPRINKLERED FIRE RESISTIVE REQUIREMENTS TABLE 601 1. EXTERIOR BEARING WALLS 0 HOUR SHENBERGER & ASSOCIATES REPRESENTATIVE CELL: (256) 655-9206 MAIN: (256) 776-8902 EMAIL: DENNIS.WEBB@SBDINC.COM CONTACT: SKIP MOORE, PRESIDENT (510) 526-0296 (SEE A201) CONTACT: CORNELL A.D.S. (800) 233-8366 X4551, FAX: (570) 715-0606 EMAIL: ADS@CORNELLIRON.COM 2. INTERIOR BEARING WALLS/COLUMNS - 0 HOUR 3. INTERIOR NON -BEARING WALLS - 0 HOUR 8227 BRECKSVILLE ROAD CLEVELAND, OH 44141 CONTACT: CHRIS GALLAGHER MEP ENGINEER: McHENRY & ASSOCIATES 25001 EMERY ROAD SUITE 200 WARRENSVILLE HEIGHTS, OH 44128 CONTACT: PAUL BOEHNLEIN SITE VICINITY MAP x f 7 4 ' t / Y'c/ x i:4 .11 fi k n,, 4• M ' u u z� s Ys s x 4 rir i rr' 11 kII ,5n —1 III � :. z 5 nn n.. i4 ,. J.t. rr� s, rrw. SITE ICY PLAN (SEE G100 - SEC 8) (SEE G100 SEC 8.2) 4. BEAMS, TRUSSES & GIRDERS - 0 HOUR DELAYED EGRESS DEVICE 5. FLOOR/CEILING - 0 HOUR HVAC EQUIPMENT ALARM LOCK SYSTEMS TIME MIST DISPENSER 6. ROOF CEILING - 0 HOUR LENNOX INDUSTRIES, INC., NATIONAL 345 BAYVIEW AVENUE, AMITYVILLE, NEW BUNZL RETAIL ACCOUNTS YORK 11701 1 PENN PLAZA, SUITE 4430, NEW YORK, NEW *ALL PLYWOOD AND BLOCKING IN WALL TO BE FIRE RETARDANT TREATED, TYPICAL. CONTACT: CORY HICKEN, NATIONAL PHONE: (800) 252-5625 YORK 10119 ACCOUNT MANAGER (951) 332-3658 CONTACT: MICKEY WALLIS, ACCOUNT CONTACT: KATIE ARGENZIO (212) 307-7100 EMAIL: CORY.HICKEN@LENNOXIND.COM REPRESENTATIVE (415) 299-3497 X4012, FAX: (212) 307-7055 BUILDING CONSTRUCTION TYPE (Sec. 603): (EXISTING, NO CHANGE) II-B, FULLY SPRINKLERED QUOTES/SUBMITTALS: (800) 367-6285 (STEVE EMAIL: MWALLIS@WALLISSECURITY.COM EMAIL: KATIE.ARGENZIO@BUNZLUSA.COM FRICKE, NAT ACCNT SUPPORT) (SEE X101 &A601) (SEE A401) REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR SEISMIC, WIND, AND SNOW INFORMATION EMAIL: STEVE. FRICKE@LENNOXINTL.COM (SEE G100 - SEC 15) SENSORMATIC (EAS) ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES BUILDING USE: RETAIL TYCO INTEGRATED SECURITY, SENSORMATIC PSI ENVIRONMENTAL LIGHT FIXTURES SYSTEMS 95 CHASTAIN ROAD, SUITE 301, KENNESAW, OCCUPANCY: GROUP M (MERCANTILE) - AMERICAN WHOLESALE LIGHTING CONTACT: FREDDIE HERNANDEZ (209) GEORGIA 30144 40BUILDING 577 AlALBRAE STREET UNIT F FREMONT 200 5269 CONTACT BILLY MITCHELL N C G 770 ADDITION PROVIDED UNDER SHELL PACKAGE 5,353 SF UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT) . . .( ) CALIFORNIA 94538 EMAIL: FREDHERNANDEZ@TYCOINT.COM 424-6200 X3016, CELL: (770) 337-5321 CONTACT: KENT CLYDE, DIRECTOR OF ESCALATION: (ROSS) JOHN DEYONG (925) EMAIL: BILLY.MITCHELL@PSIUSA.COM PROJECTS 965-4849 ADMIN. PROJ. MGR.: ADRIA McGROGAN, (770) PHONE: (510) 252-1088 X 203 EMAIL: JOHN.DEYONG@ROS.COM 424-6200 X3050, GROSS BUILDING AREA: EMAIL: KCLYDE@AWLIGHTING.COM (SEE G100 SEC 12 & 12.5) EMAIL: ADRIA.MCGROGAN@PSIUSA.COM (SEE G100 - SEC 11) (SEE G100 SEC 4 & A601) TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES C. BUILDING AREA MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL CONSULTANTS BOBRICK WASHROOM EQUIPMENT C & C BUILDING AUTOMATION 390 SWIFT AVENUE #22, SOUTH SAN 11611 HART STREET, NORTH HOLLYWOOD, CALIFORNIA 91605 ROSS CONTACTS. SALES AREA: = 19,806 S.F. FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94080 CONTACT: CUSTOMER SERVICE (818) OFFICE: = 632 S.F. CONTACT: CLIFF MCINTIRE (650) 292-7457 982-9600 CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS STOCK ROOMS, ELECTRIC ROOM: = 1,560 S.F. E-MAIL: ROSS@CCBAC.COM (SEE G100 SEC 10 &A401) ROSS STORES, INC. (SEE G100 - SEC 12,15) 4440 ROSEWOOD DRIVE, PL4-4E6 GROSS AREA: = 21,998 S.F. TOILET ROOM BABY CHANGING STATION PLEASANTON, CA 94588-3050 ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (EMS) C & C BUILDING AUTOMATION GAMCO 11611 HART STREET, NORTH HOLLYWOOD, PHONE: (925) 965-4400 D. OCCUPANT LOADING (T1004.1.1) N 390 SWIFT AVENUE #22, SOUTH SAN CALIFORNIA 91605 STORE DESIGN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94080 1CONTACT: CUSTOMER SERVICE (818) WALTER VARDA SALES AREA AT 30 S.F./PERSON (19,806 / 30): = 661 OCCUPANTS CONTACT: C.J. CHAVEZ (650) 292-7452 EMAIL: 982-9600 ROSS STORES, INC. BOSS@CCBAC.COM (SEE G100 SEC 10 & A401) PLEASANTON, CALIFORNIA OFFICE AT 100 S.F. /PERSON (632/100): = 7 OCCUPANTS (SEE G100 - SEC 11, 12, 15, 16) TEL: (925) 965-4595 STOCKROOM AT 300 S.F. /PERSON (1,560/300): = 6 OCCUPANTS DOCK EQUIPMENT EMAIL: ROSS.CONSTRUCTION@ROS.COM CORNER GUARDS AND WALL PANELS ARBON EQUIPMENT CORPORATION (BEGIN EMAIL SUBJECT LINE WITH PROJECT SITE LOCATION CALIFORNIA CASTER 1 VIA DE Al AM CA 7 STORE NUMBER AND NAME TOTAL BUILDING OCCUPANTS' = 674 OCCUPANTS S PIERCE LOUISVILLE C TE HNI R ERVI IN 076 L GATO O, 9450 ) 1400 - 17th STREET, SAN FRANCISCO, CONTACT: RAY DOMINGUEZ, ACCOUNT CALIFORNIA 94107 REPRESENTATIVE STORE DESIGN REPRESENTATIVE CONTACT: TERRY CAVANAUGH (415) 939-6873 (SEE G100 SEC 8.10 & A402) SCOTT WILSON E. EXITS REQUIRED AND PROVIDED: EMAIL: TERRYC@CALIFORNIACASTER.COM ROSS STORES, INC. CONTACT: CUSTOMER SERV. (800) 950-8750 TRASH RECEPTACLE EMAIL: ROSS.CONSTRUCTION@ROS.COM A. NUMBER OF EXITS (TABLE 1019.1 REQUIRED PROVIDED (SEE A601) DURA ART STONE (BEGIN EMAIL SUBJECT LINE WITH PROJECT 1785 LOCUST STREET, SUITE 7, PASADENA, STORE NUMBER AND NAME) ROSS BUILDING TOTAL 674 OCC 3 EXITS 4 EXITS TRASH COMPACTOR CALIFORNIA 91106 MARATHON EQUIPMENT COMPANY CONTACT: THOMAS SEIFERT, ACCOUNT CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE B. EGRESS WIDTH REQUIRED REQUIRED PROVIDED 950 COUNTY HIGHWAY 9 SOUTH, PO BOX REPRESENTATIVE (626) 577-6000 EMILIO LANSANG 1798, VERNON, ALABAMA 35592-1798 FAX: (626) 577-6006 ROSS STORES, INC. EXIT #1 (DOOR #1 & 2 FROM SALES) 235" CONTACT: GINA HOLLIS (800) 633-8974 X1289 E-MAIL: TDSEIFERT@DURAARTSTONE.COM EMAIL: MICHAEL.POST@ROS.COM EXIT #2 (DOOR #3 FROM SALES) 34" EMAIL: ALT CONTACT: BEVERLY GARCIA, (EAST EXIT #3 (DOOR #5 FROM SALES) 34" GINA.HOLLIS@MARATHONEQUIPMENT.COM COAST) ACCOUNT REPRESENTATIVE REAL ESTATE REPRESENTATIVE (SEE G100 - SEC 1.2) (770) 960-9550, (800) 232-0332, FAX: (770) RICHARD LIETZ ROSS BUILDING TOTAL 674 OCC X .2"/OCCUPANT 135" 303" 960-9535, ROSS STORES, INC. VCT FLOOR TILE EMAIL: BEVERLY@DURAARTSTONE.COM EMAIL: RICHARD.LIETZ@ROS.COM TARKETT COMMERCIAL, AZROCK (SEE A101) COMMERCIAL FLOORING LOSS PREVENTION REPRESENTATIVE CONTACT: KURT BROOKS, NATIONAL DOCK SECTIONAL DOOR JOHN DEYONG ACCOUNTS REPRESENTATIVE (713) 254-9794 OVERHEAD DOOR CORPORATION ROSS STORES, INC. EMAIL: KURT. BROOKS@TARKETT.COM 2501 SOUTH STATE HIGHWAY 121, SUITE 200, PLEASANTON, CALIFORNIA F. PLUMBING FIXTURES (SEE G100 - SEC 5.7) LEWISVILLE, TEXAS 75067 PHONE: (925) 965-4563 PHONE: (800) 972-1730 EMAIL: JOHN.DEYONG@ROS.COM CONCRETE TREATMENT CRETESEAL CONTACT: ANGELA BURGESS, ACCOUNT REPRESENTATIVE (469) 549-7121 TELECOMMUNICATIONS REPRESENTATIVE 674/ 2 = 337 MEN / 337 WOMEN N PO BOX 18598, ANAHEIM, CALIFORNIA 92817 FAX: (972) 528-1021 TONI QUTAMBAO, INFORMATION(@ REQ'D: PROVIDED: CONTACT: JIM BELL (800) 278-4273 EMAIL: TECHNOLOGY REPRESENTATIVE MEN: W.C. 1 1 CELL: (714) 713-8955, FAX: (714) 993-1840 ANGELA _BURGESS@OVERHEADDOOR.COM ROSS STORES, INC. URINAL 0 1 EMAIL: JIMBELL@CRETESEAL.COM ALT CONTACT: JERRY LAIRD, ACCOUNT PLEASANTON, CALIFORNIA (SEE G100 - SEC 5.3 & 5.4) REPRESENTATIVE (469) 549-7211 PHONE: (925) 965-4139 LAV 1 2 EMAIL:JERRY_LAIRD@OVERHEADDOOR.COM EMAIL: TON I.QUTAMBAO@ROS.COM SECURITY (SEE G100 SEC 8.10) WOMEN: W.C. 1 2 TYCO INTEGRATED SECURITY, NATIONAL FACILITIES LAV 1 2 ACCOUNTS CERAMIC TILE DIRECTOR OF FACILITIES DRINKING FOUNTAINS 1 2 NASC INSTALLATION COORD.: ERIC LONG DAL -TILE CORPORATION ROSS STORES, INC. (800) 453-2247 X2132 1963-65 DAVIS STREET, SAN LEANDRO, 4440 ROSEWOOD DRIVE, PL4-4E6 SERVICE SINK 1 1 EMAIL: ERICLONG@TYCO.COM CALIFORNIA 94577 PLEASANTON, CA 94588-3050 TECHNICAL: DOUG COOK (559) 217-1774 CONTACT: ROBERT MOSBLECH, SALES PHONE: (925) 965-4400 ESCALATION: PHILIP A. YOUNG, III (317) REPRESENTATIVE (650) 954-5636 586-1428 FAX: (510) 635-7815 EMAIL: PYOUNG@TYCO.COM EMAIL: ROBERT.MOSBLECH@DALTILE.COM ESCALATION: JOHN DEYONG (925) 965-4849 ALT CONTACT: TAMARA GRANDUSKY, EMAIL: JOHN.DEYONG@ROS.COM (415) 290-8302 (SEE G100 - SEC 12,14 & 16.4) EMAIL:TAMARA.GRAN DUSKY@DALTILE.COM (SEE A601) SOLAR SCREEN SHADES INSOLROLL WINDOW SHADING SYSTEMS ROOF INSPECTION AVE Al E PROPOSED 637 . , O 80027 C C OOF S C S, C TOSS DRESS CONTACT: TABATHA CRAWFORD, CUSTOMER 2339 STANWELL DRIVE, SUITE A, CONCORD, FOR LESS SERVICE/NATIONAL ACCOUNTS CALIFORNIA 94520 — (800) 447-5534 X100 CONTACT: JOHN GOVEIA (925) 356-7770, CELL FAX: (303) 665-1209 (925) 766-3122 EMAIL: TCRAWFORD@INSOLROLL.COM EMAIL: JGOVEIA@DNG-GROUP.COM (SEE G100 SEC 3.11) DRAWING SCHEDULE SP001 SITE PLAN ARCHITECTURAL CURRENT: )I ORIGINAL DATE: 11 DRAWING DATE I 04-12-13 1 02-14-13 A001 S"XXPECtFiCATIONS"11.1111. 02-14-i3 02-14-13 A002 SPECIFICATIONS 02-14-13 02-14-13 A003 SPECtFIGATION 02;-14-4 02-#4-1 A004 SPECIFICATIONS 02-14-13 ..... 02-14-13 ADA-1 AGCESSILBILITY I UID.11 ELINES 02-14-i3 022#4-13 D101 DEMOLITION PLAN 02-14-13 02-14-13 X1�1101' EXCITING :PLAN 0I. 2'-14-13 02-141. A101 FLOOR PLAN 04-12 13 02-14-13 A102 PLYWOf}a % WOQo NAILERS fl ATf.11 ON11 PLAN 04..: 13 0 774-l. A120 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN C C G 041213 02-1413 A140 ROOF PLAN 04=12-#ll3 02-14-18 A202 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS O4-12-13 02 14 13 1I11l 11 ENLARG1-1 IvD PLANS ANf ELEVATIONS' ,1I1'I0'I'll"'I1,' 04-12-13 02 14 1 ll4, l A402 ENLARGED PLANS O4-12-13 02-14-13 A501 II WALL TYPE LE END EN. NOTES DETAIL G , C & S -1 O4-12 3 02 14-13. A601 SCHEDULES 02-14-13 02-14-13 STRUCTURAL S101 FOUNDATION PLAN 04-12 13 02-14-13 5207 Rt3CtF FRAMING PLAN 04-12-10 02=74-13.11 PLUMBING P2 PARTIAL PLUMBING PLANS, NOTES & SCHED MECHANICAL 02-14-13 1 02-14-13 M2 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES & DETAILS 1 02-14-13 1 02-14-13 ELECTRICAL E1 Ll l ITIN FLOOR PLAN .11 .'...."1,.1 04=12-13 1. 0 14. E2 POWER FLOOR PLAN 04-12-13 02-14-13 E3 POW11111 ER ROOF PLAN 02-14.1311': 0 14-13 11 E4 ELECT. DETAIL PLAN 02-1. 14-13 _ 02-14-13 E5 ELECTRICALCANE-LINE;ANDSGilED1�LES 02;1471 `' DL 14_-3 E6 ELECTRICAL DETAILS O4-12-13 02-14-13 E7 ELECTRICAL DEIII TAILS 02-14-10 0214-1w E8 POWER SENSORMATIC SERVICE DETAILS PLAN 04-12-13 02-14-13 I 1� 6 I C 4 9 �) ( �) " 14t�� D ALL WORK SHALL COA,IPLY WITH ALL PREVAILING CODES, FLORIDA BUILDING CODE, NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE AND Ai � ,CITY OF ZEPHY.RHILLS ORDINANCES INANCES ,1�y K �k_,// ,,-il C 1 5REVIEW PLANS ZEpIVIINI'll CITY OF HYRHILLs �1_ J q��q�' - XAER mcg architecture \O 216.520.1551 \F 216.520.1567 7100 E, Pleasant Valley Rd., Suite 320, Cleveland, OH 44131 Seal: \ A Project for: Client: 06-Z1- t3 ROSS STORES, INC. 4440 ROSEWOOD DRIVE PLEASANTON, CA 94588 - Revisions: A ADDENDUM B 04-12-13 BID/PERMIT 02-14-13 No. Description Date Project No.: 11.594.01 Drawn By: LMS Reviewed By: BCB Scale: NONE Date: 01-28-2013 Filename: 11594 T001 Sheet Title: TITLE SHEET Sheet #: T001 .. @ MCG ARCHITECTS 2011 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED ___4' mcg architecture TT 216.520.1551 TO 216.520.1567 7100 E. Pleasant Valley Rd., Suite 320, Cleveland, OH 44131 Seal: Z! 13 A Project for: Client: ROSS STORES, INC. 4440 ROSEWOOD DRIVE PLEASANTON, CA 94588 Revisions: AB ADDENDUM B 04-12-13 BID/PERMIT 02-14-13 No. Description Date Project No.: 11.594.01 Drawn By: LM S Reviewed By: BB Scale: AS NOTED Date: 01-28-2013 Filename: Sheet Title SITE PLAN Sheet #: @ MCG ARCHITECTS 2011 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L_ 4 CONSTRUCTION - GENERAL NOTES 4.1 The G.C. shall verify all dimensions and conditions in the Final Plans and on the job site prior to execution of any work and shall immediately notify the Ross Construction Representative and the architect -of -record of any discrepancy. The G.C. will be responsible for all costs arising from a failure to perform such verification and to make timely notification of discrepancies. The architect -of -record will, in an expedient manner, provide the Ross Construction Representative with revised drawings reflecting any of these discrepancies and related mitigation for review and approval. 4.2 The G.C. will be responsible for all fees and costs for licenses, permits, certificates, service charges, etc., assessed by any governmental agency or utility company. Contractor's installation of all utilities and subsequent hookup shall be as necessary to assure conformance with the requirements of the Final Plans and with utility company requirements. 4.3 The G.C. will be responsible for obtaining and paying for the cost of all inspections and tests required to implement the Final Plans and specifications, recommended by the soil reports or required by any governmental agency having authority over the project as well as those required by these documents and the lease including but not limited to: A. Floor slab moisture, alkalinity and bond tests (see 5.1 below). B. Existing space hazardous materials report (see 4A.6 below). C. Roof inspection report D. HVAC EOC report (see Mechanical Sheets). E. HVAC air balance report (see Mechanical Sheets). 4.4 After approval of the Final Plans, all revisions must proceed through the architect -of -record and the Ross Construction Representative for approval. Any revisions made without the written approval of the Ross Construction Representative may be considered invalid and, at the sole discretion of that representative, the work rejected and required to be modified at no cost to Ross. 4.5 Tenant and tenant sub -contractors are to be allowed to do work prior to substantial completion subject only to the appropriate progress of the work and a seven (7) day prior notice of intent by the Ross Construction Representative to the landlord and the G.C. in possession of the premises. 4.6 No roof openings or roof -mounted equipment are allowed beyond those that are shown in the Final Plans. 4.7 The G.C. shall provide public protection as necessary for safety and as required by local codes. 4.8 All materials and work to conform to latest governing building codes and regulations 4.9 The G.C. shall provide access panels required for operation and access by plumbing, air conditioning and other trades, and as required by code. Locations and type of panel are to be reviewed and approved by the Ross Construction Representative. All panels located in the fitting room complex and on the sales floor, if any, must have locking covers. 4.10 Ross requires that fire extinguisher(s) be provided and installed in accordance with the minimum standards of NFPA-10 with locations to be selected so as not to interfere with merchandise and fixturing. Placement is subject to local code, the approval of the governing authority. 4.11 Exit signs shall be powered by separate dedicated 24-hour emergency circuits, independently controlled. 4.12 Tenant's space will be provided with a water meter separate from the center and other tenants - no sub metered system. 4.13 Water meter line to 2" I.D. n sewer lines r t 4" I.D. minimum be and se a es are o be u 4.14 Not Used 4.15 Tenant Supplied G.C. Installed Items: The installation by the G.C. of certain Ross supplied items is included in the G.C.'s construction obligation. The sales floor perimeter light valance with brackets is the only item so identified in this prototype. Th e contractor must confirm in writingthrough the Ross Construction Representative: 1 the i i it m g) specific c items to be supplied b Ross for G.C. installation and 2 the date for the delivery of those items pp y ) ry se e s to the job site. Unloading of the items from the delivery truck is the responsibility of the G.C.. 4.16 The Ross sign contractor will obtain separate approvals and Permit from governing rnin 9 agencies for the installation of temporary and permanent tenant identity signs. The G.C. must verify and insure that required access and power (circuits and conduit) are provided at all of the locations where approved signs are to be installed just prior to the time of the scheduled installation and confirm the same in writing to the Ross Construction Representative. 4.17 At the time of the final building department inspection, the G.C. shall prepare a notarized official certificate of construction compliance with the applicable energy conservation standards of the locality. An original of that certificate is to be submitted to the Director of Facilities, Ross Stores, Inc., 4440 Rosewood Drive, PL4-4E4, Pleasanton, CA 94588-3050. 4.18 At the time of final building department inspection the G.C. is to have provided and installed all signing required by governmental authorities and public utilities including without limitation fire and life safety signing, accessibility (ADA), delayed egress signing and building address signing. Signing must be of a type approved by and in conformance with applicable requirements and must be located in consultation with the Ross Construction Representative io insure that no conflicts arise with respect to Ross signing, fixtures and merchandising. 4A CONSTRUCTION - GENERAL NOTES - EXISTING CONDITIONS 4A.1 The G.C. is to remove all remaining exterior signs and abandoned items of the previous occupant and patch, repair, clean and paint as required by the Ross Construction Representative for a neat, unblemished and finished appearance giving no evidence of the prior condition and damage. Painted and stained surfaces are to be refinished in kind to match existing, unless otherwise required by the Final Plans and the Ross Construction Representative. 4A.2 The G.C. is to in -fill any floor drains and depressions in the floor slab and do any and all work necessary to provide a level and smooth slab equal to the standard set in item 5.1 below. 4A.3 All abandoned sales fixtures, shelving, cabinetry, floor coverings, signage, electrical, and mechanical equipment, plumbing fixtures and all other items not deemed useful or necessary by the Ross Construction Representative are to be removed. The Ross Construction Representative will determine which items are to be retained for reuse, if any. 4A.4 The G.C. is to verify the size and location of all existing utility lines and stubs to the building and notify the Ross Construction Representative of any discrepancies between those shown on the Final Plans, if any, and those identified by inspection. 4A.5 The G.C. is required to bring all utilities (water, sewer, gas, phone and electrical) and a dedicated and independent automatic fire sprinkler riser into the tenant space complete and ready for switch -over and service. 4A.6 The store is to be delivered free, without exception, of hazardous materials including all asbestos containing materials and is to be surveyed and certified as such by a licensed environmental consultant acceptable to the Ross Construction Representative (see T001). 4A.7 Existing Site Conditions - Unless otherwise agreed, the G.C. is responsible to repair or restore damaged, deteriorated, inadequate and/or worn existing site conditions (including but not limited to paving, signing pylons and monuments, striping, sidewalk paving, landscape, irrigation, signing and lighting) to a like new condition or to the current prototype standard or to the current applicable code standard which ever is of the highest level. A lighting photometric survey is required of the site in the vicinity of the Ross store and its designated control and use areas. 4A.8 Existing Raised Floors - Prototypically Ross requires that sales and processing operations occur on a stable, uniformly supported concrete slab -on -grade. However, in some existing locations it may be proposed that sales and processing operations occur on raised floors supported by long span structures. Such raised floors are to a greater or lesser extent flexible and must be must be evaluated and certified by the G.C. that they are or will be made suitable for our store operations. In particular, the floor must be 1) sufficiently stable and suitable for the application and the long-term failure free performance of the Ross prototype floor tile, 2) without "bounciness", and 3) sufficiently rigid so as not to perceptibly telegraph the impacts of footfalls and cart movement. 4A.9 Routing of Non -Ross Utilities - Ross does not allow the routing of any existing or new non -Ross utilities, services, conduits, piping, ducting, sewer lines, sprinkler lines and the like through its leased premise. No exceptions. 5 CONSTRUCTION - FLOORS 5.1 As referenced in ASTM F 710 - Standard Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors to Receive Resilient Flooring; Concrete floors to receive resilient flooring shall be permanently dry, clean, smooth, and structurally sound. They shall be free of dust, solvent, paint, wax, oil grease, residual adhesive adhesive removers curing, sealing,hardening, or parting 9 9, P 9 compounds, alkaline salts, excessive carbonation or laitence, mold, mildew, and other foreign materials that might prevent adhesive bond. They shall be without cracks (except hairline shrinkage cracks acceptable to the Ross Construction Representative) smooth finish, level (not to exceed +/-'/2") and on a single plane without depressions or raised areas (neither to exceed 1 /8" as measured against a 10' true steel edge). 5.2 Both new and existing normal weight concrete floor slabs must be a minimum of 4 inches thick and shall meet American Concrete Institute (ACI) 302 Class 2 (3000 psi compressive strength) suitable to receive Resilient Flooring and the installation of seismic fixture anchors. 5.3 New concrete slabs are to be designed with moderate to moderately low water -cement ratios (i.e. 0.40 to 0.45) which will have acceptable permeability to moisture. 5.4 New on -grade or below -grade concrete slabs are to be placed over a well -draining engineered subgrade that is fully covered by a low permeance, fully sealed moisture vapor retarder as described in ASTM E 1745. 5.5 The slab shall be cured using moisture retaining coverings for a period not less than 5 days. The slab shall be maintained moist but excessive addition of water shall not be permitted. If curing compounds are used, they must be removed in accordance with the flooring manufacturer's recommendations so as not to interfere with bonding of the adhesive. Removal of chemical curing compounds shall be achieved by light shot-blasting. The prepared surface shall be thoroughly cleaned by vacuuming. Power blowers shall not be used as dust is not contained and will settle back onto slab surface. 5.6 Surface cracks, grooves, depressions, control joints or other non-moving joints, and other irregularities shall be filled or smoothed with latex patching or underlayment compound recommended by the resilient flooring manufacturer for filling or smoothing, or both. Patching or underlayment compound shall be moisture -resistant, mildew -resistant, and alkali -resistant, and, for commercial installations, shall provide a minimum of 3000 psi compressive strength after 28 days. If excessive warping occurs, sub -sealing shall be performed to minimize the risk of reverse warping causing distress in flooring over joints and cracks. Slab is to remain sound and free of defects and failure throughout the Ross occupancy 5.7 Quality Control Services: Concrete Slab Moisture & pH Testing. Provide concrete slab moisture vapor emission, in -site relative humidity and pH (alkalinity) testing at existing and new concrete slab substrates scheduled to receive Resilient Flooring as specified and as needed for a complete flooring installation. The Contractor shall provide access for and cooperate with Ross Stores Testing/Inspection Agency as described herein. Concrete slab moisture and pH testing shall be performed utilizing ASTM testing methods and practices referenced herein: ASTM F 710 - Standard Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors to Receive Resilient Flooring, ASTM F 1869 - Standard Test Method for Measuring Moisture Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete Subfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride, ASTM F 2170 - Standard Test Method for Determining Relative Humidity in Concrete Floor Slabs Using in situ Probes. The number of tests required is determined by the square -footage of the project: three (3) tests are required for the first 1,000 square feet, and one (1) additional test for each 1,000 square feet thereafter. Moisture testing must be performed in the same service temperature and humidity environment that the floor covering is going to be in. The building should be enclosed, and if possible, the HVAC system should be on for a minimum period of 48 hours prior to and during testing. Otherwise, the results may not accurately reflect the amount of moisture which is present in the slab or would normally be emitted from the concrete during normal operating conditions. If the service temperature and humidityis unattainable the internal conditions of the building shall have been maintained , g within the following temperature and humidity range for at least 48 hours: Temperature: 65' to 85°F, and Relatively humidity: 40% to 60%. No Calcium Chloride Moisture Vapor Emission test result (MVER) may exceed the limit of 5 lbs. No in -situ Relative Humidity test result may exceed the limit of 75%. No pH (Alkalinity) test result may exceed a pH of 9. Notification of such tests is to be given to the architect -of -record and to Ross construction representative. A Certified Moisture Test Report depicting each test result is to be submitted o e e e P P P 9 to both for record prior to the installation of floor finish immediately following testing. The inspection is to be made in a 48-hour preconditioned environment by the following (or approved equivalent): Independent Floor Testing & Inspection, Inc. (IFTI) 1850 Gateway Blvd Suite 230 Concord, CA 94520 Contact: Ema Ross (800) 490-3657 ema@floortest.com 5.8 The Ross Construction Representative must be given the opportunity to inspect the condition of every new and existing floor slab prior to the installation of the specified floor finish. A 14-day prior notice must be given to the Ross Construction Representative of intended finish floor installation. An inspection or not of a slab or substrate by the Ross Construction Representative will not in any way relieve the General Contractor of the responsibility to provide the specified slab and finished floor free of installation and performance defects. 5.9 Not used 5.10 Not used. 5.11 Ross does not permit installation of new floor finishes over existing floor coverings. 5.12 Temperature, Humidity and Material Conditioning: Prior to testing and tile installation the building shell is to be fully conditioned and the temperature held at 70 degrees for a minimum of 48 hours. The relative humidity is not to exceed 65-percent. Flooring and adhesives are to be stored in the conditioned space for at least 24 hours immediately prior to installation. 5.13 Not used 5.14 Note deleted 5.15 Pre -Installation Bond Test by Contractor: A bond test must be performed on all grade levels of concrete substrates to determine if the concrete is sufficiently dry and for the compatibility of the flooring adhesive with concrete surfaces having curing agents, dust inhibitors, paint or other special surface treatments. An easy method of testing for adherence is to perform a bond test. Use Z x 2' (600mm x 600mm) pieces of the flooring material selected for the installation and adhere with TARKETT recommended adhesive. Pay particular attention to the adhesive open time. If after 72 hours an unusual amount of force is required to lift the material from the subfloor, and if after doing so, adhesive clings to both the subfloor and to the back of the material, the material can be considered "securely bonded." NOTE: No failure is permitted on any 72-hour bond test. 5.16 Note Deleted 5.17 The Grand Entrances "Helix" High Traffic Entrance Floor System with Helix Z1 Vinyl Grid (230 Black), Designstep Carpet (Wrought Iron) and temporary plywood protection is to be installed at the entry of every store prior to turnover (NO EXCEPTION). Ross has a national agreement with Grande Entrance to provide and install at G.C.'s cost the entry system with temporary plywood protection (See Contacts, Sheet T001). The satisfactory completion of this requirement may necessitate early coordination and scheduling. 6 CONSTRUCTION - CEILINGS 6.1 Acoustical ceiling suspension grid is to be standard "T sections" and "L's" at wall, of prefinished steel and with adequate strength to support all lighting fixtures, signing and devices installed in the grid. Hard ceilings are to use a direct suspension system also of adequate strength to support all lighting fixtures and attached devices. Hard ceilings are to be provided with locking access hatches where access is required to reach controls located above the ceiling. 6.2 See Final RCP for required ceiling heights and finishes. An open ceiling sales floor may be required. 6.3 The G.C. is to deliver two (2) sealed cartons of the ceiling tile installed in the store to the Ross Construction Representative at construction turnover. 6.4 Base building insulation must be located at the roof, not the ceiling, and be sufficient to reach a minimum roof "R" value of 38. Landlord to provide, GC to coordinate with Shell drawings. See 7.10 below for additional requirements. Climate, codes and best engineering practice may dictate a higher level of insulation in order to meet the tenant's requirement of an energy efficient building envelope. 6.5 Gypsum board ceiling installed in the janitorial closet is to be a water resistant type 7 CONSTRUCTION - WALLS 7.1 All studs are 3 5/8" 20 ga. metal studs at 16" o.c. unless otherwise required or noted, except: 6" metal studs for walls receiving sanitary plumbing and electrical panels; and, 6" 20 ga. metal studs for walls over 14' -0" in height. 7.2 All interior demising walls shared with adjacent tenants or common areas, if any, are to be full height to the underside of roof, with deflection head, acoustically sealed, double -sheet -rocked both sides, fire taped and sanded smooth prior to receiving finish. These demising walls are to have one (1) layer of full height metal lath secured to studs and attached to the structure above to protect against break in from the adjacent interior space(s). 7.3 All enclosing sales floor interior walls to be full height, drywalled, fire taped and sanded smooth prior to receiving specified finish. 7.4 All enclosing processing room and electrical room interior walls to be full height, drywalled, fire taped and sanded smooth prior to receiving specified finish. 7.5 All office complex interior partition walls to be a minimum of 10' high with designed lateral bracing. Provide'/2" plywood backing behind gypsum wall board on designated walls, partitions and furring in manager's office and equipment closet and at all walls in cash office. 7.6 The perimeter interior enclosing walls of the toilet complex are to be full height, acoustically insulated with taped and sanded drywall (to roof structure) on the side of the contiguous area and on toilet room side with plywood/Marlite assembly to drywall ceiling. See additional requirements applying to the toilet complex walls at 7.8 and 7.9 below. 7.7 Toilet Room Acoustical Walls: Acoustical wall treatment is to be limited to those interior walls of the two toilet rooms that are common with the fitting room complex and, as may occur from time to time in some non -prototypical configurations, the processing room, sales floor or office complex. Toilet room walls that are common to the toilet room vestibule are not required to be acoustically sealed. Acoustically sealed toilet room walls are to have acoustical wall insulation, a double layer of taped, joint staggered wall board on the non -toilet room side of the common wall, floor tracks set in sealant and where wall device penetrations can not be avoided those must be isolated and fully sealed. Acoustical treatment is not required to continue above the toilet room ceiling as long as the joint between the ceiling and the wall is solid and sealed. The double layer of gypsum wall board is to be installed full height to the roof structure. 7.8 The interior walls of the toilet rooms are to be provided with a floor to ceiling substrate of 5/8" exterior type A-C plywood installed as backing for accessory installation and as a mounting surface for the full height Marlite FRP toilet room finished wall surface. 7.9 The Ross Construction Representative is to be given a one -week notice prior to the expected closing of interior framing and rough electrical. Whether or not the Ross Construction Representative is able to visit the site will not in any way alter the G.C.'s responsibility to construct all work in accordance with the approved Final Plans. 7.10 Base building insulation must be sufficient to reach a minimum exterior wall "R" value of 19. Climate, codes and best engineering practice may dictate a higher level of insulation in order to achieve the tenant's requirement for an optimum energy efficient building envelope that is appropriate for the local climate and the HVAC design criteria levels. The mechanical engineer is to calculate and recommend optimum insulation levels that reflect these requirements including USDOE recommended national zone commercial building standards in the HVAC design including a requirement for double pane insulated glass. Insulation is not to be left exposed or uncovered. 7.11 Walls and partitions are to be located as dimensioned in the Final Plans. All dimensions are considered to be critical and are to be maintained in the finished construction to within 1 /2i of the plan dimension except that no wall orpa rtition shall be constructed so as to intrude into a code required accessible route, ma neuvering space or clearance or cause any object shown mounted to that wall in the tenant's plan to so intrude. 7.12 All walls exposed to the exterior must be water and weather -tight, insulated and be of such construction so as to provide reliable protection against break in. All exterior walls to be sealed and painted 7.13 Design exterior wall for expansion area for economy and ease of future construction while also providing weather tight, insulated closure and a high level of security against break-in. �•Zi i.1,��li�[iPl01tI•Z•7:��fil�lf��Ti 8.1 Storefront framing system to be provided by Landlord at storefront. Ross GC to provide 3M #324 'Frosted White Crystal' film applied at interior face of glass(below +2-0" mullion a.f.f.). 8.2 Not Used 8.3 The prototype storefront entry and exit doors to be provided Landlord. p yp y p d dby 8.4 Not used. 8.5 All interior doors with the exception of the processing room traffic door are to be 3' x 7' solid core birch with paint grade finish. See sheet A601, door and hardware schedules for locations, hardware and finishes. 8.6 Processing room to sales floor door is to be a double acting traffic door. See door and hardware notes, sheet A601 for manufacturer and model. 8.7 With the exception of the storefront doors, all door frames are to be flush hollow metal. Knockdown style frames are not acceptable. 8.8 All non -storefront man doors leading directly from the interior to the exterior are to be 3' x 7' hollow metal insulated doors with sealed cores and full weathering. 8.9 Not used. 8.10 Closers for interior doors are to be set to an operations pressure between 4-3/4" and 5 Ibs or less, if required by code, see door schedule note 5 sheet A601 9 CONSTRUCTION - PLUMBING 9.1 One ten (10) gallon fast recovery electrical water heater, minimum 4-KW (unless more is required by code) is to be installed in the janitorial closet. The distance from the hot water heater to the most remote tap must not exceed 60 feet. A second water heater will be required for more remote taps. 9.2 All interior hot and cold water piping is to be copper (no exception) with copper or brass fittings and lead-free solder. A water filtration system is required where hard water conditions exist. All hot water lines must be insulated. 9.3 In both new and existing locations the store is to be provided with a separate, independent and complete cast iron piped sanitary sewer gravity collection and disposal system to the point of connection of the store's collection lateral with the main sewer trunk line. That store system is to have a minimum slope of 1/4" per foot and is to provide a full free flowing system without internal sags or bows throughout. In both new and existing construction, required clean -outs, if any, are to be located out of circulation and public areas with flush style covers. In existing construction, where clean -outs can not be relocated from the sales floor they must be located (or relocated) out of traffic aisles and installed with concealed flush covers finished to match the adjacent floor covering. No exceptions. 9.4 Rainwater leaders must not intrude into or be located on the sales floor (no interior drains). The roof drain basins and the first five feet of below roof leaders in required vestibule stores are to be protected with heat tape. Surface outlets, exposed rainwater leaders and splash blocks are not permitted at the entry side of the store nor at any location where runoff will interfere with traffic or access. In other areas of the store, rainwater leaders must be located in prior consultation with and receive the approval of the Ross Store Design Manager so as not to interfere with the layout and use of those spaces. If conflicts occur due to the failure of the G.C. and architect -of -record to obtain such prior approval then the G.C. will be liable for all costs associated with changes in the leader locations required by the Ross Construction Representative. 9.5 A high capacity direct gravity storm drain connection is required as the primary drainage for the recessed truck dock well. The gravity system is to be designed to accommodate not less than the 10-year 24-hour maximum rainfall for the location or more as may be recommended by the local public works design guidelines. An automatic truck well sump pump is required for emergency drainage. 9.6 The initial installed toilet fixture count is to meet the code requirement for the fully expanded store area at the time of the construction. 10 CONSTRUCTION - TOILET ROOM ACCESSIBILITY COMPLIANCE 1 0. 1 Provide complying handicap accessible fixtures, hardware and accessories in men's and women's toilet rooms, located to provide positioning and clearances for approach and operation required by applicable codes including the Federal Americans with Disabilities Act and the adopted guidelines of the specific state within which the store is located. Adjust all hardware to insure compliance with operating force requirements. 10.2 Provide complying route of access to toilet rooms and accessible toilet stalls. 10.3 Provide and install all toilet room signs required by local and federal law and regulation including ADA. Signs must comply with size, text, braille and graphic standards and be located in compliance with applicable regulations. 11 CONSTRUCTION - LIGHTING 11.1 All tenant lighting both interior and exterior is to be obtained from and supplied by American Wholesale Lighting. No exceptions. See sheet AT001 for contact information. 11.2 Submit completed lighting plans for review and approval to American Wholesale Lighting (Ross lighting consultant), C&C Building Automation (Ross EMS and engineering consultant) and Ross Construction Representative (see AE10 Issue letter prepared by Ross Design Manager for names and addresses). 11.3 Where center exterior security lights do not exist and are not otherwise required the following shall be provided and circuited from center common area panels: at a maximum 1 00'spacing and at side and rear doors: Lumark WPS15, 150 watt high pressure sodium wall pack or equal. 12 CONSTRUCTION - ELECTRICAL 12.1 The Boston Retail Fastlane Modular Wiring System is required. It is a UL listed wiring system recognized by the National Electrical Code and comprised of two separate installation packages, one purchased and installed by the G.C. and the second purchased and installed by Ross Store Planning Millwork Vendor: Package #1 is purchased and installed by the G.C.; it consists of three (or more, see Boston Retail Site -specific MDB Plan) Fastlane main distribution boxes (MDBS) mounted above the hung ceiling and connected to the electrical circuits provided in the'homerun' junction box(es). Larger format stores may have additional IG and GP circuits. The Fastlane MDBS each have a pre -wired type MC cable homerun, containing wiring conductors for connection to the 'homerun' j-box circuits. The power to all MDB ports must be verified by the G.C. to be live and correct at turnover. The G.C. must obtain and follow the Boston Retail Site -Specific MDB Installation and Circuit Plan available through the Ross Construction Representative (G.C. must confirm that the plans conform prior to installation; if not immediately notify the Ross C.R. for instructions). 12.2 Jurisdictions where the Fastlane Modular Wiring System is not permitted: In some jurisdictions the use of the Fastlane Modular Wiring System including the Modular Distribution Boxes may not be allowed to one degree or another. Projects located in those jurisdictions are to have the front-end casework installed, hard -wired and connected in place by the G.C. as permitted by the local code and in accordance with casework installation and wiring plans to be provided as guidance by the Ross Millwork Vendor. It is essential that the turnkey landlord and the architect -of -record ascertain as early as possible in the development process (in no case after the submittal of Completed Plans) whether or not the full Fastlane Modular Wiring System as described in this prototype will be permitted and if not to immediately notify the assigned Ross Construction Representative verbally and in writing of that fact. Any delay, missed delivery and/or damage that may result from a failure to provide adequate prior notification that the Fastlane Modular Wiring System as described in this prototype will in the whole or in any part not be permitted will be the full responsibility of the turnkey landlord and the architect -of -record. 12.3 Not Used 12.4 Power anel LA is to provide a minimum of eight 8 spare 120 volt 20-am circuits P P 9 O P , P available for future use. 12.5 If local code requires low -voltage wiring to be in conduits above ceiling, provide minimum 34 conduit for all low -voltage systems including telephone, data, security, signal I and paging systems (typical paging system speaker locations are shown on sheet All 20; a a P 9 9 Y (YP P 9 g Y, site -specific plan may be obtained from the Ross Construction Representative). Coordination required with Sensormatic (for cameras and pedestals), Ross phone and data vendors (for phones, music and speakers) and Tyco Security/Ross LP (for burglar alarm). 12. At h lighting panel, provide one lighting control panel LCP box. Where lighting 6 each 9 9P ,P 9 9 P ( ) 9 9 panels are adjacent, one LCP box may be used. 12.7 Exterior lighted signs (including related exterior sign lighting) are to be controlled by Energy Management System (EMS). HVAC to be controlled by EMS and time schedules. 12.8 The final electrical drawings are to contain a 3/8 = 1 -0 scale plan and elevations of the electrical room showing an accurately drawn, labeled layout of all electrical devices including but not limited to main switch, transformers, electrical panels, NCR panel, telephone terminal and board, fire control panel and all equipment required by Ross Stores, such as EMS panels and security panel (see EMS and Security contacts listed on sheet AT001). All such equipment must be in the Ross Store Electrical Room. 12.9 Power outlets to be Hubbell, as indicated, with gray devices for dirty power; all LP outlets are to have red devices and NCR power outlets (clean power) are to have orange devices. All cover plates are to be brushed stainless steel. 12.10 All electric panels to have copper buses. 12.11 Circuit sales floor and fitting room/ foyer lighting for three level switching, 1 /3 -2/3 - full lighting. 12.12 All contractors are to leave pull wires in conduits after installation of their work. 12.13 The Final Plans are to provide for the complete electrical connection of the HVAC and EMS controller(s) even if the circuiting may not be shown in those plans. The architect -of -record and the General Contractor must insure that the mechanical, electrical and EMS scopes of work are coordinated and complete in the final documents and provided at time of bid. 12.14 The current rating of the main service panel, main breaker and subfeed breakers must equal or exceed the absolute interrupt current rating (root mean square symmetrical) of the utility transformer. 12.15 Submit completed electrical plans for review and approval to Ross lighting consultant; Ross EMS and engineering consultant; and, Ross Construction Representative (see prototype sheet A0.0 for names and addresses). 12.16 Where and if the local code requires that the final electrical connection of the building signing is to be made by a state licensed electrical contractor, then it will be the responsibility of the General Contractor to insure that those connections are contained in the scope of work of the licensed project Electrical Sub -contractor and that the scheduling of those connections is coordinated with the Ross signing contractor and the Ross Construction Representative. 12.17 The water piping system is not to be utilized as a current ground for the electrical system or any electrical device. 13 CONSTRUCTION - AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM 13.1 Provide a complete, full coverage, monitored wet pipe sprinkler system. Sprinkler heads shall be ordinary hazard and ordinary degree temperature rated unless local jurisdiction specifically requires a higher rating. At finished spaces with ceilings at 8' 0" and higher, sprinkler heads shall be semi -recessed type, chrome plated with chrome recessed canopies. At finished ceilings below 8' 0" heads shall be full recessed type with white covers; manufacturer: 'Reliable' or 'Viking'. At finished spaces sprinkler heads are to be located in the centers of modular tiles and centered uniformly and symmetrically in spaces with hard ceilings unless otherwise given prior approval by the Ross Construction Representative. Provide flow switches on risers and tamper switches on all control valves, including the PIV. Provide conduit from PIV valve to fire control panel in building for PIV tamper switch wire. Insure sprinkler system design takes into account processing room shelving layout and enclosed compactor. Meet all jurisdictional requirements. The completed plan submittal is to include the Fire Protection/Sprinkler Plan Drawings for review and approval by Ross Construction Manager. At project turnover deliver two sets of complete sprinkler As -built drawings with calculations to the Ross Construction Representative. 13.2 The riser providing service coverage to the Ross tenant space is to be separate and independent of other areas of coverage. Riser, in a vertical configuration, is to be located in the Processing Room, see Floor Plan, no exceptions. 14 CONSTRUCTION - FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 14.1 Furnish and install a complete, fully operational electrically supervised, closed circuit fire alarm system including conduit, wires, boxes, control panel, smoke detectors, duct smoke detectors, fire alarm annunciator with remote keypad, heat detectors, manual pull stations, audio/visual signal devices, and sprinkler water flow and supervisory switches. The sprinkler switches shall be provided under work specified in the project engineering specification, and connected to the fire alarm system by the fire alarm supplier. Meet and comply with all jurisdictional requirements. 14.2 All equipment comprising the fire alarm system shall be listed, labeled or approved by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. for use as fire alarm equipment. 14.3 System is to be compatible with Tyco Security monitoring interface and capable of being monitored by Tyco Security Systems, Inc. 14.4 Ross has a national account with Tyco Security. Questions about the Tyco Security monitoring interface and compatibility can be addressed to Tyco Security technical contact or Ross LP contact see sheet T001 14.5 The system fire control panel (FCP) is to be Bosch FDP-7024, no exceptions. Fire control panel shop drawings are required and must be submitted to the Ross Construction Representative. 14.6 Provide with each duct smoke detector one Remote Indicator/Test Switch, one set of sampling tubes, and one End -of -Line power supervision relay. 14.7 Provide End -of -Line power supervision relay for each zone of smoke detectors. 14.8 Conceal all wiring except in area where other conduit and piping are exposed. 14.9 Code and identify all conductors appropriately and permanently by number and color for the purpose of identification and servicing of the system within the control panel and at each point of termination outside of the control panel. 14.10 The fire alarm control panel is to be mounted where shown in the approved Final Plans. A dedicated 120vac, 10 amp circuited outlet, red device color, is to be provided at the location of the fire alarm control panel and so permanently identified on the outlet cover plate. Schedule and coordinate system connection to two dedicated telephone lines (line 5 primary; line 2 secondary) through the assigned Ross Construction Representative 14.11 The remote keypad/annunciator is to be mounted adjacent to the security keypad near the store entry unless required to be mounted elsewhere by local code and authority having jurisdiction. 14.12 At an appropriate time scheduled prior to turnover, the fire alarm system supplier -installer is to contact Tyco Security Services at (800) 453-2247 extension 2375 to make the final connection and commence fire alarm system monitoring. Turnover is not complete without commencement of system monitoring. 14.13 The fire alarm system supplier/installer is to pre-program the control panel as a fully operational local system and must leave in a sleeved binder attached to the panel all programming keys, codes manuals and other devices necessary for future re -programming together with supplier -installer's contact name and phone number. No exceptions. 14.14 Submit completed electrical plans for review to Tyco Security Systems, National Accounts, Ross Stores Project Team and to Ross Construction Representative (see prototype sheet T001 and the initiation letter prepared by Ross Design Manager for contact names and addresses). 14.15 An inspected, passed, complete and fully operational monitored Fire Alarm System including complete related systems, such as telephone and power, is required for satisfactory P g completion of the G.C.'s construction obligation and for Construction Turnover to the tenant. The satisfactory completion of this requirement may necessitate early coordination and scheduling of the Ross telecommunications vendor. Initiate contact and scheduling through the assigned Ross Construction Representative. 15 CONSTRUCTION - HVAC SYSTEM 15.1 Rooftop units b Landlord- see shell drawings co r in t with Mechanical p y g & od ae e drawings. 15.2 See Mechanical sheets for design layout and checklist. 15.3 Submit completed mechanical plans with complete calculations for review to Ross F P P EMS and engineer consultant and to Ross Construction representative (see sheet T001 and the initiation letter prepared by Ross Design Manager for contact names and addresses). 15.4 Replace all mechanical system filters with new 2" pleated filters at the time of store delivery. 15.5 Condensation drains to be piped to the nearest roof drain. Blocks required to adequately support lines and required membrane pad under each. 16 CONSTRUCTION - TELEPHONE/DATA 16.1 Ross requires an independent and secure telephone and data service with the MPOE (point of entry) at the Ross Telephone Board located in the Ross electrical room. No exception. The satisfactory completion of this requirement may necessitate early contact and coordination with the local telephone service provider. 16.2 Telephone and data service will be ordered by Ross, contact Toni Quiambao, Ross Stores, (925) 965-4139 power outlet and ground are complete and in place. Service MUST be active prior to construction turnover to tenant. The satisfactory completion of this requirement may necessitate early coordination and scheduling of the Ross telecommunications vendor. Initiate contact and scheduling through the assigned Ross Construction Representative. 16.3 The G.C. is responsible for the installation of a direct, dedicated conduit and 25-pair cable (either by self or the service provider) from the telephone service providers system to the Ross Telephone Board; for a service ground at the board; and, for dedicated 120vac, 20amp quad outlet with power. This installation must be complete in order for telephone service to be initiated. 16.4 Active telephone service and EMS is necessary for the satisfactory completion of the Fire Alarm System installation (see section 14 above). 17 CONSTRUCTION - REFERENCE MATERIALS 17.1 Not Used 17.2 Not Used mcg architecture TT 216.520.1551 T 216.520.1567 7100 E. Pleasant Valley Rd., Suite 320, Cleveland, OH 44131 Seal: A Project for: Client: ®C•21•! 3 ROSS STORES, INC. 4440 ROSEWOOD DRIVE PLEASANTON, CA 94588 Revisions: BID/PERMIT 02-14-13 No. Description Date Project No.: 11.594.01 Drawn By: ARA Reviewed By: BCB Scale: AS NOTED Date: 01-28-2013 Filename: 11594 G100 Sheet Title: GENERAL CRITERIA SHEET L- -,. - 7 . --f -1 __T_ - - - - - - - - - - - - - --- - - -- - - - -- - -T T 17 T__, Sheet #: G100 © MCG ARCHITECTS 2011 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED N DIVISION 1 - GENERAL SECTION 01000 - CODES, PERMITS, AND SAFETY A. All portions of the work, including plumbing, mechanical, and electrical work shall be performed in full compliance with all applicable city, county, state and national codes. The General Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining the necessary building permits and certificates required from the local building inspector. The General Contractor shall be responsible for the safety of all people on or near the construction site during the construction period. Implementation of all necessary and prudent safety precautions shall be the full responsibility of the General Contractor. Methods of construction and erection of materials and assemblies shall be the contractor's responsibility. END OF SECTION SECTION 01001 -PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. These specifications and the accompanying drawings are intended to describe and provide for a finished piece of work. They are intended to be cooperative, and what is called for by either shall be as binding as if called for by both. The Contractor shall understand that the work herein described shall be complete in every detail, not withstanding every item necessarily involved is not specifically mentioned, and the Contractor will be held to provide all labor and materials necessary for the entire completion of the work intended to be desired, and shall not avail himself of any manifestly unintentional error or omission should such exist. Should any error or inconsistency appear in the drawings or specifications, the Contractor, before proceeding with the work, shall make mention of the same to the Owner's Project Manager in writing for proper adjustment, and in no case shall he proceed with the work in uncertainty. B. Titles to chapters and paragraphs in these Specifications are indicated merely for convenience and shall not be construed as a correct or complete segregation of the several units of materials and labor. No responsibility, either direct of implied, is assumed by the Owner for omissions or duplications by the Contractor or his Subcontractors, due to real or alleged error in arrangement of matter in these Specifications. C. It shall be the duty of the Contractor to verify all dimensions given on the drawings and to report any errors or inconsistencies to the Owner's Project Manager before commencing the work. In submitting a proposal, it will be construed by the Owner that the bidder has examined and familiarized himself with the site and has carefully checked all the details and assured himself that they conform in every respect with both local and state requirements. Ignorance or failure on the part of the Contractor or Subcontractor to examine or familiarize themselves with the site will not be accepted as an excuse for claims to extra or additional payment above contract price. D. The Owner's Project Manager shall within a reasonable time make decisions on all points brought up by the Contractor, on matters relating to the interpretation of the plans, the specifications and the execution, and the progress of the work. E. Should any dispute arise as to the quality or fitness of materials or workmanship or interpretation of the plans and specifications, the decision shall rest with the Owner's Project Manager and shall be based on the requirements that all work done and all materials furnished shall be in strict accordance with the plans and specifications and what is usual, customary, and standard practice in erecting buildings of similar type. F. Where necessary for field work, or proper interpretation of the general plans and specifications, the Contractor shall submit with such promptness as to cause no delay in his or any other Contractor's work, three copies of amplified details and schedules for the approval of the Owner's Project Manager and shall furnish the Project Manager three copies of the final details, one to be returned to the Contractor approved and two to remain in the Project Manager's files. G. Figured dimensions and detailed drawings shall be followed in preference to scaled measurements. In case of any doubt on the part of the Contractor as to the exact meaning of the drawings and these specifications, he shall apply to the Owner's Project Manager for an interpretation before proceeding with his work. H. Should discrepancies appear among the contract documents, the Contractor shall request an interpretation from the Owner's Project Manager before proceeding with the work. If the contractor fails to make such request, no excuse will thereafter be entertained for failure to carry out work in the required manner or provide required guarantees, warranties, or bonds. Should conflict occur in or between drawings and specifications, Contractor is deemed to have estimated on better quality and larger quantity Of work, unless he shall have requested and obtained written decision from the Owner's Project Manager before submission of bid as to which method or materials will be required. I. The Contractor shall carefully study and compare all drawings, specifications, and other instructions. Where dimensions are governed by existing conditions or by conditions already established, Contractor shall take actual measurements himself and shall report in writing to the Owner's Project Manager, for explanation or adjustment, any errors, disagreements or inconsistencies in the drawings and specifications or figured dimensions of the drawings which may exist or appear to exist, before proceeding to execute that part of the work affected. Thereby, this field verification shall be done within ten days of the receipt of the drawings, specifications and instructions. Failure to do so shall constitute a waiver of all right to or claim for extra work on such account. J. No deviation from specifications, drawings or instructions shall be made without written authorization by the Owner's Project Manager. END OF SECTION SECTION 01002 - MATERIAL, LABOR, APPLIANCES A. Unless otherwise stipulated, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, labor, water, tools, equipment, light and power, transportation and other facilities necessary for the execution of the work. B. Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be new and both workmanship and materials shall be the best of these respective kinds. The Contractor shall, if required, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. C. Only skilled, thoroughly trained and experienced foremen and workmen shall be employed on the work, and when required by the Owner, the Contractor shall discharge and shall not re-employ on the work, any person who commits trespass, or who is in the opinion of the Owner, disorderly, dangerous, insubordinate, incompetent, or otherwise objectionable, nor shall he employ any person who has been discharged by another Contractor upon the order of the Owner's Project Manager. D. Unless otherwise stipulated, no allowance or compensation whatsoever shall be due or paid to the Contractor for any temporary roads, excavations, embankments, or other work or structures that he may make to facilitate his work, nor for any construction plant, tools or equipment which may be required in the performance of the work. E. All work and materials delivered on the premises shall be intended to form part of the work and shall not be removed without consent of the Owner. The Contractor shall have the right to remove all surplus materials after the completion of all work included in his Contract. F. It shall be the duty of the General Contractor to see that all Subcontractors are fully informed in regard to the general conditions and preliminary specifications. END OF SECTION SECTION 01003 - LOCATION AND GRADE A. The exact property lines, corner monuments and grades set by the Owner's surveyor will be furnished to the Contractor, and all precautions shall be taken by the Contractor to preserve same. If any are displaced, lost or disturbed through the act or neglect of the Contractor or his agents or employees, he shall pay for cost of restoration. B. The relation of the building to the lot lines and established grades shall be as indicated on the drawings. The Contractor shall accurately lay out his work on the ground according to the drawings furnished, and will be held responsible for the correct location of all work. END OF SECTION SECTION 01004 - PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all violations of city ordinances and state laws involved in the performance of his work; for obstruction of streets, side -walks, alleys and pavements and shall in all cases make good any damage to any streets, sidewalks, alleys and pavements. B. Contractor shall use every precaution to brace and otherwise support and secure the structural frame, walls, floors and roof during the construction of the work; and shall provide during the progress of his work every and all safeguards and protection against accidents, injury and damage to persons and property including adjoining property. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for his work and every part thereof, and for all materials, tools, appliances and property of every description used in connection therewith. END OF SECTION SECTION 01005 - SUPERVISOR A. The Contractor shall give personal supervision to the work, using his best skill and attention, and shall keep a competent Foreman and necessary assistants constantly on the jobsite. The Foreman shall be the personal representative of the Contractor and all directions given by him shall be as binding as if given by the Contractor. Communication delivered to the Foreman by Owner's Project Manager shall be as binding as if delivered to the Contractor. B. The contractor shall layout all work and shall be responsible for all measurements and dimensions. END OF SECTION SECTION 01006 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. GENERAL: Location, schedule of installation and removal, and duration of all items on site to be approved by owner's project manager. B. TRAILER: Contractor shall at his own expense provide such temporary trailers, offices, and sheds for storing of cement, tools, etc., with necessary telephones, heat, etc., all of which are to be removed by him at the completion of the job. C. TEMPORARY TOILET FACILITIES: As conditions require, and in accordance with state and local regulation, the Contractor at his own expense shall install temporary toilet facilities for the use of his employees. These toilet facilities must be placed at suitable points, enclosed against weather, maintained in proper condition, disinfected, and at completion of the job cleaned out and removed from the premises. D. TEMPORARY ELECTRICAL SERVICES: General Contractor, without cost to owner or Subcontractors, shall provide and maintain all temporary electrical services for any or all Contractors, for use of apparatus, lights, or tools to facilitate the completion of the building. (See Section 16000, Basic Electrical Requirements.) E. TEMPORARY HEAT: In the event that temporary heat is required, this Contractor shall provide for and include same in his bid, on line item designated as Winter Conditions on bid form. or make necessary arrangements with the several Subcontractors requiring temporary heat to provide for and include same in their bids. He shall make sure that proper fuels and apparatus are furnished and installed with flue pipes to the outside of the building, and that the fuels are properly housed. Installation shall be such as to in no way damage any of the finished work or work in progress. In event of any damage resulting from improper heating arrangements, same shall be corrected at the expense of Contractor. If store HVAC system is used, filters must be changed. F. CONSTRUCTION FENCE: Provide as required for security and the safety of the public. Provide 6-0" high chain link fencing with steel posts 8'-0" o.c. Provide gates as required. Keep gates closed after working hours. Patch paving damaged by fence posts after removal. G. All utility accounts must be transferred to Ross Dress for Less prior to start of Construction and all costs of utilities are the responsibility of Ross Dress for Less or their Contractor. END OF SECTION SECTION 01007 - CUTTING & PATCHING A. Each Contractor shall leave all chases, holes or openings in walls and partitions straight, true and of proper size, in his own work or cut same in existing work as may be necessary for the proper installation of his own or another Contractor's work. Each Contractor shall coordinate with the General Contractor regarding proper location and size of same. In case of his failure to leave or cut same in the proper place, he shall cut them afterwards at his own expense. No excessive cutting will be permitted nor shall any structural members be cut. B. After all work has been installed in chases, holes or openings, each Contractor shall carefully fit around, close up, repair, patch and point up same as directed, to the complete satisfaction of the Owner's Project Manager. All work shall be done with proper tools and by the skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the particular trade to which such work belongs, and shall be done without extra charge to the Owner. END OF SECTION SECTION 01008 - CLEANING A. The Contractor shall at all times keep the premises free from accumulations of waste and flammable material or rubbish caused by his employees or others during progress ress completion the ro of the work. At the of the work and before final acceptance, the Contractor shall, at his own expense, clear away and remove from the premises and from public and private roads all plant debris, rubbish, tools, scaffolding, surplus materials, and excess excavated materials due to his operations, and shall leave the premises and the work in perfect order and repair, and the building broom clean and ready to use. END OF SECTION SECTION 01009 - APPROVED EQUALS A. Throughout these specifications a manufacturer, model number, color, finish, etc. has been used. These are to be used as a guide to quality and design standards and equal products may be substituted but ONLY after substitutions are submitted to the owner and the owner approves substitutions in writing. Do not order any materials/products until written approval is given. All unapproved materials/products used will be removed and replaced at contractor's own expense. END OF SECTION SECTION 01330 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for shop drawings, product data, and samples submittals. 1.02 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity. B. Processing: Allow 2 weeks for initial review. No extension of Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals to Architect sufficiently in advance to permit processing. C. Preparation: Provide sufficient space on label or cover to record review action taken. Include the following information: 1. Project name. 2. Date. 3. Name and address of Architect. 4. Name and address of Contractor. 5. Name and address of subcontractor. 6. Name and address of supplier. 7. Name and address of manufacturer. 8. Number and title of appropriate specification section. 9. Drawing number and detail references as appropriate. 1.03 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit newly prepared information drawn accurately to scale. Indicate deviations from the Contract Documents. Do not reproduce Contract Documents or copy standard information as the basis of shop drawings. Submit on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches but no larger than 24 by 36. Submit 1 correctable, translucent, reproducible print and 1 blueline or blackline print for Architect's review. B. Prototypical finishes specified in the documents do not need to be submitted for review 1.04 PRODUCT DATA A. Collect product data into a single submittal for each element of construction or system. Include manufacturer's installation instructions, catalog cuts, standard color charts, diagrams, and compliance with recognized testing agency standards. 1.05 SAMPLES A. Submit full-size, fully fabricated samples cured and finished as specified and physically identical with the material or product proposed. Samples of prototypical items specified in the documents need not be submitted. END OF SECTION SECTION 01 71 0 - FINAL CLEANING A. SUMMARY 1. Environmental requirements: conduct cleaning and waste -disposal operations in compliance with local laws and ordinances. Comply fully with federal and local environmental and anti pollution regulations. B. PRODUCTS 1. Cleaning agents: use cleaning materials and agents recommended by the manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces. C. EXECUTION - Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for final completion for the entire project. 1. Clean the project site, yard and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and foreign substances. 2. Sweep paved areas broom clean and power wash all dirt and materials which can be tracked into the building. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even -textured surface. 3. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits, including excess concrete and mortar dumpings. 4. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from the site. 5. Damp clean and dry exposed exterior and interior hard -surfaced finishes to a dirt -free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. 6. Remove debris and surface from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces. 7. Broom clean and wet -mop concrete floors in unoccupied spaces after removing paint and drips, stains and other foreign substances from concrete surface. 8. Vacuum clean carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap. Shampoo to remove stains per manufacturers specific recommendations. SECTION 01 71 0 - CONTINUED 9. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compounds and other substances that are noticeable vision -obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces. 10. Remove labels that are not permanent labels. 11. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored or that already show evidence of repair or restoration. a) Do not paint over "ul" and similar labels, including mechanical and electrical nameplates. 12. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment, and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances. 13. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains resulting from water exposure. 14. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills. 15. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated without filters during construction. 16. Clean light fixtures, lamps, and reflectors to function with full efficiency. Replace burned -out bulbs in fixtures. 17. Leave the project clean and ready for occupancy. D. PEST CONTROL: Engage an experienced licensed exterminator to make a final inspection and rid the project of rodents, insects, birds, and other pests. E. REMOVAL OF PROTECTION: Remove temporary protection and facilities installed during construction to protect previously completed installations during the remainder of the construction period. F. COMPLIANCES: Comply with governing regulations and safety standards for cleaning operations. Remove waste materials from the site and dispose of lawfully. END OF SECTION SECTION 01770 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Administrative procedures for contract closeout. 1.02 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Before requesting observation for Certificate of Substantial Completion, complete the following. List exceptions: 1. Submit statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum. 2. Submit specific warranties, maintenance agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. 3. Submit record documents, maintenance manuals, progress test and inspection reports, and other similar information. 4. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stock and similar items. 5. Changeover to permanent locks and transmit keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of changeover. 6. Complete startup testing of systems and instruction of Owner's operating and maintenance personnel. Discontinue and remove temporary facilities from the site 7. Complete final cleaning, repair, and paint touch-up. 1.03 FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. Before requesting observation for certification of final acceptance and final q g P payment, complete the following. List exceptions: 1. Submit final payment request with releases. 2. Submit updated final statement accounting for final changes to Contract Sum. 3. Submit consent of surety payment to final a ment to the Owner. 4. Submit satisfactory waivers of mechanic's liens. 5. Submit complete list of subcontractors and principal vendors. 6. Furnish Owner with Certificate of Occupancy by controlling building authorities to occupy premises for purpose intended. B. Final acceptance nor final payment shall relieve the Contractor of responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship, and contractor shall remedy defects and pay for resulting damage. 1.04 RECORD DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS A. Maintain prints of drawings and any manuals for record documents separate from construction sets. Mark Record Prints to indicate actual installation where varies or any other revisions from that indicated originally. This includes all trades, equipment, and dimensions. Prepare any additional sets required by the controlling building authorities for final acceptance of the project. Submit record documents to Architect for Owner's records before requesting observation for Certificate of Substantial Completion. 1.05 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Organize operation and maintenance data into suitable sets of manageable size. Bind properly indexed data in individual binders. Mark identification on front and spine of each binder. Submit 3 complete sets of manuals to the Architect. 1.06 WARRANTIES A. Furnish warranties required by the Contract Documents, including manufacturer's standard on products and special warranties. Submit written warranties to the Architect prior to the date certified for substantial completion, addressed to the Owner. Submit 2 copies of each, plus 3 additional for warranted items in the operation and maintenance manuals. Organize documents in binders PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED 71i1i[c111111/3ODji[6l01l 3.01 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS A. Arrange for each equipment installer to meet with Owner's personnel to provide instruction in proper operation and maintenance. 3.02 FINAL CLEANING A. Perform final cleaning with experienced workers or professional cleaners. Comply with manufacturer's instructions. Remove non permanent labels. Clean glass and transparent materials. Clean all surfaces to dust -free condition. Clean site and remove all rubbish. END OF SECTION DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK SECTION 02515 ASPHALT PAVING REPAIRS & SEALCOAT & PAINTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: Provide asphaltic sealcoat and pavement striping where shown on the drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. Fed. Spec. R-P 355e Pitch, Coal Tar Emulsion (Coating for Bituminous Pavements). B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. C 136 Method of Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates. 2. D 490 Specification for Road Tar. 3. D 2939 Method for Testing Emulsified Bitumens used as Protective Coatings. 4. D 3320 Standard Specification for Emulsified Coal -Tar Pitch (Mineral Colloid Type). 5. D 5727 Standard Specification for Emulsified Refined Coal -Tar (Mineral Colloid Type). 1.03 SUBMITTAL: No submittal is required for the work of this Section. 1.04 PROJECT/ SITE CONDITIONS: A. Apply coating when the pavement temperature is at least fifty (50) degrees F and air temperature is fifty (50) degrees F and rising. B. Apply coating during dry weather and when rain is not anticipated within eight (8) hours after application is completed. 1.05 WARRANTY: The Contractor shall include the manufacturer's two-(2) year written dual that warrants performance of the coating against flaking, chipping, loss of adhesion or other abnormal wear in the Building Maintenance Manuals per Section 01770- Contract Closeout. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SEALCOAT PRODUCT: Provide refined coal tar emulsion sealant slurry equal to Jennite, as manufactured by Neyra Industries Inc. Cincinnati OH (800.543.7077). A. Sealer: High solids refined coal tar emulsion containing hot blended rubber. B. Crack Sealant: Hot applied, elastomeric type crack sealant compatible with pavement coating, equal to Jennite/ Thermo -Seal PLS. C. Pavement Primer: Acrylic based, primer compatible with pavement coating, equal to Jennite/ Polyprime. D. Oil Spot Primer: Water based acrylic oil spot primer compatible with pavement coating, equal to Jennite/ Petrobond. E. Sand: As recommended in printed data sheets by sealer manufacturer. F. Mixing Water 1. Potable and free from harmful soluble salts. 2. Temperature of the water: minimum fifty (50) degrees F. SECTION 02515 - ASPHALT REPAIR - Continued 2.02 PAVEMENT STRIPING PRODUCT: Use Thermoplastic Paint with glass beads for entire lot. (NO SUBSTITUTIONS) 2.03 SEALCOAT EQUIPMENT: Use equipment that keeps the sealant mixture homogeneous at all times and is capable of applying required coating weights evenly over entire width of application mechanism in order to provide a uniformly coated surface. 2.04 MIXING: Add six (6) pounds of sand to the refined coal tar emulsion and mix with power equipment to a homogeneous coating. Add water to the coating mix as required for application not exceeding ten (10) per cent of refined coal tar emulsion. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION: Inspect existing pavement surfaces for conditions and defects that will adversely affect quality of work, and which cannot be put into an acceptable condition through normal preparatory work as specified. Do not place coating over unsound oil spots softened by fuel or oil. 3.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION: Provide primer and two applications of the coating (refined coal tar emulsion slurry) in all areas. Provide third coat in high traffic areas as shown in schedule and on drawings. 3.03 SEALCOAT APPLICATION: Apply all coats uniformly at a rate of 0.14 - 0.17 gallons per square yard per coat using mixed diluted material. Allow each coat to cure sufficiently to take traffic without scuffing. Allow final coat to cure a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours under good drying conditions before allowing traffic. 3.04 SEALCOAT CLEANING AFTER APPLICATION: Remove primer and coating from surfaces other than those requiring primer and coating. 3.05 PROTECTION: Barricade coated areas until the coating has dried sufficiently for traffic. 3.06 PAVEMENT STRIPING APPLICATION: Sweep and clean the surface to remove loose material and dust prior to painting. PARKING LINES AND PAVEMENT PAINTING: A. Sweep and clean paving surface to remove loose material and dust prior to painting. B. Apply parking lines with mechanical equipment to produce uniform straight edges. Provide two paint coats at the paint manufacturer's recommended rate of application. C. Accessible Parking Spaces: Parking space symbols for accessible parking spaces shall be painted using pre -manufactured symbol templates meeting local jurisdiction graphic requirements. DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE SECTION 03001 - CONCRETE A. In addition to the concrete specifications in the Structural drawings, use approved concrete sealer where indicated on plans. Finish concrete floor surfaces in accordance with ACI 301. Provide concrete surfaces to be left exposed with sack rubbed finish. B. SLAB MOISTURE TESTING: Conduct moisture vapor emission testing (VET) by a qualified testing agency of concrete slabs. General contractor is responsible for conducting this test and adhering to the following criteria: 1. Test all concrete slabs scheduled to be covered with a floor covering or coating. Test to be conducted per ASTM F 1869-98 standards. 2. Prior to orderingfloor finishproducts, contact individual floor finish manufacturers to determine maximum allowable floor slab moisture emissions recommended for compatibility with each product. P Y 3. Provide a minimum of two vapor emission test per 1000 square feet of concrete slab. All tests to be conducted simultaneously. VET test to be repeated as necessary to ensure that entire area of concrete slab vapor emissions are uniformly low enough to allow for floor finish installation according to floor finish manufacturer requirements. Floor finishes shall not be installed until concrete slab(s) pass VET test consistently over entire area of slab(s). 4. Immediately after VET tests are completed, forward all VET results to Architect and ROSS STORES, INC. Coordinate allowable levels of concrete slab moisture with Ross stores inc. construction schedule. The date that the a a floor finish can be installed in accordance with allowable levels of floor slab moisture shall not infringe upon fixturing date, construction complete date, or any other established date on schedule. 5. NOT USED. 6. EXISTING CONCRETE SLABS: Not applicable provided item above is verified; If existing floor finish is to be removed, conduct vet after existing floor finish is removed. If existing floor finish is to remain, remove a 20"x20" minimum area of existing floor covering and perform vet on exposed concrete or substrate. If existing concrete slab moisture emissions are too high to allow for floor finish installation according to floor finish manufacturer recommendations, provide a water vapor emission and alkalinity control system as outlined in spec section 07260. Provide vapor barrier as required on conc. Slab as needed per test results. The following is a recommendation from floor seal technologies (888-417-7688 X202 OR www.floorseal.com). for a conc. Slab moisture content of 4 TO 6 LBS/1000 S.F., Use a system i method, Which includes one layer of mes-floor seal. for a conc. Slab moisture content of 7 TO 9 LBS/1000 S.F., Use a system ii method, which includes two layers of mes-floor seal. for both systems, While the coat is still tacky, a thin layer of a cementitious material will need to be applied. See G100 for additional requirements. 7. General contractor shall be responsible to have concrete substrate compliant for floor finish manufacturer specification in reference to vapor emissions and alkalinity. C. CONCRETE SEALER: ALL concrete is to be sealed with CRETESEAL CS2(10 yr warranty) applied in accordance with manufacturers instructions. The CS2000 2 day system is to be used on existing slabs. Further, slabs must be designed and prepared to test and maintain moisture vapor emissions at or below 5-lbs per 1000 sf per 24-hrs using the calcium chloride method. The stockroom, electrical room and other areas of the slab not receiving finish tile or carpet are to receive a two -coat application of a penetrating low viscosity epoxy or acrylic sealer. D. Conduct PH & CAL CHLOR. test with adequate time for floor correction, should testing results not comply. END OF SECTION DIVISION 4 - MASONRY NOT USED DIVISION 5 - METALS SECTION 05400 - COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Work Includes: 1. Exterior load -bearing steel -stud wall framing. 2. Exterior nonload-bearing steel -stud wall framing. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 07210 - Building Insulation. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI): 1. Specification for the Design of Cold -Formed Steel Structural Members. B. American Welding Society (AWS): 1. AWS D1.1: Structural Welding Code - Steel. 2. AWS D1.3: Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel. C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM A 570: Steel, Sheet and Strip, Carbon, Hot -Rolled, Structural Quality. 2. ASTM A 653: Steel Sheet, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc -Iron -Alloy Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot -Dip Process. 3. ASTM C 754: Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw -Attached Gypsum Board. D. Steel Stud Manufacturers Association (SSMA; formerly ML/SFA). 1. Guide Specification for Metal Lathing and Furring. E. Uniform Building Code (UBC) 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Performance Requirements: 1. Cold -formed metal framing shall comply with AISI and SSMA referenced standards and IBC. 2. Fabricate and erect cold -formed metal framing with the physical and structural properties as indicated. 3. Cold -formed steel studs, joists, tracks, and channels shall meet the following minimum requirements: Gage Type Standard Yield Stress 14 and 16 Galvanized ASTM A 653, Grade 50 50 ksi 14 and 16 Hot -Rolled ASTM A- 570, Grade 50 50 ksi 14 and 16 Cold -Rolled ASTM A 607, Grade 50 50 ksi 18 and lighter Galvanized ASTM A 653, Grade 33 33 ksi 18 and lighter Hot -Rolled ASTM A 570, Grade 33 33 ksi 18 and lighter Cold -Rolled ASTM A 611, Grade C 33 ksi 4. Steel shall be galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 653, G60 corrosion -resistant coating. 5. Steel framing members to receive screw -attached wallboard shall be detailed in accordance with ASTM C -754. 6. Studs, runners, and rigid furring channels shall meet applicable requirements of ASTM C 754, 7. Where framing connects primary structural elements, such as floors in a building, incorporate orate into the construction provisions to accommodate ccommod to anticipated structural deflections under both gravity and seismic loads. p ga ya a 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product data for each type of cold -formed metal framing, accessory, yp a a g, a y, and product specified. B. Shop drawings showing layout, spacings, sizes, thicknesses, and types of cold -formed metal framing, fabrication, fastening and anchorage details, including mechanical fasteners. Show reinforcing channels, opening framing, supplemental framing, strapping, bracing, bridging, splices, accessories, connection details, and attachments to other units of work. C. ICBO research report evidencing cold -formed metal framing's compliance with building code in effect for the Project. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: Engage a fabricator who has at least 5 years of continuous experience in the fabrication of cold -formed metal framing. B. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer who has completed cold -formed metal framing similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance. C. Welding Standards: Comply with applicable provisions of AWS referenced standards. D. Maintain one copy of the ICBO report on -site 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect cold -formed metal framing from corrosion, deformation, and other damage during delivery, storage, and handling. B. Storage: Protect cold -formed metal framing with a waterproof covering and ventilate to avoid condensation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS Subject to compliance with requirements, provide cold -formed metal framing by one of the following: 1. Allied American Studco, Inc. 2. Angeles Metal Systems 3. California Expanded Metal Products Co. 4. California Metal Systems, Inc. 5. Clark Steel Framing Industries. 6. Consolidated Fabricators, Corp. 7. Consolidated Systems, Inc. 8. Dale Industries, Inc. 9. Design Shapes in Steel. 10. Dietrich Industries, Inc. 11. Knorr Steel Framing Systems. 12. Marino Ware; Div. of Ware Industries, Inc. 13. Scafco Corp. 14. Steel Construction Systems. 15. Steel Developers, LLC. 16. Steeler, Inc. 17. Studco of Hawaii, Inc. 18. Super Stud Building Products, Inc. 19. Unimast, Inc. 20. United Metal Products, Inc. 21. Western Metal Lath. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Galvanized -Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653 zinc -coated according to ASTM A 525, G-60 coating. B. Prime -Painted Steel Sheet: ASTM A -570 or ASTM A- 611, cleaned, pretreated, and primed with manufacturer's baked -on, lead- and chromate -free, rust -inhibitive primer conforming to the performance requirements of FS TT-P-664. 2.03 WALL FRAMING A. Steel Studs: Manufacturer's standard galvanized C-shaped steel studs of size and thickness as indicated. Use same size metal stud for required blocking. B. Steel Track: Manufacturer's standard galvanized U-shaped steel track of size and thickness to correspond to metal stud size. 2.04 FRAMING ACCESSORIES A. Fabricate steel -framing accessories of the same material and finish used for framing members. B. Provide the following accessories of manufacturer's standard thickness and configuration, unless otherwise indicated, as required: 1. Supplementary framing. 2. Bracing, bridging, and solid blocking. 3. Web stiffeners. 4. Gusset plates. 5. Deflection track and vertical slide clips. 6. Stud kickers and girts. 7. Joist hangers and end closures. 8. Reinforcement plates. m c g architecture TT 216.520.1551 © 216.520.1567 7100 E Pleasant Valley Rd., Suite 320, Cleveland, OH 44131 Seal: A Project for: Client: 06.21.13 ROSS STORES, INC. 4440 ROSEWOOD DRIVE PLEASANTON, CA 94588 Revisions: BID/PERMIT 02-14-13 No. Description Date Project No.: 11.594.01 Drawn By: ARA Reviewed By: BCB Scale: AS NOTED Date: 01-28-2013 Filename: 11594 A001 Sheet Title: Sheet #: SPECIFICATIONS A001 ,� i-r- ri -rI -11 I. © MCG ARCHITECTS 2011 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED SECTION 05400 - Continued: 2.05 ANCHORS, CLIPS, AND FASTENERS A. Steel Shapes and Clips: ASTM A 36, zinc -coated by the hot -dip process According to ASTM A- 123. B. Powder -Actuated Anchors: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion -resistant materials, with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 10 times the design load, as determined by ASTM E 1190. C. Mechanical Fasteners: Corrosion -resistant coated, self -drilling, self -threading steel drill screws. Use low -profile head beneath sheathing, manufacturer's standard head type elsewhere. D. Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS standards 2.06 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Galvanizing Repair Paint: SSPC-Paint 20 with dry film containing a minimum of 94 percent zinc dust by weight. 2.07 FABRICATION A. Fabricate cold -formed metal framing and accessories plumb, square, true -to -line, and with connections securely fastened, according to manufacturer's recommendations and the requirements of this Section. 1. Fabricate framing assemblies in jig templates. 2. Cut framing members by sawing or shearing; do not torch cut. 3. Fasten cold -formed metal framing members by welding or screw fastening, as standard with fabricator. Wire tying of framing members is not permitted. 4. Comply with AWS requirements and procedures for welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work. 5. Locate mechanical fasteners and install according to cold -formed metal framing manufacturer's instructions with screw penetrating joined members by not less than 3 exposed screw threads. 6. Fasten other materials to cold -formed metal framing by welding, bolting, or screw fastening according to manufacturer's recommendations. B. Reinforce, stiffen, and brace framing assemblies to withstand handling, delivery, and erection stresses. Lift fabricated assemblies to prevent damage or distortion. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine supporting substrates and abutting structural framing for compliance with requirements, including installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of cold -formed metal framing. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Cold -formed metal framing may be shop- or field -fabricated for installation, or it may be field -assembled. B. Install cold -formed metal framing and accessories plumb, square, true -to -line, and with connections securely fastened according to manufacturer's recommendations and the requirements of this Section. C. Install framing members in one-piece lengths unless splice connections are indicated for track or tension members. D. Provide temporary bracing and leave in place until framing is permanently stabilized. E. Do not bridge building expansion and control joints with cold -formed metal framing. Independently frame both sides of joints. F. Install insulation in built-up exterior framing members, such as headers, sills, boxed joists, and double studs, inaccessible upon completion of framing work. G. Fasten reinforcement plate over web penetrations that exceed size of manufacturer's standard punched openings. H. Erection Tolerances: Install cold -formed metal framing to a maximum allowable tolerance variation from plumb, level, and true -to -line of 1/8 inch in 10 feet. 3.03 LOAD -BEARING WALL INSTALLATION A. Securely anchor top and bottom track to the supporting structure. Install concrete anchors after full compressive strength has been achieved. B. Squarely seat studs against webs of top and bottom tracks. Fasten both flanges of studs to top and bottom track. Space studs as indicated. C. Set studs plumb, except as needed for diagonal bracing or required for nonplumb walls or warped surfaces and similar requirements. D. Align studs vertically where wall -framing continuity is interrupted by floor framing. Where studs cannot be aligned, continuously reinforce track to transfer loads. E. Align joists over studs. Where joists cannot be aligned, continuously reinforce track to transfer loads. F. Anchor studs abutting structural columns or walls, including masonry walls, to supporting structure as indicated. G. Install headers over wall openings wider than the stud spacing. Locate headers above openings as indicated. Fabricate headers of compound shapes indicated or required to transfer load to supporting studs, complete with clip -angle connectors, web stiffeners, or gusset plates. H. Install supplementary framing, blocking, and bracing in stud framing indicated to support fixtures, equipment, services, casework, heavy trim, furnishings, and similar work requiring attachment to framing. I. Install horizontal bridging in stud system, spaced in rows not more than 48 inches apart. Fasten at each stud intersection. J. Install steel -sheet diagonal bracing straps to both stud flanges, terminate at and fasten to reinforced top and bottom track. Fasten clip -angle connectors to multiple studs at ends of bracing and anchor to structure. K. Install miscellaneous framing and connections, including supplementary framing, web stiffeners, clip angles, continuous angles, anchors, and fasteners, to provide a complete and stable wall -framing system. 3.04 NONLOAD-BEARING CURTAIN WALL INSTALLATION A. Install continuous tracks sized to match studs. Align tracks accurately, and securely anchor to supporting structure as indicated. B. Squarely seat studs against webs of top and bottom tracks. Fasten both flanges of studs to top and bottom track. Space studs as indicated. C. Set studs plumb, except as needed for diagonal bracing or required for nonplumb walls or warped surfaces and similar requirements. D. Isolate steel framing from building structure at locations indicated to prevent transfer of vertical loads while providing lateral support. E. Install horizontal bridging in curtain wall studs, spaced in rows not more than 48 inches apart. Fasten at each stud intersection. F. Install miscellaneous framing and connections, including stud kickers, web stiffeners, clip angles, continuous angles, anchors, fasteners, and stud girts, to provide a complete and stable curtain wall framing system. 3.05 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION A. Galvanizing Repairs: Prepare and repair damaged galvanized coatings on fabricated and installed cold -formed metal framing with galvanizing repair paint according to ASTM A 780 and the manufacturer's instructions. B. Touchup Painting: 1. Wire brush, clean, and paint scarred areas, welds, and rust spots on fabricated and installed prime -painted, cold -formed metal framing. 2. Touch up painted surfaces with same type of shop paint used on adjacent surfaces. C. Provide final protection and maintain conditions in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and installer to ensure that cold -formed metal framing is without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION SECTION 05500 - MISC. METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Pipe bollards B. Steel ladder frame with treads. 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design ladder assembly to support live load of 100 pounds per square foot with deflection of stringer or landing framing not to exceed 1/180 of span. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Steel Sections: ASTM A36. B. Steel Plate: ASTM A283. C. Steel Tubing: ASTM A500, Grade B. D. Pipe: ASTM A53, Grade B Schedule 40. E. Sheet Steel: ASTM A446, Grade B Structural Quality with galvanized coating. F. Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A325. G. Handrail Fittings: Elbows, T-shapes, wall brackets, escutcheons; machined steel. H. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1. I. Shop and Touch -Up Primer: SSPC 15, Type 1, red oxide. 2.02 FABRICATION - GENERAL A. Fit and shop assemble items in largest practical sections for delivery to site. B. Continuously seal joined members by full, continuous welds. C. Grind exposed joints flush and smooth with adjacent finish surface. Make exposed joints butt tight, flush, and hairline. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius. D. Supply components required for anchorage of fabrications. Fabricate anchors and related components of same material and finish as fabrication. E. Accurately form components required for anchorage of stairs and landings and railings to each other and to building structure. 2.03 FINISHES A. Clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease, and foreign matter prior to finishing. B. Shop prime items with two coats. Do not prime surfaces in direct contact with concrete or where field welding is required. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install items plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or defects. B. Allow for erection loads and provide temporary bracing to maintain true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent attachments. C. Field weld components as indicated. Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1.1. D. Obtain Engineer approval prior to site cutting. E. After erection, prime welds, abrasions, and surfaces not shop primed, except surfaces to be in contact with concrete. 3.02 MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS A. Steel Ladders: 1. Interior: Galvanized structural steel side rails 2-1/2 by 1/2 inch set 21 inches apart. Rungs 3/4 inch round bars spaced 12 inches apart and welded to strings. Clip angles 10-1/4 by 2-1/2 by 1/2 inch, bent to shape with 2 inch leg and welded to side rails and spaced approximately 4'-0" on center. 2. Steel Ladder Installation: a. Bolt clip angles to masonry or concrete with 1/2 inch double -cinch anchors or to wood with 1/2 inch diameter lag bolts. b. Field verify location of ladder and verify that the distance from the face of wall to the center line of the rungs is maintained constant from top to bottom of ladder. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify Architect. c. Set ladder a minimum of 9 inches away from a projection or wall surface. B. Concrete -Filled Pipe Bollards: Fabricate pipe bollards from Schedule 80 steel pipe. Anchor bollards in place with concrete footings. Support and brace bollards in position in footing excavations until concrete has been placed and cured. Fill bollards solidly with concrete, mounding top surface. A. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint, and paint exposed areas with same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA- 1 requirements for touching up shop -painted surfaces. B. For galvanized surfaces, clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas, and apply galvanizing repair paint to comply with ASTM A- 780. END OF SECTION DIVISION 6 - WOOD REFER TO STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR DETAILED WOOD SPECIFICATIONS ROUGH CARPENTRY - 06100 A. Rough carpentry: Provide wood grounds, nailers & blocking where indicated and required. Use fastening methods which will insure the greatest strength for the condition indicated. Wood shall be as follows: 1. Moisture content: 19% maximum 2. Grade: standard grade light framing size lumber of any species or board size lumber as required. No. 3 common or standard grade per wclib or wwpa rules or no. 3 boards per spib rules. 3. Provide fire retardant treated wood where required by local code requirements and where indicated. Comply with awpa c20. 4. Preservative -treated wood: Where indicated, and for use as wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and similar members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete. Comply with awpa c2, with 0.25 lbs./cubic foot minimum retention. DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION SECTION 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Rigid insulation at roof. B. Batt thermal insulation in exterior wall construction. 1.02 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Install insulation adhesives in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings indicating location and installation of roof and perimeter foundation wall insulation. Submit samples and product data including testing agency information on all products. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 INSULATION MATERIALS A. Rigid Roof Insulation. 1. Existing to remain (by Landlord)- patch and repair as required to match existing. B. Batt Wall & Roof Insulation: ASTM C665, preformed glass fiber batt, conforming to the following: 1. Thermal Resistance: Thickness & "R" value As indicated on drawings. 2. Facing: Faced on one side with moisture to warm side of wall. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION A. Verify that substrate and adjacent materials are dry and ready to receive insulation. 3.02 INSTALLATION - BATT INSULATION A. Install insulation in accordance with insulation manufacturer's instructions. B. Install in exterior walls and underside of roof without gaps or voids. C. Fit insulation tight in spaces. Leave no gaps or voids. D. Install with factory applied membrane facing warm side of building spaces. Attach flanges of facing to framing members. E. Use 1/8" diameter pencil rods friction fit between trusses. END OF SECTION SECTION 07220 - ROOF DECK INSULATION NOT USED SECTION 07240 - EIFS NOT USED SECTION 07260 - VAPOR RETARDERS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Water Vapor Emission and Alkalinity Control System B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03001 2. Section 09650 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Prior to any vapor emission & alkalinity control procedures, all building envelope features which might be sensitive to dust or splashing of liquids are masked and protected. The concrete slab is then scarified to an acceptable profile. All existing cracks and joints are cleaned, treated and filled with cementitious patch. To ensure against failure from crack/joint originated moisture and reduce pattern transference to the finished flooring product. Penetrant and coating systems employ fibereal dispersive membrane to a width sufficient to span control joints. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS Subject to compliance with requirements, provide water vapor emission and alkalinity control system by one of the following: 1. Floor Seal Technology 1005 Ames Avenue Milpitas, CA 95035 (800) 572-2344 2. Approved Equal - Sub Contractor must prove, in writing, that substituted material or manufacturer meets or exceeds that of the product specified. 2.02 Materials A. Mes & Mes-R penetrant- Mes pentrant is a voc * compliant water -based modified acrylic epoxy formulation, developed to penetrate the concrete surface and mechanically restrict the pores without any dependence on concrete chemistry for successful reaction. MES does not require more than several hours of curing. Applied directly over a freshly shot -blasted concrete surface, MES penetrant ensures subsequent mechanical bonding. MES-R penetrant is formulated for compatibility with resinous flooring surfaces. B. MES & MES-R Coating- MES coating has the same chemical formulation as MES penetrant, but with a thicker viscosity. It is used in conjunction with MES penetrant in order ensure a high tensile strength bond to the slab to suppress volume. Applied during the tack -up phase or the previous application, the slab surface then becomes completely encapsulated. MES-R coating is formulated for compatibility with resinous flooring surfaces. C. Fiberseal & Fiberseal-R Dispersive Membrane- MES Membrane is a three- component VOC-Compliant, water -based acrylic copolymer resin material with a fiber membrane carrier. A fry weave membrane is laminated to the pervious surface material, allowed to cure, and surfaced with a high density acrylic copolymer and modified -epoxy finish layer. Fiberseal membrane creates a high static vapor pressure through its mechanical properties, and buffers the environmental forces that drive moisture emission. Fiberseal-R is formulated for compatibility with resinous flooring surfaces. D. MES & MES-R Membrane MES membrane is a three -component, VOC-compliant, antimicrobial, water -based, modified acrylic epoxy formulation. Developed strictly to enhance the saturation capability of the fiberseal dispersive membrane system. MES membrane contains a silicated additive which provides more physical capacity to the suppressive properties of MES-Coating. In cases of high vapor emission, membranes can become critically -saturated. MES membrane allows a further layer of diffusion to avoid saturation. MES-R membrane is formulated for compatibility with resinous flooring surfacea. E. Cementitious Surfaces- All Floor Seal Technology treatments are finished with 100% Portland -based cementitious compound for all finished floor products (expect resinous coatings). The cementitious surface finish ensures compatibility with all types of floor covering adhesives. Floor Seal Technology concrete vapor emission & alkalinity control systems provide the floor covering contractor with a cementitious surface that is ready to receive a finished floor covering with minimal surface preparation. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Follow manufacturer's recommended preparation and installation procedures. END OF SECTION SECTION 07600 - SHEET METAL Part 1 General 1.01 Division of responsibilities terminology: where referenced in this section, "contractor" refers to the same entity as "landlord contractor". Refer to section 01110- summary of work for additional "division of responsibilities terminology" information. 1.02 Summary: A. Provide sheet metal products and accessories where noted on drawings, as specified in this section, and as needed for a complete installation, including but not limited to the following: 1. Miscellaneous sheet metal closures and accessory items. 2. Parapet coping. 1.03 Submittal: no product submittal is required for the work of this section if provided per the construction documents. Any request for product substitution must be submitted per section 01630 - substitution. 1.04 Warranty/Closeout Documents: A. Manufacturer's warranty: the contractor shall include the sheet metal manufacturer's standard 20 year warranty on finish durability and workmanship, in the building maintenance manuals submitted to the landlord per section 01770-closeout procedures. Part 2 products 2.01 Sheet Metal Product Manufacturers: A. "Basis of design": aluminum products by Atas International Inc., Allentown PA (610/395-8445). 1. Coping: atas rapid-lok engineered coping system, with accessories as detailed on the drawings; powder -coated with Kynar 500. See architectural drawings for colors. B. Acceptable alternative: W.P. Hickman Co., Ashville, NC (800/892.9173). C. Acceptable alternative: Peterson Aluminum - pac continuous cleat - Elk Grove, IL (800/722.7150). D. Acceptable alternative: Product substitution subject to approval per Section 01630 - Substitution 2.02 Sheet Metal Requirements: A. Sheet Metal Coping: prefinished aluminum alloy ASTM B209 alloy 3003 h14 or 3105 h14; 10'-0" lengths with splice plates. Provide concealed anchors that resist wind uplift and permit expansion and contraction with temperature changes. Engineered to meet the ansi/spri, es i-98 standard for "coping wind design guide for edge systems used with low slope roofing systems". Coping corners shall be 45 degree shop -mitered and heliarc welded. Field fabricated coping corners with sealant applied at non -welded mitered meeting joints is not permitted. B. Atas embedded fascia w/ the same basis of design as the coping. C. Sheet metal accessories: exposed sheet metal accessories shall be the same material and finish as the coping. All welds shall be ground and shop painted to match the field color. Provide expansion joints at 20' to 30' intervals to prevent thermal movement distortion. D. D. Downspouts: fabricate downspouts complete with mitered elbows. Furnish with metal hangers, from same material as downspouts, and anchors. 1. Material: .040 prefinished aluminum. Description thickness/texture Coping Cp Cont.Hold-down cleat Splice Plates Rainwater Conductors Flashing Closure (exposed) Drip Edges Fasteners .050" min. per mfr. Engr. System req. .050" .040" .040" .040" .040" #14 w/neoprene washers mcg architecture OO 216.520.1551 OO 216.520.1567 7100 E. Pleasant Valley Rd., Suite 320, Cleveland, OH 44131 Seal: A Project for: Client: ROSS STORES, INC. 4440 ROSEWOOD DRIVE PLEASANTON, CA 94588 Revisions: BID/PERMIT 02-14-13 No. Description Date Project No.: 11.594.01 Drawn By: ARA Reviewed By: BCB Scale: AS NOTED Date: 01-28-2013 Filename: 11594 A002 Sheet Title: Sheet #: SPECIFICATIONS A002 L_ © MCG ARCHITECTS 2011 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED n SECTION 07540 - THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN Qnncinirr NOT USED SECTION 07720 - ROOF HATCH PART ONE - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Work included: Furnishing and installing factory fabricated roof hatches B. Related Work: 05500 Misc. Metal Fabrications 06100 Rough Carpentry 07600 Sheet Metal Fabrications 07900 Sealants 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), 100 Bar Harbor Drive, West Conshocken, PA 19428-2959; (610) 832-9585, fax (610) 832-9555 1. ASTM A 36-93a: Standard Specification for Structural Steel 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's product data for all materials in this specification. B. Shop Drawings: Show profiles, accessories, location, and dimensions. C. Samples: Manufacturer to provide upon request; sized to represent material adequately. D. Contract Closeout: Roof hatch manufacturer shall provide the manufacturer's Warranty prior to the contract closeout. 1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING A. All materials shall be delivered in manufacturer's original packaging. B. Store materials in a dry, protected, well -vented area. The contractor shall thoroughly inspect product upon receipt and report damaged material immediately to delivering carrier and note such damage on the carrier's freight bill of lading. C. Remove protective wrapping immediately after installation [if applicable]. 1.05 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Proposals for substitution products shall be accepted only from bidding contractors and not less than (10) working days before bid due date. Contractor guarantees that proposed substitution shall meet the performance and quality standards of this specification. 1.06 JOB CONDITIONS A. Verify that other trades with related work are complete before installing roof hatch(s). B. Mounting surfaces shall be straight and secure; substrates shall be of proper width. C. Refer to the construction documents, shop drawings, and manufacturer's installation instructions. D. Coordinate installation with roof membrane and roof insulation manufacturer's instructions before starting. E. Observe all appropriate OSHA safety guidelines for this work. 1.07 WARRANTY/GUARANTEE A. Manufacturer's standard warranty: Materials shall be free of defects in material and workmanship for a period of five years from the date of purchase. Should a part fail to function in normal use within this period, manufacturer shall furnish a new part at no charge. Electrical motors, special finishes, and other special equipment (if applicable) shall be warranted separately by the manufacturers of those products. PART TWO - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. The BILCO Company, P.O. Box 1203, New Haven, CT 06505, 1-203-934-6363, Fax: 1-203-933-8478, Web: www.bilco.com 2.02 ROOF HATCH A. Furnish and install where indicated on plans metal roof hatch Type S, size width: 30" (914mm) x length: 2'6" (762mm). Length denotes hinge side. The roof hatch shall be single leaf. The roof hatch shall be pre -assembled from the manufacturer. B. Performance characteristics: 1. Cover shall be reinforced to support a minimum live load of 40 psf (195kg/m2) with a maximum deflection of 1/150th of the span or 20 psf wind uplift. 2. Operation of the cover shall be smooth and easy with controlled operation throughout the entire arc of opening and closing. 3. Operation of the cover shall not be affected by temperature. 4. Entire hatch shall be weathertight with fully welded corner joints on cover and curb. C. Cover: Shall be [select: 14 gauge paint bond G-90 galvanized steel or 11 gauge aluminum] with a 3" (76mm) beaded flange with formed reinforcing members. Cover shall have a heavy extruded EPDM rubber gasket that is bonded to the cover interior to assure a continuous seal when compressed to the top surface of the curb. D. Cover insulation: Shall be fiberglass of 1" (25.4mm) thickness, fully covered and protected by a metal liner [select: 22 gauge paint bond G-90 galvanized steel or 18 gauge aluminum]. E. Curb: Shall be 12" (305mm) in height and of [select: 14 gauge paint bond G-90 galvanized steel or 11 gauge aluminum]. The curb shall be formed with a 3-1/2" (89mm) flange with 7/16" (11.1 mm) holes provided for securing to the roof deck. The curb shall be equipped with an integral metal capflashing of the same gauge and material as the curb, fully welded at the corners, that features the Bil-Clip® flashing system, including stamped tabs, 6" (153mm) on center, to be bent inward to hold single ply roofing membrane securely in place. F. Curb insulation: Shall be rigid, high -density fiberboard of 1" (25.4mm) thickness on outside of curb. G. Lifting mechanisms: Manufacturer shall provide compression spring operators enclosed in telescopic tubes to provide, smooth, easy, and controlled cover operation throughout the entire arc of opening and closing. The upper tube shall be the outer tube to prevent accumulation of moisture, grit, and debris inside the lower tube assembly. The lower tube shall interlock with a flanged support shoe [for aluminum construction: welded to the curb assembly; for steel construction: through bolted to the curb assembly]. H. Hardware 1. Heavy pintle hinges shall be provided 2. Cover shall be equipped with a spring latch with interior and exterior turn handles 3. Roof hatch shall be equipped with interior and exterior padlock hasps. 4. The latch strike shall be a stamped component bolted to the curb assembly. 5. Cover shall automatically lock in the open position with a rigid hold open arm equipped with a 1 " (25.4mm) diameter red vinyl grip handle to permit easy release for closing. 6. Compression spring tubes shall be an anti -corrosive composite material and all other hardware shall be zinc plated and chromate sealed. Springs shall have an electrocoated acrylic finish for corrosion resistance. [For installation in highly corrosive environments or when prolonged exposure to hot water or steam is anticipated, specify Type 316 stainless steel hardware]. 7. Cover hardware shall be bolted into heavy gauge channel reinforcing welded to the underside of the cover and concealed within the insulation space. I. Finishes: Factory finish shall be [select: alkyd based red oxide primed steel or mill finish aluminum]. SECTION 07720 - CONTINUED III. PART THREE -EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify that roof hatch installation will not disrupt other trades. Verify that the substrate is dry, clean, and free of foreign matter. Report and correct defects prior to any installation. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Submit product design drawings for review and approval to the architect or specifier before fabrication. B. The installer shall check as -built conditions and verify the manufacturer's roof hatch details for accuracy to fit the application prior to fabrication. The installer shall comply with the roof hatch Manufacturer's installation instructions. C. The installer shall furnish mechanical fasteners consistent with the roof requirements. END OF SECTION 07720 SECTION 07900 - SEALANT AND CAULKING PART GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Preparing sealant substrate surfaces. B. Sealant and joint backing. 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. System performance to achieve moisture and air tight joint seals. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with sealant manufacturer's requirements for preparation of surfaces and material installation instructions. 1.04 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Maintain temperature and humidity recommended by the sealant manufacturer during and after installation. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data and cured samples to indicate required colors and compliance with specifications and requirements of adjacent material manufacturer's specifications, and warranty. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURERS A. Products: Provide one of the products indicated for each type in the joint -sealant schedules at the end of Part 3. 2.02 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience. B. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected by Architect from full range of standard colors. Coordinate with submittals of adjacent materials for color match. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Primer: Non -staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. B. Joint Cleaner: Non -corrosive and non -staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with joint forming materials. C. Joint Backing: ASTM D1056; round, closed cell foam rod; oversized 30 to 50 percent larger than joint width. D. Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION A. Verify that substrate surfaces and joint openings are ready to receive work. B. Remove loose materials and foreign matter which might impair adhesion of sealant. C. Verify that joint backing and release tapes are compatible with sealant. D. Perform preparation in accordance with ASTM C790 for latex base sealants. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Clean joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install sealant in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Measure joint dimensions and size materials to achieve required width/depth ratios. D. Install joint backing to achieve a neck dimension no greater than 1 /3 the joint width. E. Install bond breaker where joint backing is not used. F. Apply sealant within recommended application temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within these temperature ranges. G. Tool joints as required. 3.03 JOINT -SEALANT SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Exterior: Provide sealants for exterior joints as indicated below: 1. Vertical expansion and control joints. Sealants 8, 3. 2. Perimeters of exterior sills, jambs, and heads of windows frames, door frames, and similar openings; and where metal, wood, or other materials abut masonry, concrete, or each other. Sealants 7, 8, 3. 3. Horizontal joints in walks, concrete floors. Sealants 3, self leveling. 4. Non -load -bearing concrete block. Sealant 1. B. Interior: Provide sealants for interior joints as indicated below: 1. Vertical expansion and control joints. Sealants 7, 8, 2, 3. 2. Horizontal expansion and control joints. Sealant 9. 3. Glass glazing, cap beads to surfaces made of a silica substance. Sealants 2, 3. 4. For sinks and sanitary surfaces. Sealant 6. Joint sealers: Provide joint sealers in the following locations: 2. 3. Perimeter of penetrations in the building wall. 4. Abutment of dissimilar materials Acoustical sealant at base of gypsum board walls with sound attenuation insulation. Provide joint sealers, joint fillers and other related materials that are (Tompatible with one another and with joint substrates. Provide sealants as manufactured by tremco or architect approved equal. Comply with ASTM C-920. a) Sealant: Two component urethane - "Tremco Dymeric 511." b) Acoustical sealant: Acrylic latex, Tremco #834. 4oint sealant backing 2. Plastic foam fillers: Closed -cell polyethylene foam Bond breaker: Provide polyethylene tape or other plastic tape as recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint filler materials or joint surfaces. provide self-adhesive tape where applicable. Primer: Provide type recommended by joint sealer manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated. joint substrates indicated. Provide sealant backings of materials and type which are non -staining and are recommended by the sealant manufacturer. Color: Sealant color shall match color of adjacent wall surface. 3.04 ELASTOMERIC JOINT -SEALANT SCHEDULE A. Type 1 - Multicomponent Nonsag Polysulfide Sealant: ASTM C920, Type M, Grade NIS, Class 25. 1. Elasto-Seal 227; Pacific Polymers 2. GC-5 Synthacalk; Pecora Corporation. 3. Two -Part Sealant; Sonneborn Building Products 4. CM-60; W.R. Meadows, Inc. B. Type 2 - Acid -Curing Silicone Sealant: For application to nonporous surfaces. ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25. 1. Chem -Calk 1200; Bostik Inc. 2. 999-A; Dow Corning. 3. Construction 1200 or Contractors SCS1000; GE Silicones. 4. 863; Pecora Corporation. 5. Tremsil 200; Tremco. C. Type 3 - Low -Modulus Nonacid -Curing Silicone Sealant: ASTM C 920 Type S, Grade NIS, Class 25. 1. Omniseal; Sonneborn Building Products. 2. 790; Dow Corning. 3. Silpruf; GE Silicones. 4, 864; Pecora Corporation. 5. Spectrem 1 or Spectrem 3; Tremco. D. Type 4 - not used E. Type 5 - not used SECTION 07900 - CONTINUED F. Type 6 - Mildew -Resistant Silicone Sealant: ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NIS, Class 25. 1. 786 Mildew Resistant; Dow Corning. 2. Sanitary 1700; GE Silicones. 3. 898 Silicone Sanitary Sealant; Pecora Corporation. 4. Tremsil 600 White; Tremco, G. Type 7 - Single -Component Nonsag Urethane Sealant: ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NIS, Class 25. 1. Chem -Calk 900; Bostik Inc. 2. Elasto-Thane 230; Pacific Polymers, Inc. 3. Dynatrol I; Pecora Corporation. 4. DyMonic; Tremco. H. Type 8 - Multicomponent Nonsag Urethane Sealant: ASTM C 920, Type M, Grade NIS, Class 25. 1. Chem -Calk 500; Bostik Inc. 2. Elasto-Thane 227; Pacific Polymers, Inc. 3. Dynatrol II; Pecora Corporation. 4. Dymeric 511; Tremco. I. Type 9 - Multipart Pourable Urethane Sealant: ASTM C 920, Type M, Grade P, Class 25, Shore a hardness 35, self -leveling. 1. Chem -Calk 550; Bostik Inc. 2. Elasto-Thane 920, Self -Leveling; Pacific Polymers, Inc. 3. Urexpan NR-200; Pecora Corporation. 4. THC-900 or THC-901; Tremco. END OF SECTION DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS SECTION 08110 - STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Steel doors and frames 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to the following: 1. SDI-100 - Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 2. DHI - Door Hardware Institute - The Installation of Commercial Steel Doors and Steel Frames, and Builder's Hardware. 3. Handicapped: ANSI A117.1 and Current Edition of "Americans with Disabilities Act" 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and hardware mounting templates. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 DOORS AND FRAMES A. Exterior Frames: 14 gauge steel, fully welded and ground corners. Steelcraft or approved equal. B. Hollow Metal Doors: 16 gauge steel, fully welded. Provide thermal insulation on exterior doors. Flush tops, sides, and bottoms. Steelcraft or approved equal. C. Heavy Duty Metal Doors: Provide heavy duty doors where indicated. Steelcraft or approved equal. D. Door Core: Mineral fiberboard steel channel grid vertical steel stiffeners. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Silencers: Resilient rubber. B. Removable Stops: Rolled steel channel shape. 2.03 FABRICATION - DOORS A. Fabricate doors with hardware reinforcement welded in place. B. Close top and bottom edge of exterior doors with inverted steel channel closure. Seal joints watertight. SECTION 08110 - Continued: 2.04 FABRICATION - FRAMES A. Fabricate frames fully welded, grind welds smooth. B. Fabricate frames with hardware reinforcement plates welded in place. Provide mortar guard boxes. C. Prepare frame for silencers and install. 2.05 FINISH A. Steel Sheet: Galvanized to ASTM A525 B. Primer: Air dried or baked. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install doors and frames in accordance with ANSI/SDI-100. B. Coordinate installation of doors and frames with installation of hardware specified in Section 08710 and hardware schedule on drawings. C. Coordinate with masonry and wallboard wall construction for frame anchor placement. END OF SECTION SECTION 08115 - DOUBLE ACTING DOORS Manufactured by eliason. comply with sdi-100 recommendations and standards for doors and frames. install per manufacturer's recommendations. 1. Easy Swing model# SCP 11 finish: sand finish w/ 9 x 14 center window. 2. Provide stainless steel bumper (both sides). bumper to be installed 3. By fixture installer at T-0" a.f.f. 4. Frame:hollow metal (painted). END OF SECTION SECTION 08221 - WOOD DOORS A. INTERIOR SOLID CORE FLUSH DOORS 1. Comply with NWWDA I.S. 1, and AWI Architectural quality standards 2. Grade: Custom (Grade A face) 3. Construction: 5-ply construction with particleboard core. 4. Birch with paint grade finish. 5. Fitting: Factory-prefit and premachine doors. END OF SECTION SECTION 08310 - ACCESS DOORS & FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Non -fire rated ceiling access panels. 2. Related hardware and attachments. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 09260 - Gypsum Board Assemblies. 2. Section 09900 - Paints and Coatings. 3. Division 16 - Electrical. 1.2 System description A. Design Requirements: 1. Verification: Obtain specific locations and sizes for required access doors and frames from trades, including mechanical and electrical, requiring access to concealed equipment and indicate on submittal schedule. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with Section 01300. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Door and panel units: Show types, elevations, thickness of metals, full size profiles of door members. 2. Hardware: Show materials, finishes, locations of fasteners, types of fasteners, locations and types of operating hardware, and details of installation. 3. General: Show connections of units and hardware to other Work. Include schedules showing location of each type and size of door and panel units. C. Product Data: Manufacturer's technical data for each type of access door and panel assembly, including setting drawings, templates, fire -resistive characteristics, finish requirements, and details of anchorage devices. 1. Include complete schedule, types, locations, construction details, finishes, latching or locking provisions, and other pertinent data. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate installation requirements and rough -in dimensions. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single Source Responsibility: Obtain access door and panel units, and frames for entire Project from 1 source and 1 single manufacturer. B. Fire -Resistance Ratings: Wherever a fire -resistance classification is indicated, provide access door and panel assemblies with panel door, frame, hinge, and latch from manufacturer listed in Underwriter's Laboratories (UL), "Building Materials Directory" for rating shown. 1. Provide 90 minute UL label at 2-hour rated partitions. 2. Provide 3 hour Warnock Hersey label at horizontal applications, up to 24 inch wide x 36 inch high. 3. Provide 2 hour Warnock Hersey label at horizontal applications greater than 24 inch wide x 36 inch high. C. Size Variations: Obtain Architect's acceptance and approval of manufacturer's standard size units that may vary slightly from sizes indicated on Drawings. D. Coordination: Provide inserts and anchoring devices that will be built into other Work for installation of access door assemblies. Coordinate delivery with other Work to avoid delay. SECTION 08310 - CONTINUED 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Package and ship per manufacturer's recommendations. B. Store per manufacturer's instructions. 1. Store in dry area out of direct sunlight. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Provide manufacturer's written warranty. B. Warrants all access panels to be free from manufacturing defects in materials and workmanship for a period of one (1) year from the date of final acceptance, but not more than one and one half (1 1/2) years from the date of shipment. Should a product fail to function in normal use within this period, Nystrom shall furnish a new part at no charge. Failure to use product in methods consistent with Nystrom product manuals shall relieve Nystrom of any liability. Our liability under this warranty excludes installation or removal costs involved in the product replacement and excludes any responsibility for incidental or consequential damage of any nature. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products from the following manufacturer: 1. Nystrom Building Products 9300 73rd Ave. N Brooklyn Park, MN 55428 Toll Free Hotline: 800-547-2635 Toll Free Fax: 800-317-8770 Direct Phone: 612-781-7850 Direct Fax: 612-781-1363 E-Mail: info@nystrom.com Internet: www.nystrom.com B. Substitutions: Contractor must prove alternate product meets or exceeds specified product. C. Specifications and Drawings are based on manufacturer's proprietary literature from Nystrom Building Products. Other manufacturers shall comply with minimum levels of material, color selection, and detailing indicated in Specifications or on Drawings. Architect will be sole judge of appropriateness of substitutions. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Commercial quality, cold steel sheet with baked on rust inhibitive gray primer. B. Galvanized, bonderized steel with baked on rust inhibitive gray primer. C. Type: No. 304 stainless steel with No. 4 satin polish finish. 2.3 ACCESS PANELS A. Non rated flush access doors, Nystrom N series 1. Door: Fabricate from 14-gauge cold rolled sheet steel. 2. Frame: Fabricate from 16-gauge cold rolled sheet steel. Provide 1/4 inch mounting holes. a. NIT - All surfaces - 1 inch flange at perimeter. b. NW -Wallboard surfaces - 22-gauge galvanized drywall bead at perimeter. c. NP - Plaster surfaces - 22-gauge galvanized plaster bead at perimeter. 3. Hinge: a. NIT -Concealed pin type, spring loaded to allow for door removal, set to open 175 degrees. b. NW and NP - Concealed continuous piano hinge. 4. Latching/Locking Devices: Screwdriver cam latch - standard. 5. Finish: a. Phosphate dipped with factory applied prime coat. SECTION 08310 - ACCESS DOORS & FRAMES: CONT. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Manufacture each access panel assembly as an integral unit ready for installation. B. Welded construction: Furnish with a sufficient quantity of 1/4 inch mounting holes to secure access panels to types of supports indicated. C. Recessed panel: Form face of panel to provide specified recess for application of finish material. Reinforce panel as required to prevent buckling. D. Furnish number of latches required to hold door in flush, smooth plane when closed. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that rough openings for door and frame are correctly sized and located. B. Verify mechanical and electrical requirements for ceiling or wall access panels. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Advise installers of work relating to access panel installation including rough opening dimensions, locations of supports, and anchoring methods. Coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install access door and frame units per manufacturer's written instructions. B. Install frames plumb and level in opening. Secure rigidly in place. C. Position units to provide convenient access to concealed Work requiring access. 3.4 ADJUST AND CLEAN A. Adjust panel after installation for proper operation. B. Remove and replace panels or frames that are warped, bowed, or damaged. END OF SECTION SECTION 08410 -ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS NOT USED mcg architecture TO 216.520.1551 TO 216.520.1567 7100 E. Pleasant Valley Rd., Suite 320, Cleveland, OH 44131 Seal: A Project for: Client: o(•Zi-13 ROSS STORES, INC. 4440 ROSEWOOD DRIVE PLEASANTON, CA 94588 Revisions: BID/PERMIT 02-14-13 No. Description Date Project No.: 11.594.01 Drawn By: ARA Reviewed By: BCB Scale: AS NOTED Date: 01-28-2013 Filename: 11594 A003 Sheet Title: Sheet #: SPECIFICATIONS A003 L 9 MCG ARCHITECTS 2011 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED SECTION 08410 - CONTINUED 2.06 FABRICATION A. Fabricate doors and frames allowing for minimum clearances and shim spacing around perimeter of assembly. B. Accurately and rigidly fit and secure joints and corners so that they are flush, hairline tight, and weatherproof. C. Arrange fasteners, attachments and jointing to ensure concealment from view. D. Prepare components with internal reinforcement for door hardware. 2.07 FINISHES A. Exterior Aluminum Surfaces: See A201 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION A. Verify that wall openings and adjoining air and vapor seal materials are ready to receive work of this section. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install doors, frames, glazing, hardware and flashings in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Use the appropriate anchorage devices to securely attach frame assembly to structure. C. Align assembly plumb and level, free of warp or twist. Maintain assembly dimensional tolerances, aligning with adjacent work as shown on the drawings. D. Coordinate attachment and seal of air and vapor barrier materials. Pack fibrous insulation in shim spaces at perimeter of assembly to maintain continuity of thermal barrier. E. Install hardware using templates provided. Refer to Section 08710 for installation requirements. F. Install glass in accordance with Section 08800. G. Install perimeter type sealant, backing materials, and installation requirements in accordance with Section 07900. END OF SECTION SECTION 08710 - FINISH HARDWARE PART GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Hardware for hollow steel, metal, and aluminum doors. B. Thresholds, weatherstripping, seals, and door gaskets. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with ANSI A117.1 - Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible to and Usable by the Physically Challenged and the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990. 1.03 COORDINATION A. Coordinate work of this section with other directly affected sections requiring any integral reinforcement for door hardware. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Package hardware items individually. Label and identify package with door opening code to match schedule. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Provide 6 copies of schedule, organized into hardware sets with an index of p doors and complete designations of every item required. include the following: 1. Type, style, function, size, quantity and finish of each item. 2. Name, part number and manufacturer. 3. Location of hardware set cross referenced to drawings. 4. Mounting locations for hardware. 5. Door and frame sizes and materials. 6. Catalog cut sheets with selected items indicated. B. Templates: Where required, furnish hardware templates to each fabricator of doors, frames, and other factory prepared work. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Provide the following written warranties: 1. Closers: Minimum five years 2. Exit Devices and Locksets: Minimum two years. 3. All Other Hardware: Two years. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 Hardware A. The hardware supplier shall furnish a finish hardware schedule listing all materials by sets. B. The hardware supplier shall furnish hardware templates to the door and frame manufacturer, as required. C. When the hardware is delivered to the job, the Contractor shall receive it, check it against the hardware schedule, and store it in a safe place under lock and key. After installation, protect all items against damage until final inspection. D. Latching and locking doors that are hand activated and which are in a path of travel shall be operable with a single effort by lever type hardware, panic bars, push-pull activating bars, or other hardware designed to provide passage without requiring the ability to grasp the opening hardware. Locked exit doors shall operate as above in egress direction 2.02 Hardware Schedule A. Refer to the Hardware Schedule located in drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION A. Verify that doors and frames are ready to receive work as indicated. B. Verify that electric power is available to power operated devices and of the correct characteristics. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install hardware in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Use templates provided by hardware item manufacturer. END OF SECTION SECTION 08800 - GLAZING PART GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Glass and glazing for Sections referencing this Section for products and installation. 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Glass and glazing materials of this Section shall provide continuity of building enclosure, both vapor and air barrier. B. Size glass to withstand dead loads and positive and negative live loads acting normal to plane of glass. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with FGMA Glazing Manual, FGMA Sealant Manual for glazing installation methods. 1.04 WARRANTY A. Provide five year warranty including coverage for sealed glass units from seal failure, interpane dusting or misting, and replacement of same. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FLAT GLASS MATERIALS A. Float Glass : Clear, 1/4 inch thick minimum, laminated. B. Safety Glass: Clear; fully tempered; conforming to ANSI Z97.1; 1/4 inch thick minimum. Glass and glazing: Comply with FGMA glazing and sealant manuals, and provide glass & glazing as indicated C. Glass schedule: 1. Interior glass: 1/4" thick clear glass; tempered 2. Interior transom glass: 1/4" thick clear float glass D. Glass standards: 1. Clear float glass: Type I (transparent glass, flat), Class 1 (clear) Quality G3 (Glazing select) 2. Heat treated glass: a) Manufacture heat treated glass by horizontal (roller hearth) process with roll wave distortion parallel with bottom edge of glass as installed. b) Where indicated and required, provide fully tempered units. 2.02 SEALED INSULATING GLASS MATERIALS A. Insulated Glass Units: Double pane with interpane space purged with dry hermetic air; total unit thickness of 1 inch minimum. 2.03 GLAZING MATERIALS A. Glazing Gaskets: Aluminum framing system manufacturer's standard EPDM or neoprene extrusions. B. Setting Blocks, Shims and Glazing Clips: Size and type as recommended by glass manufacturer. C. Preshimmed Glazing Tape: Acceptable products as recommended by glass aluminum frame system manufacturers. 2.04 WINDOW TINTING MATERIALS A. See A201 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION A. Verify that openings for glazing are correctly sized, within tolerance, and glazing channels or recesses are clean, free of obstructions, and ready to receive glazing. B. Seal porous glazing channels or recesses with substrate compatible primer or sealer. 3.02 CLEANING A. Remove glazing materials from finish surfaces. B. Remove labels after Work is complete. C. Clean glass, and adjacent surfaces. END OF SECTION SECTION 09260 - GYPSUM WALLBOARD SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Interior gypsum wallboard. 2. Exterior gypsum sheathing for EIFS. 3. Nonload-bearing steel framing. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry. 2. Section 07210 - Building Insulation. 3. Section 07240 - Exterior Insulation Finish Systems. 4. Section 07900 - Sealants and Caulking. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM A 525: General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot -Dip Process. 2. ASTM C 645: Specification for Nonstructural Steel Framing Members. 3. ASTM C 754: Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw -Attached Gypsum Board. 4. ASTM C 840: Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board. 5. ASTM E 119: Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials.. B. Gypsum Association (GA): 1. GA-216: Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board: Specifications. 2. GA-253: Recommended Specifications for the Application of Gypsum Sheathing. C. Steel Stud Manufacturers Association (SSMA; formerly ML/SFA): 1. Guide Specification for Metal Lathing and Furring. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product specified. B. Shop Drawings: Show locations, fabrication, and installation of control and expansion joints, including plans, elevations, sections, to other units of work. (See interior elevations for approximate layout @ 24-0 - 30'-0" O.C.) 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: For gypsum board assemblies with fire -resistance ratings, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in original packages, containers, or bundles bearing brand name and identification of manufacturer or supplier. B. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against inst damage from weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, corrosion, construction traffic, and other causes. Stack gypsum panels flat to prevent sagging. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Comply with ASTM C 840 requirements or gypsum board manufacturer's written recommendations, whichever are more stringent. 1.07 SEQUENCING A. Coordinate work with Section 08 0 - s F for the location 11 Steel Door and Frames a and installation of steel door frames to be erected in conjunction with gypsum board assemblies. B. Coordinate work with Division 15 - Mechanical for proper location and installation of plumbing work where indicated on Drawings. Do not close both faces of partitions until plumbing work is complete, inspected, and approved. C. Coordinate work with Division 16 - Electrical for proper location and installation of electrical conduit, switch, and outlet boxes and wiring. Do not close both faces of partition until electrical installations have been completed, inspected, and approved. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. United States Gypsum Company. B. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products: 1. FlintKote Products, Genstar Building Materials Co. 2. Georgia Pacific Corporation. 3. Gold Bond Building Products Division. 4. United States Gypsum Company. C. Substitutions: Under provisions of the General Conditions, Section 01300 2.02 STEEL PARTITION AND SOFFIT FRAMING A. Components, General: 1. Comply with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated. 2. Steel Sheet Components: Complying with ASTM C 645 requirements for metal and with manufacturer's standard corrosion -resistant zinc coating. B. Steel Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645. 1. Minimum Base Metal Thickness: 0.0312 inch unless otherwise indicated. 2. Depth: 3-5/8 inches unless otherwise indicated. C. Proprietary Deflection Track: Steel sheet top runner manufactured to prevent cracking of gypsum board applied to interior partitions resulting from deflection of structure above; in thickness indicated for studs and in width to accommodate depth of studs. 1. Standard: Comply with UL 2079. 2. Products: a. SLP-TRK; Sliptrack Systems, Inc., marketed by The Donovan Company, Inc., 851 South Western Avenue, Anaheim, CA 92804; (714) 761-1921. b. Slotted Track; Metal-Lite, Inc., 1160 Blue Gum Avenue, Anaheim, CA 92806; (800) 886-6824 or (714) 632-5736. c. VertiTrack; The STEEL Network, Inc, Raleigh, NC (888) 474-4876. D. Proprietary Deflection Clips: Clips designed for positive attachment to the structure and mechanical connection to web of studs. Clips supplied with screws and step -bushings to allow friction -free vertical movement resulting from deflection of structure above. Clips shall match stud widths and be used in conjunction with standard 25 gage track. 1. Standard: Comply with UL 2079. 2. Product: VertiClip SLD Series; The STEEL Network, Inc., Raleigh, NC (888) 474-4876. E. Flat Strap and Backing Plate: Steel sheet for blocking and bracing in length and width indicated. 1. Minimum Base Metal Thickness: 0.0179 inch. F. Hat -Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645. 1. Minimum Base Metal Thickness: 0.0312 inch uncoated metal unless otherwise indicated. 2. Depth: 7/8 inch unless otherwise indicated. G. Cold -Rolled Furring Channels: 0.0538-inch bare steel thickness with minimum 1/2-inch-wide flange. 1. Depth: As indicated. 2. Furring Brackets: Adjustable, corrugated -edge type of steel sheet with minimum bare steel thickness of 0.0312 inch. 3. Tie Wire: ASTM A 641, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.0625-inch-diameter wire, or double strand of .0475-inch-diameter wire. SECTION 09260 - CONTINUED H. Fasteners for Metal Framing: Of type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding power, and other properties required to fasten steel members to substrates. 2.03 INTERIOR GYPSUM WALLBOARD A. Panel Size: Provide in maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each area and correspond with support system indicated. B. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM A 36. 1. Type 1: Type X for single- and double -ply application for partitions. Use 5/8 inch thick USG Sheetrock Firecode panels. 2. Type 2: Use 5/8 inch thick USG Sheetrock Firecode C panels for single -ply application for ceilings where fire -resistive construction is required. 2.04 EXTERIOR GYPSUM SHEATHING A. Glass -Mat Gypsum Wall Sheathing: ASTM C 1177. 1. Product: Provide Dens -Glass Gold by G-P Gypsum Corporation. 2. Type and Thickness: Type X, 5/8 inch thick. 3. Size: 48 by 96 inches unless otherwise indicated on Drawings.. B. Fasteners: Steel drill screws, ASTM C 954, in length recommended by sheathing manufacturer for thickness of sheathing board to be attached, with organic -polymer or other corrosion -protective coating having a salt -spray resistance of more than 800 hours according to ASTM B 117. C. Air Infiltration Barrier: Tyvek Stucco -wrap by DuPont, represented by; Jim Holt, R W Specialties, Inc. Henderson, CO 80640, (719)260-8744 2.05 TRIM ACCESSORIES A. Interior Trim: Cornerbead, edge trim, and control joints complying with ASTM C 1047, as recommended by manufacturer, and as follows: 1. Control Joints: Two pieces of USG 200A or 400 Metal Trim of proper thickness, back-to-back. 2.06 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS A. General: Comply with ASTM C 475. B. Joint Tape: Paper. C. Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Wallboard: For each coat use formulation that is compatible with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats. 1. Prefilling: At open joints, rounded or beveled panel edges, and damaged surface areas, use setting -type taping compound. 2. Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints, fasteners, and trim flanges, use drying -type, all-purpose compound. 3. Fill Coat: For second coat, use drying -type, all-purpose compound. 4. Finish Coat: For third coat, use drying -type, all-purpose compound. 5. Skim Coat: For final coat of Level 5 finish, use drying -type, all-purpose compound. 2.07 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. General: Provide auxiliary materials for gypsum board construction that comply with referenced standards and recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer. B. Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C 1002, unless otherwise indicated C. Acoustical sealant is specified in Section 07920. PART 3 EXECUTION 'CremWS-118AII01ITVI1011 A. Examine areas and substrates with Installer resent and including 9 welded hollow -metal frames, and structural framing, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLING STEEL FRAMING, GENERAL A. Installation Standards: ASTM C 754 and ASTM C 840 requirements that apply to framing installation. B. Install supplementary framing, blocking, and bracing at terminations in gypsum board assemblies to support fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings, or similar construction. Comply with details indicated and with gypsum board manufacturer's written recommendations or, if none available, with USG's Gypsum Construction Handbook. C. Isolate steel framing from building structure at locations indicated to prevent transfer of loading imposed by structural movement. 1. Isolate ceiling assemblies where they abut or are penetrated by building structure. 2. Isolate partition framing and wall furring where it abuts structure, except at floor. Install slip -type joints at head of assemblies that avoid axial loading of assembly and laterally support assembly. a. Use proprietary deflection track or proprietary deflection clips where required. D. Do not bridge building control and expansion joints with steel framing or furring members. Independently frame both sides of joints with framing or furring members as indicated. 3.03 INSTALLING STEEL PARTITION AND SOFFIT FRAMING A. Install tracks (runners) at floors, ceilings, and structural walls and columns where gypsum board stud assemblies abut other construction. 1. Align and secure top and bottom tracks at a maximum of 48 inches o.c 2. Where studs are installed directly against exterior walls, install asphalt -felt isolation strip between studs and wall. B. Installation Tolerances: Install each steel framing and furring member so fastening surfaces vary not more than 1 /8 inch from the plane formed by the faces of adjacent framing. C. Extend partition framing full height to structural supports or substrates above suspended ceilings, except where partitions are indicated to terminate at suspended ceilings. Continue framing over frames for doors and openings and frame around ducts penetrating partitions above ceiling to provide support for gypsum board. D. Install steel studs and furring in sizes and at spacings indicated. E. Install steel studs so flanges point in the same direction and leading edge or end of each gypsum board panel can be attached to open edges of stud flanges first. F. Frame door openings to comply with gypsum board manufacturer's applicable written recommendations unless otherwise indicated. Screw vertical studs at jambs to jamb anchor clips on door frames; install runner track section at head and secure to jamb studs. 1. Install 2 studs at each jamb unless otherwise indicated. G. Frame openings other than door openings the same as required for door openings unless otherwise indicated. Install framing below sills of openings to match framing required above door heads. 3.04 APPLYING AND FINISHING PANELS, GENERAL A. Gypsum Board Application and Finishing Standards: ASTM C 840 and GA-216. B. Install sound attenuation blankets before installing gypsum panels, unless blankets are readily installed after panels have been installed on one side. Refer to Section 07210. C. Install ceiling board panels across framing to minimize the number of abutting end joints and to avoid abutting end joints in the central area of each ceiling. Stagger abutting end joints of adjacent panels not less than one framing member. D. Install gypsum panels with face side out. Butt panels together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/1 6 inch of open space between panels. Do not force into place. E. Locate edge and end joints over supports, except in ceiling applications where intermediate supports or gypsum board back -blocking is provided behind end joints. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints on opposite sides of partitions. Do not make joints other than control joints at corners of framed openings. F. Attach gypsum panels to steel studs so leading edge or end of each panel is attached to open, unsupported edges of stud flanges first. G. Attach gypsum panels to framing provided at openings and cutouts. SECTION 09260 - Continued: H. Form control and expansion joints with space between edges of adjoining gypsum panels. I. Cover both faces of steel stud partition framing with gypsum panels in concealed spaces except in chases that are braced internally. J. Space fasteners in gypsum panels according to referenced gypsum board application and finishing standard and manufacturer's recommendations. 3.05 PANEL APPLICATION METHODS A. Single -Layer Application: 1. On ceilings, apply gypsum panels prior to wall/partition board application to the greatest extent possible and at right angles to framing unless otherwise indicated. 2. On partitions/walls, apply gypsum panels horizontally (perpendicular to framing), unless otherwise indicated or required by fire -resistance -rated assembly, and minimize end joints. a. Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in alternate courses of board. B. Multilayer Application on Ceilings: Apply gypsum board indicated for base layers prior to applying base layers on walls/partitions; apply face layers in same sequence. Apply base layers at right angles to framing members and offset face -layer joints 1 framing member, 16 inches minimum, from parallel base -layer joints unless otherwise indicated or required by fire -resistance -rated assembly. C. Multilayer Application on Partitions and Walls: Apply gypsum board indicated for base layers and face layers vertically (parallel to framing) with joints of base layers located over stud or furring member and face -layer joints offset at least 1 stud or furring member with base -layer joints unless otherwise indicated or required by fire -resistance -rated assembly. Stagger joints on opposite sides of partitions. D. Single -Layer Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports with steel drill screws. E. Multilayer Fastening Methods: Fasten base layers and face layers separately to supports with screws. 3.06 INSTALLING GYPSUM SHEATHING A. General: Install gypsum sheathing to comply with GA-253. B. Cut boards at penetrations, edges, and other obstructions of the work; fit tightly against abutting construction, except provide a 3/8-inch setback where nonload-bearing construction abuts structural elements. C. Coordinate sheathing installation with flashing and joint sealant installation so these materials are installed in the sequence and manner that prevent exterior moisture from passing through completed exterior wall assembly. D. Apply fasteners so screw heads bear tightly against face of sheathing boards but do not cut into facing. E. Do not bridge building expansion joints with sheathing; cut and space edges to match spacing of structural support elements. F. Vertical Installation: Install 48-inch-wide gypsum sheathing boards vertically with vertical edges centered over flanges of steel studs. Abut ends and edges of g g a g each board with those of adjacent boards. Screw -attach boards at perimeter and within field of board to each steel stud at approximately 8 inches on center and set back a minimum of 3/8 inch from edges and ends of boards. G. Air -Infiltration Barrier Application: Cover sheathing with Tyvek Stucco Wrap barrier as directed by manufacturer. 3.07 INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES A. General: For trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, attach to framing with same fasteners used for panels. Otherwise attach trim according to accessory p , 9 Y manufacturer's written instructions. B. Install cornerbead at external corners. C. Install edge trim where edge of gypsum panels would otherwise be exposed. Provide edge trim type with face flange formed to receive joint compound except where other types are indicated. D. Install control joints according to ASTM C 840 in locations indicated on Drawings. 3.08 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES A. General: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, edge trim, control joints, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration. Promptly remove residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces. B. Prefill open joints, rounded or beveled edges, and damaged surface areas. C. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except those with trim having flanges not intended for tape. D. Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below, according to ASTM C 840, for locations indicated: 1. Level 1: Embed tape at joints in ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where indicated, unless a higher level of finish is required for fire -resistance -rated assemblies and sound -rated assemblies. 2. Level 2: Embed tape and apply separate first coat of joint compound to tape, fasteners, and trim flanges where indicated. 3. Level 4: Embed tape and apply separate first, fill, and finish coats of joint compound to tape, fasteners, and trim flanges at panel surfaces that will be exposed to view unless otherwise indicated. 4. Level 5: Embed tape and apply separate first, fill, and finish coats of joint compound to tape, fasteners, and trim flanges, and apply skim coat of joint compound over entire surface where scheduled to receive paint unless otherwise indicated. END OF SECTION SECTION 09310 - CERAMIC TILE A. ANSI Standard for ceramic tile: Comply with ANSI A137.1 "American National Standard specifications for ceramic tile" for types compositions, and grades of tile indicated. 1. Furnish tile complying with "standard grade" requirements Unless indicated otherwise. B. ANSI standard for tile installation materials: comply with ansi standard referenced with products and materials indicated for setting and grouting. C. TCA guidelines: prepare floor slab and install tile as specified In the Tile Council of America guidelines. D. Threshold: Low Profile Marble Thresholds / Saddles @ all Ceramic Tile Transitions. - Coordinate With Ross CPM 911113•Z•7iIII11A:1 SEE SHEET A601 END OF SECTION SECTION 09511 - ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILING A. SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS: AS FOLLOWS, Tested per ASTM E 84 AND Complying with ASTM E 1264 for CLASS A products. 1. FLAME SPREAD: 25 OR LESS. 2. SMOKE DEVELOPED: 50 OR LESS. B. EXTRA MATERIALS Deliver extra materials to tenant. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed, are packaged with protective covering for storage, and are identified with appropriate labels. 1. Acoustical ceiling units: provide (2) additional sealed cartons 2. Exposed suspension system components: furnish quantity of each exposed component equal to 10.0 percent of amount installed. C. PRODUCTS 1. CEILING PANELS: ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, a) SIZE: 24" X 48" b) THICKNESS: 5/8". c) Edge: Square d) SERIES: See Sheet A601 e) COLOR: See Sheet A601 f) SCORING OPTION: None SECTION 09511 - Continued: D. SUSPENSION SYSTEMS NO 1: ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC. a) Size: 1 1/2" deep main runners and 1 1/2" cross tees. b) Width: 15/16" exposed face. c) Construction: exposed grid framing shall be electrogalvanized steel and shall be finished on exposed surfaces with low -sheen enamel. d) Matching wall molding shall be detachable support framing. e) Framing shall comply with ASTM C 635 "standard specification for metal suspension systems for acoustical tile and lay -in ceilings." suspension system shall be classified: intermediate duty. f) Support suspension system by 12 gauge hanger wires. Hanger shall be direct hung from roof or mezzanine floor structural support system above. 9) Series: Prelude A. h) Color: White END OF SECTION SECTION 09650 - RESILIENT FLOORING A. VCT meeting federal specification SS-T-31213 (1) Type IV, Composition 1 B. TILE: 1. Size: See Sheet A601 2. Textures/colors: See sheet A601 C. RUBBER BASE WITH COVE: SEE SHEET A601 1. Height: 6" (See sheet A601) 2. Color: 40 black (See sheet A601) D. Adhesive: To be Tarkett Adhesive per manufactures recommendations for site specific moisture and ph levels E. Contact VCT manufacturer for maximum recommended allowable floor slab moisture emissions. Prior to installation, concrete floor slab must pass moisture vapor emission tests (see spec section 03310). F. Immediately after VCT installation, and prior to store fixture delivery, G.C. shall subcontract the VCT strip and seal vendor to do the following: 1. Sweep or vacuum the floor thoroughly. 2. Damp -mop the floor with a neutral detergent solution, while carefully removing black marks and excessive soil. Do not machine scrub the floor for at least four to five days after installation, to prevent excess moisture from interfering with the adhesive bond. 3. Apply several coats of a high -quality commercial floor polish or a high -quality stain -resistant sealer. Allow appropriate drying time between applications. Apply number of coats as recommended by floor polish manufacturer. G. Shade matching Y is mandatory. Contact manufacturer if defects are discovered. H. Tile to concrete transition strip: Johnsonite #RRS-28-C, "Medium Gray" I. Extra material: VCT : 2 Unopened boxes of each tile. Adhesive: 2 gallons unopened adhesive. END OF SECTION SECTION 09951- FIBERGLASS REINF. PLASTIC 1. Provide fiberglass reinforced plastic panels (FRP) as follows: A. Manufacturer: marlite co. "Marlite FRP " standard product Class a (ASTM E84). 3/32in. Thick, USDA accepted. Or equal. (Marlite Co. - Atlanta, GA. 404-691-1234) 1. Size: 4 ft. Width x max. Length to avoid seams on walls 2. Color: SEE SHEET A601 3. Trim: Marlite FRP one-piece moldings consisting of "Division bar", "inside and outside corners", and "edge trim Caps" in continuous lengths. Color: To match panels 4-0" from top of ceramic tile base to top of panel. B. Install: per manufacturer's recommendation. C. Adhesive: Marlite C375 adhesive. 2. Provide rigid vinyl corner guards As manufactured by California Caster (1-800-950-8750 ) A. Color: SEE DRAWINGS B. Attach per manufacturers recommendations END OF SECTION SECTION 09900 - PAINTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Surface preparation and field application of paints and coatings. 1.02 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Store and apply materials in environmental conditions required by manufacturer's instructions. B. Use Low VOC paints in required states. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Coatings: Ready mixed (except field catalyzed) coatings of good flow and brushing properties, capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags. B. Accessory Materials: Linseed oil, shellac, turpentine, paint thinners and other materials required to achieve the finishes specified. 2.02 FINISHES Refer to drawings. 2.03 COLORS Refer to drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION A. Verify that substrate conditions are ready to receive work according to manufacturer's instructions. B. Measure moisture content of porous surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not apply finishes unless moisture content is less than 12 percent. C. Correct minor defects and clean surfaces which affect work of this Section. D. Remove or mask electrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings prior to preparing surfaces or finishing. E. Gypsum Board Surfaces: Fill minor defects with latex compounds. Spot prime defects after repair. F. Galvanized Surfaces: Remove surface contamination and oils and wash with solvent. Apply coat of etching primer. G. Concrete Surfaces Scheduled to Receive Paint Finish: Remove foreign matter. Remove oil and grease with a solution of tri-sodium phosphate, rinse well and allow to dry. H. Uncoated Ferrous Surfaces: Remove scale by wire brushing, sandblasting, clean by washing with solvent. Apply treatment of phosphoric acid solution. Prime paint after repairs. I. Shop Primed Steel Surfaces: Sand and scrape to remove loose primer and rust, clean surfaces with solvent. Prime bare steel surfaces. J. Interior Wood Items Scheduled to Receive Paint Finish: Wipe off dust and grit prior to priming. Seal knots, pitch streaks and sappy sections with sealer. Fill nail holes and cracks after primer has dried; sand between coats. K. Interior Wood Items Scheduled to Receive Transparent Finish: Wipe off dust and grit prior to sealing, seal knots, pitch streaks and sappy sections with sealer. Fill nail holes and cracks after sealer has dried; sand lightly between coats. L. Exterior Wood Scheduled to Receive Paint Finish: Remove dust, grit, and foreign matter. Seal knots, pitch streaks and sappy sections. Fill nail holes with tinted exterior calking compound after prime coat has been applied. M. Exterior Wood Scheduled to Receive Transparent Finish: Remove dust, grit, and foreign matter; seal knots, pitch streaks and sappy sections with sealer. Fill nail holes with tinted exterior calking compound after sealer has been applied. 3.02 APPLICATION A. Apply products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Sand transparent finishes lightly between coats to achieve required finish. C. Where clear finishes are required, tint fillers to match wood. D. Back prime interior and exterior wood work scheduled to receive paint finish with primer paint. E. Back prime interior woodwork scheduled to receive stain or varnish finish with gloss varnish reduced 25 percent with mineral spirits. 3.03 CLEANING A. As work proceeds, promptly remove finishes where spilled, splashed or spattered. SECTION 09900 - continued 3.04 SCHEDULE - EXTERIOR SURFACES A. Provide the following paint systems as specified by Sherwin Williams or architect approved equal: 1. Wood - Painted (Opaque): A) One coat of alkyd primer sealer. B) Two coats of latex enamel, semigloss. 2. Exterior Gyp. Bd. Sheathing: A) Follow manufacturer's recommendations for elastomeric coatings. 3. Existing E.I.F.S. (if applicable) A) Paint: dryvit weathercoat B) Surface preparation and application per manufacturer recommendations. 4. Exterior ferrous metal A) Surface preparation: sspc-sp2 or sw-12 B) Primer: all ferrous metal items shall be shop primed. Coordinate primer with paint coating system. C) Touch-up with alkyd primer. D) Paint: a-100 exterior acrylic latex gloss, 2 coats, 1.3 mils dft. 5. Exterior galvanized metal: A) Surface preparation: s-w 10 or 12 B) Primer: dtm acrylic primer/finish, 1 coat, 2.5 mils dft. C) Paint: a-100 exterior acrylic latex gloss, 2 coats, 1.3 mils dft. 6. Pipe & tube railings (Existing) A) Preparation for shop priming: comply with sspc-sp 6 "commercial blast cleaning." B) Shop primer: aromatic urethane, zinc -rich, Lead-free, two -component rapid curing Primer complying with sspc-ps 12.01. C) Bond coat under two -component acrylic polyurethane coating: tnemec series 27 fc epoxy D) Intermediate coat: tnemec series 73 endura shield, Color as specified in paint schedule E) Exterior finish -coat: aliphatic acrylic urethane - Tnemec series 76 endura clear F) Clean and prepare surfaces to be coated and According to apply coatings the manufacturers' Recommendations. G) After completing work, remove spattered paint Without damaging adjacent finished surfaces. 7. Masonry sealer/stain A) Sealer/stain: sherwin williams h & c silicone acrylic concrete sealer B) Surface preparation & application: per manufacturer recommendations and written instructions. C) Provide sealer on all exterior masonry surfaces. Provide clear finish, except on areas to receive stain (as indicated on drawings). On areas to receive ive stain, provide tinted sealer in colors indicated on drawings. mcg architecture T 216.520.1551 T 216.520.1567 7100 E. Pleasant Valley Rd., Suite 320, Cleveland, OH 44131 Seal: 06-ZI.1z A Project for: Client: ROSS STORES, INC. 4440 ROSEWOOD DRIVE PLEASANTON, CA 94588 Revisions: BID/PERMIT 02-14-13 No. Description Date Project No.: 11.594.01 Drawn By: ARA Reviewed By: BCB Scale: AS NOTED Date: 01-28-2013 Filename: 11594 A004 Sheet Title SPECIFICATIONS Sheet #: @ MCG ARCHITECTS 2011 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 1-1/2" 1 1/4", 1 1/2"" 4" MAX.48" MIN. 54" PREFERRED WHERE ADJACENT 48" MINIMUM OBSTRUCTION OR WALL _ _ _ _ OCCURS TO � LOBBY 1-1/4" TO 1 1/2 TOILET SEAT DISPENSER - - - 12" MINIMUM IF DOOR HAS (WHERE OCCURS) U **„* 24" MIN. 42" (MIN.} BOTH A CLOSER AND A LATCE • �° `* o z 1-1/2"0 DIAMETER GRAB GRAB BAR BAR W/ PEENED FINISH OOD Z 't I & 250 LBS. CAPACITY Q 34 REQUIRED CLEAR SPACE LUSH ACTIVATOR z j - - - - 36" MAXIMUM ON WIDE SIDE - � MIN. CLEAR j w z z �n Z DISPENSER GRAB BAR z - 12" 12" w z - CNI O 00 32" MIN. GRAB BAR / _ ¢ = Q 48" OUTLET 24" w 36 (MIN.) z � I CLEAR ~ N ~ N LOCATION 12" LL GRAB BAR SM ❑A UNOBSTRUCTED FORWARD REACH m C arch i t e c t u r e FIG. A FIG. B > / \ g 1 1/4" 1 1/2" 1 1/4" 1 1/2' ( ) ( ) TO TO O ,::::....: \ %'`" \ OT 216.520.1551 OO 216.520.1567 1 1/2" 1 1/2" X Y O m U- OAP _ z m 7100 E. Pleasant Valley Rd., Suite 320, Cleveland, OH 44131 - - 1 2_ @� O N z \ / j Seal: X r w Q cv 6, :. <` \ /..... 24" MIN. EXTERIOR lx co 2 o z o ' `l o j 18" MIN. INTERIOR ROLL PAPER HANDRAIL / HANDRAIL rx o z �- j HOLDER WITHOUT AX IN 12" Q 12" - - J STOPS 7" MIN co REQUIRED CLEAR SPACE MIN. N MIN. 17" TO 19" TO TOP 30" X 48" MIN. \ t` OF TOILET SEAT CLR. FLR. SPACE y DOOR WIDTH PLUS FIG. (C)�. - - `.` - - - - 24" MIN. EXTERIOR z .: 48 48 "'`''•` 18" MIN. INTERIOR MIN C. NOTES: H 00 .:..-..�.:..:<_�� 44" MIN. CLR. PROTRUDING OBJECTS SCALE 1. WHEN X>20OR <25, THEN Y SHALL BE 44" .., PLAN p�.Z�.13 1 1/4" 1 1 6 2. WHEN X < 20 INCHES, THEN Y SHALL BE 48 INCHES MAXIMUM. r - - TO 1/4" = V - 0" 3. WHEN X IS 20 TO 25 INCHES, THEN Y SHALL BE 44 INCHES MAXIMUM. r I A Project for: 1 1/2" In 24" MIN. EXTERIOR & 18" © OBSTRUCTED HIGH FORWARD REACH w MINIMUM INTERIOR BEYOND COMPRESSED CARPET 1/4" MAX. N U STRIKE EDGE OF A GATE OR BELOW THRESHOLD z DOOR ON THE SIDE TOWARD WHICH IT SWINGS. 48 MINIMUM HANDRAIL 2 W FIN. FLOOR EVEN 60" X 60" LEV r J - - - - AND CLEAR 18" MIN. �A PLAN THRESHOLD 32" CLEAR). -INTERIOR FB HANDRAILS _ 24" MIN. 0 _ L---------- EXTERIOR W OF BLDG. PROVIDE SECOND SET OF HANDRAILS i - MULTIPLE ACCO M O DATI O N TOILETS SCALE AT 24' A.F.F. WHEN CHILDREN ARE I l = PRIMARY USERS. L - - - - J � 1/4" = 1' - 0" o [A] TRANSITION BETWEEN FLOOR FINISHES 10" 30" T W 12" M 10 �------------� O z MAX. I CLEAR SPACE I C) o TW -TREAD WIDTH CLEAR FLOOR SPACE HIGH AND LOW SANITARY z [C� D PAPER TOWEL rr = 60" MIN. 12" MIN. 2 PARALLEL APPROACH SIDE REACH LIMITS NAPKIN/TAMPON D_ W TOP LANDING TW DISPENSOR DISPENSER Q p r Q 1 BABY CHANGING 2 J ~ STATION 3 0 1 /2" 5' 1 " ~ litQ V Cl) T o o :� Z' A SE OECTOR OUO ET 36" CLR. 60" CLR. z 101 THRESHOLD z I - z co T TW 12 o X o 34" 36" - co Q CHANGING o � 2 32" CLR. MIN. - 32" CLR. MIN. © RAMP LANDING AT 1�1 VESTIBULE PLAN N M VISUAL WARNING STRIPS SHALL r g X X SURFACE N DOORWAY PLAN r BE 2" MIN. WIDTH AND INSTALLED BOTTOM LANDING I 2 I X 2 FLOOR LINE $ > 1 "MAX. FROM EDGE OF THE TOP _ - Q - T CD O J J g oo - �D 4" MAX. U_ AND BOTTOM TREADS OF d � I z I _ J INTERIOR STAIRS, AND ON ALL co � TREADS OF EXTERIOR STAIRS. z z Z J J [b]W rQ� J MAX. - 32" CLR. MIN. � I I L V LEVEL CHANGES 10" 10" 24" U [A] STAIR SECTION co � z 19 z 18" PULL SIDE FEI OBSTRUCTED HIGH SIDE REACH o � z - 00 - 2 p`n�n GRAB tA 0 (� DETAIL SCALE HRESHOLDS/LEVEL CHANGES SCALE REACH REQUIREMENTS SCALE TOILET STALL DESIGN SCALE o Q o p BARS I Z _ STAIR AND HANDRAIL N.T.S. 1 1/4" = 1' 0" 15 1/4" = 1' _ 0" 13 1/4" = 1' - 0" "' d - - - Ow - - - '� O Q � 00 N MINIMUM 48" x 30" 2' 8" 4' 0"LL 6 WHEELCHAIR 1'-6" j FLOOR CLEARANCE ® - - - = N S N W NOTE: XLTMFM 24"x48" o * NOTE: 1. ALL RAMPS MUST MEET HANDRAIL AND CURB REQUIREMENTS. �'°"�""" S BENCH N 48" MINIMUM IF DOOR Z 2. MAXIMUM HORIZONTAL DISTANCE OF EACH RAMP AND RUN VARY. 18" 24" MIN. 2" MIN. HAS BOTH A LATCH z WHEN DOOR SWINGS ONTO 36" MIN �j LANDING 42" MIN. PLUS CLEAR AISLE / \ AND A CLOSER SEE NOTE 2. 6� DOOR WIDTH MULTIPLE ACCOMMODATION 0 N \ 1. A STALL WITH AN END COMPARTMENT DOOR SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM 48-INCH LONG PUSH SIDE GUARD RAIL HANDRAIL AT RAMPS CLEAR SPACE IN FRONT OF THE TOILET OR A MINIMUM 60-INCH LONG CLEAR SPACE SEE NOTE 2. > 60 AND CURB HORIZONTAL RAILING REQUIRED WHERE L I J WITH A SIDE COMPARTMENT DOOR. 60' N. NOTE: 54" MIN. M\N INTERMEDIATE RAILS WITH A MAXIMUM OF 7/// F� R To FITTING ROOMS PROVIDED V DIAMETER TOILET STALLS 4" CLEAR SPACE BETWEEN IN TYPICAL. . BY TENANT. PLAN AND \ TURNING RADIUS 1. WHEN MORE THAN FIVE STALLS ARE PROVIDED, AT LEAST ONE STALL SHALL BE 36 72 z RAILS ARE NOT REQUIRED, TYPICAL. ELEVATION SHOWN FOR \ / INCHES WIDE. THIS STALL HAVE AN OUTWARD -SWINGING SELF -CLOSING DOOR AND 6" HIGH WARNING m ®� M139 REFERENCE ONLY. \ \ / GRAB BARS COMPLY WITH FIGURE ABOVE AND SECTION C-6.5 OF THE ADA D CORRIDOR PLAN C\J��' ��`' = CURBS WHEN A 4" (OR ` _ i COMPLIANCE GUIDELINES CALIFORNIA ACCESS CODE (TITLE 24 SECS. 1115B.8.2 MORE) DROP OCCURS - o THROUGH 1115B.8.4). 00 4" MINIMUM TO F11 ® ® ``' ®®®62'-4" , 3'-10"o MR P�M 30" MAX. RISE ill 30 MAXIMUM FITTING ROOM PLAN SCALE 8 TOILET STALL DESIGN SCALE 5 DOOR CLEAR SPACE SCALE 3 (TYP.) 48" MIN. ADJACENT HAZARD DETAIL 3/8 = 1' - 0" 1/4" = 1' - 0" 1/4" 1' - 0" COUNTERS SCALE DOOR TYPE: Client: AS 1/4" = 1'- 0" 12 LETTERS AND NUMBERS: 1. MINIMUM 10" HIGH SMOOTH SURFACE AT DOOR REQUIRED TOP CHANNEL TYP. BLUE BACKGROUND BOTTOM, EITHER ATTACHED PANEL OR BOTTOM FA STRAIGHT RAMP RUN �D RAMP SECTION BLACK WOOD FILLER WHITE 1. WIDTH OF UPPERCASE "O" 55%MINIMUM & 110 RAIL. STRIP OVER DOOR MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF THE UPPERCASE "T". HARDWARE: ROSS STORES INC. WHEN DOOR SWINGS ONTO 3-2 CUSHION PIN 2. CHARACTER HEIGHT 5/8" MINIMUM/ 2" gp" LANDING 42" MIN. PLUS 1 1/2" O.D. STAINLESS CUSHION MAXIMUM; MEASURED VERTICALLY FROM 2. OPENABLE FROM INSIDE WITHOUT USE OF KEY OR WALL CHANNEL TYP. OPEN HIS CHECKSTAN SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. STEEL GRAB BAR MEN S FITTING TO BE OPEN AT NOTE: LETTERING MUST BASELINE OF CHARACTER. 4440 ROSEWOOD DRIVE SEE NOTE 2. M\N DOOR. WIDTH 3. OPENABLE BY SINGLE EFFORT LEVER -TYPE DEVICE 6" PULL ROOM ONLY ALL TIMES FOR MEET REQUIREMENTS FOR 3. CONTRAST CHARACTERS AND SYMBOLS PLEASANTON CA 94588 NOT REQUIRING GRASPING / CUSTOMERS WIT ACCESSIBILE SIGNAGE ( )• PANEL / SLIDE _ DISABILITIES WITH BACKGROUND. MAN 12 12" / _ BOLT 4. MOUNTED 36" TO 42". I SELF TAPING DOOR o 00 4. SANS SERIF CHARACTERS, M\N CORNER POST TYP. i' 0" 5. CHARACTERS TO BE UPPERCASE. 5. MAXIMUM 5 LBS. EFFORT TO OPERATE EXTERIOR GUIDED RAIL MTL. SCREWS DOOR, 5 LBS. FOR INTERIOR. CENTERED AT 3" 16 GA. GALVANIZED -, °D _+_ HIGH BENCH RUBBER BUMPER MTL. GROUNDS 4"x48" co SIGNS / PICTOGRAMS ON CHAIR Revisions: O- MINIMUM, EXTEND NtIV ACROSS 3 STUDS (MIN.) 6. PICTOGRAMS / PICTORIAL SYMBOL SIGNS 36" TO 42" LEVER OR BLOCKING BOTTOM CHANNEL TYP. SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED BY THE EQUIVALENT U SHAPED HANDLE INTERNATIONAL ACCESSIBILITY VERBAL DESCRIPTION PLACED DIRECTLY 72 SYMBOL BELOW THE PICTOGRAM. THE PICTOGRAM M\N GUIDE RAIL DETAIL DIMENSION SHALL BE 6" MINIMUM HEIGHT. L-10" MIN 1 "x1" ALUM. "U" 5'-0" 7. CHARACTERS AND BACKGROUNDS SHALL BE BOTTOM RAIL SCALE 11 CHANNEL SCREW TO OF NON -GLARE CONTRASTING COLORS. OR PROVIDE AS REQUIRED DETAIL 30" MAX. RISE GRAB BAR N.T.S. W/ KCOUNTER SUNK O.C. CEILING N DETAIL KICK PLATE 8. SIGNS /PICTOGRAMS SHALL BE INSTALLED ON PERIMETER THE WALL ADJACENT TO THE LATCH SIDE OF AUTOMATIC / POWER ASSISTED DOOR: (TYP.) s" MIN SCREWS AND LINE ANCHORS @ 12" O.C. WALL THE DOOR LEADING TO THE ROOM OR SPACE THEY DESCRIBE AND AT 48" MIN. FROM THE 1 • AUTOMATIC DOORS &AUTOMATIC GATES SHALL COMPLY 82" CAR' 18"" WITH ANSI/BHMA A156.10- 1985. LOW ENERGY AND POWER FORS�NG�E M/N 11 _ HANDRAIL BASELINE OF THE LOWEST TACTILE ASSISTED DOORS SHALL COMPLY WITH ANSI/BHMA A156.19 [131 RAMP WITH INTERMEDIATE SWITCH -BACK PLATFORM ❑E RAMP ELEVATION is„MAN FORS'N��E 6"M k 0 PANELZ CHARACTER & 60" MAX. TO THE BASELINE OF ADJACENT THE HIGHEST TACTILE CHARACTER & HAVE A (1997 OR 2002 EDITION). s MAX PANEL 1 RAISED 5/8" CLEAR FLOOR SPACE OF 18" X 18" MIN. DOORS SCALE SIGN LOCATIONS: 2 1 "x1 "BOTTOM GENERAL 1 /4" = 1' 0" 9. ALL ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCES IDENTIFIED WITH 8 CHANNEL SECURE TO WHEN DOOR SWINGS ONTO 4," T MINIMUM OF ONE STANDARD SIGN. SEE NOTE 2. 60" LANDING 42" MIN. PLUS 6" MAX z z M PANEL W/ #8 PAN HEAD 24" x 48" MIN. METAL LEGS M\N DOOR WIDTH N SCREWS 12" O.C. BENCH AT MID POINT 10 ACCEISSIBL PATHNAL TIONAL SIGNS OF TRAVEL ARE ONG REQUIRED. BID/PERMIT 02-14-13 W sp„ 11. BUILDINGS REMODELED TO PROVIDE No. Description Date SEE NOTE 2.- 60�,.. M1N ACCESSIBLE SANITARY FACILITIES FOR Project No.: 11.594.01 M\N PUBLIC USE SHALL HAVE INFORMATION �2 POSTED IN THE LOBBY AS PART OF THE Drawn By: LMS PERIMETER PERIMETER BUILDING DIRECTORY. 18"x54" WALL 8" MIN Reviewed By: BCB M1N B WING WALL INSTALLATION � RECESSED FOUNTAINS WALL � � � 48" MIN. CLR. 48" MIN. CLR. 01 MIRROR INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF EDGE OF SIGN 4 Scale: AS NOTED 36" MIN. CLR. 36" MIN. CLR. PROJECTED FOUNTAINS _ ACCESSIBILITY: EXF SIG z EXIT Date: 01-28-2013 1. WARNING FOR THE VISION IMPAIRED AT A PROJECTED DRINKING FOUNTAIN 2, 9„ USE 12. STANDARD USED TO IDENTIFY ACCESSIBLE � ^"�^ Filename: 11594 ADA-1 CAN BE PROVIDED BY EITHER OF THE FOLLOWING MEANS: TEMPERED 6 0 ME FACILITIES. POLE C NTER GLASS, 1"LETTERS Sheet Title: INTERMEDIATE A. THE SURFACE OF THE FLOOR OR GROUND AT THE DRINKING FOUNTAIN CAN IF <16" PROPORTIONS BRAILLE: A.F.F. BENCH 6, INTERNATIONAL SIGN GRADE 2 BR ILL PLATFORM CURB BE OF CONTRASTING COLOR WITH A TEXTURE THAT CONTRASTS IN RESILIENCY OF ACCESSIBILITY 13. CONTRACTED (GRADE 2) &SHALL COMPLY 60" MIN. (TYP.) WITH THE ADJACENT FINISHED FLOOR MATERIAL, SO THAT IT CAN BE SENSED -1 WITH 703.3 & 703.4 (2010 ADA STANDARDS) BOTTOM OF ACCESSIBILITY LANDING STREET BY A CANE, WITH THE TEXTURE EXTENDING FROM THE WALL TO ONE FOOT o TACTILE 12" BEYOND THE FRONT EDGE OF THE DRINKING FOUNTAIN AND ONE FOOT 5'-0" 2' 0" 14. DOTS RAISED MINIMUM 0.03125 INCH 9 CHARACTER DETAILS 30' MAX. RISE W. �P•)~ BEYOND EACH SIDE OF THE FOUNTAIN, OR 5' 0" 111111 ABOVE BACKGROUND. (TYP.) SIDEWALK SIDEWALK INTERMEDIATE MIN. ®®� TURNING POSITION B. INSTALL WING WALLS ON EACH SIDE OF THE DRINKING FOUNTAIN TO Boom PROJECT OUT FROM THE MAIN WALL AT LEAST AS FAR AS THE DRINKING NOTES: AS FOUNTAIN AND TO WITHIN 6" OF THE PATH OF TRAVEL FLOOR FINISH. THERE PROVIDE CLOTHING HOOK _< 48" A.F.F. REQUIRED MUST BE 32" CLEAR BETWEEN THE WING WALLS, OR PROVIDE 30" x 48 " CLEAR SPACE BESIDE BENCH FOR PARALLEL TRANSFER FROM WHEEL CHAIR TO BENCH INTERNATIONAL INTERNATIONAL FINISHED FLOOR LINE Sheet #: © RAMP WITH TURNING PLATFORM [F] DETAIL NOTE: PROVIDE MIN. 60" x 60" MIN. CLEAR SPACE W/ IN ROOM, NOT TDD SYMBOL SYMBOL OF ACCESS 1. SEE TYPICAL ACCESSIBILITY NOTES SHEET SECTION "U". ENCROACHED BY A DOOR. PA REDRING ADA-1 PEDESTRIAN RAMP DETAILS & NOTES SCALE 14 ADA DRINKING FOUNTAIN SCALE 1 O FITTING ROOM SCALE 7 DETAIL SCALE 4 EXIT SIGN MOUNTING HEIGHT SCALE 1 .. 1/4" = V - 0" DETAIL N.T.S. 1/4" = V - 0" SIGNS / PICTOGRAMS N.T.S. 1/4" = 1'- 0" @ MCG ARCHITECTS 2011 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L_ GENERAL NOTES: 1. DEMOLITION PLAN SHOWS APPROXIMATE LAYOUT OF EXISTING BUILDING AND IS NOT INTENDED TO REPRESENT "AS -BUILT" CONDITIONS. G.C. IS REQUIRED TO VISIT SITE AND BECOME FAMILIAR WITH ACTUAL CONDITIONS WHEN BIDDING THE WORK. 2. PRIOR TO ANY DEMOLITION WORK, CONTRACTOR MUST FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING MECHANICAL, PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL WORK LOCATED IN THE TENANT SPACE WHICH AFFECTS THE ADJACENT TENANT SPACES. THE LANDLORD AND THE ADJACENT TENANTS MUST BE NOTIFIED PRIOR TO SHUTDOWN OF ANY SHARED MECHANICAL, PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS. 72 HOUR NOTICE REQUIRED. 3. INTERIOR WALLS, PARTITIONS, DOORS, FRAMES, AND OTHER ITEMS WILL BE REMOVED BY LANDLORD. GC TO COORDINATE WITH SHELL DRAWINGS. 4. LANDLORD TO REMOVE ALL INTERIOR CEILINGS, SOFFITS, LIGHTING, ETC THROUGHOUT THE SPACE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED TO REMAIN. GC TO COORDINATE WITH SHELL DRAWINGS. 5. EXISTING CONSTRUCTION SHOWN TO REMAIN INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WALLS, PARTITIONS, DOORS, FRAMES, ETC. SHALL BE PROTECTED DURING DEMOLITION. DAMAGE TO EXISTING CONSTRUCTION SHOWN TO REMAIN SHALL BE RESTORED TO MATCH PRE -DAMAGED CONDITION. 6. PROTECT FROM DAMAGE ALL EXISTING FINISH WORK TO REMAIN IN PLACE AND WHICH BECOMES EXPOSED DURING DEMOLITION OPERATIONS. 7. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY SHORING, BRACING, AND SUPPORT TO PREVENT MOVEMENT, SETTLEMENT, OR COLLAPSE OF STRUCTURE OR ELEMENT TO BE DEMOLISHED, AND ADJACENT STRUCTURE OR ELEMENT SHOWN TO REMAIN. SHORING AND BRACING SHALL BE DESIGNED BY CONTRACTOR'S PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER LICENSED IN THE APPLICABLE JURISDICTION. 8. PROVIDE TEMPORARY WEATHER PROTECTION AND SECURITY DEVICES DURING INTERVAL BETWEEN DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL OF EXISTING CONSTRUCTION ON EXTERIOR SURFACES AND INSTALLATION OF NEW CONSTRUCTION TO ENSURE THAT NO WATER LEAKAGE OR DAMAGE OCCURS TO STRUCTURE OR TO INTERIOR AREAS OF EXISTING BUILDING. 9. EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR SLABS, MASONRY WALLS AND EXISTING STRUCTURAL FRAMING SYSTEMS SHOWN TO BE REMOVED SHALL BE CLEANLY SAWCUT FROM EXISTING CONSTRUCTION. COMPLETELY REMOVE FOOTINGS, FOUNDATIONS AND ABOVEGROUND AND UNDERGROUND CONSTRUCTION. 10. WHERE FINISHES ARE SHOWN TO BE REMOVED FROM EXISTING CONSTRUCTION, REPAIR AND PATCH REMAINING SUBSTRATE AND PREPARE FOR NEW FINISH. REPAIR AND PATCH ALL REMAINING SUBSTRATES THAT WERE ORIGINALLY CONCEALED BY EXISTING FINISHES, BUT WILL NOW BE EXPOSED IN THE NEW CONSTRUCTION. 11. SALVAGE MATERIAL AS REQUIRED FOR PATCHING AND INFILL (SEE DRAWINGS FOR NEW WORK). SALVAGE MATERIAL SHALL BE CLEANED AND STORED IN AREAS AWAY FROM THE DEMOLITION OR UNTIL NEEDED, 12. ALL INFILL OR REPLACEMENT WORK SHALL MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS IN MATERIALS, CONSTRUCTION AND FINISH, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED ELSEWHERE IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. 13. NOT USED 14. G.C. TO COORDINATE REUSE OF FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS, PIPING, HEADS, ETC. G.C. TO CONFIRM PARTICULARLY WHERE EXISTING ITEMS WILL INTERFERE WITH THE INSTALLATION OF NEW CONSTRUCTION, OR WHERE EXISTING ITEMS WILL BE EXPOSED IN THE NEW CONSTRUCTION. COORDINATE WITH SHELL DRAWINGS. 15. NOT USED 16 COORDINATE WITH ROSS DRESS FOR LESS CONSTRUCTION MANAGER ANY AND ALL EXISTING ITEMS TO BE RE -USED. 17. REMOVE ANY AND ALL EXISTING JOINT FILLER. 18. LANDLORD TO DELIVER THE EXISTING FLOOR CLEAN, SMOOTH, FLAT & PREPARED TO ACCEPT FLOOR FINISHES. VISUAL INSPECTION OF THE SLAB IS TO BE PERFORMED BY THE ROSS DRESS FOR LESS CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO PUTTING DOWN ANY FLOOR FINISHES. ROSS DRESS FOR LESS CONSTRUCTION MANAGER TO BE NOTIFIED 4 WEEKS IN ADVANCE PRIOR TO INSTALLING FLOOR FINISHES TO DETERMINE IF THERE WILL BE A NEED FOR A CHANGE IN FLOOR FINISHES. 19. COLOR OF PATCHING FOR CONCRETE SURFACES TO BE GRAY IN COLOR TO MATCH ADJACENT EXISTING SURFACE. 20. G.C. TO FIELD MEASURE THE INSIDE PREMISES AFTER DEMOLITION HAS OCCURRED INFORMATION IS TO BE FORWARDED TO ROSS DRESS FOR LESS CONSTRUCTION MANAGER WHEN COMPLETED. 21. GC TO PERFORM MOISTURE TESTING ON THE EXISTING SLAB AFTER ALL OF THE EXISTING FLOOR FINISHES & MASTIC ARE REMOVED DOWN TO THE BARE CONCRETE SURFACE. G.C. TO COORD. WITH ROSS DRESS FOR LESS CONSTRUCTION MANAGER REGARDING THE RESULTS OF THIS INFORMATION. BOTH NEW AND EXISTING CONCRETE SLABS MUST BE A MINIMUM OF 4 INCHES THICK AND PASS SUITABILITY TESTS FOR TILE INSTALLATION (I.E., UNIFORMLY TESTED AT 1 TEST PER 1000 SQUARE FEET OF AREA, NO TEST MAY EXCEED THE ALLOWED LIMITS OF 5 LBS OR LESS PER 1000 SQUARE FEET FOR CALCIUM CHLORIDE TESTING; ALKALINITY TESTING NOT TO EXCEED A PH OF 9; AND, NO FAILURE ON 72-HOUR BOND TESTS). NOTIFICATION OF SUCH TESTING IS TO BE GIVEN TO THE ARCHITECT -OF -RECORD AND TO THE ROSS CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE. A CERTIFIED REPORT OF EACH TEST RESULT IS TO BE SUBMITTED TO BOTH FOR RECORD PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF FLOOR FINISH, NEW CONCRETE SLABS ARE TO BE PLACED OVER AN ENGINEERED SUBGRADE THAT IS FULLY COVERED BY A LOW PERMANENCE, FULLY SEALED VAPOR BARRIER OF HIGH PUNCTURE RESISTANCE AND HIGH TENSILE STRENGTH. 22. G.C. MUST COORDINATE W/ LANDLORD ON PARKING, MATERIAL STORAGE, TRAILERS, ETC. 23. G.0 TO COORD. DEMOLITION OF ALL EXISTING SYSTEMS WITH SHELL DRAWINGS. NO EXISTING ABANDONED SYSTEMS TO REMAIN AND MUST BE REMOVED IN THEIR ENTIRETY. "CONTRACTOR'S VERIFICATION OF EXISTING CONDITIONS" I, —VERIFIED EXISTING CONDITIONS AND ALL (CONTRACTOR'S SUPERINTENDENT) ARCHITECT -REQUESTED OVERALL AND INTERMEDIATE DIMENSIONS ON THIS DRAWING, (AS DESIGNATED HEREIN AS "(#' #")") ON , FOLLOWING PARTIAL (DATE) OR COMPLETED DEMOLITION WORK, AND SENT A COPY OF THIS ANNOTATED DRAWING TO THE ARCHITECT'S OFFICE ON ALL DIMENSIONS PROVIDED (DATE) ARE BELIEVED TO BE TRUE AND ACCURATE. I GENERAL NOTES I SCALE 3 I RESURVEY CERTIFICATION SCALE I NONE NTS UUNU. rNu BOLLARDS LANDLORD SHELL DRA EXTERIOR C WALL BY LANDLORD, COORD. WI' SHELL DRAWINGS EXISTING SIDEWALK TO REMAIN CANOPY BY LANDLORD- SEE SHELL DRAWINGS TYP. RAMP BY LANDLORD - SEE SHELL DRAWING CANOPY BY LANDLORD -SEE SHELL DRAWINGS TYP. J1L 0 LEASE LINE E D-5 IC C Fit LEGEND EXISTING WALL/PARTITIONS TO BE REMOVED EXISTING WALL/PARTITIONS TO REMAIN HATCH AREA INDICATES EXISTING CONCRETE TO BE REMOVED FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION. I mcg architecture TO 216.520.1551 OF 216.520.1567 7100 E. Pleasant Valley Rd., Suite 320, Cleveland, OH 44131 Seal: v��21.13 A Project for: Client: ROSS STORES, INC. 4440 ROSEWOOD DRIVE PLEASANTON, CA 94588 Revisions: AB ADDENDUM B 04-12-13 BID/PERMIT 02-14-13 No. Description Date Project No.: 11.594.01 Drawn By: LMS Reviewed By: BB Scale: AS NOTED Date: 01-28-2013 Filename: 11594 D101 Sheet Title Sheet #: DEMOLITION PLAN D101 DEMOLITION PLAN SCALE 1 .11411 — 11 n11 © MCG ARCHITECTS 2011 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 7 i e Ll J I J � I -J T I I I I II I II I I I II I II I I I I II I II I I I I I I I I I II I II I II I I I WOMEN'S II RESTROOM I II I 114 II I II I MEN'S II II II RESTROOM II I II 115 I II I I MENS I I I �ifrll\!G RM. I I II I 1 66 o II I I I e T I IV1/OMENS I I FItTING RM. I I I I II II I 107 I 1 � I T 5 4 EXIT #3 34" CLEAR WIDTH e e 169 OCCUPANTS PROGRAMMED I � I DJACEN TENANT LEGEND (� EXIT SIGN (SEE ELEC. DWGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION). CEILING MOUNTED FIRE ALARM SYSTEM HORN & STROBE F (SEE ELEC. DWGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION). U CEILING MOUNTED FIRE ALARM SYSTEM STROBE. (SEE ELEC. DWGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION). FIRE ALARM SYSTEM HORN & STROBE (FLUSH MOUNTED) (SEE ELEC. DWGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION). KNOX BOX (SEE ELEC. DWGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION). EXIST. TO REMAIN. FIRE ALARM PULL STATION WITH PLASTIC ANTI -VANDALISM 10 GUARD (SEE ELEC. DWGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION). 1 GENERAL NOTES: D. EACH EXIT ACCESS DOOR FROM AN INTERIOR ROOM OR 1. NOTE: EXIT SIGNS INDICATED BY: ® REFER TO SHEET E-1 AREA TO A CORRIDOR OR HALLWAY THAT IS REQUIRED TO ADDITIONAL EXIT SIGNS MAY BE REQUIRED TO BE PLACED SUCH HAVE A VISUAL EXIT SIGN, SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY A THAT THE MAXIMUM DISTANCE TO A VISIBLE EXIT SIGN IS NOT TACTILE EXIT SIGN WITH THE WORDS, 'EXIT ROUTE." MORE THAN 100 FEET. E. EACH EXIT DOOR THROUGH A HORIZONTAL EXIT SHALL BE 2. PROVIDE TACTILE EXIT SIGNS AT THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS: IDENTIFIED BY A SIGN WITH THE WORDS, "TO EXIT." A. EACH GRADE -LEVEL EXTERIOR DOOR SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY A TACTILE EXIT WITH THE WORD "EXIT." 3. INSTALL PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS WITH A MINIMUM RATING OF 2A-10BC AS REQUIRED, MAX. 75 FEET TRAVELDISTANCE. B. EACH EXIT DOOR THAT LEADS DIRECTLY TO A GRADE -LEVEL FIRE EXTINGUISHER. ACCESSIBILITY AND EXTERIOR EXIT BY MEANS OF A STAIRWAY OR RAMP SHALL AVAILABILITY - EXTINGUISHER SHALL BE CONSPICUOUSLY BE IDENTIFIED BY A TACTILE EXIT SIGN WITH THE LOCATED WHERE THEY WILL BE READILY ACCESSIBLE AND FOLLOWING WORDS AS APPROPRIATE: "EXIT STAIR DOWN," IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE IN THE EVENT OF FIRE. THEY SHALL EXIT RAMP DOWN," EXIST STAIR UP"' EXIT RAMP UP." BE LOCATED ALONG NORMAL PATHS OF TRAVEL, INCLUDING C. EACH EXIT DOOR THAT LEADS DIRECTLY TO A EXITS FROM AN AREA. GRADE -LEVEL EXTERIOR EXIT BY MEANS OF AN EXIT 4. MAIN EXIT DOORS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A DURABLE SIGN OF ENCLOSURE OR AN EXIT PASSAGEWAY SHALL BE ONE INCH (1 ") LETTERS CONTRASTING BACKGROUND IDENTIFIED BY A TACTILE SIGN WITH THE WORDS, "EXIT INDICATING, "THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED DURING ROUTE." BUSINESS HOURS." NOTE: ONLY ONE DOOR OR SET OF DOORS MAY BE DESIGNATED AS THE MAIN EXIT. 1e1 ADA FILL 11 `P EXIT #1(DOORS 1 &2)= 235" 110 O ' TOTAL BREAKOUT WIDTH F F F T 336 OCCUPANTS PROG. (49% n i 1770 . OF TOTAL OCC. LOAD) TOILET ■� II n HALL ■ ■ ■ ■ i ■ .•• II ■ ■ ■ ■ S ■ ■ Tip o FIRE ANNUNCIATOR (SEE ELEC. DWGS FOR ADDITIONAL ANN INFORMATION). FACP FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL (SEE ELEC. DWGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION). FIRE EXTINGUISHER PER LOCAL JURISDICTION F.E. S EXIT SIGNAGE 101 EXIT SIGN, REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS GENERAL NOTES AND LEGENDS I SCALE NONE UE QAJ 10T 21 m c g architecture TT 216.520.1551 T 216.520.1567 7100 E. Pleasant Valley Rd., Suite 320, Cleveland, OH 44131 Seal: (06 _ZHS A Project for: Client: ROSS STORES, INC. 4440 ROSEWOOD DRIVE PLEASANTON, CA 94588 Revisions BID/PERMIT 02-14-13 No. Description Date Project No.: 11.594.01 Drawn By: LMS Reviewed By: BB Scale: AS NOTED Date: 01-28-2013 Filename: 11594 X101 Sheet Title: EXITING PLAN Sheet #: xi 01 © MCG ARCHITECTS 2011 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED EXITING PLAN SCALE 1/8" = 1'- 0" L_ - �. .� ,ram � _. � ;�inYi of au••, � :� �:�1 � �,-ir I :� u.ar �� i _� _I__—_. I I 1 I I I III I I J 1. ALL AREAS SHALL COMPLY WITH FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL CODE, AND REGULATORY 9. THE INTERIOR STORE LAYOUT MAY BE FIELD VERIFIED BY THE ROSS CONSTRUCTION 17. GLAZING WITHIN 24" OF A DOORWAY AND LESS THAN 60" ABOVE A WALK WAY SHALL REQUIREMENTS. MANAGER PRIOR TO THE START OF FRAMING. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO BE SAFETY GLAZING. SEE SHEET A201. PROVIDE THE ROSS CONSTRUCTION DEPARTMENT (ATTN: CONSTRUCTION 2. G.C. TO MAINTAIN A CLEAN WORK SITE ON A DAILY BASIS. COORDINATOR, FAX 510-505-4260) WITH A 14-DAY PRIOR WRITTEN NOTICE OF THE 18. ANY SURFACES, FINISHES, EQUIPMENT, ETC. INDICATED AS "EXISTING TO REMAIN" PROPOSED DATE FOR THIS FIELD VERIFICATION. OR "RELOCATED" SHALL BE REFURBISHED OR REPAIRED AS NECESSARY TO LIKE 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND COORDINATE ALL TRADES. NEW CONDITION. 10. SEE SHEET A501 FOR WALL TYPES AND TYP. DETAILS 4. DIMENSIONS ARE TO FINISH SURFACES UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 11. SEE SHEET A601 FOR ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE AND DOOR & HARDWARE SCHEDULE. 5. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONFIRMING OVERALL DIMENSIONS AND STRUCTURAL CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK. ANY 12. MAINTAIN 44" MINIMUM CLEAR CORRIDOR WIDTH LEADING TO ANY SPACE OR ROOM DISCREPANCIES OR POTENTIALLY PROBLEMATIC CONDITIONS SHALL BE BROUGHT WITH AN OCCUPANT LOAD OF TEN (10) OR MORE. TO THE IMMEDIATE ATTENTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 13. NO OBJECT CREATING AN OBSTRUCTION TO CIRCULATION OR TO VISIBILITY IS TO BE 6. FINISH ELEVATIONS REFERENCED ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS ARE DATUM PLACED IN FRONT OF THE ROSS ELEVATION WITHOUT THE SPECIFIC WRITTEN ELEVATIONS ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR ELEVATION. THE CONTRACTOR MUST APPROVAL OF THE CPM FOR EACH OBSTRUCTION. COORDINATE DATUM -BASED ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS SHOWN WITH SITE -SPECIFIC ELEVATIONS. 14. PROVIDE REQUIRED AREA OF LEVEL LANDING AT ALL EXTERIOR DOORS, MAX. 2% SLOPE IN ANY DIRECTION. 7. AISLE AND ENTRY LAYOUT, BACK -AREA AND OBJECT LOCATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE BASED ON ROSS SITE SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS, SEE ROSS SITE -SPECIFIC 15. ROSS STORES DOES SELL PREPACKAGED FOODS, TYPICALLY 100 TO 125 LINEAL AE1 TENANT'S PLAN FOR SITE -SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS. THE GENERAL FEET OF SHELVING AS SHOWN. ENSURE THAT PLUMBING DESIGN AND BUILDING CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY THROUGH THE ROSS CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE FINISHES MEET LOCAL PERMIT REQUIREMENTS FOR THE SALE OF SUCH PRIOR TO INSTALLING FLOORING AND LOCATING OBJECTS REQUIRING VERIFICATION MERCHANDISE AND THAT THE FINAL CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY PERMITS SUCH (VL). RETAIL SALES. ANY SUCH REQUIRED CHANGE MUST BE SPECIFICALLY APPROVED IN WRITING BY THE ROSS C.R. PRIOR TO INTRODUCTION. 8. ALL WALLS ARE TO BE DESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING CODES TO PROVIDE NECESSARY SUPPORT AND BRACING TO SAFELY CARRY ALL IMPOSED 16. ITEMS TO BE VERIFIED: WITH THE EXCEPTION OF EXTINGUISHER LOCATIONS (WHICH VERTICAL AND LATERAL LOADS (INCLUDING FIXTURE & SHELVING LOADS). MUST BE VERIFIED THROUGH LOCAL AUTHORITY & THE ROSS STORE MANAGER), VERIFICATION FOR THE LOCATIONS OF THOSE ITEMS MARKED (VL) OR "TO BE VERIFIED" WALL LEGEND EXISTING WALL CONSTRUCTION. NEW STUD FRAMING. SEE SHEET A501 FOR MORE INFO. NEW FULL HEIGHT STUD FRAMING. SEE SHEETA501 FOR MORE INFO. N.I.C. SPACE SYMBOL LEGEND O DOOR NUMBER MARKER. SEE SHEET A601 FOR DOOR SCHEDULE. FLOOR FINISH MARKER. SEE SHEET A601 FOR ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE. FLOOR TRANSITION STRIP. SEE SHEET A601 FOR MATERIAL DESCRIPTION. VERIFY LOCATION WITH V.L. ROSS CPM P# WALL TYPE. SEE SHEET A501 NOTES SCALE 3 LEGENDS SCALE NONE NONE I \ II I 7 6 5 4 2 1 I NEW DOOR IN NEW OPENING - BY LANDLORD 34'-5" loo, 40'-4" 26-7" 35'-8" 1' " 5 __ 7i P1 I 125' P1 I P1 3" 2 LIGHT VALANCE LINE ABOVE A202 - SEE DETAIL 12/A202. FRONT-END CASEWORK SUPPLIED AND EXISTING SIDEWALK NP INSTALLED BY ROSS MILLWORK VENDOR I TO REMAIN INCLUDING'PLUG-IN' CONNECTION TO g FASTLANE SYSTEM. G.C. TO HARDWIRE IF I I LIGHT VALANCE LINE ABOVE I I REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE, SEE G100 P1 - SEE DETAIL 12/A202. SECTION 12. G.C. PROVIDED AND N EWE IQ INSTALLED FASTLANE AND ROSS INSTALLED CASEWORK CONFIGURATION POWER POLE V.L. ARE BOTH GOVERNED BY AND MUST1,(E) - CONFORM TO THE BOSTON RETAIL - D.5 I I I SITE -SPECIFIC MDB LOCATION AND -� co CIRCUIT PLAN CONFORMS TO THAT PLAN. SEE ELECTRICAL SHEETS. o L EXIST. COLUMN TO i NOTE: REMAIN CHECKOUT SHOWN FOR CONCEPTUAL SCOPE OF WORK ONLY; LOCATIONS WILL BE PROVIDED FROM ROSS CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE; CHECKOUT AND CUSTOMER SERVICE COUNTERS WILL BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED TO THE TENANT 10 11 10 11 TYP SPACE BY ROSS. P. 501 501 TYP. I P. 501 501 u.N.o. U.N.O. K FLOOR OUTLET — SEE I FLOOR OUTLET — SEE I a ODj ELECT. DWGS. NEW CONC. " u e `� ELECT. DWGS. NEW CONC. J INFILL TO BE FLUSH & INFILL TO BE FLUSH & L w s 01) LEVEL W/ EXIST. CONC. LEVEL W1 EXIST. CONC. 1 SLAB " SLAB 40 "��� NOTE: FLOOR NOTES: k e I SEE ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE ON SHEET A601 FOR FLOOR I ROSS C.M. MUST BE GIVEN THE OPPORTUNITY TO I " COVERING MATERIALS. INSPECT THE CONDITION OF EVERY FLOOR SLAB e I OR SUB FLOOR PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF FLOORr — I FINISH. A 14 DAY PRIOR NOTICE MUST BE GIVEN s SALES AREA: J a FIELD TILE 'A' DIRECTION OF TILE OTHE ROSS INSTALLATION.CONSTRUCTION TENDED FLOOR FIN SH IR OF INo ACCENT TILE'B' DIRECTION OF TILE POWER POLE V.L.Nt I 1 \ I I I o AN INSPECTION OR NOT OF A SLAB OR SUBSTRATE FITTING ROOM TILED' DIRECTION OF TILE m BY THE CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE WILL I 1 } NOT IN ANY WAY RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR OF NEW CONC. INFILL AT TRENCHING = ^� LOCATIONS - SEE STRUCT. DWGS.---4 O pM€N� — — SALES FLOOR IS TO BE LAID THROUGH -OUT IN A — 0 THE RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE THE SPECIFIED — — — I CHECKERBOARD PATTERN OF 24"X24" ACCENT AND 24"X24" O SLAB AND FINISHED FLOOR FREE OF INSTALLATION EXIT CLOSET FIELD TILE BLOCKS - CONTROL FROM CENTER SALES FLOOR. AND PERFORMANCE DEFECTS. SECURITY PEDESTALS B 5.1 110 p INSTALLED BY ROSS AT G.C. w PREPARED LOCATIONS.UJ LOCKER I G.C. TO CONTACT ROSS CONSTRUCTION REP. PRIOR TO TF E o I SEE ELECTRICAL DWGS. e a O I I TILE A START OF TILE INSTALLATION. r O I I I I ROOM RAILINGS AND STOPS I I I 1 O9 " 1 = INSTALLED BY ROSS FIXTURE � o I 39 6 o VENDOR a 00 I I I 401 0 Cl)LU TILE 'A' P1 P1 OFFICE �dncEz eon�wEl eonswEl m GRAND ENTRANC "HELIX" HIGH TRAFFIC ENTRANCE p 0 w I I I HALL I o SALES FLOOR SYSTEM OER VCT WITH HELIX Z1 VINYL GRID c� z U) I� — AREA (230 BLACK) DESI NSTEP ENTRANCE CARPET o a I I r � O0 J i P6 WROUGHT IRON ND TEMPORARY PLYWOOD Cr m I L J 119 � ( ) ��j w 0 i I I — - o J 101 PROTECTION PRO IDED BY G.C. SEE CRITERIA SHEET m o I P1 7 1 TILE 'A' � G100 NOTE 5.10 o10 O z FLOOR OUTLET SEE ELECT. DWGS. g O P6 CASH o � � � NEW CONC. INFILL TO BE FLUSH & 8 OFFICE I LEVEL W/ EXIST. CONC. SLAB I I SECURITY PEDESTALS I i Lo o 00 ENTRY WOMENS olll I RESTROOM 105 10 11 FINISH FLOOR INSTALLED BY ROSS AT G.C. TYP. 9 10 PREPARED LOCATIONS. 0 I '' 12 I�r 9 TILE 'A' TYP. 501 501 20 ELEV. 0' o° 114 , a a � 8 U.N.O. SEE ELECTRICAL DWGS. I CT I 1B �, .° \ / w ��> �� P6 MANAGERS ` ! 11 M FLOOR OUTLET SEE ELECT. DWGS. LP STATION AND POWER IC I N i� II II w = J O w z J w co w J co 0 mcg architecture O 216.520.1551 O 216.520.1567 7100 E. Pleasant Valley Rd., Suite 320, Cleveland, OH 44131 Seal: 0a.?-I•!3 A Project for: Client: ROSS STORES, INC. 4440 ROSEWOOD DRIVE PLEASANTON, CA 94588 Revisions: I N i� II II w = J O w z J w co w J co 0 mcg architecture O 216.520.1551 O 216.520.1567 7100 E. Pleasant Valley Rd., Suite 320, Cleveland, OH 44131 Seal: 0a.?-I•!3 A Project for: Client: ROSS STORES, INC. 4440 ROSEWOOD DRIVE PLEASANTON, CA 94588 Revisions: w = J O w z J w co w J co 0 mcg architecture O 216.520.1551 O 216.520.1567 7100 E. Pleasant Valley Rd., Suite 320, Cleveland, OH 44131 Seal: 0a.?-I•!3 A Project for: Client: ROSS STORES, INC. 4440 ROSEWOOD DRIVE PLEASANTON, CA 94588 Revisions: AB ADDENDUM B 04-12-13 BID/PERMIT 02-14-13 No. Description Date Project No.: 11.594.01 Drawn By: LMS Reviewed By: BB Scale: AS NOTED Date: 01-28-2013 Filename: 11594 A101 Sheet Title: FLOOR PLAN Sheet #: Al 01 © MCG ARCHITECTS 2011 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED -- -- - - — - PLYWOOD LEGEND PLYWD-1 1/2" CDX PLYWOOD BACKING TO 6" ABOVE CLG. INSTALLED OVER MTL. STUD FRAMING BEFORE 4'-0"H x 3/4" FRT PLYWOOD WAINSCOT, AND INSTALLATION OF GYP. BRD. (SEE WALL TYPE LEGEND 1X4 NAILER AT 87" TO BE APPLIED TO ALL ON A100 FOR MORE INFORMATION) INSTALL FURRED WALLS HORIZONTALLY WITH STAGGERED JOINTS. USE #10 SCREWS AT 6" O.C. AT EDGES AND 12" O.C. AT — - - - - - - — AT RESTROOMS & JANITOR'S CLOSET: INTERMEDIATE STUDS. 5/8" A-C, G-1, EXT-APA PLYWOOD FROM FINISH FLOOR TO 6" ABOVE CEILING. TAPE ALL SEAMS SMOOTH. PLYWD-2 4'H x 8' x 3/4" CDX PLYWOOD BACKERBOARD INSTALLED OVER GYP. BRD. BOTTOM OF PLYWOOD — — AT +27" AFF., V.L. W/ RA-1 PLAN, TYP. @ ELEC. RM. — — — WALL PANELS -SEE A202 AND A601. INSTALL FLOOR TO CEILING UNDER GYP. BRD. @ EQUIPMENT/ SERVER ROOM V.L. VERIFY LOCATION WITH ROSS CPM AND RA-1 PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 3/4" A-C, G-1, EXT-APA PLYWOOD FROM FINISH FLOOR TO 4'-0" A.F.F.. ABOVE 4'-0" USE 5/8" GYP BOARD. TAPE ALL SEAMS SMOOTH. NOTE: ALL PLYWOOD LOCATED IN WALL ASSEMBLY TO BE FIRE RETARDANT TREATED GENERAL NOTES & LEGENDS D.5 U I SCALE NONE 21 mcg architecture TT 216.520.1551 TT 216.520.1567 7100 E. Pleasant Valley Rd., Suite 320, Cleveland, OH 44131 Seal: A Project for: Client: ROSS STORES, INC. 4440 ROSEWOOD DRIVE PLEASANTON, CA 94588 Revisions: A ADDENDUM B 04-12-13 BID/PERMIT 02-14-13 No. Description Date Project No.: 11.594.01 Drawn By: LMS/JP Reviewed By: BB Scale: AS NOTED Date: 01-28-2013 Filename: 11594 A102 Sheet Title: PLYWOOD/WOOD NAILERS LOCATION PLAN Sheet #: Al 02 II L - - Tr--r,n A ,���r, , ::i.�a1�.��; � i,:� i..,i �, gym, ._ _. Al� i I � r, -� � � � � ,- r � i � PLYWOOD PLAN SCALE 1 © MCG ARCHITECTS 2011 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED DOC LANI DW( POV SEE ROS MOL CAN (2)) 1 ELEI DRA 1. ELECTRICAL ENGINEER MUST USE MASTER / SATELLITE WHEREVER POSSIBLE, WITH INDEPENDENT FOR THE REMAINDER. 1. METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEM FOR 3. MAIN RUNNERS @ 4'-0" O.C. CROSS * NOTE: LIGHTING IS TO BE COORDINATED WITH AND PROCURED FROM AMERICAN WHOLESALE 6. OVERHEAD FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH GENERAL CRITERIA SHEET G100 ITEM 13 A. MASTER 2x4: (2) BALLASTS IN TOTAL: (1) 4-LAMP BALLAST OPERATES THE TWO OUTSIDE (CONSTRUCTION: AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM). (AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM) HEAD TO BE RECESSED OR SEMI -RECESSED TYPE, ACOUSTICAL TILE AND LAY -IN PANEL RUNNERS @ 2'-0" O.C. LIGHTING (SEE TITLE SHEET FOR CONTACT INFORMATION). NO SUBSTITUTIONS ALLOWED. SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE -SEE LAMPS FOR BOTH THE MASTER AND SATELLITE FIXTURES AND (1) 2-LAMP BALLAST OPERATES THE INSIDE LAMP FOR CENTERED WITHIN TILES OF A SUSPENDED CEILING, UNIFORMLY LOCATED IN ROOMS WITH HARD CEILINGS AND MOUNTED AT OR ABOVE CEILINGS SHALL CONFORM TO THE 4. VERTICAL HANGERS TO BE MAX. DETAILS ON SHEET A501 FOR MORE INFORMATION BOTH THE MASTER AND THE SATELLITE FIXTURES. 11'-O" WHIP IS LIGHT FIXTURE HEIGHTS (AT NO TIME BELOW LIGHT FIXTURE). COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES TO AVOID DISRUPTION OF LIGHTING REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM C635 87 FOR 8" FROM WALLS Z EXIT SIGN - SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS ON SUSPENDED CEILING SUPPORT SYSTEM SUPPLIED BY MANUFACTURER TO BRING POWER TO THE SATELLITE FIXTURE. AND HVAC LAYOUT. INTERMEDIATE DUTY SYSTEMS. NEW 2x4 FLANGED FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE -SEE B. SATELLITE 2x4: NO BALLASTS IN FIXTURE: LAMPS ARE BEING OPERATED/ POWERED BY THE MASTER FIXTURE. 7. PROVIDE SEISMIC BRACING AND COMPRESSION STRUTS AS REQUIRED BY CODE. SUSPEND LIGHTING FIXTURES PER CODE 2. INSTALLATION OF METAL CEILING ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR VARYING FIXTURE TYPES GYPSUM BOARD CEILING - SEE DETAIL 2/A501 FOR REQUIREMENTS. SUSPENSION SYSTEM FOR SECURITY MESH INFO. C. SALES FLOOR, FOYER AND FITTING ROOMS ARE TO HAVE 1/3-2/3-FULL SWITCHING FOR ACOUSTICAL TILE AND LAY -IN PANELS NEW 1x4 FLANGED FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE - SEE ALL 2x4 FIXTURES. 8. THE ONLY EXTERIOR LIGHTS THAT ARE TO BE CIRCUITED FROM BOSS ELECTRICAL PANELS ARE THE DOCK LIGHT, EXIT DOOR LIGHTS, SHALL CONFORM TO THE NO. 12 ga VERTICAL HANGERS ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR VARYING FIXTURE TYPES ENTRY CANOPY LIGHTS, ROSS FEATURE ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING, ILLUMINATED SIGN LIGHTING AND SUCH OTHER SPECIAL LIGHTING REQUIREMENT OF ASTM C636-86. CEILING HEIGHT 2. LIGHTING PLAN IS DIAGRAMMATIC AND ADVISORY, PLEASE REFER TO E1 FOR LIGHTING CIRCUIT PLAN. ACTUAL AS MAY BE SPECIFICALLY IDENTIFIED AND APPROVED BY ROSS ON A SITE SPECIFIC BASIS. NOT WITHSTANDING SUCH ROSS EXTERIOR MIN. OF THREE TURNS EMERGENCY STRIP FLUORESCENT FIXTURE SWITCHING AND LAYOUT IS TO BE DESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH BEST ENGINEERING PRACTICE, IN CONFORMANCE WITH LIGHTING, FULL COVERAGE PERIMETER COMMON AREA SECURITY, SAFETY AND CIRCULATION LIGHTING IS REQUIRED AND IS TO BE -SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS MAIN RUNNER EXTERIOR WALL PACK SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS GOVERNING CODES, IN COORDINATION WITH C&C BUILDING AUTOMATION (ATTENTION: CLIFF MCINTIRE (650) 292-7457) AND CIRCUITED FROM COMMON AREA PANELS. FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE -SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS REVIEWED BY BOTH ROSS CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE AND AMERICAN WHOLESALE LIGHTING PRIOR TO FOR VARYING FIXTURE TYPES PAGING/MUSIC SYSTEM SPEAKERS PROVIDED AND INSTALLATION. 9. THE LIGHT FIXTURE IN THE JANITORIAL CLOSET 116 AND THE ELECT. ROOM 112 SHALL BE CIRCUITED FROM THE NEAREST NIGHTLIGHT CROSS INSTALLED BY ROSS AFTER TURNOVER. IN THE EVENT CIRCUIT. A SINGLE POLE WALL SWITCH IS TO BE PROVIDED WHICH WILL ENERGIZE OR DE -ENERGIZE THE FIXTURE AT ANYTIME. RUNNERS FLUORESCENT VALANCE LIGHT FIXTURE - SEE ELECTRICAL Lvu THAT LOCAL CODE REQUIRES LOW VOLTAGE WIRING TO 3. ALL RECESSED FLUORESCENT FIXTURES TO BE SHIPPED WITH LAMPS INSTALLED. DRAWINGS FOR VARYING FIXTURE TYPES 10. SALES FLOOR FIRE ALARM SYSTEM STROBES ARE ONLY TO BE MOUNTED DIRECTLY ON CEILING, ON COLUMNS OR BY PENDANT FROM BE INSTALLED IN CONDUIT, THEN 3/4" CONDUIT WITH 4. ALL FLUORESCENT TUBES WILL BE OSRAM F028/835/XP/SS/EGO - NO EXCEPTION. CEILING. NO EXCEPTIONS. W FULL STRINGS IN PLACE LINKING SPEAKER LOCATIONS TO PAGING/MUSIC DATA BOX IN MANAGER'S OFFICE IS 5. 2x4 FIXTURES SHALL BE LAID OUT IN A STAGGERED, DIAMOND SHAPED PATTERN AS PER THE PROTOTYPE DRAWING A2.0. z SUPPLY DIFFUSER - SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR LVJ TO BE PROVIDED AND PLACED BY G.C. PRIOR TO FIXTURES SHALL BE SPACED, ON THE VERTICAL AXIS, 8'-0" ON CENTER EXCEPT AT THE FRONT ENTRANCE OF THE STORE ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONSTRUCTION TURNOVER. CONFIRM SPEAKER AND THE ENTRANCE TO THE FITTING ROOM FOYER WHERE THE 2x4 FIXTURES SHALL BE PLACED END TO END AS A / :. LOCATIONS THROUGH ROSS CONSTRUCTION CONTINUOUS ROW TO PROVIDE ADDITIONAL ILLUMINATION IN THESE AREAS. 2x4 FIXTURES AROUND THE PERIMETER OF THE C v )) DIFFUSERS - SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS REPRESENTATIVE. 18 TO 20 LOCATIONS, TYP. SALES FLOOR SHALL NOT BE STAGGERED AND SHALL BE SPACED BETWEEN 2'-6" AND 4'-6" FROM THE PERIMETER WALL. PRE -FINISHED POWER POLE PROVIDED AS PART OF FIXTURES SHALL BE DOUBLED UP END TO END AS NECESSARY AT THE ENDS OF THE ENDS 0F'LONG-AXIS' ROWS TO 4=pN '�® RETURN DIFFUSER - SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR FRONT END MODULAR SYSTEM PROVIDED AND ACHIEVE NECESSARY FOOT-CANDLE LEVELS AND DESIGN INTENT. THE LIGHTING LAYOUT SHOULD PROVIDE AN AVERAGE OF 2`-0" ADDITIONAL INFORMATION INSTALLED BY ROSS FIXTURE VENDOR. 114 MAINTAINED FOOT-CANDLES ON THE SALES FLOOR AT A 36" PLANE (APPROX DENSITY OF ONE 2X4 PER 63.5 SF OF SALES FLOOR). WALL MOUNTED EMERGENCY SPOT WITH EMERGENCY BATTERY BACK-UP - SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS REFLECTED CEILING PLAN NOTES SCALE 4- SUSPENDED CEILING DETAIL SCALE 3 LEGEND SCALE 2 NONE TYPICAL ACT GRID SUPPORT SYSTEM NONE NONE UE — UD. —ROSS LP SURFACE MOUNTED DOME CAMERA (TYP. OF (2)) AT FRONT - SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS UD DECORATIVE LIGHT FIXTURES BY LANDLORD -SEE SHELL DRAWINGS. GC TO COORD. POWER REQUIREMENTS -SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. TYP. OF (10) BUILDING SIGNAGE- SEE ELECT. DRAWINGS MERGENCY DOWNLIGHTS, Y LANDLORD- SEE SHELL RAWINGS. GC TO COORD. OWER REQUIREMENTS- EE ELECT. DRAWINGS TYP F (4). OWNLIGHTS, BY 4NDLORD- SEE SHELL RAWINGS. GC TO COORD. OWER REQUIREMENTS- EE ELECT. DRAWINGS TYP F (12). NDER CANOPY ILLUMINATED OSS SIGN. G.C. TO COORD. IITH SHELL DRAWINGS AND IGN VENDOR. GC TO COORD. OWER REQUIREMENTS. SEE LECTRICAL DRAWINGS DSS LP SURFACE MOUNTED DOME AMERA (TYP. OF (2)) AT FRONT- EE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS ALANCE - SEE DETAIL 2/A202, TYP. TRIP LIGHTS TO BE CONTINUOUS LONG ENTIRE VALANCE. U 1. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR MUST USE MASTER / SATELLITE WHEREVER POSSIBLE, WITH INDEPENDENT FOR THE REMAINDER - SEE ELEC. DWGS. 2. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR SWITCHING, CODE REQUIREMENTS AND FURTHER INFORMATION. 3. ALL RECESSED FLUORESCENT FIXTURES TO BE SHIPPED WITH LAMPS INSTALLED. 4. ALL FLUORESCENT TUBES WILL BE OSRAM F028/835/XP/SS/ECO, U.N.O. & APPROVED. 5. COORDINATE W/ ELEC. DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL BUILDING EXTERIOR LIGHTING. 6. SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE TO BE CENTERED WITHIN THE ROOM U.N.O. 7. EXIT SIGNS TO BE LOCATED IN CEILINGS UNLESS AHJ STATES OTHERWISE. EXIT SIGNS NOT TO BE MOUNTED TO WALLS. IF SIGNS ARE REQUIRED ON WALLS, APPROVAL FROM ROSS C.M. IS REQUIRED. NOTE: SEE ELECT. DWGS. FOR EMERGENCY i NITE LIGHT LOCATIONS. NOTE: SEE ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE ON SHEET A601 FOR CEILING FINISHES. NOTE: CANOPY ACCESS, CATWALK AND AL ACCESS REQUIREMENTS FOR SIGNAGE BY LANDLORD. -SEE SHELL DRAWINGS. GC TO COORDINATE. I mcg architecture OT 216.520.1551 OF 216.520.1567 7100 E. Pleasant Valley Rd., Suite 320, Cleveland, OH 44131 Seal: A Project for: Client: ROSS STORES, INC. 4440 ROSEWOOD DRIVE PLEASANTON, CA 94588 Revisions: AB ADDENDUM B 04-12-13 BID/PERMIT 02-14-13 No. Description Date Project No.: 11.594.01 Drawn By: LMS Reviewed By: BB Scale: AS NOTED Date: 01-28-2013 Filename: 11594 A120 Sheet Title Sheet #: REFLECTED CEILING PLAN Al 20 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SCALE 1 i /oil — i i nll 1 @ MCG ARCHITECTS 2011 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED STEELLADDER FULL HEIGHT BILCO (OR APPROVED EQUAL) LADDER AND SAFETY CAGE. PAINT CAGE SAFETY YELLOW. FULL HEIGHT STEEL LADDER TO HAVE KNURLED NON -SLIP RUNGS. BENT PLATE STRAPS @ 4'-0" OC ATTACH TO WALL W/ 1/2" DIA. LAG BOLTS 3/4" PLYWOOD - PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL COLOR - EXTEND FULL HEIGHT BEHIND LADDER METAL STUD WALL CONSTRUCTION - SEE DI AM 9 QCrTIlIAIC I ROOF LADDERI SCALE 7 PLAN 1 3/4" = 1' - 0" I NOT USED SCALE NONE b BILCO (OR APPROVED EQUAL) 3'-0" x 2'-6" ROOF SCUTTLE W/ INSIDE PADLOCK HASP AND INSULATED CURB. __\) WOOD BLOCKING ON SAW CUT CONC. OPENING 3'-0" 4" CANT STRIP 2 -6 ROOF MEMBRANE\ BILCO (OR APPROVED EQUAL) LADDER AND LADDER SAFETY CAGE, REQUIRED BY ROSS STORES. PAINT CAGE SAFETY YELLOW. LADDER RUNGS TO BE KNURLED, NON-SLIP.— J U a �U wO �o 0 J T w� "C 7 CD A140 Z cc 2'-7" BENT PLATE STRAPS @ 4'-0" OC ATTACH TO WALL W/ 1/2" DIA. LAG BOLT 3/4" PLYWOOD OVER b 5/8" GYP. BOARD FULL co HEIGHT OF WALL 0 f1 BILCO (OR APPROVED EQUAL) EXTENSION SAFETY POST REQUIRED BY ROSS STORES INSUL. CURB WITH CAP FLASHING - SEE 6/A140, SIM. 20 GAUGE 3" DEEP LEG TRACK - DO NOT ATTACH TO VERTICAL STUDS OR WALL FINISH MATERIAL. WALK PAD, TYP. CONT. 20 GAUGE STUD RUNNER OR CONT. METAL STRAP BOTH SIDES OF STUDS. DO NOT ATTACH TO DEEP LEG TRACK. FRAME OPENING W/ (2) 2x6's, HANG FROM PURLINS W/ U262 HANGERS REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. BENT PLATE STRAPS @ 4'-0" OC ATTACH TO WALL W/ 1/2" DIA. LAG BOLT INTO 2x6 FRT WOOD BLOCKING, TYP. FIRE TREATED WOOD BLOCKING WALL AS SCHEDULED - SEE WALL TYPE LEGEND ON A100 PARAPET, BY SHELL DWGS VTR, SEE MECHANICAL ROOF CAN P ROOM -COO ELECTRICAL SEE MECH/PLUMB. FOR SIZE CLAMPING RING 1. G.C. TO COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND SPACING OF EXISTING ROOF JOISTS PREFORMED PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 10. EXPOSED METAL GAS LINES ARE TO BE PAINTED WITH A RUST INHIBITING SAFETY BOOT SEAL YELLOW PAINT AND BE SUPPORTED BY PIPE SUPPORT SYSTEM. BASE SET IN 2. G.C. TO PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY SUPPORTS FOR NEW EXHAUST FANS AND ROOF ROOF CEMENT MOUNTED EQUIPMENT - SEE STRUCT. DWGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 11. SEE 4/A140 FOR TYPICAL ROOF PENETRATION DETAIL. SEALANT 3. WALK PAD PATH TO AND AROUND UNITS AND ACCESS DOORS REQUIRED (30" MIN. 12. CONDENSATION DRAINS TO BE COPPER AND PIPED ABOVE ROOF TO THE NEAREST WIDTH). MATERIAL TO BE COMPATIBLE WITH ROOFING SYSTEM USED AND ADHERED DRAIN. MIRO DEVICE OR EQUAL REQUIRED TO ADEQUATELY SUPPORT LINES AND COUNTER FLASH TO MEMBRANE. MUST EXTEND FROM HATCH TO AND AROUND ALL HVAC UNITS AND REQUIRED MEMBRANE PAD UNDER EACH. ROOF SIGNAGE VAULTS. T.P.O OR A.P.D.M. 6 MIL. MIN. COOOD. EXTENTS WITH SHELL DWGS AND ROSS CM. 13. REMOVE ALL OBSOLETE PIPING, PLUMBING, ETC. FROM OLD BTUs. 4. PROVIDE PIPE FLASHINGS, CONDUIT FLASHINGS, AND MANUFACTURED GAS PIPING 14, SEE TYPICAL DETAIL 8/A140 FOR NEW ROOF CURB. ONLY EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS AS SPECIFIED ON MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. MANUFACTURER'S CURBS ARE TO BE USED. UNIVERSAL CURBS ARE NOT PERMITTED. 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP ROOF CLEAN OF ALL DEBRIS DURING ALL CONSTRUCTION WORK. 15. NOT USED. 6. NOT USED. 16. PROVIDE ROOF OPENING STRUCTURAL FRAMES AS REQUIRED. SEE STRUCT. DWGS. NOTES: - SEAL TO BE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS 7. REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR 17. NOT USED. ADDITIONAL ROOF PENETRATIONS REQUIRING ROOF FLASHING WORK. ALL ROOF - PRESSURE TREATED NAILER REQ'D. FOR ALL ROOF OPENINGS PENETRATIONS FOR MINOR ROOF VENTS AND SIMILAR ITEMS MAY NOT BE INDICATED 18. NOT USED. ON THIS ROOF PLAN: HOWEVER ALL ROOF FLASHING WORK SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE ROOFING SUBCONTRACTOR SO AS TO OBTAIN NEW ROOFING WARRANTIES. 19. NOT USED. - COLUMNS TO BE ANCHORED TO STEEL FRAMING. 8. NOT USED. - USE LANDLORD'S ROOFER AS REQ'D TO MAINTAIN ROOF WARRANTY. 9. PROVIDE VTR ROOF AS REQUIRED FOR PLUMBING SYSTEMS. LOCATION TO BE NO CLOSER THAN 5'-0" TO PARAPET CONDITION AND NO CLOSER THAN 1 G-0" TO ANY AIR INTAKE. NOT USED I SCALE 8 I ROOF DETAIL SCALE 4 I NOT USED SCALE 3 I GENERAL NOTES SCALE NONE PIPE PENETRATION 1/2 = 1 - 0 3/8 = 1 - 0 NONE 2 (2) 1/2" KWIK BOLT CONTINUOUS 20 GAUGE I I I I PRIOR TO INSTALLATION - SEE / EACH SIDE W/ 2 1/2" METAL STUD TRACK ELECT DWGS. MIN. EMBEDMENT WITH 1/8" DIA. POWDER ACTUATED FASTENERS FINISH FLOOR UA@ 2'-0" O.C. MAX. ROOF LADDER SCALE 5 e0rnnKi „Q„ _ „ nil ROOF PLAN SCALE J i loll — 1 1 11ll 1 mcg architecture OT 216.520.1551 OF 216.520.1567 7100 E. Pleasant Valley Rd., Suite 320, Cleveland, OH 44131 Seal: ��•Z1.13 A Project for: Client: ROSS STORES, INC. 4440 ROSEWOOD DRIVE PLEASANTON, CA 94588 Revisions: ZL ADDENDUM B 04-12-13 BID/PERMIT 02-14-13 No. Description Date Project No.: 11.594.01 Drawn By: LM S Reviewed By: BB Scale: AS NOTED Date: 01-28-2013 Filename: 11594 A140 Sheet Title: ROOF PLAN Sheet #: MCG ARCHITECTS 2011 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L_ -- - --- lei -- 7� � � — T _ — — — — I i i I � I I.1 e� I I,�.I �i � I. I'1:3:'r I, L �� � IJY.Idlil�lll"Nil i�I�IIIIdRI -4 VI hFILVi � �Id li 4111I.'Id IB. � IVi:-. �,'�l E 2 3 4 10" LIGHT VALANCE, SEE DET 12/A202 2 4" PAINTED BLUE LINE P CG P BOXED O ABOVE LIGHT VALANCE, GYP. BD. FINISH BOVE TOP NAILER & BELOW 10" LIGHT VALANCE, I > I 1 CORNER 2 SEE DETAIL 12/A202, TYP. VALANCE BRAC T AND AT ENDS OF NAILERS SEE DET 12/A202 1 P TO BE TO BE TAP P D, SANDED AND PAINOIL TED. CEILING HGT. C.J. C.J. 1 C.J. C.J. C.J. 1 P WP CG .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. L 3 6 A...................................................................................... ELEV. 1-::.::::::.:::::::::::.::::::..:::::..-::.-::.-:..-::::..:::.::::.:::.::.:.:::.:::.:.::::.:.::::-.::::::::::.:.::::._::.:.::::::.:::.::::.::.:::.::::.::::::..:.._:.._::.::..::....:::::....................._......:._._..:._..:.... AFF P BOXED . O . _....._.........._..................._.........._...._ ......................................._......._ ..................................._.............................._............................._..._............................................. _..................................._............._............_.........._._.._......:.._.._..................._..................__............ 1 CORNER 1 1 1 WALL E ABOV UP TO PANELS ON WP ..................................................... WP WALL 6'-0" AFF. 6'-0" AFF CORNER _ ...............__._........::::::: PANELS N O BOX BELOW CORNER +6'-0" 5 BOX BELOW 20 - +s'-o" 0 0 r5 �o Q0 FIN. FLOOR 0 ELEV. 0'-0" AFF START NAILERS AT CG B 6" BASE TYP. B 6" BASE TYP. CG 1 1 1" FROM CORNER. 1" 1 1 1 1" FROM CORNER• WING WALL, TYPICAL SCALE 14 INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE 11 1 1/2" = 1' - 0" 1/8"=1'-0" 1/2" PLYWOOD CAP FILM LEGEND T.O. PLYWOOD CAP 5i8" GYP. BD., SEE oL ELEV. 13'-6" AFF + + WALL TYPES 3M #324 "FROSTED WHITE CRYSTAL" D AT INSIDE FACE OF ALL WINDOW (''� IC B 2 EXIT DOOR BY LANDLORD- PAINT AS "J" MOLD AT TOP OF GYP. BD. j,,� j%jj%jj/ GLAZING BELOW +24" WITH BEKAERT, 2O GYP. BD. FINISH ABOVE TOP NAILER & SCHEDULED (3) #10-16 SCREWS BOX BEAM AS 7 MIL GRAFFITI GUARD CLEAR FILM BELOW VALANCE BRACKET AND AT P 4 PAINTED BLUE LINE IRED ON EXTERIOR FACE ENTRY 13 STOREFRONT, ENTRY ENDS OF NAILERS TO BE TO BE ABOVE LIGHT VALANCE, 2 SALES P DOORS, BY BY LANDLORD DOORS, BY A20 P TAPED, SANDED AND PAINTED. SEE DETAIL 12/A202, TYP. 3 LANDLORD LANDLORD 1 10' LIGHT VALANCE, 6" X 20 GA STUDS @ 16" O.C. j1 CEILING HGT. C.J. SEE DET 12/A202 P BOXED ELEV. 13'-6" AFF .::..:::::: :.:::.......... .. .. 1 CORNER FITTING .. .... ....... .... . ..... ............... ...............: . WP WALL PANELS FOYER ...:... 1 ON CORNER 5/8" GYP. BD. ELEV. 0'-0" AFF WALL WP B 1L O 4'-0" 6'-5" 3 PANELS TO B 6 BASE TYP. STOREFRO2 1 STOREFRONT, CG B 6" BASE TYP. G-0" A.F.F. 1 3M #324 FROSTED WHITE BY LANDLORD 3M #324 FROSTED WHITE BY LANDLORD 1 1 WP P CG CRYSTAL AT INSIDE FACE CRYSTAL AT INSIDE FACE 1 1 1 1 OF ALL WINDOW GLAZING OF ALL WINDOW GLAZING START NAILERS AT WALL FRAME AS SHOWN AS SHOWN 1" FROM CORNER. PANELS TO SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING BUILT UP HEADER W/ (2) 8" X 14 GA CONTINUOUS TRACK I I I I III IIIIIIIIIIIIIII I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I FITTING FOYER CLG. TOP AND BOTTOM, MIN. (2) _ ELEV. 9' 1"AFF STUD BRG. EACH END. EDGE MOLDING 2'-6" TYP. i 4-8' -3" A.F.F. 7' 311 A.F.F. 4'-0" A.F.F. 12 20 LIGHT VALANCE IS FURNISHED B' BOSS AND INSTALLED BY G.C. +8'-0" A.F.F. LIGHT FIXTURE SUPPLIED BY AMERICAN WHOLESALE LIGHTING AND INSTALLED BY G.C. GYP. BD. PER WALL TYPE LEGEND - ALL JOINTS TAPED, SANDED SMOOTH AND PRIMED WALL TYPE VARIES, REFER TO WALL TYPE LEGEND NOTES: 1. REFER TO SHEET A102 FOR WOOD NAILER EXTENTS AND A501 FOR WALL INFORMATION. SEE SHEETS A601 FOR PAINT AND FINISH INFORMATION. 2. LASER SET ELEVATIONS SHOWN 1"x 4" WOOD NAILER - SECURE TO STUD Wi4 #10 TEKS WOOD -TO -METAL SCREWS @ EACH STUD, TYP. 9" A.F.F. 6" BASE, TYP. ONLY - 6-0" A.F.F. ° In ° a zi INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE II 1 O SECTION SCALE SECTION SCALE 1/8 —1 -0 CLG. BREAK @ FITTING FOYER 3/4" = 1'- 0" @ SALES FLOOR - ROSS DRESS FOR LESS 3/4" = 1'- 0" SOR/DEMISING ALL B C D 4" PAINTED BLUE LINE 2 4" PAINTED BLUE LINE P GYP. BD. FINISH ABOVE TOP NAILER & 3 ABOVE LIGHT VALANCE, 0 ABOVE LIGHT VALANCE, BELOW VALANCE BRACKET AND AT 10" LIGHT VALANCE, 0 2 2 SEE DETAIL 12/A202, TYP. 2 SEE DETAIL 12/A202, TYP. ENDS OF NAILERS TO BE TO BE P BOXED SEE DET 12/A202 �— __� P TAPED, SANDED AND PAINTED. CEILING HGT. OIL 1 CORNER C.J. C.J. C.J. C.J. 1 C.J. ELEV. 13 -6 AFF .........................:..........:.:.::::::::::::::.::::.::..:::::::.:::.:...::::.:.:.:::::::::::::.::.:::::::::::..::::::.::.:::.: ..:::.:::.::.::::::..::::::.:.:::.::...::.:::::..::::.:::::::...:::._::::.:._:::.:.:..::::::......::.:::.::::::.... ::::::.::.::::.:.:::::::::.::::.::::::::::::::.::::::::.::.:::.::.:.::::::::::..:.:::..::::::::::.::.:::..:.:::.::::::::.::::.::::::.::::::::::::.::::::.:::..:::.::::::....::::..::......:.::.:::..:::.:::.::.::::.::.:::.::.:::.::.:.::..:::. .. �� 10 LIGHT VALANCE SEE DET 12/A202 WALL PANELS ON WP CORNER BOX 1 _.. BELOW +6'-0" C?PEN 0 RAP WRAP/ - % o j 9 co OIL FIN. FLOOR START NAILERS AT ELEV. U-0" AFF 14 5'-5 1/ " WP WALL 10 N 4'-0" 6 4'-0" kWP WALL 1" FROM CORNER. 3'-1 7/ 1 PANELS TO CG 1 PANELS TO B " 6 BASE TYP. CG WP 6'-0" A.F.F. 1 P 6'-0" A.F.F. 1 1 i P FRAME START NAILERS AT WALL FRAME 1" 1 ONLY START NAILERS AT 1' ONLY 1" FROM CORNER. 1 PANELSTO 1" FROM CORNER. B 6-0" A.F.F. CEILING HGT. ELEV. 13'-6" AFF 10" LIGHT VALANCE, SEE DET 12/A202— FIN. FLOOR ELEV. G-0" AFF WALL TP PANELS TO 6'-0" A.F.F. ONLY INTERIOR ELEVATION I SCALE 1 /8"=1'-0" 6" BASE TYP. INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE i /oil —Ii nll \\ = Coll O z� —Q O 3 =Q to � A501 3-5/8 MTL STUD z L. X SIM. FRAMING I� UJ UJ 5/8" GWB TO 6" ABOVE CLG. CG 2' 6" FINISH TO FINISH 1 SEE FLR. PLAN 1 /A1.0 2'-9" VALANCE ABOVE 9 BOXED CORNER SCALE 5 PLAN VIEW DETAIL 3/4" = V - 0"NOTE: SEE SHT 601 INTERIOR FINISH LEGEND FOR ADDITIONALINFO. P 1 PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS #7005 "PURE WHITE" SATIN FINISH P PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS "ROSS INTERIOR BLUE" SATIN FINISH, 4" MIN 2 CONTINUOUS STRIPE FROM TOP OF VALANCE BRACKET BOARD. PAINT BENJAMIN MOORE, BM-2064-40'CLEAREST OCEAN BLUE', SEMI B GLOSS FINISH ABOVE THE 6-0"H WALL PANELS AT THE FRONT OF THE STORE BEHIND THE REGISTERS AND BETWEEN WING WALLS. mi RUBBER BASE: JOHNSONITE #40 "BLACK", 6" CG 6-0" CORNER GUARDS ARE TO BE INSTALLED ON ALL EXPOSED OUTSIDE CORNERS OF ALL WALLS AND COLUMNS WITH THE EXCEPTION OF THE 1 PROCESSING ROOM #102 (STEEL), THE LOCKER ROOM #109 AND THE OFFICE HALL #119. FOR INSTALLATION SEE WALL PANEL DETAIL 14/A501. CG 4'-0" CORNER GUARDS ARE TO BE INSTALLED ON ALL EXPOSED OUTSIDE CORNERS OF THE PROCESSING ROOM #102 (STEEL), THE LOCKER ROOM 2 #109 AND THE OFFICE HALL #119. FOR INSTALLATION SEE WALL PANEL DETAIL 14/A501. wP WALL PANELS — SEE A601 INSTALL 6-0" PANELS UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE. FOR INSTALLATION 1 SEE WALL PANEL DETAIL 14/A501 AND ENLARGED PLANS FOR LOCATION. wG DIGITAL WALL GRAPHIC INSTALLED BY ROSS — SURFACE PREP AND 1 PRIMING BY ROSS GYPSUM WALLBOARD CONTROL JOINTS. @ 24' O.C. MIN & 30' O.C. C-J• MAX (SEE SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 09260.) EXACT LOCATIONS TO BE VERIFIED IN FIELD. HATCHED AREA INDICATES PAINTED WALL SURFACE. HATCHED AREA INDICATES WALL PANELS BY: CALIFORNIA CASTER, 1-415-939-6873. SEE VENDOR LIST SHEET T001. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL WALL PANELS, 8 LEGEND & NOTES SCALE 4 ilo11—i1 r)ll N ELEVATION KEY PLAN SCALE 1 kl T Q mcg architecture OO 216.520.1551 OO 216.520.1567 7100 E. Pleasant Valley Rd., Suite 320, Cleveland, OH 44131 Seal: ®6.Zl• 13 A Project for: Client: ROSS STORES, INC. 4440 ROSEWOOD DRIVE PLEASANTON, CA 94588 Revisions: _ AB ADDENDUM B 04-12-13 BID/PERMIT 02-14-13 No. Description Project No.: Date 11.594.01 Drawn By: LMS/JP Reviewed By: BCB Scale: AS NOTED Date: 01-28-2013 Filename: 11594_A202 Sheet Title: INTERIOR ELEVATIONS Sheet #: A202 © MCG ARCHITECTS 2011 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED S.S. SINK BY G.C. HOLE FIELD CUT INSTALLED BY G.( FINAL CONNECTI( c Al Oil PAINT P-1 SPLASH F TO WALL KOROGARD WALL 2'43Y4" COVERING -_ Ak )F UPPER CABINETS PLASTIC LAMINATE WALL 01 2'-0" ol 2'-6" P11L. CABINET TOP, SPLASH AND BASE ONE ADJUSTABLE SHELF - - DOOR FRONT -SOLID BACK----. ACK / \ GFCI OUTLET COFFEE MAKER BY ROSS - - - - T N N KOROGARD TO GO BEHIND 1'-6" BACK SPLASH L _J 4" SPLASH ALONG 0 o n _ REAR +4 1/2" WALL 0 L co PANEL OF BASE O r CABINET, SCRIBE TO _ WALL AND CAULK 4'-0" WALL PANELV-07 TRIM TO CABINET o Y MICROWAVE BY ROSS cv r _z rn (OPENING 17 1/2" x 27") -0 GFCI OUTLET O I I 4" STAINLESS STEEL WIRE PULLS - TYP WALL MOUNTED 2 EQUAL DRAWER 2' 6" MIN TOWEL DISPENSER 4"H X 2"D TOESPACE WITH 4" BY BOSS RUBBER BASE, CONTINUOUS WALL MOUNTED AT BOTTOM OF COUNTER SOAP DISPENSER ACCESSIBLE KNEE & FLOOR BY ROSS CLEARANCE OPEN FRONT -SOLID BACK PROVIDE PIPE PROTECTION ELEVATION NOTES: 1. 3 PAIR PIVOT HINGES PER DOOR 2. ALL PANEL CORES TO BE 3/4" PARTICLE BOARD OR EQUAL 3. FIXTURES SHALL CONFORM TO ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK INSTITUTE OR WOODWORK INSTITUTE OF CALIFORNIA: "CUSTOM" GRADE STANDARDS. 4. FINISH TO BE PLASTIC LAMINATE AT ALL EXPOSED SURFACES, INCLUDING BASE. FINISH TO BE PAINT AT ALL SEMI -EXPOSED SURFACES 5. PLASTIC LAMINATE TO BE WILSONART D315-60 "PLATINUM" 6. PAINT TO MATCH PLASTIC LAMINATE, SEMI -GLOSS. 7. MICROWAVE DUPLEX TO BE INSTALLED W/ EXTENSION AND W/ DEVICE AND COVER PLATE FLUSHED AT FINISHED BACK OF CABINET - SEE ELECT. DWGS. 8. COUNTER AND SINK TO BE COMPLETE AND FUNCTIONING IN EVERY ASPECT AND DETAIL AT TIME OF CONSTRUCTION TURNOVER, NO EXCEPTION. 9. SEE PLAN TO CONFIRM IF COUNTER IS TO BE RIGHT OR LEFT JUSTIFIED (RIGHT JUSTIFIED SHOWN HERE). LEFT JUSTIFIED IS MIRROR OF THAT SHOWN HERE. ? M N H.C. ACCESSIBLE 6" COVE BASE DRINKING FOUNTAINS INTERIOR ELEV. SCALE AT DRINKING FOUNTAINS 1/4"=V-0" CENTERLINE OF UPPER ROW MOUNTING HOLES IN BACK WALL OF UNIT. VERIFY THAT THIS MOUNTING HEIGHT WILL GIVE A +34" BED HEIGHT WHEN UNIT IS INSTALLED. SEE MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 20 GA. METAL STUDS 2"X6" WOOD BLOCKING ATTACHED TO METAL STUDS Wi 3" DRYWALL 311 SCREWS. MOUNT BLOCKING FLUSH WITH FACE OF STUD. IN co (0 16" ROUGH OPENING CENTERLINE OF CHANGING STATION LOCKER ROOM COUNTER SCALE 8 1 /2" = 1' - OII FULL HEIGHT FRP, TYPICAL ALL WALLS - NOTCH METAL EDGE TRIM AT ALL RESTROOM ACCESSORIES 5/8" EXTERIOR TYPE A-C PLYWOOD UNDER FRP, TYF LAV DEPTH I B A G 12" 24" 11 G MIN I G CV 1� Z 6" COVE BASE TYP ELEVATION 'A' ELEVATION 'A' L HEIGHT FRP, TYPICAL WALLS - NOTCH METAL iE TRIM AT ALL ;TROOM ACCESSORIES - EXTERIOR TYPE A-C WOOD UNDER FRP, TYP. DETAIL SCALE 6 DIAPER CHANGING STATION 1/4"=V-0" ELECTRIC ER VB CEILING ✓. 12'-0" AFF METAL STRAP, AROUND ER AND VALL PAN ESISTANT f FACE AND PAINTED, ATCH WALL. UM 6-0" SPAN, BADE WOOD, PAINTED. SHELF K DETAIL SCALE WATER HEATER SHELF 1-1/2" = 1' - 0" ELEVATION '6' m, PLUMBING FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES NOTE: UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, ALL TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES ARE BY BOBRICK. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL TOILET ACCESSORIES AS NOTED. ITEM DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER'S ITEM NUMBER OSURFACE MOUNTED TOILET SEAT COVER DISPENSER B-221 40" MAX. A.F.F. TO HIGHEST OPERABLE PART B SURFACE MOUNTED SOAP DISPENSER PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY 40" MAX. A.F.F. TO HIGHEST OPERABLE PART ROSS STORES MOUNTED TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER, 12" MAX. FROM FRONT EDGE OF B-2892 JUMBO OSURFACE TOILET SEAT AND 19" MIN. A.F.F. FROM THE BOTTOM D SURFACE MOUNTED SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL, 40" MAX. A.F.F. TO HIGHEST B-270 OPERABLE PART (WOMEN'S TOILET ROOM ONLY) OE S.S. GRAB BARS WITH CONCEALED MOUNTING, SIDE BAR TO BE 42" MIN. LONG WITH THE FRONT END TO EXTEND 24" BEYOND FRONT EDGE OF TOILET SEAT, BACK B-6806 W/ 2562 ANCHOR PLATES BAR TO BE 36" MIN. LONG. SEE ADA-1 FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS. OF MIRROR W/ S.S. FRAME, 18"x36"; BOTTOM EDGE OF REFLECTIVE SURFACE @ 40" MAX. A.F,F.; CLEAR CAULK MIRROR TO FRP WALL; (MIRRORS ARE PROVIDED IN THE SENTRY MODEL SMS1836 WITH 5 REPLACEMENT ANTI GRAFFITI WOMEN'S TOILET ROOM ONLY; NO MIRROR IN THE MEN'S TOILET ROOM.) PLEXI-SHIELDS GO HAND DRYER, SEMI -RECESSED, 40" MAX. A.F.F. TO PROJECTION AMERICAN DRYER EXTREMEAIR EXT7-M (STEEL WHITE) WITH ADA-W RECESS KIT OTIME MIST DISPENSER - MOUNTED @ T-6" A.F.F. MS0260 (SOURCE: BUNZL RETAIL, SEE SHEET T001 FOR CONTACT INFO.) TOILET ROOM PARTITIONS: BOBRICK, DURALINE SERIES ACCESSIBLE STALL DOOR TO BE EQUIPPED WITH AUTOMATIC -CLOSING DEVICE, A 1082.67 OVERHEAD BRACED, OI CLEAR OPENING WIDTH OF 34" WITH THE DOOR POSITIONED AT 90° FROM ITS CLOSED POSITION, AND THE INSIDE AND OUTSIDE OF THE DOOR IS TO BE INSTITUTIONAL HARDWARE COLOR: P-500 "BLACK STAR" EQUIPPED WITH A LOOP OR U-SHAPED HANDLE IMMEDIATELY BELOW THE LATCH, DOOR STOPS AT ALL THE LATCH HARDWARE SHALL NOT REQUIRE THE USER TO GRASP OR TWIST IN PARTITION DOORS ORDER TO OPERATE JO DIAPER CHANGING STATION WHEN OPEN TOP OF TABLE TO BE 34" MAX. A.F.F. BCS-2 (SOURCE: GAMCO, SEE SHEET T001 FOR CONTACT INFO.) ACCESSIBLE WATER CLOSET: KOHLER HIGHCREST TOILET K-4302 (1.6 GPF) WITH K 4670 C SEAT AND SLOAN ROYAL 1 A 110 EXPOSED FLUSH VALVE (3.5 GPF) WITH VACUUM BREAKER AND STOP. MAXIMUM 5-POUND-FORCE REQ'D FOR ACTIVATION. SEE ADA-1 FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS. WATER CLOSET: KOHLER WELCOMME K-4350 (1.6 GPF) WITH K-4670-C SEAT AND SLOAN ROYAL 110 EXPOSED FLUSH 1 B VALVE (3.5 GPF) WITH VACUUM BREAKER AND STOP. RESTROOM LAVATORY: AMERICAN STANDARD, LUCERNE 0355.012 WHITE, WITH HERITAGE CENTERSET FAUCET 5402.172V.002 WITH WRIST HANDLES. FAUCET CONTROLS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND SHALL NOT TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST WITH A MAXIMUM 5-POUND-FORCE REQ'D FOR OREQUIRE ACTIVATION. SEE ADA-1 FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS. HOT WATER AND DRAIN PIPES UNDER ALL LAVATORIES SHALL BE INSULATED WITH TRUEBRO LAVGUARD DEVICE OR APPROVED EQUAL (PIPE WRAP IS NOT ALLOWED); THERE SHALL BE NO SHARP OR ABRASIVE SURFACES UNDER LAVATORIES Illy KOHLER, BARDON HIGH EFFICIENCY K-4904-ET WHITE. RIM TO PROJECT 14" MIN. AND 19" MAX. FROM WALL AND AND 17" MAX. A.F.F. 4 JANITOR CLOSET SERVICE SINK: FLORESTONE MODEL #91 36"X 24"X 12" WITH STAINLESS STEEL CAP. FAUCET: CENTRAL BRASS #0054-YELSRC-Q SERVICE SINK FAUCET. ODRINKING FOUNTAIN: HALSEY-TAYLOR BARRIER -FREE HACBLSS-LR NEW NON REFRIGERATED WATER COOLER TWIN, NO SUBSTITUTION - SEE ADA-1 FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS. CONTACT FERGUSON CORP. SALES -(757) 939-2639 6 ELECTRIC 4 KW / 10 QUICK RECOVERY GALLON WATER HEATER. HOT WATER HEATER MUST NOT EXCEED 60 FEET FROM HEATER TO TAP. ALL HOTWATER LINES MUST BE INSULATED. SEE 5/A401 FOR WATER HEATER SHELF. CONFIRM THAT SIZE MATCHES OR EXCEEDS CODE MINIMUM. LOCKER ROOM SINK - ELKAY GECR2521 STAINLESS STEEL SINK W/ UNDERSEAL; AMERICAN STANDARD, HERITAGE FAUCET W/ WRIST BLADE HANDLES. FAUCET CONTROLS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND O7400.172H.002 7 SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST WITH A MAXIMUM 5-POUND-FORCE REQ'D FOR ACTIVATION. SEE ADA-1 FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS. HOT WATER AND DRAIN PIPES UNDER THE COUNTER SHALL BE INSULATED OR OTHERWISE COVERED, THERE SHALL BE NO SHARP OR ABRASIVE SURFACES UNDER THE CABINET 8 MARBLE THRESHOLD, DAL -TILE CARRERA. TOILET ROOM NOTES 1. GRAB BARS TO BE 1 1/2" DIAMETER, 1 1/2" CLEAR FROM WALL, BOBRICK #B-6806. 2. ALL OPERABLE FIXTURE COMPONENTS OR LEVERS TO BE MOUNTED 40" MAX. ABOVE FINISH FLOOR 3. HOT WATER, COLD WATER AND DRAIN PIPES UNDER LAVATORIES TO BE THERMALLY INSULATED 4. HANDICAP TOILET TO HAVE TOP OF SEAT BETWEEN 17" & 19" A.F.F. OR AS REQ'D BY LOCAL CODES. 5. TOILET COMPARTMENT DOORS TO BE SELF -CLOSING 6. PROVIDE FLOOR DRAINS IN TOILET ROOMS AND JANITORS CLOSET. G.C. TO SLOPE NEW CONCRETE OR FLOAT TILE AS REQUIRED FOR PROPER DRAINAGE. DEMO/TRENCH EXIST. SLAB AS REQ'D. DO NOT LOCATE TOILET PARTITIONS OVER FLOOR DRAINS. 7. PROVIDE EXHAUST FAN AT LOCKER ROOM, RESTROOMS, JANITOR'S AND EQUIPMENT CLOSET. FAN TO BE A T-STAT-CONTROLLED (24/7) DEVICE - SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. 8. INSTALL ROSS PROVIDED SIGNAGE IN CONFORMANCE WITH LOCAL CODES AND ADA REQUIREMENTS. COORDINATE WITH ROSS CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. (G.C. TO PROVIDE TEMP. ADA SIGNS UNTIL ROSS'S PROTOTYPICAL SIGNS ARE PROVIDED) 9. CONTRACTOR MUST PROVIDE SOLID IN WALL BLOCKING FOR ALL TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES AND PARTITIONS. 10. PROVIDE & INSTALL ALL TOILET ROOM SIGNS REQ'D BY LOCAL, STATE & FEDERAL LAWS, INCLUDING ADA. SIGNS MUST COMPLY WITH SIZE, TEXT, BRAILLE, GRAPHIC STANDARDS AND BE LOCATED IN COMPLIANCE W1 APPLICABLE REGULATIONS. 6/A401 ELEVATION 'C' NOTES I SCALE PLUMBING FIXTURES & ACCESSORIES NONE FULL HEIGHT FRP, TYPICAL ALL WALLS - NOTCH METAL EDGE TRIM AT ALL RESTROOM ACCESSORIES 5/8" EXTERIOR TYPE A-C PLYWOOD UNDER FRP, TYF 17" MIN LAV DEPTH `6" COVE BASE ELEVATION 'D' MEN'S ROOM ELEVATION SCALE 1 /4" = V-0" FULL HEIGHT FRP, TYPICAL ALL WALLS - NOTCH METAL EDGE TRIM AT ALL RESTROOM ACCESSORIES- 5/8" EXTERIOR TYPE A-C PLYWOOD UNDER FRP, TYP. I F I I J A H A 54" MIN B \ B E 2" 42" \ 24" 12" MIN. MIN c� co C \ N 111I-P r% i . 1% 1 1 - -5 (+ D (+ )y C 6" COVE BASE D C 6" COVE BASE SEE DETAIL �L 6" COVE LASE 6/A401 6" 18' 6"-1 TYP TYF ELEVATION 'B' ELEVATION 'C' ELEVATION 'D' ACCESSIBILITY NOTES: 1. (1)FITTING ROOM SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR MALE AND FEMALE CUSTOMERS. 2. ENTRY DOORS SHALL PROVIDE: a) >t 32" CLEARANCE b) >_ 18" STRIKE EDGE 3. A MIN. 24"x 48" BENCH SHALL BE PROVIDED BY ROSS: a) FIXED ALONG LONG SIDE b) MOUNTED >_ 17" BUT NOT LESS THAN 9". NOTE: REFER TO SHEET ADA-1 FOR DETAILED FITTING ROOM REQ. NOTE: A TENANT SPECIFIED FIXTURE VENDOR AND INSTALLATION CONTRACTOR WILL PROVIDE AND INSTALL FITTING ROOM PARTITIONS, HARDWARE, AND ACCESSORIES (MIRRORS, GRAB BARS, ETC.) CONTACT TENANT FOR THE NAME OF THE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR AND TO COORDINATE AND SCHEDULE THE WORK WITH THE INSTALLER NOTE: ALL DIMENSIONS ARE FROM FINISH FACE OF WALLS. HOLD DIMENSIONS ARE CRITICAL AND SHALL BE MAINTAINED. HOLD=CLEAR. PROVIDE RESTROOM IDENTIFICATION SIGNAGE. SEE DOOR & HARDWARE NOTE #22 ON A601. TYP. NO SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE ACCEPTED WALL DIMENSIONS IN THE FITTING ROOMS ARE CRITICAL. FAILURE TO MAINTAIN THE DIMENSIONS GIVEN IN THE ARCHITECTURAL PLAN MAY RESULT IN REJECTION OF THE WORK. NOTE: ANY DEVICE THAT WOULD BE OPERABLE IN A COMMON OR PUBLIC SPACE SHALL BE AT ACCESSIBLE REACH RANGES (TO THE HIGHEST OPERATING PART OF DEVICE) AT 48" MAX AND 15" MIN, TYP. NOTE: PROVIDE CONTINUOUS MARBLE THRESHOLD @ TRANSITION FROM VCT TO CERAMIC TILE - COLOR TO MATCH CERAMIC TILE, TYP. @ RMS 114, 115, 116. LEGEND L CORNER GUARD - (CG-1 OR CG-2) SEE 3/A202 FOR MORE FINISH LEGEND INFORMATION INDICATES 4'-0" H PANELS INDICATES 6-0" H PANELS PAINT P-1 ABOVE PANELS U.N.O. ON PLAN. NOTE: G.C. TO VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS OF RIGID WALL COVERING WITH ROSS C.P.M. - SEE DETAIL 8/A501 NOTE: REFER TO SHEET A501 FOR WALL PARTITION TYPES. E E: G.C. TO VERIFY EXACT ATIONS OF RIGID WALL ERING WITH BOSS C.P.M. N WOMEN'S ROOM ELEVATION SCALE ENLARGED OFFICE GROUP PLAN SCALE i 1/111-11 N1 1 1 /^II - it nll mcg architecture TT 216.520,1551 FT 216.520.1567 7100 E. Pleasant Valley Rd., Suite 320, Cleveland, OH 44131 Seal: A Project for: Client: ROSS STORES, INC. 4440 ROSEWOOD DRIVE PLEASANTON, CA 94588 Revisions: AB ADDENDUM B 04-12-13 BID/PERMIT 02-14-13 No. Description Project No.: Date 11.594.01 Drawn By: LMS Reviewed By: BCB Scale: NOTED Date: 01-28-2013 Filename: 11 594A401 Sheet Title: ENLARGED PLANS, INTERIOR ELEVATIONS AND DETAILS Sheet #: A401 @ MCG ARCHITECTS 2011 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED - - - -- I i i .. - Fl SII-lI Ili �(�il��l�l ��r,„'. bi n.�f� .I �-1I71--J-i_-- _.___.. ..I. _--TT- I FASTENER ATTACHED TO EACH STUD/CHANNEL AND STAGGERED EVERY OTHER STUD - 87" A.F.F. CONTINUOUS 1X4 NAILER V) w z z —CONTINUOUS PLYWOOD WAINSCOT L4 z 0 z X U_ 48" A.F.F 0 J I PROCESSING ROOM 3 En II PAINT - SEE FINISH SCHEDULE FINISHED CONCRETE SECTION SCALE o�nr�ecinin Mnnnn AnirrunO QnAon 110., — 1, n. O BOLLARDS BY I LANDLORD- SEJ SHELL DWGS. TRASH BIN LOC TION 8-YARD BIN I I I 0 I i J -- _ —7- —_ �� L---- r I I I I I I I I ' I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I, I iI I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 'I I I I II, II I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I W I I I I ° I I rn I I I I I I II II I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I I I I I I I NOTE: SEE SHELL DRAWINGS FOR LCIADING DOCK I DETAILS. 1'-11%' I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I1 I l NEW D QOCK BUMPER, OCK SEAL AND ASSOCIATEb I HEADER SEAL, BY LANDLORD I. 1 I � I NEW TRENCH DRAIN Af D T.O. CONC. SUMP DUMP, BY LANDLORD ELEV. -4'-0" FF I 0 I NEW OVERHEAD DOOR (N NEW I T-33�4" 0 DOOR BY LANDLORD SEE P1 SHELL DWGS. O WATER HEATER - SEE co 2 I P1 - DETAIL 5/A401. 6 (3) 36" LONG X 10" DEEP ADJUSTABLE SHELVES 10 BY ROSS. ■ -� W� JANITO m 4 a CL E FS° a 116 11 Elm 4 ICT NEW EXTERIOR WALL BY LANDLORD P10 _ ELECT. ROOM OD m S.CONC. NOTES: 1. TRASH COMPACTOR "RAMJET" TC-220T STANDARD, COLOR 07-0004 BEIGE U.O.N. TRASH CONTAINER "RAMJET" RJ-40-OC, COLOR 07-0004 BEIGE U.O.N. BY MARATHON EQUIPMENT CO. PURCHASED DIRECTLY FROM MARATHON'S ROSS ACCOUNT MANAGER ONLY (SEE SHT T001 FOR CONTACT INFORMATION), NO EXCEPTIONS, INSTALLED BY G.C. AND FULLY OPERATIONAL PRIOR TO TURNOVER, NO EXCEPTION. 2. REQUIRED TRASH COMPACTOR ELECTRICAL SERVICE AND FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH ARE TO BE SIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MARATHON EQUIPMENT CO. SPECIFICATIONS (AS MUCH AS A 100 AMP SERVICE DISCONNECT MAY BE REQUIRED DEPENDING ON PHASE AND VOLTAGE) AND PROVIDED BY G.C. CONNECT COMPACTOR TO BUILDING POWER IN ACCORDANCE WITH MARATHON AND CODE REQUIREMENTS (SPECIFIED COMPACTOR IS TO BE SUPPLIED WITH A 10HP MOTOR AND PRESSURE GAUGE). 3. IF THE COMPACTOR IS LOCATED AT A DISTANCE FROM THE ELECTRICAL ROOM THEN ENSURE THAT WIRING IS ADEQUATELY SIZED FOR THE VOLTAGE DROP. 4. REQUIRED WELLMAN OIL HEATER TO BE INSTALLED BY MARATHON AT TRASH COMPACTOR ON ANY STORE WHERE THE TEMPERATURE DROPS BELOW 30' FAHRENHEIT AT THE SOLE DISCRETION OF THE ROSS CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE. 5. CONFIRM PROCESSING ROOM SHELF LAYOUT WITH ROSS CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE. 6. THE LOCATION OF ALL DEVICES AND OBJECTS (RISERS, LEADERS, PIPING, CONDUITS, ETC.) IN THE PROCESSING ROOM MUST BE COORDINATED WITH AND APPROVED BY THE ROSS CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE SO AS NOT TO INTERFERE WITH FIXTURES AND PROCESSING ROOM OPERATIONS. 7. PROVIDE 1-1/2" STEEL ANGLE CORNER GUARDS AT ALL EXPOSED OUTSIDE CORNERS OF PROCESSING ROOM TO 8'-0" A.F.F. OR TOP OF DOOR FRAME. P77 I OPENING PROVIDED BY LANDLORD— 55.1 rJ 919X4" „ 16B I 1 1/2" STEEL ANGLES, TYP.@ ALL CORNERS P10 0 P1 1 1 /2" STEEL ANGLES, TYP.@ ALL CORNERS 13-8" 1 8'H x 3/4" A-D PLYWOOD NEW aTERIOR WALL BY LANDLORD BACKBOARD AROUND INTERIOR WALLS OF THE ELECT. ROOM EXACT LOCATION TO BE FIELD VERIF. & COORDINATE WITH STRUCTURAL JOISTS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY IF 1 CONFLICTS ARISE NEW ROOF HATCH, LADDER, CAGE & SAFETY POLE. SEE DETAIL 7/A140 CONC. COMPACTOR PAD & BOLLARDS BY LANDLORD- SEE SHELL DWGS. L 3'- 2 On TILE TO BACKSIDErAMB 16A I 1 HANGER STORAGE (2'-5"x20'0") P6 P1 P4B ------------� F== 42-103/" 1 1/2" STEEL ANGLES, VERIFY XACT LOCATION TYP.@ ALL CORNERS I A402 OF DO R W/ ROSS CPM TYP. PRIOR T INSTALLATION CONC. SLAB, BY LANDLOR 14 1 PROCESSING GC TO COOOD. WITH SHEL AREA DWGS. NOTE: I' M I PROVIDE +4'H x 3/4" PLYWOOD WAINSCOT & S 1" x 4" NAILER THROUGHOUT STOCKROOM. I I 38'-0%" — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —— I CONTAINER � — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 0 0 0 0 ROSS GC TO PROVIDE COMPACTOR, CHUTE & CONTAINER. SEE NOTE ON THIS SHEET OPERABLE LATCH (BOTH SIDES) MUST BE ACCESSIBLE 111"S 4'-4" M.O. CHUTE RAMJET TC-220T 1 1 18'-1OA' I NEW COMPACTOR & ASSOCIATED FRAME BY LANDLORD PROVIDED OPENING w/ SLIDE BOLT AND HASP FOR PADLOCK TO BE PROVIDED AT COMPACTOR DOOR. GC TO COOOD. WITH SHELL DWGS. 21 mcg architecture OT 216.520.1551 OF 216.520.1567 7100 E. Pleasant Valley Rd., Suite 320, Cleveland, OH 44131 Seal: A Project for: Client: ROSS STORES, INC. 4440 ROSEWOOD DRIVE PLEASANTON, CA 94588 Revisions: AB ADDENDUM B BID/PERMIT 04-12-13 02-14-13 No. Description Date Project No.: 11.594.01 Drawn By: LMS Reviewed By: BCB Scale: NOTED Date: 01-28-2013 Filename: 11594 A402 Sheet Title: ENLARGED PLAN AND DETAILS Sheet #: A402 MCG ARCHITECTS 2011 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L f 11i ENLARGED DOCK PLAN SCALE i /Aii — 11 .nil 1 WALL TYPE LEGEND PERIMETER SEE A102 FOR WOOD NAILER LOCATIONS PROVIDE SLIP -TRACK FURRING 0 PLYWOOD MAY OCCUR, SEE SHEET A102 CONNECTION AT FULL ATTACHED TRACK TO PROVIDE SLIP -TRACK CONNECTION AT FULL HEIGHT P1 FULL HEIGHT WALL - SEE NOTE #4 HEIGHT WALL, TYP. METAL DECK WITH (2) #8 WALL, TYP. ATTACHED TRACK TO SEE DETAIL 6/A501 SELF DRILLING SCREWS @ METAL DECK WITH (2) #8 ADJ. ROOM 12" OC (ESR-1730) 2-LAYERS 5/8" GWB: 1-LAYER SELF DRILLING SCREWS @ 5/8" GWB TO ROOF DECK TO STRUCTURE ABOVE W/ 12" OC (ESR-1730) LATERAL BRACING - SEE T 16 T + ABOVE, SEE FLOOR PLAN LAY -IN CLNG, SEE RCP STAGGERED JOINTS. SEE FINISH SCHEDULE AND FLOOR ACOUSTIC WALL INSULATION + 17/A501 AT JANITORS/RESTROOMS USE 19 + NEW / EXIST. JOIST AND FINISH SCHEDULE FOR HEIGHT PLAN FOR WALL FINISH SEE RCP FOR CEILING IN LIEU OF 16 16 GA CLIP ANGLE WITH (2) Z FOR WALL FINISH (TYP) TYPE AND HEIGHT z .145 DIAM PAPS TO JOIST ACOUSTICAL INSULATION SEE RCP FOR CEILING C° B AND (3) #10-16 SCREWS TO STUD co @ MANAGER'S OFFICE TYPE AND HEIGHT P1 B AT P1 B PROVIDE @ IN LIEU OF Q7 3-5/8" STUDS @ 4'-0" OC WITH PROCESSING HORIZ. BRIDGING @ 4-0" OC 5/8" GWB, TO 6" ABOVE CLNG, 3 5/8" MTL. STUD FRAMING SUSPENDED GYP. BD. 3 5/8" MTL. STUD FRAMING SUSPENDED GYP. BD. CLNG WALL PERPENDICULAR TO JOISTS OR TO STRUCTURE ABOVE IF ROOM CLNG (TYP) (TYP) NO CLNG.; SEE FINISH ACOUSTICAL SEALANT AT MARLITE FRP, FULL HEIGHT; TOILET HALL 1 T SCHEDULE AND FLOOR PLAN PLYWOOD WAINSCOT OR PERIMETER OF WALL, TOP SEE FINISH SCHEDULE FOR WALL FINISH BACKBOARD WHERE AND BOTTOM P2 + OCCURS, SEE FLOOR ADJ. ROOM MARLITE FRP,RESTROOM EXISTING + VINYL WALL PANELS TO PLAN AND PLYWOOD SEE FINISH SCHEDULE SCHEDULE AND FLOOR 5/8" WATERPROOF T EXTEND DOWN TO FLOOR PLAN. RESTROOM PLAN FOR WALL FINISH PLYWOOD, SEE FINISH 0 PLYWOOD MAY OCCUR, SEE SHEET A102 BEHIND 6" BASE. INSTALL CONTINUOUS BLOCKING 6" MTL. STUD FRAMING, SCHEDULE AT TOP AND BOTTOM. TYP. 5/8" WATERPROOF PLYWOOD, SEE FINISH CERAMIC TILE AND BASE, P3 = SEE DETAIL 2/A501, & 3/A501 #10 16 EWS SEE PLAN FOR EXTENT, SEALED CONC., SEE FINISH SCHEDULE FOR SEE FLOOR PLAN AND FINISH SCHEDULE SEE FLOOR PLAN AND FINISH SEE FINISH SCHEDULE SCHEDULE FOR FLOOR FINISH ® WEA FINISH SCHEDULE SCHEDULE FOR FLOOR FINISH CERAMIC TILE AND BASE; B 8" MTL STUD WITH 16 GA CLIP ANGLE END TO JOIST TOP CHORD. PROVIDE HEIGHT. AND BASE TYP SEE FINISH SCHEDULE (TYP)- AND BASE (TYP) ° d P3B @ @OFFICE, ° STUDS # 10-16 SCREWS TO STUD AND (2).145 1/2" PLYWOOD @ a °dCONT. TRACK (SAME GAUGE AS STUD) a ° a°°°a°D A TRUCTURE ATM MPROVIDE(Og8) PAPS TO JOIST MANAGER'S OFFICE d ° ° CONT. TRACK (SAME d ° W/ 'HILTI' DS 42 (.177" DIA.) OR EQ. ° ° CONT. TRACK (SAME GAUGE AS STUD) d a 8" STUDS @ 4' 0" OC WITH ° d d GAUGE AS STUD) W/ 'HILTI' (ESR-1663) SHOT PINS AT 2'-8" O.C. W/ d ° d d W/ 'HILTI' DS 42 (.177" DIA.) OR EQ. a ° HORIZ. BRIDGING @ 4-0" OC ° ° d ° DS 42 (.177" DIA.) OR EQ, MIN. 1 7/16 " EMBEDMENT OR EQ. TYP. ° (ESR-1663) SHOT PINS AT 2'-8" O.C. WJ °a P3C ® IN LIEU OF 07 (ESR-1663) SHOT PINS AT °° MIN. 1 7/16 " EMBEDMENT OR EQ. TYP. 2'-8" O.C. W/ MIN. 1 7/16 " WALL PARALLEL TO JOISTS EMBEDMENT OR EQ. TYP. DETAIL SCALE 17 TYP I CAL WALL DETAIL SCALE 13 TYP I CAL WALL DETAIL SCALE 9 TYP I CAL WALL DETAIL SCALE 5 BRACING TO STRUCTURE 1-1/2" = V - 0" PROCESSING ROOM WALL SECTION 3" = V-0" RESTROOM ACOUSTICAL WALL 3"=1'-0" RESTROOM PARTIAL HT WALL 3"=1'-0" FITTING ROOMS FITTING RM PLYWOOD MAY OCCUR, SEE SHEET A102 - - — 0 © SEE PLAN FOR LOCATION OF FULL HEIGHT WALLS SEE 8/A501 FOR FULL HEIGHT WALL -SEE 4/A501 FOR PARTIAL HEIGHT WALL PROVIDE SLIP -TRACK PROVIDE SLIP -TRACK LATERAL BRACING - SEE CONNECTION AT FULL CONNECTION AT FULL ATTACHED TRACK TO �— 17/A501 19 @ RESTROOM IN LIEU OF HEIGHT WALL, TYP. HEIGHT WALL, TYP. METAL DECK WITH (2) #8 5/8" GWB, TO STRUCTURE ATTACHED TRACK TO SELF DRILLING SCREWS @ FITTING 12" OC (ESR 1730) z ABOVE BOTH SIDES; SEE METAL DECK WITH (2) #8 co P4B AT P46 PROVIDE ®IN LIEU OF 07 FINISH SCHEDULE AND SELF DRILLINR SCREWS @ ROOM FLOOR PLAN FOR WALL 12" OC (ESR-1730) FINISH 5/8" GWB, TO STRUCTURE SEE RCP FOR HT. ABOVE; SEE FINISH SUSPENDED GYP. BD. CLNG. AND CEILING TYPE. 3/4" PLYWOOD SUSPENDED GYP. BD. SCHEDULE AND FLOOR TT BACKBOARD (TYP) AT ELECTRICAL CLNG, SEE RCP FOR PLAN FOR WALL FINISH HEIGHT 5/8" GWB, TO 6" ABOVE STOCK/SALES @@ SALES SEE SHEET A102 FOR WOOD NAILER LOCATIONS @ SALES - SEE NOTE #4. ROOM WALLS FINISH CLING, SEE FINISH AT FITTING ROOMS; GYP. BD. WALL THAT ARE PLYWOOD MAY OCCUR, SEE SHEET A102 5/8" GWB OVER 1/2" PLYWOOD WAINSCOT OR SCHEDULE AND FLOOR NOT COVERED BY CUBICLES ARE TO BE PLAN FOR WALL FINISH. P6 FULL HT. WALL- SEE DETAIL 7 & 13/A501 PLYWOOD, TO STRUCTURE BACKBOARD WHERE COVERED WITH 6'-0: HIGH VINYL WALL PANELS, ABOVE; SEE FINISH OCCURS, SEE FLOOR PANEL TO EXTEND DOWN TO FLOOR BEHIND 6" 1 1 ©® SCHEDULE AND FLOOR PLAN AND PLYWOOD BASE PROVIDE CONTINUOUS BLOCKING AT o ELECT. ROOM PLAN FOR WALL FINISHt .. I TOP AND BOTTOM o /\---] 6'-0" HIGH VINYL WALL PANELS 5/8" GWB OVER 1/2" PLWD WHERE OMIT 1@AT STOCKROOM g FIT WALL PANEL TO EXTEND OCCURS TO GYP. BD. CLING WALLS DOWN TO FLOOR BEHIND 6" 6" MTL. STUDS AS SCHEDULED - BASE PROVIDE CONTINUOUS LLOWANCE PLYWOOD MAY OCCUR SEE w BLOCKING AT TOP AND BOTTOM WALL TYPES AND A102 SEE FLOOR PLAN AND P8 6" MTL. STUD FRAMING, 6" MTL. STUD FRAMING, FINISH SCHEDULE FOR (NOT USED) TYP. TYP. FLOOR FINISH AND BASE, IL w SEE FLOOR PLAN AND �P' x SEALED CONC., SEE FINISH SCHEDULE FOR SEALED CONC., SEE ° d ° RESTROOM 7009 PLYWOOD MAY OCCUR, SEE SHEET A102 w FINISH SCHEDULE WALL FLOOR AND BASE FINISH SCHEDULE ° ° CONT. TRACK (SAME GAUGE AS STUD) STUDS @ 12" O.C. FINISH d d ° P9 SEE PLAN FOR LOCATION OF FULL HEIGHT WALLS W/ 'HILTI' DS 42 (.177" DIA.) OR EQ. SEE 9/A501 FOR FULL HEIGHT WALL CONT. TRACK (SAME GAUGE AS STUD) ° � � a (ESR-1663) SHOT PINS AT 2'-8" O.C. W/ � °� ©OR Q9 AT RESTROOM SIDE SEE 5/A501 FOR PARTIAL HEIGHT WALL d d ° 'HILTI' CONT. TRACK (SAME GAUGE AS STUD) d ° ° ° ° � MIN. 1 7/16 " EMBEDMENT OR EQ. TYP. W/ DS 42 (.177" DIA.) OR EQ. ° d d W/ 'HILTI' DS 42 (.177" DIA.) OR EQ. d d P9B AT P9B ADD@ (ES R-1663) SHOT PINS AT 2A" O.C. W/ (ESR 1663) SHOT PINS AT 2' 8" O.C. W/ MIN. 1 7/16 "EMBEDMENT OR E(. TYP. a ° a oa ° MIN. 1 7/16 " EMBEDMENT OR EQ. TYP. d ° P9C NOT USED SCALE 16 TYPICAL WALL DETAIL SCALE 12 TYPICAL WALL DETAIL SCALE 8 TYPICAL WALL DETAIL SCALE 1-1/2 — 1 - 0 FULL HT WALL@ ELECT. ROOM 3 = 1 -0 II FULL HT WALL@ FITTING ROOM 3 = 1 -0 FITTING ROOM PARTIAL HT WALL 3 —1 -0 ©OR Q9 AT RESTROOM SIDE X P9D AT P9D ADD@ P10 8 @ SEE DETAIL 12/A501 -- SNAKE CONDUIT THROUGH EXISTING PROVIDE SLIP -TRACK ATTACHED TRACK TO O CONNECTION AT FULL EQ Q• LATERAL BRACING - SEE (06 19 IN LIEU OF (9 @ JANITOR STEEL TUBE COLUMNS FOR METAL DECK WITH #8 HEIGHT WALL, TYP. SELF DRILLING SCREWS @ + 17/A501 WALLS REQUIRED FLOOR SLAB OUTLETS 12" OC (ESR-1730) + ADJ. ROOM 5/8" GWB TO ROOF DECK ABOVE, SEE FLOOR PLAN AND z z - SEE A120 FOR CEILING z FINISH SCHEDULE FOR WALL P11 TYPE AND HEIGHT FINISH (TYP) CLNG WHERE OCCURS, SEE 00 ACOUSTICAL INSULATION IN (E) STL. COLUMN RCP FOR TYPE AND HEIGHT WALL BETWEEN SALES FLOOR LAY IN CLNG, SEE RCP LAY -IN CLNG. SEE RCP AND MANAGER'S OFFICE FOR HEIGHT HEIGHT CHIP AWAY FLOOR SLAB AND WALL TYPE KEYED NOTES: PATCH AS NECESSARY TO 5/8" GWB, TO 6" ABOVE CLNG, MTL. STUD FRAMING AS ALLOW FOR CORRECT OR TO STRUCTURE ABOVE IF SALES SCHEDULED Q EXTERIOR WALL SEE SHELL DWGS PLACEMENT OF FLOOR OUTLET NO CLNG.; SEE FINISH 20 NOT USED SEE ELEC. DWGS. SCHEDULE AND FLOOR PLAN 3T NOT USED FOR WALL FINISH 7 5/8" GWB, TO 6" ABOVE @ NOT USED VINYL WALL PANELS TO 6" MTL. STUD FRAMING (TYP) SEE FLOOR PLAN AND FINISH FINISH CLNG, BOTH SIDES; O 7/8" METAL HAT CHANNELS @ 16" O.C., TYP. U.N.O. a EXTEND DOWN TO FLOOR SCHEDULE FOR FLOOR FINISH © 2-1/2" METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C. ,TYP. U.N.O. BEHIND 6" BASE. INSTALL BLOCKING AND BASE, TYP. AND FLOOR PLAN FOR 70 3-5/8" METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C., TYP. U.N.O. a 4 CONTINUOUS AT WALL FINISH a a TOP AND BOTTOM. SEE PLAN @ 6" METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C., TYP. U.N.O. a FOR EXTENT, FINISH 8" METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C. ,TYP. U.N.O. DO ° a SCHEDULE FOR HEIGHT. SEE FLOOR PLAN AND FINISH d ° d a SCHEDULE FOR FLOOR FINISH d ° °° CONT. TRACK (SAME GAUGE AS O NOT USED (TYP) CONT. TRACK (SAME GAUGE AS AND BASE TYP ° ° ° d °a STUD) W/ 'HILTI' DS 42 (.177" DIA.) � NOT USED STUD) W/ 'HILTI' DS 42 (.177" D ° a ° ° d OR EQ. (ESR 1663) SHOT PINS AT @ NOT USED OR EQ. (ESR-1663) SHOT PINS AT ° d d ° ° ° °a 2'-8" O.C. W/ MIN, 1 7/16 " @ NOT USED 2'-8" O.C. W/ MIN. 1 7/16 " Q ° a ° d EMBEDMENT OR EQ. TYP. ® R-11 (FOIL FACED) BATT INSULATION - FULL HEIGHT AT PERIMETER WALLS EMBEDMENT OR EQ. TYP. d ° ° d ° ° n @ SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKET INSULATION © NOT USED NOT USED SCALE 15 COLUMN DETAIL SCALE 11 TYPICAL WALL DETAIL SCALE 7 TYPICAL WALL DETAIL SCALE 1-1/2 — 1 - 0 1 — 1 0 II 3"=V-0" 3"=1'-0" FLOOR OUTLET @ EXISTING COLUMN INT. FULL HEIGHT WALL SECTION CEILING HT. WALL SECTION @ 1"X4" WOOD FACE NAILERS, HORIZONTAL - SEE SHEET A102. Q9 5/8" EXTERIOR TYPE A-C PLYWOOD SEE 5/A501 FOR QBALANCE OF NOTES WALL SURFACE ABOVE PANELS - TO BE PAINTED, SEE FINISH -- - _ SCHEDULE A601 -- MTL STUDS AS SCHEDULED QP��R��Q @ 16" O.C. BRACE TO GYP. BD. & MTL. STUDS WALL TYPE NOTES: OFFSET TOP TRIM (P�C'O � - STRUCTURE TO STRUCTURE. AND PANEL JOINTS 1. VERIFY LOCATIONS OF PLYWOOD AND NAILERS PER PLANS, SEE SHEET A102. @0 DIAMOND METAL LATH ATTACH TO 3-5/8" 2. SEE DETAILS THIS SHEET FOR TYPICAL WALL CONSTRUCTION, BRACING AND TRACK DETAILS. z Y z U EXISTING STEEL METAL STUDS @ 16 O.C. 3. ALL GYP. BD. TO BE TAPED, SANDED SMOOTH, PRIMED AND FINISHED, READY FOR PAINT. Q = O ¢ ~Q TUBE COLUMN 4. SEE A101 FOR FULL HEIGHT WALL LOCATIONS. PROVIDE FULL HT. STUDS AT BUILDING PERIMETER (INCLUDING GYP. BOARD & (3U o 14 GA. CLIP ANGLE W/(2) #10 SCREWS TO STUD INSULATION). = Up O PAINT COLUMN TO MATCH AND (2) 4' DIAMETER X 1 3/4" LONG HILTI KWIK + + + + z SW 7005 "PURE WHITE" TO 6" CON II FASTENERS TO EXISTING CMU @ 4'-0" O.C. Ir Q ABOVE LAY -IN CEILNG INSTALL INSULATION BETWEEN CLIPS AS REQ'D + �_ + U z H n FOR CONTINOUS INSTALLATION 06 J Q 0 Zw NEW/EXIST. EXTERIOR WALL GYP. BD. CLG SUPPORT w 5/8 GWB GRID @ 2'-0" O.C. W/ ACOUSTICAL INSULATION O SUPPORT WIRES @ 4'-0" AT WALL BETWEEN PRO-TEK WC-40 "CHAMPAGNE" O.C. EACH WAY MANAGER'S OFFICE AND —\ PANELS BY KOROSAL INTERIOR O ¢ CASH OFFICE CO PRODUCTS, START PANELS w FROM OUTSIDE CORNERS AND m CUT AT INSIDE CORNERS TO FIT - R-11 FOIL FACED BATT INSULATION, FROM lT WALL. PANEL TO EXTEND DOWN 6'-0" X 2-1/2" "CHAMPAGNE" FLOOR TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK AT TO FLOOR BEHIND 6" BASE & EXTRUDED CORNER GUARD BY , ` PERIMETER WALLS BEHIND CORNER GUARDS ON CAL -CASTER METAL STUD @ 16" O.C. MAX. (@24" O.C. USPENDED GYP. BD. CEILING WHERE OUTSIDE CORNERS. SECURE 6" BASE, STOP AT CORNER GUARD AT WALLS W/ 1/2" PLYWOOD BACKBOARD) CLG, SEE PLAN FOR HGT. OCCURS PANELS TO WALL WITH "CHAMPAGNE" 6" BLACK BASE ONLY IF GAP TO UNDERSIDE OF ROOF DECK - OFFSET GYP. BD. PARTITION MANUFACTURER SUPPLIED 2-1/2" CORNER GUARD, BY PROTEK. BETWEEN CORNER CORNER FROM EXTERIOR WALL FOR CONTINUOUS SEE FINISH SCHEDULE EE FLOOR PLAN AND ADHESIVE. USE 6' LENGTHS AT ALL AREAS WITH 6' HIGH GUARD EXCEEDS 1" SEE A601 WALL SURFACE PER PLANS - SEE SHEETS FOR WALL FINISHES FINISH SCHEDULE FOR �� WALL PANELS. SEE PLAN FOR HEIGHTS. A501, A101, A401 &A402. FLOOR FLOOR FINISH 1/2" PLYWOOD AND BASE (TYP.) THE ADHESIVE TO USE FOR COVE BASE TO PROTEK WALL PANELS IS JOHNSONITE 945 L CEILING WHERE NOTE: THIS DETAIL APPLIES WHERE THE DISTANCE FROM CONTACT BOND ADHESIVE. OCCURS THE CEILING TO THE UNDERSIDE OF THE STRUCTURE ABOVE IS GREATER THAN 24" WALL PANEL DETAIL SCALE 14 COLUMN DETAIL SCALE 1 0 TYPICAL WALL DETAIL SCALE 6 TYPICAL WALL DETAIL f`AQU SCALE 2 WALL TYPES SCALE 1 ,-1, i /01� — II rlll AI 7 0 • DCDIAACTCD 1A/AI 1 CI IDDIAIr' oil —iI 11ll r)CClr'C OO" I Cr'_CAlfl D �IrITCC AI T C m c g architecture TT 216.520.1551 T 216.520.1567 7100 E. Pleasant Valley Rd., Suite 320, Cleveland, OH 44131 Seal: 06.2.1•!3 A Project for: Client: ROSS STORES, INC. 4440 ROSEWOOD DRIVE PLEASANTON, CA 94588 Revisions: B ADDENDUM B 04-12-13 BID/PERMIT 02-14-13 No. Description Date Project No.: 11.594.01 Drawn By: LMS Reviewed By: BCB Scale: AS NOTED Date: 01-28-2013 Filename: 11594_A501 Sheet Title: WALL TYPE LEG END, GENERAL NOTES, AND DETAILS Sheet #: A501 © MCG ARCHITECTS 2011 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED SEE FLOOR PLAN AND FINISH SCHEDULE FOR WALL CONSTRUCTION AND FINISH CONTINUOUS 11. GALVANIZED MIN. METAL RAIN HOOD FULL WIDTH OF DOOR FRAME; PAINT TO MATCH DOOR FRAME HOLLOW METAL DOOR AND FRAME, SEE DOOR AND FINISH SCHEDULE AND EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR EXTERIOR FINISHES DOOR DETAILI SCALE RAIN HOOD @ EXTERIOR DOOR 1 1-112" = V - 0" TYPE A NOT USED WOOD, PAINT GRADE 180' DOOR VIEWER @ +60" AFF 1 3/4" S.C. �\ LOUVER, WHERE NOTED IN DOOR REMARKS - ALSO SEE MECH. SCHED. S.S. KICK PLATE HALL SIDE 180° DOOR \11G1AM0 @ +60" AFF -1-3/4", PAIN_ FLUSH HOLL METAL DOOI TING CMU WALL =L LINTEL - REFER TO JCTURAL DRAWINGS. IT CAULK EA SIDE A HM FRAME & SHIM DER GROUTED D ,R PER SCHEDULE )R 2" AS 2" READ rJ HEAD DETAIL SCALE G (EXTERIOR) MASONRY WALL 3"=1' 0" V v TYPE B d J 0 w 0 2111122-4 C?VISION LITE - LID WOOD, PAINT - GRADE 0 S.S. KICK PLATE TYPE G HALL SIDE TYPE H DOOR TYPES NOT USED VISION LITE ELIASON EASY SWING DOOR ELIASON BUMPER STRIP 5X18 JAMB GUARDS ON BOTH SIDES 5" INSIDE CLR. SCALE i /A11 - i1 nip HINGE 0 �L r �11 [i HEAD DETAIL (INTERIOR) TYP. U.N.O. DOOR SCHEDULE DOOR & HARDWARE NOTES DOOR NUMBER TYPE W H D HARDWARE TYPE (SEE NOTE 7E) MATERIAL FINISH REMARKS 1. NOT USED 2. INTERIOR DOORS OPENING TO A PERPENDICULAR WALL MUST HAVE WALL STOPS WITH CONCEALED MOUNTING MOUNTED TO DOOR FRAME SOLID IN WALL BLOCKING. HAGER 230W CONVEX WALL STOP 2-3/8" DIA, 1-3/16" PROJECTION, 626 SATIN CHROME FINISH. 3. DOORS WITHIN ;ACCESSIBLE PATH OF TRAVEL TO BE OPENABLE WITH A SINGLE EFFORT BY LEVER, PANIC BAR OR PUSH/PULL HARDWARE. DOOR (DSTOREFRONT SLIDING DOOR A 11'-0" 8'-0" KEYED LOCKSET ALUM ALUM GAF BY LANDLORD, SEE SHELL DRAWINGS. GC TO COORD. PROTOTYPICAL HARDWARE & WIRING TO ELECT. PANELS OPENING HARDWARE TO BE BETWEEN 30" TO 44" A.F.F., EXCEPT AS PROVIDED BY CODE (SEE 1 ABOVE). STOREFRONT O SLIDING DOOR A 11'-0" 8' 0" KEYED LOCKSET ALUM ALUM CAF BY LANDLORD, SEE SHELL DRAWINGS. GC TO COORD. PROTOTYPICAL HARDWARE & WIRING TO ELECT. PANELS 4. PADLOCK 3O EXIT D T-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" DELAYED EXIT DEVICE (SEE NOTE 18) NO EXTERIOR OPERABLE HARDWARE HM HM PAINT BY LANDLORD, SEE SHELL DRAWINGS, GC TO COORD. WITH EXTERIOR PULL HARDWARE & WIRING TO ELECT. PANELS A. ROOF HATCH AND COMPACTOR DOOR PROVIDE ONE (1) EACH 7-PIN BEST 41 B72-M1 PADLOCK WITH CHAIN (G.C. TO VERIFY) B. OVERHEAD DOOR PROVIDE TWO (2) EACH 7-PIN BEST 41 B72-M1 PADLOCK WITH CHAIN (G.C. TO VERIFY) PER DOOR. 5. DOORS OTHER THAN STOREFRONT WHICH REQUIRE CLOSERS SHALL RECEIVE AN "LCN" #4040XP CLOSER, AS INDICATED IN SCHEDULE. DOOR CLOSERS TO BE ADJUSTED TO PROVIDE FOR A MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE OF 5 POUNDS FOR INTERIOR O PROCESSING ROOM MAN DOOR H 3,-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4„ PANIC DEVICE (SEE NOTE 20) NO EXTERIOR OPERABLE HARDWARE HM HM PAINT BY LANDLORD, SEE SHELL DRAWINGS. GC TO COORD. PROTOTYPICAL HARDWARE DOORS AND 8.5 POUNDS FOR EXTERIOR DOORS. EFFORT MAY INCREASE TO 15 POUNDS MAXIMUM AT FIRE DOORS. CLOSERS MUST ALLOW THREE SECONDS TO MOVE DOOR FROM A 70 DEGREE OPEN POSITION TO A POINT 3" FROM THE LATCH. IF O EXIT D 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" EXIT DEVICE (SEE NOTE 18) NO EXTERIOR OPERABLE HARDWARE HM HM PAINT BY LANDLORD, SEE SHELL DRAWINGS. GC TO COORD. PROTOTYPICAL HARDWARE & WIRING TO ELECT. PANELS CONFLICT WITH CODE, FIRE & LIFE SAFETY CODE SHALL PREVAIL. DO NOT USE HOLD OPEN DEVICES. 6O OFFICEHALL F 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" DIGITAL LATCHSET AND CLOSER, SEE NOTE #23 SC HM PAINT KICK PLATE HALL SIDE, STOP FACE SELF CLOSER, ONE WAY VISION LITE 5"x26" (CLR TO INSIDE OF FRAME) WITH VISION FROM HALLWAY INTO SALES FLOOR, FRAME TO BE PREFINISHED TO MATCH SW7005 "PURE WHITE". TRILOGY T2 LEVER DIGITAL LOCK BY ALARM LOCK SYSTEMS; BEST 7-PIN CYLINDER. 6. THRESHOLDS SHALL NOT EXCEED 1/2" IN HEIGHT 7 LOCKSETS/LATCHSETS r 7O LOCKER ROOM F 3'-0" T-0" 1 3/4" LATCHSET AND CLOSER SC HM PAINT KICK PLATE PUSH SIDE, TWO WAY VISION LITE 5"x26" (CLR TO INSIDE OF FRAME), FRAME TO BE PREFINISHED TO MATCH SW7005 "PURE WHITE". LATCHSET BEST #93KON14C626 WITH CURVED RETURN LEVER; HINGE FACE SELF CLOSER. A. INTERIOR LOCKSETS TO BE BEST #93K7AB14C626 W/ CURVED RETURN LEVERS LOCKSETS TO HAVE BEST 7-PIN CYLINDER 8O CASH OFFICE G T-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" MORTISE KEYED LOCKET (SEE NOTE 7D) BEST 7-PIN CYLINDER SC HM PAINT 16 GA. H.M. WELDED FRAME BACKED W/ DOUBLE STUDS AT EACH SIDE OF JAMB, HINGE FACE SELF -CLOSER 180 DEGREE VIEWER, SEE DOOR NOTE 12, KICK PLATE @ PUSH SIDE. B. INTERIOR LATCHSETS TO BE BEST #93KON14C626 W/ CURVED RETURN LEVERS C. MANAGER OFFICE AND EQUIPMENT CLOSET TO RECEIVE BEST #93K7-D-14C626 W/ CURVED RETURN LEVERS AND BEST 7-PIN CYLINDER O MANAGER'S OFFICE G 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" KEYED LOCKSET AND CLOSER (SEE NOTE 7C) SC HM PAINT KICK PLATE PUSH SIDE, BEST 7-PIN CYLINDER, HINGE FACE SELF CLOSER, 180 DEGREE VIEWER (SEE NOTE 12). D. CASH OFFICE TO RECEIVE BEST 45H7-TD-14-H-626 MORTISE LOCK W/ INTERLOCKING DEADBOLT COMBINATION. BEST 7-PIN CYLINDER W/ CURVED RETURN LEVERS E. PULL &PUSH HANDLE BY TRIMCO 6"x6" PULL PLATE WITH 8" PULL 630 SATIN STAINLESS STEEL FINISH 1001-9, DOORS #12 & 13 8. WOOD AND H.M. DOORS TO HAVE 3 FULL BEARING MORTISE HINGES WITH NON -REMOVABLE HINGE PINS, DOOR CLOSERS, AND 010 EQUIPMENT CLOSET C 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" KEYED LOCKSET AND CLOSER (SEE NOTE 7C) SC HM PAINT KICK PLATE PUSH SIDE, LOUVER 200 SO. INCH FREE FACE AREA. BEST 7-PIN CYLINDER, HINGE FACE MOUNT CLOSER. DOOR STOPS (INTERIOR DOORS), FINISH US26D (SATIN CHROME). HINGES ON ALL EXTERIOR HM MAN DOORS ARE TO BE STAINLESS STEEL. 11 JANITOR'S CLOSET C 3'-0" 7' 0" 1 3/4" KEYED LOCKSET AND CLOSER (SEE NOTE 7A) SC HM PAINT PROVIDE 2" UNDERCUT, KICK PLATE ON PUSH SIDE, BEST 7-PIN CYLINDER, HINGE FACE CLOSER, MARBLE THRESHOLD. 12 WOMEN'S RESTROOM C 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" PUSH AND PULL PLATES (SEE NOTE 7E) SC HM PAINT KICK PLATE PUSH SIDE, ACCESSIBILITY SIGNING (SEE NOTE 22), HINGE FACE CLOSER, UNDERCUT DOOR 2", MARBLE THRESHOLD. 9• HOLLOW METAL FRAMES SHALL BE 18 GA. PRESSED, FLUSH TYPE WITH MITERED AND WELDED CORNERS. CASH OFFICE FRAME SHALL BE 16 GA. H.M. FLUSH TYPE WITH DOUBLE STUDS AT JAMBS. FRAMES ARE TO BE REINFORCED AND PREPARED FOR HARDWARE. PROVIDE 4" HEAD FOR FRAMES IN EXTERIOR CMU OPENINGS WHERE APPROPRIATE TO MATCH MASONRY MEN'S 13 RESTROOM C T-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" PUSH AND PULL PLATES (SEE NOTE 7E) SC HM PAINT KICK PLATE PUSH SIDE, ACCESSIBILITY SIGNING (SEE NOTE 22), HINGE FACE CLOSER, UNDERCUT DOOR 2", MARBLE THRESHOLD. COURSING. -GYP. BRD.- SEE WALL TYPE LEGEND 10. HM DOORS ARE TO BE 18 GA., FACTORY PRIMED STEEL, FLUSH TYPE WITH INSULATED WEATHER SEALED CORE; STIFFENING; HARDWARE REINFORCING; CLOSED TOP & BOTTOM CHANNELS; AND HANDED FOR INDICATED SWING. DO NOT USE UNIVERSAL 14 PROCESSING ROOM TRAFFIC DOOR B 6'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" PAIRED TRAFFIC DOOR WITH JAMB PROTECTION (SEE NOTE 15) PC HM FACTORY FINISH PRE -FINISHED TRAFFIC DOOR, PAINTED METAL FRAME (SEE NOTE 15). UNDERCUT DOOR V. TYPE DOORS. 15 ELECTRICAL ROOM C 3'-0" T-0" 1 3/4" KEYED LOCKSET AND CLOSER (SEE NOTE 7A) SC HM 1 PAINT UNDERCUT DOOR 2", LOUVER 200 SO. INCH FREE FACE AREA (SEE MECH. DWGS), STOP FACE MOUNT CLOSER CONT. METAL STUD TRACK 11. SOLID CORE WOOD DOORS SHALL BE PAINT GRADE BIRCH SKINS WITH SOLID STAVE CORES. RECEIVING OVERHEAD E 8'-0" 8'-0" - SLIDE BOLT EACH SIDE (SEE NOTE 19) TCR MTL PAINT BY LANDLORD, SEE SHELL DRAWINGS. GC TO COORD. PROTOTYPICAL HARDWARE, REPLACE ROPE WITH LIGHT CHAIN. METAL STUD FRAMING CONT CAULK EA SIDE 12. DOOR VIEWER TO BE ADVANCED SAFETY DEVICES MODEL #DS238-SLVR. RECEIVING © OVERHEAD E 8 0 8 0 SLIDE BOLT EACH SIDE (SEE NOTE 19) TCR MTL PAINT BY LANDLORD, SEE SHELL DRAWINGS. GC TO COORD. PROTOTYPICAL HARDWARE. REPLACE ROPE WITH LIGHT CHAIN. 13. DOOR TYPE "F" SHALL RECEIVE A 5"x26"H VISION LITE IN A WELDED STEEL FRAME. FINISH TO MATCH DOOR. SEE DOOR REMARK, FOR GLASS TYPE: CLEAR OR ONE-WAY. HOLLOW MTL FRAME WITH ANCHORS (PER 14. DOOR TYPES "C" "F" & "G" SHALL RECEIVE ON THE HALL SIDE A 12" KICK PLATE BY BROOKLINE INDUSTRIES. FINISH BMHA 626 W/ COUNTERSUNK SCREW HOLES. 17 TRASH COMPACTOR K 3'-4" 3' 4" CASE OPENING, SLIDEBOLT, BEST PADLOCK & CHAIN (SEE NOTE 4A) MTL MTL PAINT BY LANDLORD, SEE SHELL DRAWINGS. GC TO COORD. PROTOTYPICAL HARDWARE AND WIRING TO CONNECT TO ELECTRICAL PANELS. MAN UF.) ig ROOF HATCH - 2'-6" 3'-0" MTL MTL PAINT BEST PADLOCK (SEE NOTE 4A); SAFETY POLE, SEE DETAILS 5 & 7/A140; BILCO OR APPROVED EQUAL 15. DOOR "B" TO BE ELIASON, EASY -SWING P-11 PLUS (PLASTIC HONEYCOMB CORE), 103'WHITE' FINISH WITH 9"x30" CENTER WINDOW SET @ 42" TO THE INSIDE OF THE FRAME'WHITE' MOLDING, AND PAINTED HOLLOW METAL FRAME, WITH 5X18 JAMB GUARDS DOOR AS SCHEDULE- 1g SIGN WORK CAVITY 3'-0" 3'-0" 1 3/4" BY LANDLORD, SEE SHELL DRAWINGS. GC TO COORD. PROTOTYPICAL HARDWARE PAINT 16. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE CONSTRUCTION CORES FOR ALL EXTERIOR DOORS PRIOR TO TURN OVER. AT TIME OF TURNOVER, CONTRACTOR IS TO TURN OVER TO ROSS STORE MANAGER CORE EXTRACTION KEY. 17. ROSS STORE MANAGER TO BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REKEYING STORE. 0 TOILET HALL © F 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" DIGITAL LOCKSET, ELECTRIC STRIKE AND CLOSER (SEE NOTE 23 & 25) SC HM PAINT ONE WAY VISION FROM HALLFOYER, STOP FACE MOUNT CLOSER; TRILOGY LEVER DIGITAL LOCK BY ALARM LOCK SYSTEMS. BESST 7-PIN CYLINDER,: DUPIN 6211 ELECTRIC STTRIKE WITH LOCKNETICS (SCHLAGE) 701 RD MOMENTARY WALL SWITCH; KICK PLATE HALL SIDE; STOP FACE MOUNT CLOSER. 18. SALES FLOOR EXIT DOORS NO. 3 AND NO. 5 ARE TO BE EQUIPPED WITH THE ALARM LOCK PUSH BAR MODEL 715 DELAYED EXIT DEVICE WITH BEST 7-PIN MORTISE CYLINDER AND CONCEALED INSTALLATION USING VON DUPRIN EPT-10 POWER TRANSFER HINGE AND DETECTION SYSTEM WITH TIME -DELAY BY-PASS CONTROL, G.C. TO VERIFY INSTALLATION. COORD. WITH SHELL DRAWINGS). 19. DOOR 'E' IS A 591 SERIES THERMACORE INSULATED STEEL SECTIONAL DOOR BY THE OVERHEAD DOOR CORPORATION, DALLAS, TEXAS; 8'-0" X 8'-0"; STANDARD BULB -TYPE BOTTOM SEAL AND OPTIONAL HEADER SEAL AND JAMB WEATHERSTRIPPING; 2" TRACK MANUAL OPERATION; COLOR: WHITE; WITH TWO (2) INTERIOR MOUNTED SLIDE LOCKS, ONE AT EACH SIDE AT +36" AFF. SCALE 3"=1' 0" INCLUDE TWO (2) BEST 41 B72 PADLOCKS. G.C. TO VERIFY INSTALLATION. COORD. WITH SHELL DRAWINGS. 20. EXIT DOOR NO. 4 IS TO BE EQUIPPED WITH ALARM DOOR - PUSH BAR SIRENLOCK MODEL 700 EXIT DEVICE WITH BEST 7-PIN MORTIS CYLINDER. G.C. TO VERIFY INSTALLATION. COORD. WITH SHELL DRAWINGS. 21. ANY QUESTION OR PROBLEMS W/ LOCKING HARDWARE SHOULD BE DIRECTED TO: BEST LOCK CORPORATION (SEE SHEET T001 FOR CONTACT INFO.). GYP. BRD.- SEE WALL TYPE LEGEND 22. UNLESS OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITY, INSTALL ACCESSIBLE TOILET ROOM SIGNING. ALL OTHER SIGNING REQUIRED BY ADA OR LOCAL AUTHORITY, WHETHER AT TOILET ROOMS OR ELSEWHERE IN THE BUILDING, MUST BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, SUPPLIED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. METAL STUD FRAMING GENERAL HARDWARE NOTES LEGEND 23. DOORS NO. 6 AND 20 SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY A TRILOGY T2 LEVER DIGITAL LOCK (DL 2700 IC / 26D) BY ALARM LOCK SYSTEMS CONT CAULK EA SIDE A. ALL INTERIOR DOORS (EXCEPT 16 & 21) ARE TO HAVE WALL STOPS WITH CONCEALED MOUNTING TO SOLID IN WALL BLOCKING. (SEE SHEET T001 FOR CONTACT INFO). USE BEST 7-PIN CORE. HAGER 230W CONVEX WALL STOP 2-3/8" DIA, 1-3/16" PROJECTION, 626 SATIN CHROME FINISH. ALUM ALUMINUM 24. NOT USED. B. SEE DETAILS 3 & 4/A601 FOR TYPICAL HEAD & JAMB DETAILS AT INTERIOR DOORS, U.N.O. (ALL WELDED FRAMES). HM HOLLOW METAL HOLLOW MTL FRAME 25. PROVIDE VON DUPRIN -MODEL 6211 ELECTRIC STRIKE WITH LOCKNETICS (SCHLAGE) 701 RD MOMENTARY WALL SWITCH (800) WITH ANCHORS (PER C. SEE DETAIL 6/A601 FOR TYPICAL HEAD & JAMB DETAILS AT EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOORS & FRAMES IN CMU WALL, U.N.O. SC SOLID CORE 950-4573. MANUF.) D. SEE DETAIL 5/A601 FOR RAIN HOOD DETAIL AT EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOORS & FRAMES IN CMU WALL, U.N.O. MTL METAL 26. SECURITY SHUTTERS - ANODIZED ALUMINUM SECURITY SHUTTER BY QMI SECURITY SOLUTIONS, VERTICAL TRACK MOUNTED AT INTERIOR TO STOREFRONT MULLIONS, LOCKING MECHANISM AND LIFTS MOUNTED AT 36" A.F.F. AT DOORS AND AT 27" A.F.F. AT E. EXIT DOORS SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY, SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE, OR EFFORT. FLUSH TCR THERMACORE WINDOWS; SLAT TYPE AL5-E; STYLE PUNCH 51; 10" HOUSING MOUNTED TO STOREFRONT VERTICAL MULLIONS, CONTROL TYPE SPRING A-7-13. VERIFY WHERE REQUIRED, SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY ROSS LP. DOOR AS SCHEDULE - PAINT BOLTS OR SURFACE BOLTS ARE PROHIBITED. EXCEPTION: KEY -LOCKING HARDWARE MAY BE USED ON THE MAIN EXIT WHEN THE MAIN EXIT CONSISTS OF A SINGLE DOOR OR PAIR OF DOORS IF THERE IS A READILY VISIBLE, DURABLE SIGN ON THE DOOR CAF CLEAR ANODIZED FINISH STATING "THIS DOOR MUST REMAIN UNLOCKED DURING BUSINESS HOURS." THE SIGN SHALL BE IN LETTERS NO LESS THAN 1" HIGH ON A CONTRASTING BACKGROUND. PC PLASTIC HONEYCOMB CORE MEC COLOR TO MATCH EXISTING JAMB DETAIL (INTERIOR) TYP. U.N.O. SCALE 3 ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE 3 =1 -0 MINIMUM ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS: ROOM FLOOR (SEE NOTE 6) WALLS WALL FINISH CEILING OTHER COL'S DR & TRIM FRMS REMARKS THE FOLLOWING ARE THE ROSS MINIMUM ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS FOR OPERABLE INTERIOR / EXTERIOR DOORS AT ROSS STORES REGARDLESS OF LESSER OR ABSENT REQUIREMENTS OF GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY. THERE SHALL BE NO CASES WHERE THE OPERABLE DOORS AT ROSS STORES DO NOT MEET THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS. LANDLORD MUST ENSURE THAT IF HIGHER OR MORE STRINGENT STANDARDS ARE REQUIRED BY GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY THAT THOSE HIGHER STANDARDS ARE MET. 1. DOORS MUST BE A MINIMUM OF 3-0 WIDE AND 6-8 HIGH. 2. DOORS MUST OPEN A MINIMUM OF 90 DEGREES. 3. CLEAR WIDTH OF DOORWAYS MUST BE 32" MINIMUM. 4. DOUBLE DOORS / AUTOMATIC DOORS AT LEAST ONE LEAF MUST COMPLY WITH ITEMS 1 THROUGH 3 ABOVE. r U > W o r 0 > [o 0 > w 0 r 0 > v U > r xs r W 0 r� 0 > ij 0 > W o 0 >> N � UJ 0 z z o � cn z < J z K `' W p Z w W cn W m<¢ m 4� W 0 W w W z 0 U o W U)0 r T � W Oz W w cn J H U Q w w v D fr p O O> > J d p W O m x w p ¢ ¢ m D (n } 0 Lo U_ Q o OF O W Z ¢ �' oo 0 ?j J a co of m W W F O Z W U) `� z O < �, UJ UJ z W U p O O � > J a ~ x W a ¢ ca cn � < o °D 0 of z <C 0 O � a - v co W � 0 p Q `n 0 o O J a- p W a x ao � W ~p z w W a Ir W cn W z w w `� <- W O z W W �' 0 J z < a � < 3: c° r F O z¢ W W �' cn J z < 0- � < 3: - w D 0 cn p o 0 Zi J d 0 W a x W a. W ~O Z W w W J_ c� Z w U p � Q m p W } cc> W 0 O w W �' H z m W oc U �p 0 H o W a x W W � 0 D ¢ � 0 o 0 � J w o W a x W W O w W U) cn 0 m� Q C3 ¢ W z o U - C?< m W o w W U) U 0 Q CS Q W z fr 0 U q v cn W ~ O Z w W (n W 0 Z g < > O z W C w p OC Q � 0 w� Z 0 0 ui W ~ O W W H z <q m F o w W U) cn 0 Ir < p C3 fr W z o- U co ui 4k w ~ O W W F z d NO. NAME 101 SALES FLOOR • • • • • • • • • • • • • • - 5. THE BOTTOM 10" OF ALL DOORS, EXCEPT AUTOMATIC AND SLIDING DOORS, SHALL HAVE A SMOOTH, UNINTERRUPTED SURFACE TO ALLOW THE DOOR TO 102 PROCESSING ROOM • • • • • • • • 4'-0"H PLYWD WAINSCOT REQ'D IN TRAFFIC AREAS 103 NOT USED BE OPENED BY A WHEELCHAIR FOOTREST WITHOUT CREATING A TRAP OR HAZARDOUS CONDITION. WHERE NARROW FRAME DOORS ARE USED, A 10" HIGH SMOOTH PANEL SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE PUSH SIDE OF THE DOOR, 104 MANAGER'S OFFICE • • • • • • • PLYWOOD BACKING REQUIRED WHICH ALLOWS THE DOOR TO BE OPENED BY A WHEELCHAIR FOOTREST WITHOUT A TRAP OR HAZARDOUS CONDITION. 105 CASH OFFICE • • • • • • • • PLYWOOD BACKING REQUIRED 106 MEN'S FITTING ROOM • • • • • • • • PLYWOOD BACKING REQUIRED 6. MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE DOORS SHALL NOT EXCEED 5 LBS. FOR EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR DOOR, SUCH PULL OR PUSH EFFORT BEING APPLIED 107 WOMEN'S FITTING ROOM • • • • • • • • PLYWOOD BACKING REQUIRED 108 FITTING ROOM FOYER • • • • • • • AT RIGHT ANGLES TO HINGED DOORS AND AT THE CENTER PLANE OF SLIDING OR FOLDING DOORS. COMPENSATING DEVICES OR AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS MAY BE UTILIZED TO MEET THE ABOVE STANDARDS. WHEN FIRE 109 LOCKER ROOM • • • • • • • • DOORS ARE REQUIRED THE MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE THE DOOR MAY BE 110 EQUIPMENT CLOSET • • • • • • • • PLYWOOD BACKING REQUIRED INCREASED TO THE MINIMUM ALLOWABLE BY THE APPROPRIATE 111 TOILET HALL • • • • • • • • • - ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY, BUT SHALL NOT EXCEED 15 LBS. 112 ELECTRICAL ROOM • • • • • • • PLYWOOD REQUIRED 7. IF THE DOOR HAS A CLOSER, THEN THE SWEEP PERIOD OF THE CLOSER 113 NOT USED SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM AN OPEN POSITION OF 70 DEGREES, THE DOOR WILL TAKE AT LEAST 3 SECONDS TO MOVE TO A POINT 3" FROM THE LATCH, MEASURED TO THE LANDING EDGE OF DOOR. 114 WOMEN'S RESTROOM • • • • • • A C, G 1, EXT APA 518" PLYWOOD BACKING REQUIRED 115 MEWS RESTROOM • • • • • • A-C, G-1, EXT-APA 5/8" PLYWOOD BACKING REQUIRED 8. HAND ACTIVATED DOOR OPENING HARDWARE SHALL BE CENTERED BETWEEN 30" AND 44" ABOVE THE FLOOR. LATCHING AND LOCKING DOORS 116 JANITORIAL CLOSET • • • • • • A-C, G-1, EXT-APA 5/8" PLYWOOD BACKING REQUIRED THAT ARE HAND ACTIVATED AND WHICH ARE IN A PATH OF TRAVEL SHALL BE 117 NOT USED OPERABLE WITH A SINGLE EFFORT BY LEVER TYPE HARDWARE, PANIC B AS, 118 NOT USED PUSH-PULL ACTIVATING BARS OR OTHER HARDWARE DESIGNED TO PROVIDE PASSAGE WITHOUT REQUIRING THE ABILITY TO GRASP THE OPENING HARDWARE. 119 OFFICE HALL 1 • • • • • 9. WHERE THE PLANE OF THE DOORWAY IS OFFSET 8 OR MORE INCHES FROM ANY OBSTRUCTION WITHIN 18" MEASURED LATERALLY ON THE LATCH SIDE, THE DOOR SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH MANEUVERING CLEARANCE FOR FRONT APPROACH. 10. FLOOR OR LANDING ON EACH SIDE OF THE DOOR TO BE LEVEL AND CLEAR. LEVEL AREA IN THE DIRECTION OF THE DOOR SWING IS A MINIMUM OF 60" IN LENGTH. LEVEL AREA OPPOSITE THE DIRECTION OF THE DOOR SWING IS A 11 MINIMUM OF 44-48 IN LENGTH, DEPENDENT UPON DIRECTION OF THE EXTRA MATERIALS APPROACH & EXISTENCE OF A LATCH & CLOSER. SURFACE SLOPE OF THE 1. PAINT: LEAVE 5 GALS. UNOPENED OF EACH COLOR AND TYPE LEVEL AREA SHALL NOT EXCEED 1:50 GRADIENT (2%). 2. CEILING TILE - LEAVE 2 UNOPENED BOXES GENERAL FINISH SCHEDULE NOTES 3. FLOOR TILE- LEAVE 2 UNOPENED BOXES OF EACH VINYL TILE 11. THE WIDTH OF THE LEVEL AREA ON THE SIDE TO WHICH THE DOOR 4. FLOOR ADHESIVE - LEAVE 2 GAL. UNOPENED SWINGS SHALL EXTEND 24" PAST THE STRIKE EDGE OF THE DOOR FOR A. NOT USED EXTERIOR DOORS & 18" PAST THE STRIKE EDGE FOR INTERIOR DOORS. B NOT USED C. STRAIGHT RUN TILE ON SALES FLOOR TO BE FULL, ALIGNED TILES WHERE POSSIBLE. OBTAIN MOST RECENT LAYOUT FROM ROSS CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION, FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION MANUAL, SHADE MATCHING MUST BE CHECKED. D. AT ALL DRYWALL, TAPE, FILL AND SAND EXPOSED DRYWALL JOINTS AND SURFACES TO PRODUCE A SMOOTH UN -TEXTURED SURFACE, PRIMED AND READY FOR SPECIFIED FINISH. FEATHER COATS ONTO ADJOINING SURFACES SO THAT CAMBER IS MAXIMUM 1/32 INCH. ALL WORK SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH GYPSUM ASSOCIATION SPECIFICATION GA 216. FINISH AS SPECIFIED. DOOR REQUIREMENTS SCALE 1 F. CONCREE. ALLOTE SED SEALOER NCRETE TO BE APPL EDONRY TO NEW & EXISTING CONCRETWALL SURFACES SHALLBE SLABS (INCLUDING THCLEANED, SEALEDEE SALES FLOOR) PER ROOM FINISH & MATERIAL NOTE 6 & 7. n res Arrrra=eciQry ninni ROOM FINISH & MATERIALS NOTES COORDINATE ALL ORDERS AND DELIVERIES WITH THE LISTED VENDORS. NO SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE ALLOWED. 1. V.C.T. "A" AZROCK "CLASSIC GRAN ITE"-VL-120-"CLASSIC WHITE" (FIELD TILE) V.C.T. "B" AZROCK "CLASSIC GRAN ITE"-VL-122"CLASS IC GRAY" (ACCENT TILE) V.C.T. "C" NOT USED. V.C.T. "D" AZROCK "SHUTTLE GRAY"-V229 (FIELD TILE) INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH AZROCK/DOMCO INSTALLATION MANUAL. SHADE MATCHING IS MANDATORY. CONTACT AZROCK IF DEFECT(S) ARE DISCOVERED. USE 210MR RESILIENT FLOOR ADHESIVE. VERIFICATION MAYBE REQUIRED BY ROSS CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE 2. TILE TO CONCRETE TRANSITION STRIP-JOHNSONITE #RRS-28-C "MEDIUM GRAY". 3. RUBBER BASE: JOHNSONITE #40 "BLACK", 6". DO NOT INSTALL VINYL BASE IF GAP BETWEEN CORNER GUARDS IS EQUAL TO OR LESS THAN 1" 4. CEILING TO BE ARMSTRONG "MINABOARD" #755, COLOR - WHITE; GRID TO BE ARMSTRONG PRELUDE XL 15/16" EXPOSED 'T' GRID, COLOR "WHITE" USE ONLY ARMSTRONG ACCESSORIES, DESIGN GRID PER LOAD CONDITIONS. 5. PAINT TO BE SHERWIN WILLIAMS - UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. A. SW #7005 - PURE WHITE - "PROMAR" LATEX EG-SHEL FINISH - AT ALL GYPSUM BOARD SURFACES, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. B. SW #7005 - PURE WHITE - "PROMAR" ALKYD SEMI -GLOSS ENAMEL - AT GYPSUM BOARD CEILINGS ONLY IN ROOMS #114 WOMEN'S RESTROOM, #115 MEN'S RESTROOM AND #116 JANITOR'S CLOSET AND AT ALL SURFACES OTHER THAN GYPSUM BOARD. C. SW "ROSS INTERIOR BLUE" - "PROMAR" LATEX SATIN/EGGSHELL FINISH - TO 4" ABOVE VALANCE BRACKET BOARD @ SALES FLOOR PERIMETER. SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS SHEET A202 D. BENJAMIN MOORE, BM-2064-40'CLEAREST OCEAN BLUE', SEMI GLOSS FINISH ABOVE THE 6-0"H WALL PANELS AT THE FRONT OF THE STORE BEHIND THE REGISTERS AND BETWEEN WING WALLS 6. NOT USED. 7. SLABS MUST BE DESIGNED AND PREPARED TO TEST AND MAINTAIN MOISTURE VAPOR EMISSIONS AT OR BELOW 5-LBS PER 1000 SF PER 24-HRS USING THE CALCIUM CHLORIDE METHOD. (TEST RESULTS SHALL BE PROVIDED TO ROSS CONSTRUCTION MANAGER). THE PROCESSING ROOM, ELECTRICAL ROOM AND OTHER AREAS OF THE SLAB NOT RECEIVING FINISH TILE OR CARPET ARE TO RECEIVE A TWO -COAT APPLICATION OF A PENETRATING LOW VISCOSITY EPDXY OR ACRYLIC SEALER, CLEAR IN COLOR. 8. MARLITE FRP, SLATE SURFACE, S-100G WHITE, WITH MATCHING MOLDINGS AT ALL JOINTS. INSTALL FULL HEIGHT (+8'-6" AT RESTROOMS & FULL HEIGHT AT JANITOR'S CLOSET) FROM TOP OF TILE BASE TO CEILING. USE ONLY MARLITE ADHESIVES AND SEALANTS. SMOOTH FINISH. 9. RESTROOM AND JANITOR'S CLOSET WALLS TO BE 5/8" A-D EXT PLYWOOD W/ FINISH FRP OVER. SEE DETAILS ON SHEET A501. 10. NOT USED 11. NOT USED 12. CERAMIC TILE: DAL -KEYSTONE GLAZED PORCELAIN 6X6 TILE 'DESERT GRAY SPECKLE' B931 WITH MATCHING 6X12 COVE BASE. COLORED GROUT TO BE CUSTOM BUILDING PRODUCTS STAIN FREE EPDXY GROUT #19 "PEWTER" AVAILABLE FROM DAL -TILE DISTRIBUTOR. 3/16" GROUT JOINT WIDTH. 13. G.C. IS TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL CORNER GUARDS ON ALL EXPOSED OUTSIDE CORNERS OF ALL WALLS AND COLUMNS AS SHOWN IN THE FINISH SCHEDULE (SEE NOTE 16 FOR PROCESSING ROOM REQUIREMENTS). INSTALL TIGHT TO FINISH FLOOR AND SECURE WITH LIQUID NAIL ADHESIVE, CORNER GUARDS ARE TO BE APPLIED TO 6-0" UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. CORNER GUARDS TO BE "CHAMPAGNE" EXTRUDED FROM CALIFORNIA CASTER, SEE SHEET T001 FOR CONTACT INFORMATION. 14. ALL SALES FLOOR COLUMNS TO RECEIVE 6-0" "CHAMPAGNE" CORNER GUARDS BY CAL -CASTER FROM FINISH FLOOR. GAP BETWEEN CORNER GUARDS TO BE PAINTED SW7005 "PURE WHITE". IF GAP IS GREATER THAN 1" THEN INSTALL WALL PANEL AND PROVIDE BLACK VINYL BASE BETWEEN GUARDS AT FLOOR, 15. PROTEK PANELS TO BE INSTALLED AS NOTED IN THE FINISH SCHEDULE AND PLAN SHEETS AND AT ANY SURFACE REQUIRING PROTECTION FROM IMPACT SUCH AS WING -WALLS AND KNEE WALL AT THE STOREFRONT, COLUMNS, AND ANY OTHER SALES FLOOR WALL AREA THAT IS NOT MERCHANDISED. SECURE WITH MANUFACTURER SUPPLIED ADHESIVE. WALL PANELS TO BE APPLIED TO 6'-0" UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. SEE DETAIL 14/A501. 16. PROVIDE 1-1/2" STEEL ANGLE CORNER GUARDS AT ALL EXPOSED OUTSIDE CORNERS OF PROCESSING ROOM TO 8'-0" A.F.F. OR TOP OF DOOR FRAME. mcg architecture O 216.520.1551 © 216.520.1567 7100 E. Pleasant Valley Rd., Suite 320, Cleveland, OH 44131 Seal: A Project for: Client: ROSS STORES, INC. 4440 ROSEWOOD DRIVE PLEASANTON, CA 94588 Revisions: BID/PERMIT 02-14-13 No. Description Date Project No.: 11.594.01 Drawn By: LMS Reviewed By: BCB Scale: AS NOTED Date: 01-28-2013 Filename: 11594 A601 Sheet Title: SCHEDULES Sheet #: A601 @ MCG ARCHITECTS 2011 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L_ - - II If. ... _I i i11 I I I tVi IfMilli; A111Ad4.1 A: 6 111 1 �0111JL9:141 ILL 1,11 4I1 1 11fi 11 ,It li:: 1111 dl I i I I I 1 11 1 1 1 1 1 I1 1 1 1 1 II I II STRUCTURAL GENERAL NOTES CODE: FLORIDA BUILDING CODE YEAR: 2010 LIVE LOADS ROOF -- 20 PSF NOTE: LOADS REDUCED FOR AREA BASED ON FBC REQUIREMENTS ROOF SNOW LOAD GROUND SNOW LOAD (Pg) = 0 PSF FLAT ROOF SNOW LOAD (Pf) = 0 PSF SNOW EXPOSURE FACTOR (Ce) = 1.0 SNOW LOAD IMPORTANCE FACTOR (Is) = 1.0 THERMAL FACTOR (Ct) = 1.0 WIND LOADS BASIC WIND SPEED: V3S = 130 MPH WIND IMPORTANCE FACTOR (Iw) = 1.0 OCCUPANCY CATEGORY = II WIND EXPOSURE = C TOPOGRAPHIC FACTOR Kzt = 1.0 INTERNAL PRESSURE COEFFICIENT (GCpi) f.18 ENCLOSURE CLASSIFICATION = ENCLOSED NOTE: WIND LOADS FOR COMPONENTS AND CLADDING SHALL CONFORM TO IBC CRITERIA. THE CLADDING SUPPLIERS SHALL CONSIDER INCREASED PRESSURE COEFFICIENTS FOR COMPONENTS AND CLADDINGS AND DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE WIND LOADS FOR THEIR SYSTEMS BASED ON ZONE AND EFFECTIVE WIND AREA. SPECIAL LOADS INTERIOR WALLS - LATERAL LOAD - 5 PSF HANDRAIL - LOADS IN ACCORDANCE WITH IBC SECTION 1607.7.1 GENERAL THE STRUCTURE IS DESIGNED TO BE SELF-SUPPORTING AND STABLE AFTER THE RENOVATION IS FULLY COMPLETED. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY TO DETERMINE ERECTION PROCEDURE AND SEQUENCE AND INSURE THE SAFETY OF THE BUILDING AND ITS COMPONENT PARTS DURING ERECTION. THIS INCLUDES THE ADDITION OF WHATEVER SHORING, TEMPORARY BRACING, ETC. THAT MAY BE NECESSARY. SUCH MATERIAL SHALL REMAIN THE CONTRACTOR'S PROPERTY AFTER COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF EXISTING CONSTRUCTION. WORK THESE DRAWINGS WITH ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. �il�L1�7_ffii]►1 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH THE SURVEY AND THE SUB -SURFACE INVESTIGATION REPORT BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION. ALL FOUNDATION WORK SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE SOILS REPORT BY UNIVERSAL ENGINEERING SERVICES DATED MAY 2, 2012 EXCEPT WHERE NOTED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS. A SOILS TESTING LABORATORY SHALL BE RETAINED BY THE CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE CONSTRUCTION REVIEW TO INSURE CONFORMANCE WITH THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS DURING THE EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, AND FOUNDATION PHASES OF THE PROJECT. THE SOILS TESTING LABORATORY SHALL: DISCUSS WITH THE ENGINEER THE DESIGN INTENT OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AND THE TESTING PROCEDURES USED TO INSURE CONFORMANCE WITH THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BEFORE CONSTRUCTION BEGINS. INFORM THE ENGINEER OF ANY VARIANCE IN THESE PROCEDURES, IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE SOILS TESTING LABORATORY TO VERIFY ASSUMED BEARING PRESSURE, DETERMINE EXCAVATION STRIPPING DEPTH; INSPECT ALL SUBSOIL EXPOSED DURING EXCAVATION OPERATIONS; APPROVE FILL MATERIALS, PERFORM DENSITY TESTS OF FILLS TO INSURE PLACEMENT PER SOILS ENGINEER REQUIREMENTS; INSPECT FOUNDATION BEARING SURFACES. FOUNDATION DESIGN IS BASED ON AN ASSUMED 1500 PSF BEARING PRESSURE MINIMUM ON APPROVED SOIL. BEARING PRESSURE SHALL BE VERIFIED BY THE SOILS ENGINEER. INUNDATION AND LONG TERM EXPOSURE OF BEARING SURFACES, WHICH WILL RESULT IN DETERIORATION OF BEARING FORMATIONS, SHALL BE PREVENTED. FOOTINGS SHALL BE PLACED IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWING FOOTING EXCAVATIONS AND BEARING SURFACE INSPECTION. ALL FILL MATERIALS SHALL BE FREE OF ORGANIC CONTAMINATIONS AND OTHER DELETERIOUS MATTER. FOR BACKFILL AGAINST FOOTINGS, ETC., PLACE IN 8" THICK LAYERS, WITH EACH LIFT COMPACTED AT NEAR OPTIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SOILS ENGINEER?S RECOMMENDATIONS. NOTIFY STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF ANY UNUSUAL SOIL CONDITIONS. CONCRETE ALL CONCRETE SHALL DEVELOP A MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH IN 28 DAYS AS FOLLOWS: SITE CONCRETE, DOCK WALLS AND CONCRETE EXPOSED TO WEATHER - 4,000 PSI. ALL OTHER CONCRETE INCLUDING SLABS AND FOOTINGS - 3,000 PSI. REINFORCING BARS SHALL BE NEW BILLET STEEL BARS CONFORMING TO ASTM A-615, GRADE 60 (60,000 PSI YIELD). NO TACK WELDING OF REINFORCING IN THE FIELD WILL BE PERMITTED. WELDED WIRE MESH REINFORCING SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A-185. ALL CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO ACI 301, "SPECIFICATIONS FOR STRUCTURAL CONCRETE FOR BUILDINGS" UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ALL DETAILING, FABRICATION AND PLACING OF REINFORCING BARS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, SHALL CONFORM TO ACI 318, "BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR REINFORCED CONCRETE" AND THE LATEST ACI "MANUAL OF STANDARD PRACTICE FOR DETAILING REINFORCED CONCRETE STRUCTURES." STRUCTURAL STEEL ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A-992 GRADE 50 (FY = 50 KSI) EXCEPT TUBULAR SECTIONS WHICH SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A-500 GRADE "B" (FY = 46 KSI). ANGLES, CHANNELS, PLATES, AND BARS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A-36 (FY = 36 KSI) AS A MINIMUM. DETAILING, FABRICATION, AND ERECTION SHALL CONFORM TO THE LATEST AISC SPECIFICATIONS. COMPLY WITH PROVISIONS OF THE FOLLOWING AISC SECTION, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED: 1. AISC "CODE OF STANDARD PRACTICE FOR STEEL BUILDINGS AND BRIDGES" (2005). a. PARAGRAPH 3.3 OF THE ABOVE CODE IS HEREBY MODIFIED BY DELETION OF THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE: "WHEN DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR BUILDINGS, THE DESIGN DRAWINGS GOVERN." REPLACE WITH: "WHEN DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR BUILDINGS, THE MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS GOVERN, UNLESS DETERMINED OTHERWISE BY THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER." b. PARAGRAPH 4.1 OF THE ABOVE CODE IS HEREBY MODIFIED AS FOLLOWS: PLANS PROVIDED AS PART OF A BID PACKAGE ARE NOT TO BE CONSIDERED TO BE RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS. c. PARAGRAPH 4.4 OF THE ABOVE CODE IS HEREBY MODIFIED BY DELETION OF THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE: "THESE DRAWINGS SHALL BE RETURNED TO THE FABRICATOR WITHIN 14 CALENDAR DAYS." ADD THE FOLLOWING: "THE FABRICATOR SHALL INCLUDE A SUFFICIENT AMOUNT OF TIME FOR RETURN OF SHOP DRAWINGS TO ALLOW 10 WORKING DAYS FOR REVIEW BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. THIS MAY BE WAIVED ON SPECIFIC SUBMITTALS WITH PRIOR CONCURRENCE OF STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. FABRICATOR SHALL SUBMIT PROPOSED SCHEDULE OF SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS AT START OF DETAILING." d. PARAGRAPH 4.4.2 OF THE ABOVE CODE IS HEREBY MODIFIED BY ADDITION OF THE FOLLOWING: "IF ANY OF THE ADDITIONS, DELETIONS OR CHANGES MARKED ON THE SHOP DRAWINGS RESULTS IN AN ADDITIONAL COST AND/OR TIME REQUIRED TO FABRICATE AND ERECT; A PROPOSED CHANGE ORDER, DETAILING THE ADDED COST AND/OR TIME REQUIRED, SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE OWNER FOR APPROVAL. THIS CHANGE ORDER SHALL BE APPROVED BEFORE THE WORK AFFECTED PROCEEDS." e. PARAGRAPH 9.4.2 OF THE ABOVE CODE IS HEREBY MODIFIED BY ADDITION OF THE FOLLOWING: "IF ANY OF THE REVISIONS RESULTS IN AN ADDITIONAL COST AND/OR TIME TO FABRICATE AND ERECT; A PROPOSED CHANGE ORDER, DETAILING THE ADDED COST AND/OR TIME REQUIRED, SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE OWNER FOR APPROVAL. THIS CHANGE ORDER SHALL BE APPROVED BEFORE THE WORK AFFECTED PROCEEDS." 2. ALL CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES AND DETAILING AND FABRICATION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL CONFORM WITH THE LATEST OSHA REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL BE SHOP PRIMED; ASPHALTIC PAINTS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. FIELD CONNECTIONS SHALL BE BOLTED, BEARING TYPE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, USING 3/4" HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS CONFORMING TO ASTM A-325. ONE SIDED CONNECTIONS ARE NOT PERMITTED UNLESS DETAILED ON DRAWINGS. ALL WELDING SHALL BE DONE USING E-70XX ELECTRODES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST AWS SPECIFICATIONS. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL STRUCTURAL BEAM LOCATIONS, MECHANICAL UNIT WEIGHTS AND OPENING SIZES AND LOCATIONS WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AND VENDOR'S DRAWINGS FOR ACTUAL -MECHANICAL UNIT PURCHASED. ALL 4 X 4 X 5/16 ANGLES REQUIRED FOR ROOF UNITS AND ROOF OPENINGS OVER 12" X 12" BE SUPPLIED BY STRUCTURAL STEEL FABRICATOR AND BE COORDINATED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR WITH THE JOIST FABRICATOR, MECHANICAL DRAWINGS AND MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER. FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS AT AND CONNECTIONS TO THE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION BEFORE FABRICATION. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS PREPARED UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF A REGISTERED STRUCTURAL ENGINEER, INCLUDING COMPLETE DETAILS AND SCHEDULES FOR THE FABRICATION AND ASSEMBLY OF STRUCUTRAL STEEL MEMBERS, PROCEDURES AND DIAGRAMS. INCLUDE DETAILS OF CUTS, CONNECTIONS, CAMBER, HOLES, AND OTHER PERTINENT DATA. INDICATE WELDS BY STANDARD AWS SYMBOLS AND SHOW SIZE, LENGTH, AND TYPE OF EACH WELD. AISC STANDARD DOUBLE ANGLE CONNECTION DETAILS SHALL BE USED FOR ALL CONNECTIONS THAT ARE NOT OTHERWISE DETAILED ON THE DRAWINGS. WHERE THE REACTIONS OF BEAMS AND GIRDERS ARE NOT SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, THE CONNECTIONS SHALL BE DESIGNED TO SUPPORT THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE UNIFORM LOAD AS INDICATED IN THE LOAD TABLES OF THE AISC MANUAL OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION FOR THE GIVEN BEAM SIZE AND SPAN. METAL ROOF DECKING ALL METAL ROOF DECKING SHALL COMPLY WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THE "STEEL ROOF DECK DESIGN MANUAL", SDI, LATEST EDITION, AND FACTORY MUTUAL REQUIREMENTS. DECK AND ACCESSORIES SHALL BE CLEANED AND GIVEN A PHOSPHATE TREATMENT AND A SHOP PRIME COAT OF RUST INHIBITIVE PAINT. CONNECTIONS TO STEEL SUPPORTS SHALL BE FUSION TYPE WELDS PERFORMED BY COMPETENT WELDERS WHO HAVE QUALIFIED BY TESTS AS PRESCRIBED BY THE AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY TO PERFORM THE TYPE OF WORK REQUIRED. ROOF DECK SHALL BE PLUG WELDED (5/8" DIAMETER MINIMUM) TO THE SUPPORTS AT 6" CENTERS (36/7 WELD PATTERN). THE FIRST AND LAST RIBS OF EACH SHEET MUST BE WELDED TO ALL SUPPORTS. END WELDS AND THOSE OCCURRING AT LAPS SHALL BE WELDED THROUGH ALL THICKNESSES. SIDE JOINTS SHALL BE MECHANICALLY FASTENED W/(9)-#10 SCREWS AT 12" CENTERS. NO LIGHT GAGE FRAMING, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL OR OTHER EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SUSPENDED FROM OR ATTACHED TO ANY METAL DECK. SPECIAL INSPECTIONS PER 2010 FBC SECTION 1704 THE OWNER SHALL EMPLOY A REGISTERED ENGINEER OR TEST AGENCY WITH EXPERIENCED TECHNICIANS UNDER THE DIRECT SUPERVISION OF A REGISTERED ENGINEER TO PERFORM THE DUTIES OF THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL MEET THE QUALIFICATIONS AS STATED IN THE BUILDING CODE. DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE INSPECTOR: THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL OBSERVE THE WORK ASSIGNED FOR CONFORMANCE WITH THE APPROVED DESIGN DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, AND THE FOLLOWING TABLE. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL FURNISH INSPECTION REPORTS TO THE BUILDING OFFICIAL, THE ENGINEER OR ARCHITECT OF RECORD AND OTHER DESIGNATED PERSONS. ALL DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE IMMEDIATE ATTENTION OF THE CONTRACTOR FOR CORRECTION, THEN, IF UNCORRECTED, TO THE PROPER DESIGN AUTHORITY AND TO THE BUILDING OFFICIAL. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL SUBMIT A FINAL SIGNED REPORT STATING WHETHER THE WORK REQUIRING SPECIAL INSPECTION WAS TO THE BEST OF THE INSPECTOR'S KNOWLEDGE, IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE APPROVED PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS AND THE APPLICABLE WORKMANSHIP PROVISIONS OF THE CURRENT BUILDING CODE. REPORTS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF IBC SECTION 1704.1. STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS SCHEDULE The areas marked below shall have special inspections Continuous Periodic Remarks ❑ Inspection of Fabricators (1704.2) ❑ Other X Steel Construction (1704.3) X Materials ❑ Welding ❑ Steel frame details ❑ High -strength bolts ❑ Structural steel (1707.2 & 1708.4) ❑ Other X X Concrete Construction (1704.4 & 1708.3) X Reinforcing steel ❑ Conc Placement ❑ Prestressed X Sampling & Strength tests ❑ Bolts in concrete ❑ Shotcrete ❑ Precast X Other: Adhesive & expansion anchors X X X 1704.13 ❑ Masonry Construction (1704.5) ❑ Essential facility glass units & veneer -- Level 1 ❑ Nonessential facility- Level 1 ❑ Essential facility-- Level 2 ❑ Other ❑ Wood Construction (1704.6) ❑ High Load diaphragms ❑ Structural wood (1707.3) ❑ Other X Soils (1704.7) ❑ Site preparation ❑ In -place density ❑ Fill placement X Other: Allowable bearing capacity 1500 PSF X ❑ Pile Foundations (1704.8) ❑ Other ❑ Pier Foundations (1704.9 & 1707.5) ❑ Other ❑ Spray fire-resistant mated als (1704.10) ❑ Other ❑ Fire-resistant coatings (1704.11) ❑ Other STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS SCHEDULE The areas marked below shall have special inspections Continuous Periodic Remarks ❑ Exterior insulation & finish [EIFS] (1704.12) ❑ Other ❑ Special Cases (1704.13) ❑ Other ❑ Smoke control (1704.14) ❑ Other ❑ MEP Components (1705.3 & 1707.8) ❑ Emergency electrical ❑ Hazardous piping ❑ Hazardous ductwork ❑ Vibration isolation systems ❑ Other ❑ Architectural Components (1705.3,1707.6 & 1707.7) ❑ Exterior wall panels ❑ Veneer (<5 psf) ❑ Suspended ceilings ❑ Access floors ❑ Storage racks (<8ft) ❑ Other ❑ Cold -formed steel (1707.4) ❑ Welding ❑ Fastening ❑ Other ❑ Seismically isolated structures (1708.6) ❑ Seismic Design Category ❑ C ❑ D ❑ E ❑ F ❑ Seismic -Force -Resisting Systems ❑ Structural Steel ❑ Structural Wood ❑ Cold -Formed Steel Framing ❑ Seismic Isolation Systems ❑ Other ❑ Designated Seismic Systems ❑ Importance factor >1 ❑ Architectural ❑ Mechanical ❑ Electrical ❑ Other IK Structural Observation (1709) ❑ Yes X No SAWCUT (E) SLAB #4x2'-0" LG #4x2 2'-0" C C AS REQ'D FOR REPAIR / AREAS OR POUR TO EMBED 6" INTO (E) (E) LEAVEOUT FOR SLAB W/HILTI SEE PLANS (N) WORK (TYP) HIT-HY150 MAX FOR LIMITS OF MDIDEDEPTSIVE HTMP) @ SLAB REPAIR (E) SLAB CLEAN (E) CONC - SURFACE & APPLY BONDING COMPOUND (TYP) VAPOR RETARDER 4" COMPACTED GRANULAR MATERIAL & FILL BELOW AS REQUIRED TYP SLAB INFILL/REPAIR DETAIL 3/4 "=1'-0" E) EXISTING N) NEW FV) FIELD VERIFY NOTE: ALL DIMENSIONS OF EXISTING STRUCTURE ARE APPROXIMATE AND SHALL BE FIELD VERIFIED BY THE CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO FABRICATION. NOTE: SCALES INDICATED ARE BASED ON FULL SIZE 30"x42" DRAWING DIMENSIONS SHALL NOT BE DETERMINED Shenberger do Associates, Inc. Structural Engineers 8227 Brecksville Road Cleveland, Ohio 44141 Telephone: (440) 526-3100 Fax: (440) 526-7753 EMAIL: soi®shenberger.net mcg architecture T 216.520.1551 © 216.520.1567 7100 E. Pleasant Valley Rd., Suite 320, Cleveland, OH 44131 Seal: 111141 tGlALL.4 lj C E NSF * No 7"63 �O STATE OF � ZZ �L ORIV A Project for: Client: ROSS STORES, INC. 4440 ROSEWOOD DRIVE PLEASANTON, CA 94588 Revisions: BID/PERMIT 02-14-13 No. Description Date Project No.: 11.594.01 Drawn By: SAI Reviewed By: SAI Scale: AS NOTED Date: 01-28-2013 Filename: Sheet Title: STRUCTURAL GENERAL NOTES SECTIONS & DETAILS Sheet #: S001 © MCG ARCHITECTS 2011 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED I FOUNDATION PLAN 1/8 "_1'—O" NOTES: — FLOOR INFILL CONSTRUCTION: 4" CONCRETE SLAB ON GRADE W/ONE LAYER OF CHAIRED 6x6—W4xW4 WWF. PROVIDE 10 MIL VAPOR RETARDER AND 4" LAYER OF COMPACTED GRANULAR FILL ON COMPACTED SUBGRADE BELOW SLAB, DENOTED THUS ON PLAN SEE TYPICAL INFILL/ REPAIR DETAIL ON S001. — TOP OF EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB AT REFERENCE ELEVATION 0'-0". — COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECT FOR DIMENSIONS AND EXTENT OF ALL NEW WORK. — SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR DEMOLITION WORK. — AT AREAS OF NEW WORK & OTHER AREAS DETERMINED BY THE OWNER, REPAIR SLAB TO MATCH EXISTING. — SEE SHEET S001 FOR STRUCTURAL GENERAL NOTES AND TYPICAL DETAILS. — CONTRACTOR TO DETERMINE TOP OF (E) FOOTINGS AS REQUIRED. ALL NEW WORK NOT IDENTIFIED ON PLAN IS BY OTHERS. E) EXISTING N) NEW FV) FIELD VERIFY NOTE: ALL DIMENSIONS OF EXISTING STRUCTURE ARE APPROXIMATE AND SHALL BE FIELD VERIFIED BY THE CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO FABRICATION. NOTE: SCALES INDICATED ARE BASED ON FULL SIZE 30"x42" DRAWING DIMENSIONS SHALL NOT BE DETERMINED Shenberger & Associates, Inc. Structural Engineers 8227 Brecksville Road Cleveland, Ohio 44141 Telephone: (440) 526-3100 Fax: (440) 526-7753 EMAIL: saigshenberger.net mcg architecture TT 216.520.1551 1) 216.520.1567 7100 E. Pleasant Valley Rd., Suite 320, Cleveland, OH 44131 Seal: 1�X,XX11 i 1117113 y�GENs0 * No 74463 STATE a to i 0 ���• IT10 N t. 'pi A Project for: Client: ROSS STORES, INC. 4440 ROSEWOOD DRIVE PLEASANTON, CA 94588 Revisions: A ADDENDUM B 04-10-13 BID/PERMIT 02-14-13 No. Description Date Project No.: 11.594.01 Drawn By: SAI Reviewed By: SAI Scale: AS NOTED Date: 01-28-2013 Filename: Sheet Title: Sheet #: FOUNDATION PLAN S101 MCG ARCHITECTS 2011 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED ROOF FRAMING PLAN NOTES: 8 — ROOF INFILL CONSTRUCTION: 1-1 /2" X 22 GA WIDE RIB ROOF DECK (TYPE B) WELDED TO EXIST ANGLE FRAME SUPPORT STEEL. WHERE NO EXIST ANGLE FRAME OCCURS, SEE TYP ROOF FRAME AND INFILL DETAIL ON THIS SHEET. DECK SHALL HAVE FACTORY MUTUAL APPROVAL. — COORDINATE ALL OPENINGS WITH ARCHITECTURAL AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. SEE TYPICAL OPENING DETAILS ON THIS SHEET. — SEE SHEET S001 FOR STRUCTURAL GENERAL NOTES. Q11 L OOFTOP UNITS AND ORT BY LANDLORD SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR DEMOLITION WORK. PROVIDE NEW BRIDGING OR BRACING OF JOISTS AT LOCATIONS WHERE NEW OPENINGS OR DUCT WORK ELIMINATED THEM. INSTALL PER SJI SPECIFICATIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS PRIOR TO FABRICATION. —OE -0 WELD EXIST & NEW EXIST JOISTSEE PLAN ROOF DECK TO CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY SUPPORT ANGLES IZ ROOF OPENING EXIST ROOF DECK * MATCH JST L THK REINF JOIST IF L6x6h- DOES NOT OCCUR AT JOIST PANEL POINT. SEE ROOFTOP MECH UNIT TYP 3/ts SUPPORT DETAIL. EXIST JOIST NEW INFILL i EXIST ROOF ROOF DECK DECK NEW L6x6x%xO'-4" LG — LOCATE AT HIGH FLUTE OF DECK CLOSEST TO OPNG. 3 /16 L4x4x% TYPICAL EACH SIDE OF OPENING TYPICAL ROOF OPENING INFILL SUPPORT DETAIL �_ EXISTING EXISTING JOIST OR BEAM JOIST OR BEAM SEE PLAN FOR JOIST SPACING � ROOF OPENING CUT (E)DECK USE 5/8"0 PLUG WELD FROM PROVIDE SECURITY ABOVE OR SELF —DRILLING BARS AT OPNGSJ BUILDEX 12-24x11/4 HWH —SEE ARCHTEKS/5 OR EQUAL FROM �k MATCH BELOW I 12" MAX OC JST L THK * --- 3/16 REINF JOIST IF L6x6 N 3 NEW L4x4x3/g TYPICAL DOES NOT OCCUR AT /16 JOIST PANEL POINT. SEE �� 3/1s EACH SIDE OF OPENING ROOFTOP MECH UNIT SUPPORT DETAIL. VNEW L6x6x%x0'-4" LG — LOCATE AT HIGH FLUTE OF DECK CLOSEST TO OPNG. ANGLE FRAMING REQ'D FOR ALL ROOF OPENINGS 12" OR GREATER. COORDINATE W/ARCHITECT & MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR FOR OPENING SIZES & LOCATIONS. TYPICAL ROOF OPENING FRAMING UNDER EXISTING ROOF DECK DETAIL E) EXISTING N) NEW FV) FIELD VERIFY NOTE: ALL DIMENSIONS OF EXISTING STRUCTURE ARE APPROXIMATE AND SHALL BE FIELD VERIFIED BY THE CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO FABRICATION. NOTE: SCALES INDICATED ARE BASED ON FULL SIZE 30"x42" DRAWING DIMENSIONS SHALL NOT BE DETERMINED Shenberger & Associates, Inc. Structural Engineers 8227 Brecksville Road Cleveland, Ohio 44141 Telephone: (440) 526-3100 Fax: (440) 526-7753 EMAIL: sai@shenberger.net mcg architecture OT 216.520.1551 1) 216.520.1567 7100 E. Pleasant Valley Rd., Suite 320, Cleveland, OH 44131 Seal:\1 `GAL,LA E sF cy��11 e +J l No 74463 * �: STATERk 4F 4 A Project for: Client: ROSS STORES, INC. 4440 ROSEWOOD DRIVE PLEASANTON, CA 94588 Revisions: Aj ADDENDUM B 04-10-13 BID/PERMIT 02-14-13 No. Description Date Project No.: 11.594.01 Drawn By: SAI Reviewed By: SAI Scale: AS NOTED Date: 01-28-2013 Filename: Sheet Title: ROOF FRAMING PLAN Sheet #: S201 - -- -�r�7;- T�-- -- �(— i © MCG ARCHITECTS 2011 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED mcg architecture O 211LIMIM p 216.M159 71M E Pbmi Valet' W, M 3A qaM WK OH 44131 Seal: A Project for: Client: ROSS STORES, INC. 4440 ROSEWOOD DRIVE PLEASANTON, CA 94588 Revisions: BID/PERMIT 02-14-13 No. Description Date Project No.: 11.594.01 Drawn By: SLH Reviewed By: MAB Scale: AS NOTED Date: 01-28-2013 Filename: Sheet Title PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN Sheet #: Pi C MCG ARCHITECTS 2013 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED -- - - — - � -0 i � ,:� � i r r � _ _ � - it 1 -:-1T ��rmir�Tr,� T� r-r �j BING PUMPS [PP- VING E1HW- MAKE MODEL LOCATION HEAD GPM RPM H.P. ELECTRIC REMARKS SIZE 1 TACO 006 REFER TO 5 TDH 5 3250 1/40 120/1/60 ALL BRONZE RECIRCULATION PUMP. PROVIDE SPARE REPLACEABLE CARTRIDGE. PLANS WATER HEATER (EQUAL SUBSTITUTIONS WITH ROSS CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE APPROVAL) MARK LOCATION MAKE MODEL TANK FUEL INPUT RECOVERY OPERATING ELECTRIC REMARKS SIZE TEMPERATURE HW-1 SHELF STATE PCE 10 10 GAL ELECT. 4.0 KW 16 GPH 120 F 208/1/60 QUICK RECOVERY WATER HEATER - COORDINATE ELECTRICAL WITH E.C. T&P RELIEF MOUNTED 10MSA 0 100 F VALVE WATTS NO. 100XL-4-125 ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATES: A.O. SMITH, RHEEM OR EQUAL. A SCEOND WATER HEATER WILL BE REQUIED WHEN LOCKER ROOM SINK OR RESTROOM LAVATORIES ARE MORE THAN 60 FEET FROM THE WATER HEATER LOCATED IN THE JANITORIAL CLOSET. KING FOUNTAIN (NO SUBSTITUTIONS - NO EXCEPTIONS) r!WC1' IT MAKE MODEL TYPE NAME CAPACITY COMPRESS. CONDENSER HORSE ELECTRIC REMARKS POWER TER HALSEY HACBLSS- WALL BI-LEVEL 8.0 GPH NONE NONE NONE NONE BARRIER FREE WITH WALL HANGER PLATE - NO SUBSTITUTION OLER TAYLOR LR MOUNTED INSTALLED WITH ORIFICE AT +34" LOW AND +41" (HIGH). CLEANOUTS & MISC. ITEMS(EQUAL SUBSTITUTIONS WITH ROSS CONST. REP. APPROVAL). MAKE MODEL LOCATION SIZE BODY TOP REMARKS FRATS, OR IN J.R. SMITH 2005 SERIES SEE PLANS AS NOTED CAST IRON STAINLESS STEEL SQUARE TOP - FLAT STRAINER WITH P050 1/2" TRAP PRIMER ANOUT J.R. SMITH 4402 SERIES WALL TYPE AS NOTED CAST IRON STAINLESS STEEL IF CLEANOUTS ARE INSTALLED ON THE SALES FLOOR, INSTALL AT MAX. DISTANCE OF 100 FT. OR LESS AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY GOVERNING AUTHORITY. P ER PRECISION PLUMBING OREGON1 SEE PLANS 1/2" - - OR EQUAL PLUMBING FIXTURES (NO SUBSTITUTIONS - NO EXCEPTIONS) MARK ITEM MAKE NAME MODEL TRIM TRAP STOPS CONNECTIONS REMARKS WASTE VENT HW CW P-1 WATER KOHLER WELCOMME K-4406 SLOAN INTEGRAL INTEGRAL 4" 2" - 1" FLOOR MOUNTED, FLUSH VALVE, WITH K-4670-C SEAT CLOSET 1.28 GPF 111-1.28 P-11-1 WATER KOHLER HIGHLINE K-4405 SLOAN INTEGRAL INTEGRAL 4" 2" - 1" FLOOR MOUNTED, FLUSH VALVE, WITH K-4670-C SEAT CLOSET 1.28 GPF 111-1.28 REFER TO NOTES #8, #9 AND 10. P-21-1 URINAL AMERICAN ALLBROOK 6541.132 SLOAN INTEGRAL INTEGRAL 2" 1-1/2" - 3/4" WITH WALL CARRIER, MOUNTED AT ADA HEIGHT, 17" MAX. STANDARD 186-.5 1 1 REFER TO NOTE #8. P-31-1 LAVATORY AMERICAN LUCERNE 0355.012 HERITAGE NOTE #3 NOTE #4 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1/2" 1/2" WITH FLOOR MOUNTED CONCEALED ARM WALL CARRIER, FAUCET TO BE STANDARD 4" CENTERS (0.5 GPM) 5402.172V.002 WITH WRIST HANDLES, REFER TO NOTE #7. MOUNTED AT ADA HEIGHT, 2'-9" A.F.F. TO TOP OF RIM P-4H LOCKER ELKAY CELEBRITY GECR2521 AMER. STD. NOTE #3 NOTE #4 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1/2" 1/2" DRAIN - JUST NO. J-35, CRUMB CUP. FAUCET TO BE #7400.172H.002, ROOM SINK HERITAGE GOOSE NECK WITH WRIST BLADE HANDLES. P-5 JANITOR'S FLORESTONE TERRAllO MODEL CENTRAL 3" 1/2" 3" 1-1/2" 3/4" 3/4" SERVICE SINK FAUCET TO BE CENTRAL BRASS #0054-YELSRC-Q SINK 36x24x12 191 BRASS VALVES i I REFER TO NOTE #6 NInTP-c- 1. INSTALL SERVICE, SHUTOFF & CHECK VALVES, COCKS, STOPS, AIR CUSHIONS, VACUUM BREAKERS, AND SAFETY DEVICES WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE, SPECIFICATIONS, OR DRAWINGS. 2. ALL CATALOG NOS. REFER TO AMERICAN STANDARD UNLESS NOTED AND ALL FIXTURES IN WHITE UNLESS NOTED. 3. EXPOSED P-TRAPS TO BE 17 GA. CHROME PLATE WITH CLEANOUT AND ESCUTCHEON PLATE. 4. STOPS TO BE CHROME PLATED 1/2" ANGLE VALVE WITH CHROME PLATED 12" LONG, 1/2" O.D. FLEXIBLE RISER AND ESCUTCHEON PLATE. 5. ALL DRAINS AND WATER SUPPLY PIPING TO LAVATORIES TO BE INSULATED WITH 'HANDI LAV-GUARD' INSULATION KIT BY TRUEBRO. 6. WITH FLORESTONE 24" HOSE AND BRACKET, MOP HOOK, AND 12" HIGH STAINLESS STEEL WALL GUARD. 7. SINK TO BE MOUNTED FLUSH WITH WALLS AND SILICONE SEALANT APPLIED WHERE SINK MEETS WALL 8. AN 'H' AT THE FIXTURE DESIGNATION INDICATES A ADA FIXTURE. 9. FLUSH VALVE HANDLES FOR ADA FIXTURES SHALL BE MOUNTED ON WIDE SIDE OF TOILET AREA. 10. PROVIDE SLOAN VBF-72-A FLUSH TRAP PRIMER WITH FLUSH VALVE. DRAIN PIPES FROM TRAP PRIMER VALVES TO BE PITCHED 1/2% MIN. FROM VALVE TO FLOOR DRAIN. r • W •- r : • WATER SUPPLY FIXTURE UNITS MARK DE5GRIPTION FIXITURE QUANTITY F.U.TAL P-1 WATER CLOSET IOD I IOA P-IH HANDICAPPED 10.0 2 20D KA P-2H HI � 5.0 1 5.0 URIP-3 LAVATORY 2D 2 4D HANDICAPPEDP- 2.0 2 4.0 LAVATORY P-414 LOCKER RM SINK 1.4 1 1.4 P-5 SERVICE SINK 3.0 1 3D OF-IH WATER COOLER 0.25 2 0.5 TOTAL 47.q NOTE: 2" GA REQUIRED, MAXIMUM WSFU ON 2' = 140 WSFU SANITARY FIXTURE UNITS MARK DESCRIPTION FIXTURE QUANTITY UNITS F.U. P-1 WATER CLOSET 4 1 4 P-IH HANDICAPPED 4 2 8 WATER GL05ET P-21-1 H DIIINAL 2 1 2 P-3 LAVATORY 1 2 2 P_3H HANDICAPPED 1 2 2 LAVATORY P-414 LOCKER RM SINK 2 1 2 P-5 SERVICE SINK 3 1 3 DF-IH WATER COOLER 05 2 1 FD-I I FLOOR DRAIN 1 2 3 b TOTAL 30 NOTE: 4" SANITARY REQUIRED, MAXIMUM DR ON 4" = 180 DFU PLUMBING CODED NOTES O I. CONNECT TO EXI5TIN65 SANITARY, VERIFY EXACT LOCATION, DEPTH, SIZE, AND FLOW DIRECTION IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO THE START OF WORK. VERIFY WASTE PIPING 15 ACTIVE PRIOR TO GONNEGTIN6. 2. BEFORE ANY SANITARY 5EWER 15 REUSED THE 6L. CONTRACTOR SHALL: - VERIFY LOGATION, DEPTH, SIZE, AND FLOW DIRECTION PRIOR TO THE 5TART OF WORK - SCOPE ALL EXI5TIN67 UNDERGROUND SANITARY LINES WITH CAMERA AND VERIFY EXISTING SANITARY 15 IN PROPER OPERATING CONDITION UPON TURNOVER TO ROSS. PLUS ALL UNUSED GONNEGTION5 AND PATGH FLOOR - JET GLEAN Fag5TING SEWER IN51DE BUILDING - PRIOR TO MAKING NEW GONNEGTION5, CONTRAGTOR SHALL TEST 5EhER BY FLU5HIN6 WITH WATER, A MINIMUM OF FIVE (5) 6ALLON5 PER MINUTE FOR FOUR (4) HOURS PRIOR TO START OF WORK. 3. CONNECT TO EXISTING GOLD WATER PIPING, VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND SIZE IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO THE START OF WORK. 4. SAW GUT FLOOR AND TRENCH TO INSTALL PIPING, BAGKFILL, COMPACT AND PATGH FLOOR TO MATCH EXISTING. 5. THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE UNDER LAVATORY / LOCKER ROOM SINK, REFER TO DETAIL ON DRAWIN6 P3. 6. FLOOR DRAIN WITH TRAP PRIMER VALVE. 1. COORDINATE VERTICAL P05T AT TOILET PARTITIONS WITH FLOOR DRAIN LOCATIONS. 8. WATER HEATER. REFER TO ARGHITEGTURAL DRAWING A4D FOR SHELF SUPPORT DETAIL AND PLUMBING DETAILS FOR PIPING DIAGRAM. q. ROUTE VENTS AND WATER PIPING IN J015T / CEILING SPACE AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. ROUTE TO SUIT FIELD GONDITION5 AND COORDINATE WITH ALL OTHER TRADES. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL HANGERS, ELBOW5, PIPE, ETC. AS REQUIRED. ALL HOT WATER LINES MUST BE INSULATED. ALL INTERIOR HOT AND GOLD WATER PIPING 15 TO BE COPPER (NO E)CEPTION) WITH CAPPER OR BRA55 FITTII95 AND LEAD-FREE SOLDER A WATER FILTRATION SYSTEM 15 REQUIRED MERE HARD WATER CONDITIONS EXIST. 10. EXI5TIN6 SPRINKLER RISER TO REMAIN. REFER TO SPEVFIGATION FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 11. R FER TO DRAWING PI FOR CONTINUATION. 'X' - 4"-J WIND DATA DESIGN OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS FOR WIND FORCES SPECIFIC FOR THIS PROJECT LOCATION SHALL BE BY MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. OR EQUAL MANUFACTURER AND AS REQUIRED FOR ALL APPLICABLE CODES. WIND BASE SPEED = 130 MPH GONTRAGTOR MU5T VERIFY ALL GLEARANGE5 AND DIMEN51ON5 IN FIELD McHENRY & ASSOCIATES, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERS 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE #200 WARRENSVILLE HEIGHTS, OHIO 44128 PHONE: 216-292-4696 FAX: 216-292-5874 Email: MAILOMCHENRYASSOCIATES.COM FLORIDA BUSINESS #0005282 mcg architecture 218.520.1551 p 216.5MIN7 71M E Plowd Ney Rd, Sub 32% ge ebb ON 44131 Seal: A Project for: Client: ROSS STORES, INC. 4440 ROSEWOOD DRIVE PLEASANTON, CA 94588 Revisions: BID/PERMIT 02-14-13 No. Description Date Project No.: 11.594.01 Drawn By: SLH Reviewed By: MAB Scale: AS NOTED Date: 01-28-2013 Filename: Sheet Title: PARTIAL PLUMBING PLAN, NOTES AND SCHEDULES Sheet #: PARTIAL PLUMBING PLAN, NOTES AND SCHEDULES I SCALE 1/4" = 1' 0" id Q MCG ARCHITECTS 2013 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED N m s a O� N N c E E STAINL� ' CLAMP. PATE PI ALUM. B FLANGE MA5T1C DECK M MASTIC DECK IN ROOF D PIPE ROOF PENETRATION DETAIL SCALE: NONE 3/4" TO AND FROM HW-I WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR, P.P.P. 5G SERIE5, PD.I. REF. AS INDICATED. 'A' 'A' � \I 3/4" i I GTX � � P 116 PATE PVG STEPPED PVC BOOT. BASE FLA5HIN6 PIPE 1 \ In" DRAIN DOWN I AN \ \ FROM TRAP RIMER \ VALVE - TYPICAL. 3» \ fiD.l \ \,Wl-'X' - 4' JANITOR'S \ CLOSET \ 116 \ �'AN ` \ \ \ WIND DATA II DESIGN OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS FOR WIND FORCES SPECIFIC FOR THIS PROJECT LOCATION SHALL BE BY CODED NOTES: O MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. OR EQUAL MANUFACTURER AND AS REQUIRED FOR ALL I I APPLICABLE CODES. I. 5WT OFF VALVE - TYPICAL 3/4" LAVATORY / LOCKER SHUT OFF VALVE 2. CHECK VALVE - TYPICAL HW ROOM SINK - DOES NOT REFLECT ACTUAL WIND BASE SPEED = 130 MPH 3. EXPANSION TANK AMTROL FIXTURE R15E OFF TOP TO NO. 5T-5 WITH UNION " MINIMIZE FOREIGN CONNECTION. 3/4 — MATERIAL FROM ENTERING TRAP GOLD WATER SUPPLY 4. DIELECTRIC UNION - TYPICAL I TEMPERED HW SUPPLY PRIMER. II 5. 10 WATER HEATER 2 GW SUPPLY -� L-7------ 3/4" 3 -�-� -------- ---- 6. 2" DEEP GALVANIZED STEEL THERMOSTATIC TEMPERING ----------------------- ---------------- DRAIN PAN WITH SOLDERED 4 VALVE, PONER5 SEAMS AND TWO GOATS OF 1 HYDRO6UARD 5MIE5 RUST INHIBITED PAINT. 5 LM4g5, ASSE 1010 1. T 4 P RELIEF VALVE WATT5 NO. IOOXL-4-125. HW SUPPLY ° ° TPV TRAP PRIMER VALVE WITH 8. PIPE RELIEF DRAIN FULL I INTEGRAL VACUUM BREAKER. SIZE JANITOR'S SINK WITH PRECISION PLUMBING PRODUCTS 2" AIR GAP STOP VALVE ORE60N #1. LOCATE ABOVE b FIN15H FLOOR AGGE561BLE GEILIN6. q. MOUNT ON I/4' STEEL EXTEND In' GW BACK INTO WALL WITH CHROME PLATED C EGKERED PLATE WITH q ESCUTCHEONS AND ROUTE 2-In" x 2-I/2' x In' ANGLE NOTE: BELOW FLOOR TO DRAIN TRAPS IRON BRACKETS. AS INDICATED ON PLANS. 10. HEAT TRAP A5 REQUIRED BY A. INSULATE ALL EXP05ED WASTE AND LOCAL AUTHORITIES. SUPPLY PIPING UNDER LAVATORIES WITH THE HANDI-LAV GUARD INSULATION KIT BY II. RECIRCULATION PUMP, BY TRUE13RO OR EQUAL. P.G. WATER HEATER PIPING DIAGRAM SCALE: NONE RECIRCULATING PUMP, PP-1 ` 3/4' TRAP PRIMER VALVE. 3/4" • 2' IN JOIST` SPACE .` LAVATORY / LOCKER ROOM SINK TEMPERING VALVE DETAIL SCALE: NOW I ��I I-In"� i • I �> .� � I -In• I � i LOCKER ROOM 109 clo' .11, \ 4» 2 1-1/2' 1-In„ I 3' 11 �.14" VTR I 1-In' I I `>` I` "�F ' 4" I yi I CO.� 4' 4 WOMEN'S I 2' S "I GTX I 3' 2» P' RESTROOM 3" / 12. 2' 114 I 4" MEN'S 1 RESTROOM 1 4" p, ,X - 4' 5 j 1 1-In° SAN GTX Y' ( � i „G-I� 4 sqH 11» TOILET HALL �J' 111 / / / / SANITARY STACK DIAGRAM SCALE: NONE ,A, ,A, LOCKER ROOM I in" F109 TEMPERING VALVE UNDER SINK, In" REFER TO DETAIL ON THIS DRAWING I-1/4' ( In. 1-1/2" ,A, �A' 3/4' ,A, I-I/4' P' ,A, p, 3/4" 1-In 1/22 I» In" / In' TEMPERING VALVE �/ 'A' UNDER LAV. - TYP. I 3/41 0000 1-In' �5 DRAWING P I v� In' TO DETAIL I P- 3/4" A P ( // WOMEN'S ME P I RESTROOM RESTROOM 115 P.3 1 In. 114 i ,A, 3 / p,l SHUT-OFF VALVE INSTALL IN » I AGGES51BLE GEILING SPACE, SLOAN MOLL VBF-12-A In PROVIDE AGGE55 PANELS A5 FLUSH VALVE TRAP PRIMER, REQUIRED - TYP. WITH In" DRAIN TO FLOOR 11{ DRAIN, TYPICAL OF 2. IN GEILING TOILET .E HALL 111 H & CW PIPING DIAGRAM SCALE: NOW TRAP PRIMER VALVE DETAIL SCALE: NOW G0NDEN5ATE PIPING RECOMMENDED SUPPORT 5PAGIN62 FOR SCHEDULE 40 PIPE PIPE 51ZE 015TAZE BETVEEN (IN) SUPPORTS (FT) In-1 5 1-1/4 -1-1/2 6 2 6-1n 3 l-In 4 8 6 q-1/2 8 10 NATURAL GA5 PIPING RECOMMENDED 9PPORT 5PAGIN6 FOR BLACK STEEL PIPE PIPE 51ZE D15TANGE BETWEEN (IN) SUPPORTS (FT) 1/2 6 3/4-1 8 1-1/4 TO 2-In 10 3 d LARGER 12 ROOF PIPE SUPPORT AS MANUFACTURED BY MIRO INU6TRIE5, "PILLOW BLOCK" PIPE 5TAND. MODEL #3-R STAND WILL AGGOMODATE PIPE UP TO 3" IN DIAMETER: MODEL #4-RAH, ROLLER TYPE, FOR SIZES TO 4". MODEL #b-RAH FOR PIPES UP TO b" DIAMETER. FOR INFO: 1-800-1b8-bgl8. PIPE CLAMP, CONNECT TO SUPPORT WITH In' x 10 5TAINLE55 STEEL SCREWS, OVER51ZE CLAMP TO ALU PIPE TO EXPAND AND GON 6A5 PIPE, PAINT WITH TWO OF RUST INHIBITING PAINT. NYLON FRICTION A55ORBII ROLLER. PROVIDE EXTRA LAYER Ol ROOFING MATERIAL BELOP SUPPORT. ROOF PIPE SUPPORT DETAIL SCALE: NONE 2-1/2' ON UNION - �' ROOF AG 16g r 5 MBH a 65 2 I 2-InMBH " DIRT LE6 -� TM I' 65 4 MBH 67A5 51-K1T OFF b5 AG �I �% VALVE - TYP. a Ibq jr, 3 MBH 2-1/2" 6A5 v ON EXTERIOR WALL 2' EXTERIOR BARE STEEL GAS PIPE SHALL BE PAINTED WITH TWO GOATS OF RU5T INHIBITIVE PAINT. - TYPIGAL. GAS WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR, METER P.P.P. SG 5ERIE5, PD.I. REF. A5 INDICATED. GAS PIPING DIAGRAM SCALE: NONE NOTE: A. R055 G.G. SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO INSTALL ALL REQUIRED &A5 PIPING TO EXISTING RTU'S INSTALLED BY THE LANDLORD. CONNECTION INCLUDES 6AS METER, AND GONNEGTION TO ALL RTU'S FOR PROPER OPERATION. PLUMBING DETAILS AND DIAGRAMS SCALE AS NOTED 1-1/4' Ibq MBH b Em CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY ALL GLEARANGE5 AND DIMEN51ON5 IN FIELD McHENRY & ASSOCIATES, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERS 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE #200 WARRENSVILLE HEIGHTS, OHIO 44128 PHONE: 216-292-4696 FAX: 216-292-5874 1 Email: MAIL®MCHENRYASSOCIATES.COM FLORIDA BUSINESS #0005282 mcg architecture T 216.5l0.10 m 216.E0.1687 7100 E PboN Paley N, &ft 3A CbM&K OH 44131 Seal: 4`Y{09/91/,��Pt 0 ®® Q co *— @ J 0 ®® z t- U)ft B®6 1119990 A Project for: Client: ROSS STORES, INC. 4440 ROSEWOOD DRIVE PLEASANTON, CA 94588 Revisions: BID/PERMIT 02-14-13 No. Description Date Project No.: 11.594.01 Drawn By: SLH Reviewed By: MAB Scale: AS NOTED Date: 01-28-2013 Filename: Sheet Title: PLUMBING DETAILS AND DIAGRAMS Sheet #: P3 QQ MCG ARCHITECTS 2013 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Y 6 c L 6 M E 1 .- N C 6 v 0 L 5 N L L s y in N 0 3 E z Q m �r as O I m O N u� O L I I 0 I - - - I I I I - - - - - I - - - - - - I I I I - - - - I - I I I I I I I I I --------------- I I I I I I --- ----- I - — - — - I I I I I I — -- I e I I le I I I I I I I I I I I I I 2qO GFM 6-I, 12x24 ER -I, 12x12 TYP. (2) 5W GFM 100 GFM IOx8 1( LOCKER ROOM 10"0 22 EQUIPMENT CLOSET 109 — 4()U to"mD-, I _ I e 8'� 80(0 804) 10"0 0 15C GFM G-I, 12x1 10 OMEN'S 330 GR I CASH OFFICE EST�� OFFICEE� 105 ER-1, 12x12 714 [] GD-I, 10' Boa 200 GFMz 330 ER -I, 12x12 14 Ff Roots GI 200 GFM G 115 2, 8"� UIC GD-2, 800 TOALL Iql - - - - - - - I507� _ 100 GFM 00 ER-12x12 2 (�Cg I ER -I, 12x12 C IOxb 200 GFM _ MENS FITTING RM 1 E6 O •� o _ _ — 10I 8'm I WOMENS GG �I FITTING RM. 107 CV-3, 800 8"� IqC II 19 150 GFM FI NG YIER 0 I 108 230 GFM TYP ( L � 100 GFM GD-4, 14"m 480 GFM � PROCESSING AREA —� 3 C3 \\ JANITOR'S CLOSET 116 GD-2, 6'41) 50 GFM X N - — - -'�Cj WIND DATA DESIGN OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS FOR WIND FORCES SPECIFIC FOR THIS PROJECT LOCATION SHALL BE BY MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. OR EQUAL MANUFACTURER AND AS REQUIRED FOR ALL APPLICABLE CODES. WIND BASE SPEED = 130 MPH MECHANICAL LEGEND O INDICATES CODED NOTE ATO AIR TRANSFER DUCT E.A. EXHAU5T AIR O.A. OUTSIDE AIR MVD MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER O THERM05TAT ® SMOKE DETECTOR TEST STATION DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR TO SHUT DOM UNIT UNDER ALARM. DETECTOR SHALL BE LOCATED, INSTALLED AND WIRED A5 INDICATED ON FLOOR PLAN AND 5PEG- IFIGATION5. ALL WIRING TO BE IN CONDUIT PER N.E.G. MDERGUT DOOR, REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS MECHANICAL CODED NOTES: I. PROVIDE TRANSITION AS REQUIRED TO CONNECT DUCTWORK TO DIFFUSER - TYPICAL. 2. MOUNT DIFFUSER 3" BELOW LEVEL OF LIGHTS - TYPICAL. 3. SMOKE DETECTORS LOCATED IN SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR SECTIONS OF UNIT TO SHUT DOWN UNIT UNDER ALARM. DETECTORS ARE FACTORY INSTALLED AND FURNISHED WITH REMOTE TEST 5HITGH AND ALARM SHIPPED L005E. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL AND WIRE REMOTE TEST STATION. REFER TO DETAIL ON WANING M2. ALL HIRING SHALL BE IN CONDUIT PER NEG. 4. MOUNT TOP OF SMOKE DETECTOR REMOTE KEY 5TATU5 AND TEST 5TATION5 AT 544 A.F.F. REFER TO DETAIL ON DRAWING M2. INDICATE DETECTOR SERVING EACH DEVICE. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS WITH FIRE MARSHAL PRIOR TO ROU6H-IN. ALL WIRING SHALL BE IN CONDUIT PER N. E. G. 5. EXISTING UNIT ON ROOF PROVIDED UNDER SHELL DESIGN. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND ORIENTATION IN FIELD PRIOR TO THE START OF ANY WORK NOTIFY ENGINEER IF UNITS ARE NOT INSTALLED AS SHOWN ON PLANS. b. DASHED LINE ON SUPPLY AND RETURN DUGTWORK INDIGATE5 I' ACOUSTIC LINING. DUCT DIMEN51ON5 ARE EXTERIOR AND INCLUDE LINING - TYPICAL. 1. DASHED LINE ON EXHAUST DUCTWORK IWICATE5 1/2' ACOUSTIC, LINING. DUCT DIMENSIONS ARE EXTERIOR AND INCLUDE LINING - TYPICAL. 8. EM5 5Y5TEM DRAKW-75 BY GdG BUILDING AUTOMATION 5HALL DICTATE FINAL LOCATIONS OF ALL TEMPERATURE 5ENSORS. ALL WIRING SHALL 13E IN CONDUIT PER N.E.G. q. EXTEND SUPPLY AND RETURN DUCTS FULL 51ZE FROM EXISTING ACOUSTIC LINED DUCT STUB AND TRAN5ITION TO SIZES INDICATED ON PLANS. 10. MOUNT TOP OF THERM05TAT FOR EF-2 ON HALL NEXT TO DOOR IN THE ECJIIPMENT CLOSET AT 54" A. F. F. THERMOSTAT 5HALL BE WIRED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR OREFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR WIRING DIAGRAM). EF-2 TO BE CONTROLLED VIA EMS AND LINE VOLTAGE THERMOSTAT. ALL WIRING SHALL BE IN CONDUIT PER NFL. 11. MOUNT TOP OF THERMOSTAT AT 48' A.FF IN A LOGKING, VENTILATED, AND METAL ENCLOSURE. THERMOSTAT SHALL BE WIRED BY ELECTRICAL GONTRAGTOR. COORDINATE THERMOSTAT SET POINT WITH R055 G.M. ALL WIRING SHALL BE IN CONDUIT PER N.E.G. 12. M.G. SHALL PROVIDE 24"x24" TITUS MODE_ T-1001- N41TE, STEEL, LOUVERED DOOR GRILLE WITH AUXILIARY FRAME IN DOOR TO ELECTRICAL ROOM. MOUNT BOTTOM OF DOOR GRILLE AT 14" APE. COORDINATE WITH DOOR SHOP DRAWINGS. 13. COORDINATE ROUTING OF SUPPLY AIR DUCTWORK WITH ELEGTRIGAL CONTRACTOR STOCK ROOM LIGHTING SHALL BE INSTALLED AT 14'-0' A.F.F. MINIMUM. ALL EXPOSED DUCTWORK IN STOCK AREA SHALL BE INTERNALLY LINED SPIRAL DUCT. 14. 1' ACOUSTIC LINED AIR TRANSFER DUGT CONNECTED TO 6-I, 24x12, IN CEILING OF VESTIBULE AND 6-2, 24x12, MOUNTED AS HIGH P0551BLE ON HALL IN SALES AREA. DUCT AND GRILLE 51ZE5 A5 INDICATED ON PLANS. REFER TO DETAIL ON DRAWING M2. 15. TAG ALL MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS FOR FUTURE IDENTIFICATION. TAG SHALL IDENTIFY SPACE SERVED. MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS SERVING 5QUARE CEILING DIFFU5ER5 OR 6RILL5 WITH BALANCING DAMPER INSTALLED AT AN INAGGE5515LE CONGEALED LOCATION SHALL BE TYPE MVD/I. TYPICAL. Ib. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE 12' HIGH REFLECTIVE UNIT NUMBERS WITH SPECIFIC A/C, UNIT MA45ER TO BE P05TED ON EACH UNIT ON THE CONTROL PANE- DOOR AND 51DE WITH DISGONNEGT IN A LOCATION VISIBLE FROM THE ROOF HATCH. 11. BOTTOM DUGT TAP HITH MVD IN DROP. SIZE AS INDICATED ON PLANS. 18. MOUNT 130TTOM OF GRILLE OR REGI5TER NO LONER THAN 14'1 APP. ON WALL. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE EXACT MOUNTING HEIGHT AND LOCATION WITH R055 GONSTRUGTION MANAGER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. Iq. 14" X 14' EXHAUST DUCT UP TO EXHAUST FAN ON ROOF. 20. TRANSITION FROM 22' X 22' RECTANGULAR PECK ON RETURN AIR GRILLE TO RETURN DUCT 51ZE A5 INDICATED ON PLANS - TYPIGAL. 21. 1/2" ACOUSTIC LINED 14" X 14" EXHAUST DUCT UP TO EXHAUST FAN ON ROOF. 22. PROVIDE 24'1 MINIMUM 200 SQUARE INCH OF FREE AREA nTU5 MODEL T-100L HHITE, STEEL, LOUVERED DOOR GRILLE WITH AUXILIARY FRAME. MOUNT BOTTOM OF DOOR 6RILLE AT 14" AFF. 23. INSTALL RETURN AIR DUCT A5 HIGH A5 POSSIBLE APP. PROVIDE 2b' X Ib" TOP DUCT OPENING WITH 1" GALVANIZED HIRE MESH SCREEN OVER OPENING. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM 12" CLEARANCE BEThEEN BOTTOM OF ROOF DECK AND TOP OF RETURN AIR DUCT. 24. REFER TO AIR TRANSFER DETAIL ON DRAWINGS M2. 25. ROUTE b" DIAMETER EXHAUST DUCT UP THROUGH ROOF HITH TALL GONE FLA5HING, HEATHER SKIRT, AND 13REIDMT VENT GAP. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM OF 10'1 FROM ALL OUT5IDE AIR INTAKES. MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY ALL CLEARANGE5 AND DIMEN51ON5 IN FIELD i fla Ter, McHENRY & ASSOCIATES, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERS 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE #200 WARRENSVILLE HEIGHTS, OHIO 44128 PHONE: 216-292-4696 FAX: 216-292-5874 SCALE Email: MAIL®MCHENRYASSOCIATES.COM 1/8" = 1' 0" FLORIDA BUSINESS #0005282 mcg architecture T 216.M15M © 216.520.1W 7100 E Pba W Vdw N, Saba 3A graWK al 44131 Seal: ,�`oe�er�sr•®s LL ii r® V o ®�Z� • •®� `C J � f A Project for: W H Z W U I�/I Z I aLo N C, =J '.- cle) ° V1r12 OJT m 0 Z � J J 1r)�w W Q J ILA �c�= o ac�.,oC L Ana LU 1U V) N W Z 3: H Client: ROSS STORES, INC. 4440 ROSEWOOD DRIVE PLEASANTON, CA 94588 Revisions: BID/PERMIT 02-14-13 No. Description Date Project No.: 11.594.01 Drawn By: J P U Reviewed By: MAB Scale: AS NOTED Date: 01-28-2013 Filename: Sheet Title MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN Sheet #: M 1 MCG ARCHITECTS 2013 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED - - - - -� --�� ,.i.i,�r;.i �,�avi..ie�w iiui:u�:�u�,�i�isiil.ofSisYri,iil�B�t:iuunl i .a. ',.i��i. 7- 1/4' 5GREW5 (TYP) 1/4' 5GREW5 C"J II , II WIND RESTRAINT BRACKETS SCALE: NONE NOTE: ATTACH ALL HANGERS FROM GER STRAPS TOP CHORD OF JOISTS. STRAP OR ANGLE 60' MAX UWLE55 FOOT OF STRAP 15 PLACED UNDER A BOTTOM REINFORGEMENT M1 I 5GREW5 MAY BE OMITTED IN IF HANGER LOOPS SIZE BOLT(5) FOR LOAD HANGER LOAD RATED FASTENERS STRAP SECURE WIRE 10" VIA MAX 24" DIA MAX 50' DIA MAX BAND OF SAME 517E AS HANGER STRAP HANGER RODS, WIRES, OR STRAPS REINFORGEMENT MAY BE U5ED FOR ATTACHMENT IF IT QUALIFIES FOR BOTH DUTIES DO NOT EXCEED ALLOWABLE LOAD LIMITS HA OR5 MUST NOT DEFORM DUGT SHAPE BAND ONE HALF-ROUW MAY BE USED IF DUCT SHAPE 15 MAINTAINED STRAP HAN6ER5 DUCT HANGER DETAIL SCALE: NONE LOGKNUTS (TYPIGAU MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES A. SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATION WITH MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL TRADE5.5PRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN SHEET METAL SHOP DRAWINGS AND DE516N SPRINKLER SYSTEM (INCLUDING MODIFICATION OF EXISTING BRANCH PIPING AND MAINS) TO AVOID DUGTWORK CONFLICTS. B. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT 51TE PRIOR TO BIDDING PROGE55 AND FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE ALL INTERFERENCES INTO CONSIDERATION. PROVIDE ALL NEGE95ARY OFFSETS OR TRANSITIONS WITH EQUIVALENT AREAS TO MATCH DUCT SIZES AS INDICATED ON 0RAWING5. C. ROOF C IRB5 SHALL BE GOMPATIBLE WITH ROOFING SYSTEM AND 54ALL MATCH ROOF SLOPE IN ORDER THAT EQUIPMENT SITS DEAD LEVEL. D. PATCHING OF ROOF SHALL BE BY OWNER'S ROOFING CONTRACTOR AND PAID FOR BY THIS GONTRACTOR. E. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE FAMILIAR WITH OWNER'S STANDARDS, RULES AND RE6ULATION5. ALL OWNER'S CRITERIA SHALL BE COMPLIED KITH AND INCLUDED IN THIS BID. F. MAINTAIN ALL MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED SERVICE CLEARANCES FOR ALL EQUIPMENT. G. ALL CEILING DIFFUSERS SHALL HAVE MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS IN 0ORRE5PONDIN6 SUPPLY AIR RUJOUT5. H. COORDINATE LOCATION OF ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM EQUIPMENT WITH OWNER PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. I. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE 12' HIGH NUMBER PLATES WITH THE SPECIFIC RTU # ON THE CENTRAL PANEL DOOR AND SIDE WITH THE 015GONNEGT 5WITCH IN A V15115LE LOCATION PER R055 PROTO SHEET AI.I. J. ALL DUGTWORK SHALL BE INSTALLED TIGHT TO UNDERSIDE OF ROOF STRUCTURE OR A5 HIGH A5 POSSIBLE TO AVOID 0136TRUGTION5. K. WAG DUGTWORK SHALL BE FA13RIGATED AND ERECTED IN AC.CORDANGE KITH ASHRAE AND LATEST 5MAGNA STANDARDS. PROVIDE TURNING VANES AND ALL ELBOW5. L. ALL SUPPLY, RETURN AND EXHAUST BRANCH DUCTWORK SHALL. HAVE MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS IN GORRE5PONDIN6 RUNOUTS NEAR GONNEGTION TO MAIN DUCT. M. NO THERM05TATS ARE TO BE LOGATED OVER HEAT PRODUCING EQUIPMENT. N. SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL MODIFY EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM TO AGGOMMIMATE NEW DUGTWORK, LIGHTING AND PARTITION LAYOUTS. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR DETAILS. O. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS, LICENSES, DOCUMENTS AND SERVICES RELATED TO INSTALLATION OF THE WORK. P. CONTRACTOR SHALL PAINT INTERIOR OF ALL DUCTS V151BLE FROM FLOOR FLAT BLACK. Q. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN, BECOME FAMILIAR WITH AND COMPLY TO ALL ROSS DRE55 FOR LE55 PROTOTYPE CRITERIA DOCUMENTS AND DRAWINGS. R. CONTRACTOR SHALL GOMPLETE AIR BALANCE OF SYSTEM AND LOCK AND 5GREW SHEET METAL BALANGING DAMPERS IN P051TION PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF HARD GEILINGS. S. ALL SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DLIGTWORK SHALL BE INSTALLED A5 HIGH AS POSSIBLE. ROD REMOVABLE MOTOR COVER: ALUMINUM N. F. DISCONNECT SWITGH r� Li PER II L J FAN: BI, ALUMINUM WIND D RESISTANT CURB _ ANCHORED TO STRUCTURE - --, FACTORY RECOMMENDATIONS FOR 150 MPH WINDS. ROOF ANA , \ ALTERNATE LOCATION (VERIFY UPPER TRAPEZE LOAD GAPAGITY) TRAPEZE HANGERS ELBOW WITH AGOU5TIG AIRFOIL LINED DUCT TURNING VANES (5EE NOTE #1) BRANGH TAKE -OFF BRANCH TAKE -OFF REGTAN6ULARWMvV REGTAN6U..AR MVTO5'TO ROUND 45. REGTANGULAR BRANCH TAKE -OFF SQUARE TO ROUND El"" ROUND TO TRANSITION ROUND MYD FITTIN G 30" PORPORT10NAL FLEXIBLE BRANCH TO DUCT DIFFU5�7 SPLIT DUCT llllll MAX LENGTH = 48' MANUAL VOLUME NOTE: DASHED LINE INDICATES 1" INTERIOR DAMPER El ACOUSTIC LINING UNLESS OTHERWISE () NOTED. DUGT 51ZE 15 EXTERIOR AND INGUUDE5 LINING. TYPICAL DUCT TAKE -OFF DETAIL NE SCALE: NO MECHANICAL VENTILATION (OUTSIDE AIR) SCHEDULE DASHED LINE - INDIGATE5 1/2" ACOUSTIC LINING MOTOR: INTERNALLY PROTECTED. WIND COWLINS: ALUMINUM HURRIGANE TIE-DOV�pd STRAPS - ANCHORED TO CURB PER FACTORY RECOMMENDATIONS F 150 MPH WINDS. BACKMAFT DAMPER 4 BUR6L.AR BARS EXHAUST AIR DUCT: METAL, NO INSULATION. SEAL AIR -TIGHT EXHAUST FAN DETAIL SCALE: NONE GRILLE WALL TYPE 6-2 6RILLE WALL TYPE 6-1 �- ATD-1 SECTION VIEW NOTES FOR ALL AIR TRANSFER DUCTS: A. SEAL VOID BETWEEN WALL AND ALL DUCTHT PENETRATIONS AIRTIG. B. ACOUSTIC, LINE AIR TRANSFER DUCTS WITH 1/2' ACOUSTIC LINING. DUCT DIMENSIONS ARE EXTERIOR AND INCLUDE LINING. G. ALL GRILLES SHALL BE FL RN15HED WITH FRAMES GOMPATIBLE WITH WALL OR GEILING CONSTRUCTION. D. REFER TO PLANS FOR GRILLE AND DUCT SIZES. G-2, WALL GRILLE ATD-I C' 1, 24x24 ATDA PLAN VIEW AIR TRANSFER DUCT DETAILS SCALE: NONE APPROPRIATE CODE: 2010 FLORIDA MECHANICAL CODE EXHAUST AND VENTILATION FANS MARK SERVICE MAKE MODEL TYPE WHEEL DRIVE CFM EXT. RPM HP ELECTRICAL SONES CONTROLS ACCESSORIES WEIGHT ROOF STAT OPENING EF / 1 RESTROOMS, ACME PV-120 PRV CENT BELT 800 .375" 1080 1 / 4 120 / 1 / 60 6.1 A 1 100 LBS 13-1/2" X FITTING 13-1 /2" EF / 2 LOCKER RM, ACME PV-120 PRV CENT BELT 680 .375" 1080 1 / 4 120 / 1 / 60 6.1 A, B 2 100 LBS 13-1/2" X EQUIPMENT 13-1 /2" EF / 3 ELECTRICAL ACME PV-120 PRV CENT BELT 800 .375" 1080 1 / 4 120 / 1 / 60 6.1 B 1 100 LBS 13-1/2" X 13-1/2" EF / 4 JANITOR ACME VQ150 CEILING FAN CENT -- 100 .375" 750 -- 120 / 1 / 60 1.8 JA 2 130 LBS -- EQUIVALENT BY GREENHECK, COOK, OR PENN. ACCESSORIES: 1. N.F. DISCONNECT SWITCH, INSULATED ROOF CURB, BIRDSCREEN, LOW LEAKAGE GRAVITY BACKDRAFT DAMPER, FLEXIBLE DUCT COLLAR CONNECTION. 2. N.F DISCONNECT SWITCH, MOTOR & BELT GUARD, FLEXIBLE INLET AND OUTLET DUCT CONNECTIONS, VIBRATION ISOLATION HANGERS, GRAVITY BACKDRAFT DAMPER. NOTES: WIND DATA DESIGN OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS FOR WIND FORCES SPECIFIC FOR THIS PROJECT LOCATION SHALL BE BY MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. OR EQUAL MANUFACTURER AND AS REQUIRED FOR ALL APPLICABLE CODES. WIND BASE SPEED = 130 MPH CONTROLS: A. CONTROLLED VIA EMS (REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR WIRING DIAGRAM). B. CONTROLLED VIA LINE VOLTAGE THERMOSTAT (REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR WIRING DIAGRAM). PACKAGED GAS / ELECTRIC HIGH EFFICIENCY AIR CONDITIONING UNITS - PROVIDED BY LANDLORD MARK SERVICE MAKE MODEL S.A. MIN. EXT. FAN HP HEATING COOLING CAPACITY REFRIG. SEER / FLA/MCA ELECTRICAL WEIGHT ACCESSORIES CFM O.A. STATIC RPM FUEL INPUT TOTAL / SENS EAT AMBIENT EER MOCP CFM MBH/STAGES MBH DB / WB DB AC / 1 STOCK LENNOX LGHO6OH4E 2000 210 1.0 1110 1 GAS 65 / 1 57.5 / 47.0 77 / 64 105 R-410A 17.0 / 14.8 / 18 480 / 3 / 60 1100 LBS 1 - 2 12.7 25 AC / 2 OFFICE AREA LENNOX LGH048H4E 1600 175 1.0 1195 3/4 GAS 65 / 1 45.4 / 37.7 77 / 64 105 R-410A 17.0 / 11.6 / 14 480 / 3 / 60 1000 LBS 1 - 2 12.8 15 AC / 3 SALES LENNOX LGH156H4B 5200 1270 1.0 945 5 GAS 169 / 1 148.3 / 114.2 80 / 67 105 R-41OA -- / 30.4 / 35 480 / 3 / 60 2400 LBS 1 - 2 12.0 40 AC / 4 FITTING/ LENNOX LGH036H4E 1200 165 1.0 1110 1/2 GAS 65 / 1 33.2 / 27.4 78 / 65 105 R-41OA 17.0 / 8.8 / 10 480 / 3 / 60 1000 LBS 1 - 2 TOILETS 12.5 15 AC / 5 SALES LENNOX LGH156H4B 5200 1270 1.0 945 5 GAS 169 / 1 148.3 / 114.2 80 / 67 105 R-410A -- / 30.4 / 35 480 / 3 / 60 2400 LBS 1 - 2 12.0 40 AC / 6 SALES LENNOX LGH156H4B 5200 1270 1.0 945 5 GAS 169 / 1 148.3 / 114.2 80 / 67 105 R-41OA -- / 30.4 / 35 480 / 3 / 60 2400 LBS 1 - 2 12.0 40 AC / 7 SALES LENNOX LGH18OH4B 6000 1460 1.0 970 5 GAS 169 / 1 176.0 / 167.8 77 / 65 105 R-410A -- / 36.8 / 42 480 / 3 / 60 2700 LBS 1 - 2 12.0 45 ACCESSORIES: 1. EXISTING UNITS PROVIDED BY LANDLORD. COORDINATE CONTROL REQUIREMENTS WITH C&C AUTOMATION. 2. AIR BALANCE CONTRACTOR TO BALANCE UNITS TO AIR QUANTITY LISTED ON PLAN. I. ALL WIRING TO BE PER MANUFACTURER'S FACTORY INSTALLED E WIRED WIRING DIAGRAM5. PHOTO-ELEGTRIG DUCT DETECTOR IN 2. LOCATION OF DUCT DETECTOR TO BE SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR 5EGTION5 OF VERIFIED WITH LOCAL FIRE MARSHALL. UNIT TO SHUT DOWN UNIT ON ALARM. DETECTOR 15 TO BE INSTALLED IN AN SYSTEM 5EN50R #DHIOOAGDGLP ACGE55ABLE LOCATION. 3. PROVIDE AUXILLARY CONTACTS FOR FIRE ALARM SYSTEM BY E.G. #18 PROVIDE LABEL INDIGATING AG-X A550GIATED AG UNIT SERVED. INSTALL ADJACENT T-STAT OR o SYSTEM SENSOR #55K451 IN LOCATION APPROVED BY COMBINATION COMBINATION ALARM, TROUBLE, FIRE MAR5HALL HORN d KEY TEST STATION SHIPPED L005E A5 ACCESSORY TO AG UNIT DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR WIRING DIAGRAM SCALE: NONE DRAW BAND WITH SEALAW STORM GOLD ROOF GONE - 4 FLA5HIN6 FLUE THRU ROOF DETAIL SCALE: NOW RIEDERT VENT GAP. AINTAIN A MINIMUM OF 3'-0" BOVE ROOF AND 2'-0' ABO LL ELSE WITHIN 10'-O" REFER TO PLANS FOR CONTINUATION AND 51ZE NOTE: ROUTE FLUE TO AVOID ROOF JOISTS GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS MARK MAKE MODEL DESCRIPTION FINISH MATERIAL FRAME DAMPER REMARKS CD / 1 TITUS PCs PERF. DIFFUSER WITH WHITE STEEL 24" x 24" YES ROUND NECK PATTERN CONTROL LAY -IN CD / 2 TITUS TDC 4 WAY THROW FIXED BLADE WHITE STEEL SURFACE YES ROUND NECK, 1BX18 SUPPLY DIFFUSER FULL FACE DIFFUSER CD / 3 ACCUTHERM TF-HC SELF-CONTAINED VAV TERMINAL WHITE STEEL TO MATCH CLG YES ROUND NECK. ROOMS: FITTING ROOM FOYER, MEN'S AND TERMOSTAT DIFFUSER CONSTRUCTION FITTING ROOM, LOCKER ROOM, CASH OFFICE. CD / 4 TITUS TMRA ROUND SUPPLY DIFFUSER WHITE STEEL SURFACE YES ROUND NECK W/ ADJUSTABLE INNER CONES SR / 1 TITUS 30ORL DOUBLE DEFLECTION LONG FRONT WHITE STEEL SURFACE YES AG-15 BLADE WALL REGISTER G / 1 TITUS PAR PERFORATED RETURN WHITE STEEL LAY -IN NO GRILLE G / 2 TITUS 30RL HEAVY DUTY WHITE STEEL TO MATCH CLG OR NO BAR GRILLE WALL CONSTRUCTION ER / 1 TITUS 30RL HEAVY DUTY WHITE STEEL SURFACE NO BAR GRILLE SR / 1 TITUS 30ORS DOUBLE DEFLECTION WHITE STEEL SURFACE YES WALL REGISTER NOTE: NO SUBSTITUTIONS PERMITTED FOR GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS. REMARKS: APPLY TO ALL DEVICES UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. A. SUBMITTALS MUST IDENTIFY DIFFUSER LOCATION BY ROOM NUMBER, TYPE, AND CEILING CONSTRUCTION. B. ALL FRAME TYPES SHALL BE COMPATIBLE WITH ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR CONSTRUCTION DETAILS. MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS MARK MAKE MODEL DESCRIPTION MATERIAL REMARKS MVD / 1 METROPOLITAN RECT.- CABLE OPERATED GALV. STEEL OUTSIDE THE AIR STREAM INSTALLATION AIR TECHNOLOGY RT-200 REMOTE CONTROL FOR SQUARE CEILING DIFFUSERS OR GRILLES WITH ROUND - MANUAL BALANCING BALANCING DAMPER INSTALLED AT AN RT-250 DAMPER INACCESSIBLE CONCEALED LOCATION, NOTE 1 NOTES: 1. LOCATE DAMPER REMOTE ADJUSTMENT TIP IN CEILING ADJACENT TO CORRESPONDING DIFFUSER OR GRILLE WITH 1" MINI CEILING CUP. MECHANICAL VENTILATION (OUTSIDE AIR) SCHEDULE Room Name ROOM AREA (ft2) CLASSIFICATION CFM / FIXTURE (2009 IMC TABLE 403.3) NO. OF FIXTURES REQUIRED EXHAUST DESIGN EXHAUST MEN 115 TOILET 70 CFM/FIXTURE 2 140 200 WOMEN 125 TOILET 71 CFM/FIXTURE 2 140 200 MEN FITTING 150 FIT nNG ROOM 0.25 CFM/SQ FT 38 200 WOMEN FITTING 345 FITTING ROOM 0.25 CFM SQ FT 86 200 ROOM NAME ROOM AREA (ft2) CLASSIFICATION OUTDOOR AIR PRIMARY AIRFLOW (Vpz) Multiple Zone System REQUIRED DESIGN CALCULATED # OF PEOPLE IN AREA (Ps) CFM/PERSON PER TABLE (Table 403.3) (R) CFM/ft2 (Ra) (Table 403.3) Net Area) CFM1 (Rp*Pz) CFM2 (Ra*Az) REQUIRED O.A. (Vbz= R Pz+RaAz ZONE AIR DIST. EFFECTIVENESS Ez (Table 403.3.1.2) ZONE O.A. RATE (Voz= Vbz Ez) PRIMARY O.A. FRACTION (Voz/Vpz) SYSTEM VENTILATION EFFICIENCY (Ev) (Table 403.3.2.3.2) OCCUPANT DIVERSITY (D=Ps/Pz) UNCORRECTED O.A. INTAKE (Vou=D(RpPz) +RaAz O.A. FLOW RATE (Vot=Vou/Ev) CFM O.A. FLOW RATE (CFM) SYSTEM GROSS NET (Az) PEOPLE PER 1000 ft2 Net Area) NO. OF OCCUR (Pz RECEIVING 1400 1400 Storage rooms 0 0 0 0 0.12 0 168 168 0.8 210 210 210 AC-1 MANAGER 100 100 Offices ace 5 1 1 5 0.06 5 6 11 0.8 14 330 0.04 CASH 60 60 Office space 5 1 1 5 0.06 5 4 9 0.8 12 190 0.06 EQUIP 45 45 Storage rooms 0 0 0 0 0.12 0 5 6 0.8 8 25 0.32 BREAKROOM 280 280 Conference/meeting 50 14 14 5 0.06 70 17 87 0.8 109 580 0.19 OFFICE HALL 65 65 Corridors 0 0 0 0 0.06 0 4 4 0.8 5 100 0.05 BATH HALL 145 145 Corridors 0 0 0 0 0.06 0 9 9 0.8 12 100 0.12 Totals 80 45 Max Z 1 0.32 0.8 1 125 157 175 AC-2 SALES 4 520 520 Sales 15 8 8 7.5 0.12 60 62 123 0.8 154 450 0.34 FITTING FOYER 108 108 Corridors 0 0 0 0 0.06 0 6 7 0.8 9 140 0.06 Total, 60 69 Max Z 1 0.34 0.8 1 129 162 165 AC-4 SALES 3,5,6,7 18025 18025 Sales 15 271 271 7.5 0.12 2033 2163 4196 0.8 5245 5245 5270 AC-3, 5, 6, 7 GONTRAGTOR MU5T \/ERIFY ALL GLEARANGE5 AND DIMEN51ON5 IN FIELD mcg architecture ® 216. M1551 p 216.520.107 7100 E Pbmi Vft N, &ft 3M i28rda A OH 44131 Seal: ®®®,rrrl11/11/��I s ® U_ v' g'�13+ ® Q OD " 0 p®�� � C) X-3 I- 0 o a �% gA " �� ° � • e e e ® �yy��ai® v � A Project for: Client: W H Z W U Z U a Ln c, co CD O J J m � Z � J J ILw W a J A CCc�= o 00 aco Cn CO I in N. -� w Z 3: ROSS STORES, INC. 4440 ROSEWOOD DRIVE PLEASANTON, CA 94588 Revisions: BID/PERMIT 02-14-13 No. Description Date Project No.: 11.594.01 Drawn By: J P U Reviewed By: MAB Scale: AS NOTED Date: 01-28-2013 Filename: Sheet Title: MECHANICAL SCHEDULES AND DETAILS MECHANICAL SCHEDULES AND DETAILS i..l h. i -.! t.�'i 1,u 1 4 11b.;.l 1 11 1, ,. McHENRY & ASSOCIATES, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERS 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE #200 WARRENSVILLE HEIGHTS, OHIO 44128 PHONE: 216-292-4696 FAX: 216-292-5874 SCALE Email: MAIL®MCHENRYASSOCIATES.COM 1/8" = 1' 0" FLORIDA BUSINESS #0005282 Sheet #: M2 O MCG ARCHITECTS 2013 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED w a � Z IL HVAC DESIGN CRITERIA & CHECKLIST � ~ U_ m z D a � ~ U_ m O 0� 0 a w U_ in � O 0 a 0_ U USE, REVIEW & COMPLETION IS MANDATORY FOR ALL ROSS PROJECTS. CONTACT ROSS WITH ANY QUESTIONS. 1 OUTSIDE AIR DESIGN Architect Engineer Reviewer 1.A SUMMER DRY BULB AND WET BULB TEMPERATURES: 1% ASHRAE DESIGN MCG MCH 1.13 WINTER DRY BULB TEMPERATURE: 99% ASHRAE DESIGN MCG MCH 2 ROOM DESIGN (NOT WITHSTANDING ANY OTHER CRITERIA THE HVAC SYSTEM IS TO BE DESIGNED AND CONSTRUCTED TO MAINTAIN THESE TEMPERATURES) Architect Engineer Reviewer 2.A SUMMER 4 'F DRY BULB TEMPERATURE AND RELATIVE HUMIDITY MCG MCH 2.13 WINTER: 70 'F DRY BULB TEMPERATURES MCG MCH 3 PEOPLE DESIGN 3.A QUANTITY Architect Engineer Reviewer 3.A.1 RETAIL SALES AREA, ENTRY: 75 SQ. FT. PERSON MCG MCH 3.A.2 RETAIL SALES AREA GENERAL: 125 SQ. FT PERSON MCG MCH 3.A.3 FITTING ROOM WOMEN S: 35 SQ FT. PERSON MCG MCH 3.A.4 FITTING ROOM MEN S: 75 SQ. FT. PERSON MCG MCH 3.A.5 FITTING ROOM FOYER: 50 SQ. FT. PERSON MCG MCH 3.A.6 LOCKER ROOM: 50 SQ. FT. PERSON MCG MCH 3.A.7 OFFICE: 75 SQ. FT. PERSON BUT NLT 3 PERSONS MCG MCH 3.A.8 CORRIDOR: 200 SO. FT. PERSON MCG MCH 3.A.9 TOILETS: 100 SQ. FT. PERSON MCG MCH 3.A.10 PROCESSING ROOM: 250 SQ. FT. PERSON MCG MCH 3.A.11 CASH ROOM: 150 SQ.FT. PERSON BUT NLT 1 PERSON MCG MCH 3.13 HEAT GAIN Architect Engineer Reviewer 3.13.1 SENSIBLE HEAT: 240 BTUH PERSON MCG MCH 3.6.2 LATENT: 210 BTUH PERSON MCG MCH 4 VENTILATION DESIGN 4.A OUTSIDE AIR Architect Engineer Reviewer 4.A.1 15 CFM/PERSON MIN PER ASHRAE RECOMMENDATION OR AS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LOCAL CODES. MCG MCH 4.13 INFILTRATION Architect Engineer Reviewer 4.13.1 RETAIL SALES AREA, ENTRY: 300 CFM 3 FT. DOOR. MCG MCH 4.13.2 PROCESSING ROOM: 800 CFM FOR OVERHEAD LOADING DOCK DOOR USE BETWEEN 8-10AM COOING HEATING LOAD ESTIMATE MCG MCH 4.0 EXHAUST SYSTEMS Architect Engineer Reviewer 4.C.1 MECHANICAL EXHAUST: LOCKER ROOM, TOILETS, JANITOR, AND EQUIPMENT CLOSET AT 6 AIR CHANGES PER HOUR. MCG MCH 4.C.2 MECHANICAL EXHAUST (SEE SECTION 6.C.5) OR GRAVITY VENTILATOR: ELECTRICAL ROOM. MCG I MCH 5 ELECTRICAL DESIGN LOADS 5.A LIGHTS: Architect Engineer Reviewer 5.A.1 USE ACTUAL LIGHTING DESIGN. 5.A.2 LIGHTING GUIDELINE FOR USE IF ACTUAL DESIGN IS UNAVAILABLE AS FOLLOWS: MCG MCH 5.A.2.A RETAIL SALES AREA GENERAL: 1.3 WATT SQ.FT. MCG MCH 5.A.2.6 RETAIL SALES AREA, VALANCE: 12 WATT LINEAR FT. ON PERIMETER WALLS MCG MCH 5.A.2.0 DRESSING ROOM WOMEN'S: 3.25 WATT SQ. FT. MCG MCH 5.A.2.D DRESSING ROOM MEN S: 3.00 WATT SQ. FT. MCG MCH 5.A.2.E DRESSING ROOM FOYER: 1.50 WATT SQ. FT. MCG MCH 5.A.25 LOCKER ROOM OFFICE CASH PROCESSING ROOM TOILETS: 1.80 W SQ. FT. mcG Mc 5.A.2.G CORRIDOR: 1.00 WATT SQ. FT. MCG MCH 5.13 ELECTRICAL OUTLETS EQUIPMENT LOAD) Architect Engineer Reviewer 5.13.1 MANAGER OFFICE: 1000 WATTS MCG MCH 5.B.2 CASH: 250 WATTS MCG MCH 5.13.3 LOCKER ROOM: 1000 WATTS MCG MCH 5.13.4 EQUIPMENT CLOSET: 1000 WATTS MCG MCH 0 0 0 w HVAC DESIGN CRITERIA & CHECKLIST Q USE, REVIEW &COMPLETION IS w I_ C1. MANDATORY FOR ALL ROSS LU Q ~ 0 ~ � 0 5i Z PROJECTS. U_ m U m U_�< a CONTACT ROSS WITH ANY QUESTIONS. z `n ° `n UJ z 0 a of U 6.E.4 Y DUCTWORK SHALL BE FABRICATED AND INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA STANDARDS. MCG MCH 6.E.5 Y UNLESS A HIGHER LEVEL IS REQUIRED BY CODE, DUCTWORK INSULATION SHALL BE 2" THICK ONE POUND DENSITY FIBERGLASS INSULATION WITH A VAPOR BARRIER JACKET. SUPPLY AND RETURN DUCTS WITHIN 15' OF HVAC UNITS SHALL HAVE 1" INTERIOR ACOUSTIC INSULATION. MCG MCH 6.F AIR DISTRIBUTION DESIGN 61.1 SUPPLY AIR Architect Engineer Reviewer 6.F.1.A OUTLETS WITHIN LARGE AREAS SHALL BE LIMITED TO BOTH 1200 SQ. FT. AREA SERVED, AND 800 CFM CAPACITY (THE MOST RESTRICTIVE TO GOVERN.) MCG MCH 6.F.1.B Y OUTLETS SHALL BE STEEL WITH A WHITE FINISH PAINT VISIBLE INTERIOR FLAT BLACK). WHEN COASTAL PACKAGE IS REQUIRED TO BE INSTALLED OUTLETS ARE TO BE OF ALUMINUM WITH A WHITE FINISH RATHER THAN STEEL. MCG MCH 6.F.1.0 Y OUTLET OBD DAMPERS ARE NOT REQUIRED WHEN A BRANCH DUCT BALANCE DAMPER IS PROVIDED MCG MCH 6.F.1.D Y OUTLET TYPES SHALL BE THE FOLLOWING NO EXCEPTIONS Architect Engineer Reviewer 6.F.1.D.1 Y T- BAR CEILING: TITUS PCS MCG MCH 65.1.D.2 Y HARD CEILING: TITUS TDC MCG MCH 6.F.1.D.3 Y SIDE WALL: TITUS 272 RS NOT PERMITTED ON SALES FLOOR MCG MCH 6.F.1.D.4 Y LOCKER ROOM, MENS FITTING, FITTING FOYER, AND CASH OFFICE: ACUTHERM THERMA-FUSER TYPE TF-HC MCG MCH 6.F.1.D.5 Y PROCESSING ROOM: TITUS TMRA MOUNTED 3 BELOW LIGHTS MCG MCH MCG MCH 6.F.1.E Y OUTLET SIZE SHALL BE SELECTED AT A MAXIMUM NC OF 35 OR LESS AND A MAXIMUM NECK VELOCITY OF 800 FPM OR LESS. MCG MCH 6.F.1.F Y OUTLET DISTRIBUTION PATTERN AND SELECTED FOR A MAXIMUM TERMINAL VELOCITY OF 100 FPM OR LESS. MCG MCH 6.F.1.G Y THE LOCATION AND DISTRIBUTION PATTERN FOR SUPPLY DIFFUSERS INSTALLED IN "HARD" CEILING ROOMS SHALL BE SELECTED TO PROVIDE CONTINUOUS FLOW BETWEEN THE SURFACE MOUNTED LIGHTING FIXTURES. MCG MCH 65.1.11 Y SUPPLY AIR CFM SHALL BE BALANCED WITH RETURN AIR CFM. OUTSIDE AIR CFM MUST BE INDICATED SEPARATE TO THE SUPPLY AIR CFM ON THE HVAC EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE. MCG MCH 65.1.1 Y MANAGER OFFICE SUPPLY AIR SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 300 CFM MCG MCH 61.2 RETURN & EXHAUST AIR Architect Engineer Reviewer 6.F.2.A Y THE RETURN AIR SYSTEM SHALL BE COMPLETELY DUCTED. RETURN AIR CEILING PLENUMS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. MCG MCH 65.2.13 Y OUTLETS SHALL BE STEEL WITH WHITE FINISH. WHEN COASTAL PACKAGE IS INSTALLED OUTLETS ARE TO BE MADE OF ALUMINUM NOT STEEL. MCG MCH 6.F.2.0 Y OUTLET OBD DAMPERS ARE NOT REQUIRED WHEN A BRANCH DUCT BALANCE DAMPER IS PROVIDED. MCG MCH 6.F.2.D Y OUTLET TYPES SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: Architect Engineer Reviewer 6.F.2.D.1 Y T-BAR CEILING: TITUS PAR MCG MCH 6.F.2.D.2 Y HARD CEILING: TITUS 30 RL MCG MCH 6.F.2.D.3 Y SIDE WALL: TITUS 30 RL MCG MCH 6.F.2.E Y OUTLET SIZE SHALL BE SELECTED AT A MAXIMUM NECK VELOCITY OF 600 FPM AND A MAXIMUM FACE VELOCITY OF 400 FPM OR LESS. MCG MCH 6.F.2.F Y LOCKER ROOM: SHOW EXHAUST ONLY NO RETURN AIR. MCG MCH MCG MCH 7 Y ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS 7.A Y COORDINATION Architect Engineer Reviewer 7.A.1 Y THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SERVICES FOR THE EMS CONTRACTOR AS SPECIFIED IN THE EMS NOTES, SHEET E2.0, DETAIL 1 NOTE B. THIS DOCUMENT IS ESSENTIAL. MCG MCH w HVAC DESIGN CRITERIA & CHECKLIST 0- a. � < < w USE, REVIEW & COMPLETION IS � r. MANDATORY FOR ALL ROSS ~ ~ z D Z PROJECTS. U_ m LL m U_ U Q CONTACT ROSS WITH ANY QUESTIONS. O Cn z0� o co O o �a Zx00 ZtYU � O (nLL co U_ cn L_ Q 6 HVAC SYSTEM DESIGN Architect Engineer Reviewer 6.A ZONING IS MANDATORY PER PROTOTYPICAL HVAC DESIGN LAYOUT PLAN MCG MCH 6.A.1 AC-1 PROCESSING ROOM ONLY. MCG MCH 6.A.1.A AC-1: CONTROL TEMPERATURE SENSOR SHALL BE LOCATED ABOVE THE DOOR 0+93" AFF. MCG MCH 6.A.2 AC-2 OFFICES, RESTROOMS AND REAR RETAIL SALES. MCG MCH 6.A.2.A. AC-2 UNIT PONTROL TEMPERATURE SENSOR TO BE LOCATED IN THE MANAGER OFFICE +54 AFF AND A MONITORING ONLY SENSOR IN THE CASH OFFICE. MCG MCH 6.A.2.B AC-2 THE LOCKER BREAKROOM & CASH OFFICE SHALL HAVE TEMPERATURE CONTROL SUB -ZONES PROVIDED BY SELF CONTAINED VAV CHANGEOVER TYPE CONTROLLED CEILING SUPPLY DIFFUSERS "THERMAFUSER TYPE TF-HC. MCG MCH 6.A.2.0 AC-2 DO NOT PROVIDE RETURN AIR FROM THE LOCKER ROOM. MCG MCH 6.A.3 AC-3 RETAIL SALES FLOOR EXTERIOR PERIMETER WALL AREA, LEFT SIDE AS VIEWED FROM STORE ENTRY. 6.A.4 AC-4: MEN'S AND WOMEN'S FITTING ROOMS, FOYER, REAR RETAIL SALES FLOOR AT FOYER ENTRY. MCG MCH 6.A.4.A. AC-4 UNIT CONTROL TEMPERATURE SENSORS SHALL BE LOCATED WITHIN THE WOMEN'S FITTING ROOM CORRIDOR 0+93" AFF. MCG MCH 6.A.4.B AC-4 THE FOYER AND MEN'S FITTING ROOM SHALL HAVE TEMPERATURE CONTROL SUB -ZONES PROVIDED BY SELF CONTAINED VAV CHANGEOVER TYPE CONTROLLED CEILING SUPPLY DIFFUSERS "THERMAFUSER TYPE TF-HC. MCG MCH 6.A.5 AC-5: RETAIL SALES FLOOR INTERIOR AREA Mc 6.A.6 AC-6: RETAIL SALES FLOOR INTERIOR AREA. RIGHT SIDE AS VIEWED FROM STORE ENTRY. MCG MCH 6.A.7 AC-7: RETAIL SALES FLOOR ENTRY AREA WIDTH OF ENTRY GLASS. MCG MCH 6.A.8 REMODEL & TAKEOVER PROJECTS SHALL HAVE EQUIVALENT TEMPERATURE CONTROL ZONES, NUMBERED AND SIZED ACCORDING TO THE PROTOTYPICAL ZONES DESCRIBED. MCG MCH 6.13 Y AIR CONDITIONING UNIT 6.13.1 Y NATIONAL ACCOUNT INFORMATION Architect En ineer I Reviewer 6.B.1.A Y ROSS DRESS FOR LESS HAS A NATIONAL ACCOUNT AGREEMENT WITH LENNOX INDUSTRIES TO SUPPLY HVAC PRODUCTS FOR ALL LOCATIONS. NO SUBSTITUTIONS WITHOUT SPECIAL CONDITIONS AND THE APPROVAL OF ROSS' V.P. OF CONSTRUCTION. MCG MCH 6.13.1.13 Y LENNOX INDUSTRIES INC. SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH THE UNIT SPECIFICATIONS AND SCHEDULE BY THE G.C. PRIOR TO BID DATE FOR PRODUCTION SCHEDULING AND FOR PREPARATION OF THEIR QUOTATION TO BIDDERS. MCG MCH 6.B.1.0 Y HVAC CONTRACTORS ARE DIRECTED TO CALL CORY HICKEN, LENNOX NATIONAL ACCOUNT REPRESENTATIVE FOR EQUIPMENT INFORMATION SEE CONTACT LIST SHEET AO.0 MCG MCH 6.B.1.D Y EQUIPMENT WARRANTY - LENNOX INDUSTRIES SHALL PROVIDE A NON -PRORATED WARRANTY OF 5 YEARS FOR THE COMPRESSORS AND 10 YEARS FOR THE HEAT EXCHANGERS. MCG MCH 6.6.2 Y TYPE Architect Engineer Reviewer 6.B.2.A Y FURNISH AND INSTALL LENNOX "L" SERIES HIGH EFFICIENCY, PACKAGED ROOF MOUNTED, GAS HEATING, ELECTRIC COOLING UNITS WITH TYPE R410-A REFRIGERANT. MCG I MCH 6.13.2.13 Y USE OF ELECTRIC HEATING OR HEAT PUMPS REQUIRES SPECIAL CONDITIONS AND THE APPROVAL OF ROSS' V.P. OF CONSTRUCTION. MCG MCH 6.6.2.13 Y VERTICAL DOWN -FLOW TYPE UNITS ARE STANDARD. MCG MCH 6.13.3 Y FACTORY OR FIELD INSTALLED ITEMS Architect Engineer Reviewer 6.B.3.A Y LENNOX TO SUPPLY FACTORY INSTALLED AND FACTORY TESTED BACNET ENABLED PRODIGY BOARDS FOR ALL NEW UNITS. EMS SUBCONTRACTOR TO SUPPLY NEW COMPATIBLE EMS CONTROLS ON EXISTING UNITS (WHERE APPROVED FOR REUSE) MECH'L SUBCONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE CONVENTIONAL THERMOSTAT INTERFACE IN EXISTING UNITS FOR EMS CONTROLS. MCG MCH � 0 LU 0 w HVAC DESIGN CRITERIA & CHECKLIST Q 1 Q w USE, REVIEW & COMPLETION IS r. MANDATORY FOR ALL ROSS W O ~ LU O ~ W � 0 2 Z PROJECTS. m U m U_ v, � CONTACT BOSS WITH ANY QUESTIONS. O U) O co O o UJ 2i a Z Ly Z o Z of U � O Cl) U_ cn U_ co U_ Q 7.A.2 Y AIR CONDITIONING UNIT MANUFACTURER: LENNOX INDUSTRIES INC. MCG MCH 7.A.2.A Y MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AN EQUIPMENT OPERATIONAL CHECK AFTER THE HVAC INSTALLATION AND STARTUP IS COMPLETED PER MANUFACTURER INSTRUCTIONS. LENNOX AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL SHALL THEN INSPECT THE EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION AND THE SYSTEM OPERATION. EOC DOCUMENTATION SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE ROSS CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE. MCG MCH 7.A.2.B Y LENNOX NATIONAL ACCOUNTS WILL PROMPT THE COMMUNICATION FOR AN EOC, WHICH WILL BE SCHEDULED IN COORDINATION WITH THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. MCG MCH 7.A.2.0 Y PRIOR TO SCHEDULING THE EOC, THE HVAC SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THAT; THE SHIPPING BLOCKS HAVE BEEN REMOVED, ALL OF THE AIR CONDITIONING UNITS ARE OPERATIONAL, DUCTWORK, GAS PIPING, CONDENSATE PIPING, POWER WIRING AND CONTROL WIRING HAVE BEEN INSTALLED. MCG MCH 7.A.2.D Y THE HVAC SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AT THEIR COST A QUALIFIED SERVICE TECHNICIAN TO BE PRESENT DURING THE EQUIPMENT OPERATION CHECK. MCG MCH 7.A.2.E Y LENNOX INDUSTRIES, INC. SHALL PROVIDE A WRITTEN COPY OF THE EOC REPORT TO THE ASSIGNED ROSS CONSTRUCTION REP, THE HVAC SUBCONTRACTOR PRESENT AT THE CHECK AND CCBAC. MCG MCH 7.A.2.F Y ANY AND ALL DEFECTS IN THE AIR CONDITIONING UNITS, INSTALLATION AND SYSTEM OPERATION SHALL BE CORRECTED BY THE HVAC SUBCONTRACTOR WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE EOC REPORT. FAILURE TO IDENTIFY A DEFECT DURING THE EOC DOES NOT RELIEVE THE LANDLORD AND THE HVAC SUB -CONTRACTOR OF THE RESPONSIBILITY TO CORRECT SUBSEQUENTLY IDENTIFIED DEFECTS. MCG MCH 7.A.3 Y ALL EQUIPMENT, INSTALLATION, DESIGN AND OPERATION DEFECTS DISCOVERED DURING THE INSTALLATION, CHECK, BALANCE AND OPERATION OF THE HVAC SYSTEM THAT REQUIRE A CHANGE IN THE DESIGN AND SPECIFICATION OF THE HVAC SYSTEM OR ITS COMPONENTS MUST BE PROPERLY INCORPORATED BY CHANGE ORDER IN THE PROJECT CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AND THAT CHANGE -ORDER REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY BOTH THE LANDLORD AND THE ROSS CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE. MCG MCH 7.13 Y AIR BALANCING 7.13.1 Y QUALIFICATIONS Architect Engineer Reviewer 7.B.1.A Y THE AIR BALANCING SHALL BE DONE BY AN INDEPENDENT AABC OR NEBB CERTIFIED FIRM AT THE COST OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. MCG MCH 7.13.2 Y SUBMITTALS Architect Engineer Reviewer 7.B.2.A Y WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER THE CONTRACT IS AWARDED PROVIDE THE NAME AND QUALIFICATIONS OF THE BALANCING SUBCONTRACTOR AND SAMPLE TEST FORMS TO BE USED FOR THE BALANCING REPORT. MCG I MCH 7.13.2.13 Y AFTER THE BALANCING HAS BEEN COMPLETED, PROVIDE A WRITTEN COPY OF THE BALANCING REPORT TO 1 THE ROSS CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE, 2 THE HVAC SUB -CONTRACTOR, AND 3 C&C BUILDING AUTOMATION. SEE 6 D.2.6 MCG MCH 7.13.3 Y EXECUTION Architect Engineer Reviewer 7.B.3.A Y PRIOR TO COMMENCING WITH THE BALANCING WORK THE BALANCING SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL INSPECT THE DUCTWORK INSTALLATION TO DETERMINE IF ALL REQUIRED BALANCING DAMPERS AND ACCESS DOORS/PANELS HAVE BEEN INSTALLED. DO NOT USE OUTLET OBD FOR BALANCING. I MCG MCH 0 0 0 w HVAC DESIGN CRITERIA & CHECKLIST a a < a < USE, REVIEW & COMPLETION IS � r. MANDATORY FOR ALL ROSS tz UJ 11 0 � Z) Z PROJECTS. U_ m U_ m U_ W� J CONTACT ROSS WITH ANY QUESTIONS. O co o Cn O 0 a- 2Ea_ zQY Zi ZIrU 6.13.3.13 Y ECONOMIZERS TO BE GEAR DRIVEN AND FACTORY INSTALLED ON ALL UNITS 5-TONS AND ABOVE. GLOBAL ENTHALPY CONTROLS ARE TO BE USED FOR THE CONTROL OPTION ON THE ECONOMIZER. ECONOMIZER TO BE SUPPLIED WITH OUTDOOR AIR HOOD. TWO CLEANABLE ALUMINUM MESH FRESH AIR FILTERS TO BE FURNISHED BY LENNOX. MCG MCH 6.B.3.0 Y 25% OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE HOODS WITH BALANCE DAMPER AND BIRD SCREEN SHALL BE FACTORY INSTALLED ON UNITS WITHOUT AN ECONOMIZER. MCG MCH 6.B.3.D Y POWER EXHAUST FANS SHALL BE FACTORY INSTALLED ON 6-TON AND LARGER UNITS WITH AN ECONOMIZER HAVING A HIGH (GREATER THAN 0.25" SP) DESIGN RETURN AIR PRESSURE LOSS. MCG MCH 6.B.3.E Y SUPPLY AND RETURN SMOKE DETECTORS TO BE PROVIDED AND FACTORY INSTALLED BY LENNOX. IF LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS DO NOT ALLOW FACTORY INSTALLATION, LENNOX WILL PROVIDE SMOKE DETECTORS TO BE FIELD INSTALLED BY THE HVAC CONTRACTOR AND ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD WIRE DETECTORS TO UNIT AS NECESSARY. MCG MCH 6.B.3.F Y HACR CIRCUIT BREAKERS TO BE FACTORY INSTALLED AND FACTORY WIRED BY LENNOX ON ALL UNITS ABOVE 12.5-TONS. UNITS 12.5-TONS AND BELOW WILL BE SUPPLIED WITH NON -FUSED SERVICE DISCONNECT FACTORY INSTALLED AND FACTORY WIRED. MCG MCH 6.B.3.G Y SERVICE OUTLETS: LENNOX TO FACTORY INSTALL A DUAL 120-VOLT GFCI TYPE SERVICE OUTLET. WIRING TO THE OUTLET SHALL BE FIELD PROVIDED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR ON SITE. MCG MCH 6.B.3.H Y CURBS: USE ONLY LENNOX STANDARD CURBS OR ADAPTOR CURBS, TO BE SUPPLIED BY LENNOX. MCG MCH 6.13.3.1 Y ROOFTOP HVAC UNITS SHALL BE SUPPLIED WITH LENNOX COASTAL PACKAGE (TECHNICOAT) WHEN SITE IS LOCATED WITHIN 6 MILES OF THE COAST OR FURTHER IF IN A CORROSIVE ENVIRONMENT. BOTH THE EVAPORATOR AND CONDENSER COILS SHALL BE COATED. SYSTEM SUPPLY, RETURN & EXHAUST AIR OUTLETS ARE TO BE ALUMINUM WHEN COASTAL PACKAGE IS INSTALLED. MCG MCH 6.6.4 SIZE Architect Engineer Reviewer 6.B.4.A UNITS SHALL BE SELECTED BASED UPON CLOSEST SIZE THAT SHALL PROVIDE THE CALCULATED CAPACITY (TONS/CFM) AT AN ENTERING CONDENSER AIR TEMPERATURE 5 DEG. F HIGHER THAN THE ASHRAE 1 % DESIGN OUTDOOR AIR TEMPERATURE. ALL UNITS SPECIFIED MUST MEET OR EXCEED ASHRAE 90.1 1999 MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS MCG MCH 6.13.4.13 ACTUAL COOLING AND HEATING LOAD CALCULATIONS MUST BE SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL TO THE ROSS STORES ASSIGNED CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE WITH THE 100% DESIGN SUBMITTAL (SEE 6.D.2). MCG MCH 6.B.4.0 SIZING GUIDELINES HAVE BEEN CHECKED AGAINST THOSE PROVIDED ON; CHART 1 FOR AC-1,(ALWAYS DESIGNATED FOR PROCESSING ROOM) CHART 2 FOR AC-3 THRU 6,(REFER TO M-1 FOR DESIGNATIONS) CHART 3 FOR AC-7 ALWAYS DESIGNATED FOR STORE ENTRY MCG MCH 6.B.4.D THE SQ. FT. ON SIZING DATA SHOWN IN TABLE 1 HAS BEEN BASED ON THE FOLLOWING CRITERIA, WHICH THE BUILDING DESIGN MUST MEET: MCG MCH 6.13A.D.1 GLASS R-0.67 FACTOR MCG MCH 6.13A.D.2 WALL R-19 FACTOR MCG MCH 6.13A.D.3 ROOF R-38 FACTOR MCG MCH 6.13.4.13.4 PEOPLE LOAD: PER SECTION 3 MCG MCH 6.13A.D.5 LIGHTING LOAD: PER SECTION 5A. MCG MCH 6.13A.D.6 ELECTRICAL CONVENIENCE OUTLET LOAD: PER SECTION 5B. MCG MCH 6.B.4.D.7 VENTILATION: PER SECTION 4. MCG MCH 6.B.4.D.8 SAFETY FACTOR: 10% MCG MCH 6.6.4.E LENNOX WILL NOT RELEASE UNIT ORDERS UNTIL ROSS CRITERIA CONDITIONS ARE SUBSTANTIALLY MET. MCG MCH 0 0 0 w HVAC DESIGN CRITERIA & CHECKLIST a USE, REVIEW & COMPLETION IS � < Q w � r. MANDATORY FOR ALL ROSS 0 � tz E (D S� � Z PROJECTS. U L O U_ W J CONTACT ROSS WITH ANY QUESTIONS. O �, 0 O 0 0- 2Ea. Z� Z� ZQ�U �O WU_ cnU_ cnUQ 7.13.3.13 Y BALANCE ALL FANS TO WITHIN +10% -5% OF DESIGN. REPLACE FAN DRIVE IF REQUIRED TO OBTAIN THE DESIGN CAPACITY. MCG MCH 7.B.3.0 Y BALANCE OUTLETS AS FOLLOWS: SMALL AREAS WITH 1 OR 2 OUTLETS:+/-5% OF DESIGN LARGE AREAS WITH 3 OR MORE OUTLETS:+ -10% OF DESIGN. MCG MCH 7.B.3.D Y REPORT IN WRITING ALL DEFICIENCIES AND PROBLEMS DISCOVERED TO 1 THE ROSS C.M., 2 C&C BUILDING AUTOMATION AND 3 THE HVAC SUBCONTRACTOR PRIOR TO COMPLETING THE BALANCING WORK. THIS REPORT SHOULD INCLUDE THE "CAUSE" AND SUGGESTED "SOLUTION" IF KNOWN. MCG MCH 7.B.3.E Y THE AIR CONDITIONING UNITS SHALL BE BALANCED IN THE MINIMUM OUTSIDE AIR MODE. THE OUTSIDE AIR DAMPER "% MINIMUM OPEN POSITION" AND THE "METHOD" USED SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE BALANCING REPORT. ALSO MEASURE AND REPORT THE FAN OPERATING DATA FOR UNITS WITH ECONOMIZERS IN THE 100% OUTSIDE AIR MODE. MCG MCH 7.13.4 Y FIELD VERIFICATION: UPON THE REQUEST OF THE ROSS STORES INC. CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE,THE BALANCING SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL MEASURE RANDOMLY SELECTED OUTLETS AS CHOSEN BY THE CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE TO DEMONSTRATE THE ACCURACY OF THE BALANCE REPORT MEASUREMENTS. WHEN DEEMED NECESSARY BY THE CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE THE BALANCING CONTRACTOR SHALL REBALANCE DEFICIENT SYSTEMS WITHOUT ANY ADDITIONAL COST. MCG MCH 7.13.5 Y CORRECTION OF DEFECTS: REQUIRED WITHIN 30 DAYS OF THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE BALANCING REPORT, SEE 7.A.3 FOR RESPONSIBILITIES. MCG MCH 7.0 Y CONTROLS AND CONTROL WIRING: THE EMS AND/OR THE ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTOR ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE AIR CONDITIONING UNIT AND EXHAUST FAN FIELD SUPPLIED CONTROLS, WIRING AND OPERATIONAL CHECKS THEREOF. MCG MCH 7.D Y SALES AREA TEMPERATURE SENSORS AND/OR ELECTRONIC THERMOSTATS SHALL BE MOUNTED AT 7'-9" AFF. MCG MCH 7.E Y OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS: THREE (3) BOUND SETS OF THE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE ROSS CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE AT TURNOVER, AND ARE REQUIRED FOR FINAL ACCEPTANCE. MCG MCH 71 Y AS -BUILT DRAWINGS: THE HVAC SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL PROGRESSIVELY RECORD ALL HVAC DRAWING CHANGES WHICH SHALL BE AVAILABLE AT ALL TIMES FOR REVIEW BY THE ROSS STORES, INC. CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE. AN AUTOCAD COPY OF THE FINAL AS -BUILT DRAWINGS SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE ROSS CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE AT TURNOVER. THIS AUTOCAD AS -BUILT IS REQUIRED FOR FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE PROJECT. MCG MCH 7.G Y HVAC FILTERS ARE TO BE REPLACED AT STORE DELIVERY WITH 2" PLEATED FILTERS w HVAC DESIGN CRITERIA & CHECKLIST Z) Z CL a a < 0 < 0 w USE, REVIEW & COMPLETION IS Q C1. MANDATORY FOR ALL ROSS W~ W~ Of 0 Si D Z PROJECTS. L m L m U_ ui a CONTACT ROSS WITH ANY QUESTIONS. W q W z a- Er � �U tO (nnLL cnLL cnLLQ 6.0 Y EXHAUST FANS Architect Engineer Reviewer 6.C.1 Y BELT DRIVEN CENTRIFUGAL ROOF EXHAUSTER (ACME, GREENHECK OR EQUIVALENT). MCG MCH 6.C.2 Y COMPLETE WITH CURB, BACKDRAFT DAMPER AND DISCONNECT SWITCH. MCG MCH 6.C.3 Y FAN SOUND RATING SHALL BE 5 SONES OR LESS. MCG MCH 6.C.4 Y RESTROOMS & JANITOR CLOSET EXHAUST FAN EF-1 SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY THE ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM. LOCKER ROOM & EQUIPMENT CLOSET EXHAUST FAN (EF-2) SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY THE ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM & A LINE VOLTAGE THERMOSTAT IN PARALLEL (SEE DET 7/SHT E1). LOCATE THERMOSTAT IN THE EQUIPMENT CLOSET 0+54" AFF AT SIDE WALL ON HINGE SIDE OF DOOR. ELECTRICAL ROOM EXHAUST FAN (EF-3) SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY A LINE VOLTAGE THERMOSTATE LOCATED IN THE ELECTRICAL ROOM AT 0+54" AFF NEXT TO DOOR. CLEARLY SPECIFY THAT THE LINE VOLTAGE THERMOSTATS SHALL BE PROVIDED & INSTALLED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR; WIRED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. MCG MCH 6.D HVAC SYSTEM PLANS Architect Engineer Reviewer 6.D.1 PLANS SHALL BE COMPLETE INCLUDING THE FOLLOWING: MCG MCH 6.D.1.A Y A/C UNITS SCHEDULES MCG MCH 6.D.1.B Y EXHAUST FANS MCG MCH 6.D.1.0 Y SMOKE DETECTORS MCG MCH 6.D.1.D Y DUCT HEATERS IF APPLICABLE MCG MCH 6.D.1.E Y OUTLET TYPES AND SIZES MCG MCH 6.D.1.F Y DUCTWORK TYPE AND SIZE MCG MCH 6.DA.G Y INSULATION TYPE AND U FACTOR MCG MCH 6.D.1.H Y BALANCE DAMPERS, FIRE DAMPERS, TURNING VANES, EXTRACTORS, ACCESS DOORS/PANELS AND OTHER ACCESSORY SHEET METAL ITEMS MCG MCH 6.D.1.1 Y GAS PIPING TYPE AND SIZE MCG MCH 6.D.1.J Y CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING TYPE AND SIZE MCG MCH 6.D.1.K COMPLETE LOAD CALCULATIONS MCG MCH MCG MCH 6.D.2 PLAN REVIEW: THE COMPLETE 100%) PLAN SET, PLUS LOAD CALCULATIONS FOR EACH UNIT MUST BE SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW TO: MCG MCH 6.D.2.A THE ASSIGNED ROSS CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE MCG MCH 6.D.2.B THE ROSS ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS: C&C BUILDING AUTOMATION, ATTN: ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 390 SWIFT AVE.# 22, SOUTH SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94080, PHONE (650) 243-2455, EMAIL: ROSS®CCBAC.COM MCG MCH 6.D.2.0 THE UNIT MANUFACTURER: LENNOX INDUSTRIES, INC. ATTENTION CORY HICKEN, LENNOX NATIONAL ACCOUNTS FOR ROSS STORES SEE CONTACT LIST ON AO.0. MCG MCH 6.D.3 AS BUILT DRAWINGS: A FULLY UPDATED AS -BUILT AUTOCAD MECHANICAL SET SHALL BE PROVIDED TO ROSS STORES, INC. AT CONSTRUCTION TURNOVER AND AS REQUIRED FOR FINAL ACCEPTANCE UNDER LEASE. MCG MCH 6.E DUCTWORK DESIGN Architect En ineer Reviewer 6.E.1 SIZING: SUPPLY AT 0.10 100 , RETURN AT 0.08 100 AND BRANCH CONNECTIONS TO OUTLETS AT 800 FPM (MAX). MCG MCH 6.E.2 Y ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE GALVANIZED STEEL WITH TRANSVERSE DUCT JOINTS SEALED WITH 4" WIDE HARDCAST TAPE. DUCT TAPE IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. FIBERGLASS FLEXIBLE DUCTS WITH LINER MAY BE USED FOR BRANCH DUCT CONNECTIONS TO OUTLETS WITH 10 FT. MAXIMUM LENGTH. MCG MCH 6.E.3 Y ALL BRANCH DUCT CONNECTIONS TO OUTLETS SHALL INCLUDE A MANUAL BALANCE DAMPER WITH LOCKING QUADRANT LOCATED AT THE BRANCH DUCT CONNECTION TO THE HEADER DUCT. MCG MCH mcg architecture T 2IL54O.1551 © 2IU21LI567 71M E Pleasant Valey Rd, Some 32% t2eMeland, OH 44131 Seal: ao®•®�eeoeea®o o® ®� ® ' yxILL `• p O s 'J' w ®�® O. O F- O a .J z * rn � es o ° S ®eis A Project for: Client: ROSS STORES, INC. 4440 ROSEWOOD DRIVE PLEASANTON, CA 94588 Revisions: BID/PERMIT 02-14-13 No. Description Date Project No.: 11.594.01 Drawn By: JPU Reviewed By: MAB Scale: AS NOTED Date: 01-28-2013 Filename: Sheet Title: PROTOTYPE CHECKLIST Sheet #: M3 © MCG ARCHITECTS 2013 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED ORAL DEMOLITION NOTES: A. THI5 CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM ALL DEMOLITION OF EXISTING ELEGTRIGAL SYSTEMS AS INDICATED ON ELECTRICAL AND ARCHITECTURAL PLAN5 OR NEGE55ARY FOR THE PROJECT. REMOVE FROM 51TE AND PROPERLY DISPOSE OF ALL MATERIAL AND DEBRIS FROM THIS WORK. B. DEMOLITION DRAWINGS ARE GENERAL IN NATURE SHOWING THE 5GOPE OF DEMOLITION WORK. CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE 517E AND BECOME FAMILIAR WITH THE QUANTITY OF LIGHT FIXTURES, OUTLETS, ETC. REMOVE ALL EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES NO LONGER REQUIRED FOR FINISHED GONSTRUGTION. ALL EXISTING LIGHTS, CONDUIT, WIRE AND DEVICES IN PROJECT AREAS SHALL BE REMOVED AND DI5PO5ED OF, REMOVE CONDUITS BEYOND NEW SURFACES. REMOVE ALL EX15TIWo WIRE FROM CONDUIT BACK TO POINT OF COMMON USE OR TO PANELS. LABEL EXISTING CIRCUIT BREAKERS "SPARE" IF NOT REUSED FOR NEW WORK. G. 015CONNEGT EXISTING EQUIPMENT IN BUILDING THAT 15 TO BE REMOVED UNDER OTHER 5EGTIOIJ REMOVE DATA AND PHONE GABLING SYSTEM AS DIRECTED BY OWNER, NO GABLES SHALL BE REMOVED OR GUT WITHOUT APPROVAL FROM OWNER. ANY EXISTING GABLES TO REMAIN SHALL BE SUPPORTED FROM STRUCTURE BEFORE CEILING REMOVAL. D. PATCH ALL SURFACES TO MATCH SURROUNDING FOR DEVICES TO BE REMOVED FROM EXISTING WALLS TO BE MAINTAINED. EXISTING ROUGH -IN BOXES IN WALL TO REMAIN MAY BE REUSED IF CODE COMPLYING AND APPROVED FOR LOCATION BY ARCHITECT. E. THE OWNER RESERVES THE R16HT OF SALVAGE FOR ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO DEMOLITION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW ALL MATERIALS AND DELIVER TO THE OWNER THOSE REQUIRED IN THEIR EX151111% CONDITION. ALL OTHER MATERIAL SHALL BE REMOVED BY THI5 CONTRACTOR F. ALL GIRGUIT5 WHICH ARE REQUIRED TO REMAIN ACTIVE SHALL BE MAINTAINED OR REWORKED AS REQUIRED. ANY EXI5TIN6 CIRCUITS OR GA13LING SYSTEMS 5ERVIN6 AREAS NOT AFFECTED BY DEMOLITION SHALL BE MAINTAINED. ALL CIRCUITS SHALL BE VERIFIED WITH EXISTING DRAWINGS AND ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BEGINNING DEMOLITION. DBiIOLITION SYMBOLS: X INDICATES EXI5TIN6 DEVICE TO REMAIN, REWORK EXISTING WIRING AS INDICATED. XR INDIGATE5 EXI5TI1% DEVICE TO BE REMOVED, INGLUDIN6 ALL CONDUIT AND WIRING BACK TO PANEL OR POINT OF COMMON JJ UNLE55 REUSED FOR NEW EQUIPMENT. GENERAL UGHTNG NOTES: A. EXP05ED EMT, CONDUIT AND SURFACE MOUNTED WIRING ARE NOT PERMITTED IN ANY FINI5HED SPACE. B. MAXIMUM WIRE 51ZE OF #10 APO TO BE USED FOR ALL LIGHTING TO BE CONTROLLED THROUGH EM5 SYSTEM. G. ALL 5101AGE CIRCUIT VOLTAGE MUST BE 2OA-120V 51NGLE PHASE. D. ALL 516NA6E CIRCUITS MUST BE 150LATED - NO SHARED COMMONS OR NEUTRALS. E. ALL 516N06E GIRGUIT5 OVER 50 FEET FROM PANEL MUST USE 10 6AU5E WIRE. F. NO 5UB5TITUTION5 ARE PERMITTED FROM BASE BID MANUFACTURERS. 6. WHERE AND IF THE LOCAL CODE REQUIRES THAT THE FINAL EECTRIGAL CONNECTION OF THE BUILDING 516NA6E 15 TO BE MADE BY A STATE LICENSED ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR, THEN IT WILL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE LANDLORD'S GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO IN5URE THAT THOSE CONNECTIONS ARE CONTAINED IN THE SCOPE OF WORK OF THE LICENSED PROJECT ELECTRICAL 511,115-GONTRACTOR AND THAT THE 5GHEDULIN6 OF TH05E CONNECTIONS 15 COORDINATED WITH THE R055 51611J CONTRACTOR AND THE R055 CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE. H. E.G. SHALL COORDINATE WITH M.G. FOR L16HTIN6 AND DUCTWORK INSTALLATIONS THROUGHOUT THE STORE. I. ALL NEW VALANCE AND STOCKROOM LIGHTING ARE TO BE GOUNTED AS 8' MASTER STRIPS CONNECTED TO 8' SATELLITE STRIPS WHEREVER POSSIBLE. ALL 4' 5TRIP5 ARE ALWAY5 INDEPENDENT AND ALL 8' OR 4' EMER6MY STRIPS ARE ALWAYS INDEPENDENT. USE ONLY 8' INDEPENDENT STRIPS IF A SATELLITE STRIP CANNOT BE DIRECTLY CONNECTED TO THE MASTER STRIP. J. L16HTIN6 FIXTURE5 INSTALLED IN A SUSPENDED GEILIN6 SHALL 13E FASTENED TO THE GEIIJ FRAMING MEMBER AT ALL FOUR CORNERS WITH 5GREW5 AND ATTACHED #12 GEILIN6 WIRES TO THE LIGHT FIXTURE AT DIA60NALLY OPP051TE CORNERS AND TO THE 5TRUGTURAL CEILING. K. PROVIDE SEISMIC BRAGIN6 AND COMPRESSION STRUTS AS REQUIRED BY CODE TO SUSPEND LIGHTING FIXTURES PER GORE REQUIREMENTS. CODED NOTES: O1 JUNCTION BOXES ARE REQUIRED FOR EACH ILLUMINATED 516N. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND WIRING REQUIREMENTS THROUGH ROSS G.M. AND 516N GONSULTANT, BMA, ATTN: SKIP MOORS, 510-526-02%. PROVIDE LOCAL 0I5GONNEGTS A5 REQUIRED. O JINGTION BOX FOR DOUBLE -FADE UNDER CANOPY L060 51614. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND WIRING REGIUIREMENT5 WITH ROSS G.M. PROVIDE LOCAL 0I5GONNEGTS A5 REQUIRED. O3 FIXTURE SHALL BE LOCATED IN CAVITY ABOVE CANOPY. REFER TO ARGHITECTUIJ PLANS. LOGATE A950GIATED 5WITGH ADJACENT TO CAVITY ACCESS DOOR NOTE: FIXTURES / 5WITGHE5, ETC., BY LANDLORD. O IF POSSIBLE, LOCATE BATTERY PACK FOR REMOTE HEAD CAPABILITY ABOVE AGGE551BLE GEILIN6. BRING UN54ITGHED HOT LE6 TO BATTERY PACK. HOT LE6 SHALL BE ROUTED AROUND ALL MANUAL AND AUTOMATIC CONTROL DEVICES. WIRE BATTERY BACK TO EXTERIOR LIGHTING GIRGUIT. O ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF EMER6E CY E6RE55 LIGHTING WITH R055 GON5TRUGTION MANA6ER AND THE AUTHORITY HAVING JJRI50ICTION PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. Q THE SINGLE POLE SWITCH WILL CONTROL THE OUTER LAMPS JJ LISHTIN6) OF THE THREE LAMP FIXTURES IN THI5 SPACE. O ONE SINGLE POLE SWITCH SHALL CONTROL THE OUTER LAMPS (2/3 LIGHTING) OF EACH THREE LAMP FIXTURE IN THI5 SPACE WHILE THE OTHER 51IJ POLE SWITCH SHALL CONTROL THE INNER LAMPS (113 LIGHTING). O ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO BRING "ITCHED HOT LE6 TO FIXTURE FOR BATTERY PACK. HOT LE6 SHALL BE ROUTED AROUND ALL MANUAL AND AUTOMATIC CONTROL DEVICES. (TYPICAL FOR ALL FIXTURES THAT ARE NOT N16HT-Ll6HT FIXTURES). O9 SEE ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR LIGHT FIXTURE DETAILS. R055 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO WIRE TO CONTROLLED CIRCUIT AS SHOWN. NOTE: FIXTURE, BY LANDLORD. SIB= SHELL DRAWINGS. 10 JUNCTION BOX FOR NEON LI6HTIN6. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND WIRING RE6?UIREMENT5 WITH R055 G.M. PROVIDE LOCAL DISCONNECTS AS REQUIRED. 11 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH R055 CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. FIXTTRE BY LANDLORD, SEE SHELL DRAWINGS. Jill Jill III DESIGN OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS FOR WIND FORCES SPECIFIC FOR THIS PROJECT LOCATION SHALL BE BY MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. OR EQUAL MANUFACTURER AND AS REQUIRED FOR ALL APPLICABLE CODES. WIND BASE SPEED = 130 MPH E 0 I I I I I I I I I I I I II I II I II I II I II I II #10 II I II I II A I I. I I I II I II I I� I II I I li II I II I II 10 d� d�1 I I 11 LB-38, 40, '4'2 II I II I II I II II I li li I li I II I II #10 I I� I II I II I I I I I I I I I I I M; ® - CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY N/38 ALL CLEARANCES AND DIMEN5ION5 IN FIELD m&a IV ' RIM ' HA33 3 I #10 3 I NOTE: ALL CANOPY LICMTIN6 BY LANDLORD. COORDINATE WITH SHELL DRAWINGS. NOTE - ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO MAKE ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS AND WIRING TO LANDLORD SUPPLIED L16HT FIXTURES AND SI6N5 LIGHTING FLOOR PLAN McHENRY & ASSOCIATES, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERS 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE #200 WARRENSVILLE HEIGHTS, OHIO 44128 PHONE: 216-292-4696 FAX: 216-292-5874 SCALE Email: MAILOMCHENRYASSOCIATES.COM 1/8" = 11011 FLORIDA BUSINESS #0005282 mcg architecture T 21M0.1551 ® 216.52a1567 7100 E Pbm-t Vdey Rd, We 32% WMmIJ OH 44131 Seal: 4iI0%III soffit it ee • V p '\ a .aaeepp ® � t0 : r% w 0.<.9 �� kaki ®®e • o � ~ 0� A Project for: Client: ROSS STORES, INC. 4440 ROSEWOOD DRIVE PLEASANTON, CA 94588 Revisions: ,& ADDENDUM B 04-11-13 BID/PERMIT 02-14-13 No. Description Date Project Ivo.: 11.594.01 Drawn By: FWD Reviewed By: MAB/CAT Scale: AS NOTED Date: 01-28-2013 Filename: Sheet Title LIGHTING FLOOR PLAN Sheet #: El © MCG ARCHITECTS 2013 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED A. GENERAL POWER NOTES: POWER OUTLETS TO BE HUBBELL, AS INDICATED, WITH 6RAY DEVICES FOR DIRTY POWER ALL LP OUTLETS ARE TO M. TELEPHIONE AND DATA SERVICE WILL BE ORDERED BY ROSS, CONTACT JO AUKLAND, ROSS STORES, 425-465-4146. Oj POWER PLAN CODED NOTIM RECESSED, TAMPER PROOF, DUPLEX FLOOR REGEPTAGLE NTH LOGKIN6 FLU5H BRA55 HINGED COVER. VERIFY LOCATION HAVE RED DEVICES AND NGR POWER OUTLETS (GLEAN POWER) ARE TO HAVE ORANGE DEVICES. ALL COVER PLATES SERVICE CAN NOT BE E5TABLI5HED MLE55 CONTRACTOR PROVIDED AND INSTALLED CONDUIT, GABLE, BACKBOARD, WITH R055 G.M. (PROVIDE RA-1 PLAN). ARE TO BE BRUSHED 5TAINLE55 STEEL. POWER OUTLET AND GROUND ARE COMPLETE AND IN PLACE. SERVICE MUST BE ACTIVE PRIOR TO CONSTRICTION TURNOVER TO TENANT. THE SATISFACTORY COMPLETION OF THIS REQUIREMENT MAY NECESSITATE EARLY 2O THE ELEGTRIG FEED FROM THE DETEX SYSTEM TO THE .UNCTION BOX 15 TO BE CONGEALED. B. VL = VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF ALL OUTLETS AND DEVICES WITH R055 FINAL FIXTURIN6 PLAN AND R055 G.M. COORDINATION AND SCHEDULING OF THE R055 TELECOMMUNICATIONS VENDOR. INITIATE GONTAGT AND 5GHEDlAING PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. THROUGH THE A551611ED R055 CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE. O PROVIDE POWER TO DELAYED E61I SYSTEM. REFER TO SHEET E8 FOR DETAILS OF POWER CONNECTION TO ALARM LOCK EQUIPMENT. MOUNT TRANSFORMER 12' ABOVE CEILING. G. PROVIDE FOR EMS SYSTEM PURCHASE AND GOMM15510NIN6 THROUGH G E G BUILDING AUTOMATION COMPANY, INC. N. THE ELEGTRGAL CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR THE INSTALLATION OF A DIRECT, DEDICATED CONDUIT AND 25-PAIR GABLE (EITHER BY SELF OR THE SERVICE PROVIDER) FROM THE TELEPHONE SERVICE PROVIDERS SYSTEM TO ® FIELD VERIFY EXI5TIN6.7 LOCATION OF INCOMING ELECTRICAL SERVICE. ROUTE FEEDERS OVERHEAD IN JOIST SPACE FROM D. IF LOCAL MUNICIPAL RE59ULATIONS/60DES REQUIRE LOW VOLTA6E ELECTRICAL WIRIN6 (TELEPHONE, 516NAL, THE ROSS TELEPHONE BOARD; FOR A SERVICE GROUND AT THE BOARD; AND, FOR DEDICATED 120VAG, 20AMP QUAD LANDLORDS EXISTING MAIN SERVICE DISCONNECT TO THE ROSS ELECTRICAL ROOM. LANDLORD SHALL PROVIDE A 600A MU51G/PA61N6 SPEAKERS, ETC) TO BE RUN IN EMT OR II CONDUIT, THEN THE SCOPE OF WORK 15 TO INCLUDE THE OUTLET WITH POWER. THI5 INSTALLATION MUST BE COMPLETE IN ORDER FOR TELEPHONE SERVICE TO BE INITIATED. SERVICE FOR R055 SPACE. SEE ONE LINE ON DRAWING E5 FOR DETAILS. FIELD VERIFY ALL REGIUIRENENT5 PRIOR TO BID. INSTALLATION OF THAT CONDUIT. IF 50, THE CONTRACTOR MUST OBTAIN AND VERIFY THE REGUIRED LAYOUT OF THE PHONES AND MU51G/PA611% 5Y5TEEM FROM THE R055 CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 0. ACTIVE TELEPHONE SERVICE 15 NECESSARY FOR THE 5AT15FALTORY COMPLETION OF THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM O FIELD VERIFY EXI5TIN6 ROUTING OF INCOMING 4" TELEPHONE 5ERVIGE CONDUIT PROVIDED BY LANDLORD AND PROVIDE 25 INSTALLATION. PAIR TELEPHONE GABLE FROM LANDLORD DEMARK TO R.055 ELECTRICAL ROOM. FIELD VERIFY ALL REQUIREMENT5 PRIOR E. EXP05ED EMT, CONDUIT AND SURFACE MOUNTED WIRING ARE NOT PERMITTED IN ANY FINISHED SPAGE. TO BID. P. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO MAKE GOPINEGT10N5 TO AND EXTEND SERVICE FROM LANDLORD'S SERVICE DISCONNECT F. REFER TO EMS PLANS FOR LOGATION5 OF TEMPERATURE 5EN50I 5WITGH. O6 NOT USED. 6. IT 15 THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE ALL LANDLORD PROVIDED DUCT BANK, Q. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO EXTEND CONDUIT AND PROVIDE 25 PAIR OF TELEPHONE GABLE FROM DEMARK 7O PROVIDE POWER CONNECTIONS FOR HAND DRYERS WITH 6FGI PROTECTION ON GIRGUIT. ROUTE WIRING OF HAND DRYER ELECTRICAL SERVICE ENTRANCE, AND TELEPHONE SERVICE ENTRANCE EQUIPMENT LOGATION5 AND REGIUIREMENT5 WITH LOCATION TO R055 TELEPHONE BACKBOARD. GIRGUIT5 THROWH DISCONNECTS IN ELECTRICAL ROOM. 5EE ELECTRICAL PART PAN ON DRAWING EA. SEE ARCHITECTURAL THE LANDLORD AND THE ASSOCIATED UTILITY COMPANY PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. ELEVATION FOR MOUNTIN6 HEIC-HT5 OF ALL DEVICES. H. GONDUITS FEEDING OUTLETS, BOXES AND DEVICES IN THE GASH OFFICE AND EQUIPMENT OL05ET MUST BE AGGE551BLE ® COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF KNOX BOX WITH FIRE MARSHAL. FROM ABOVE THE GEILING IN ADJACENT LOCKER/BREAK RM OR MANAGERS OFFICE. ALL 5TU83ED CONDUITS ARE TO PROVIDE CONNECTION TO R055 FIRE RISER TAMPER AND FLOW 5HTGHE-5 FOR TIE TO FAGP. HAVE PULL COR05 TIED IN PLACE FOR EASY USE. O9 I. NO SUBSTITUTIONS ARE PERMITTED FROM BASE BID MANUFACTURERS. X INDICATES EXI5TIN6 DEVICE TO REMAIN, REWORK EXI5TIN6 WIRING A5 INDICATED. 10 PROVIDE JUNCTION 80X 114" AFF FOR CONNECTION TO AUTOMATIG DOORS. J. PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING CONDUITS FROM FRONT END GHEGK-OUT AREA J-13OXE5: XR INDICATES EXI5TIN6 DEVICE TO BE REMOVED, INCLUDIN6 ALL CONDUIT AND WIRIN6 11 PROVIDE POWER TO BURGLAR ALARM SYSTEM. MOUNT TRANSFORMER 12" ABOVE GEILIN5. -3/4" DIRTY POWER TO ELECTRIC ROOM SUB -PANEL BACK TO PANEL OR POINT OF COMMON U5A6E UNLESS REU5ED FOR NDN EQUIPMENT. -5/4" LP POWER TO ELEGTRIG ROOM 5U5-PANEL 12 PROVIDE TWO RECEPTAGLE5 IN OVERHEAD CANOPY SPACE. LOCATE HEAR HATCH ENTRANCE. LANDLORD TO PROVIDE.. -1" GLEAN POKER TO ELEGTRIG ROOM NCR 5U5-PANEL -1-1/2" DATA TO EQUIPMENT ROOM CONCENTRATOR 13 PROVIDE WIRING TO TRANSFORMER FOR MAGNETIC DOOR LOCK AS INDICATED. LOCK 5HALL BE INTERLOCKED WITH PUSHBUTTON #3. PROVIDE CONTROL MODULE AS REQUIRED FOR CONNECTION TO FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. K. ALL CONTRACTORS ARE TO LEAVE PILL WIRES IN CONDUITS AFTER INSTALLATION OF THEIR WORK. 14 5EN5ORMATIG PEDESTAL PAIR W/ CONGEALED IN SLAB 12OVAG TO LP J-BOX AT EACH ENTRY DOOR OPE MINE - SEE SHEET ED L. R055 REGUIRE5 AN INDEPENDENT AND 5EG1,IRE TELEPHONE AND DATA SERVICE WITH THE MPOE AT THE R055 FOR DETAILS MYP 4). TELEPHONE BOARD LOCATED IN THE R055 F_LEGTRGAL ROOM. NO EXCEPTION. THE SATISFACTORY COMPLETION OF THI5 REQUIREMENT MAY NECE551TATE EARLY CONTACT AND COORDINATION WITH THE LOCAL TELEPHONE SERVICE 15 THI5 OUTLET SHOULD BE 22"1 INTO THE STORE LINED UP WITH THE OUTSIDE 15LE MARKING, APPROXIMATELY 5'-0' TO THE PROVIDER. 51DE OF CUSTOMER SERVICE, POWER SHOULD 13E LOCATED FLUSH MOUNTED IN CEILING (PVM 24 HR CIRCUIT). 16 HURRIGANE SHUTTERS 120VI WIRE A5 REQUIRED. VERIFY LOCATION PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 1.9 7 6 5 4 2 1 I I I I I o e I I I I I - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I I I J J I' I I I I 2 3 11 I I I I I I LB-15 HA-42 I I I NOTE: MOUNTING HEIGHT OF WALL MOUNTED STROBE ALARMS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 80" AFF TO BOTTOM OF LEd5 BUT SHALL NOT I I EXCEED qb' AFF TO THE TOP OF THE LENS. I - — - — - — - — - — - — - — - — L - — - — - — - — - — - — - — I I I I I I - - - - -L - - - - - - - - - - - - - I - - - kil - - -I I I I I I I I NOTE: BRUSHED 5TAINLE55 STEEL COVER PLATE WITH SEE DRAWING E7 FOR WHITE RECEPTACLE EXPOSED. FA5TLANE SYMBOL 1 I ' DE5GRIPTION5 (TYP) LA-35 'LA-31 FLUSH MOUNTED IN GEILING LP-PVM DUPLEX, 24 HOUR Ma (TYP OF 5) FLUSH MOUNTED IN CEILING LP-PVM DUPLEX, 24 HOUR (VIL) (TYP OF 5) I 14'1 ABOVE FIN15HEED FLOOR. ' J-BOX POWER POINT FOR HGSG A ' AND CHECKOUT GOUNTERS. I I I B VL SB I A #2 I I I LB-36 lO I LB-34 lO + WIRE TO NGR-13 PU5HBUTTI I I ONVL 2 NOTE: MOUNTING HEIGHT OF WALL PHONE5 15 1 y • I GIVEN A5 A CLEAR HE16HT ABOVE THE FLOOR, THE 1 +15 J f = _ _ _ _ ❑ CENTER LINE OF THE WALL JACK 15 4 INCHES SEE DETAIL 11 ON IEb FOR > > Io f-==== �a I I I HIGHER I ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS I w > v s > IN THI5 AREA I I � � J— � _o❑ — I ❑❑�_❑�-� I I I NOTE: VERIFY THROUGH R055 CONSTRUCTION I I \ ti ELE REPRESENTATIVE L DEVICES PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. B 1 I• �I N � I I N � I I II II I I I I I 1 I I II J �II------❑- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - #1O - ' I NOTE: ALL SP/IG OUTLETS ARE TO BE ORANGE WITH -- J I I STAINLESS STEEL COVERS. OTHER OUTLETS AND DEVIGE5 I I ❑ ARE TO BE GRAY WITH 5TAINLF55 STEEL COVERS. 1 LA-lq I I I EQUIPMENT I I 1 LOCKER MANAGERS I CLOSET TO 5WITCH I ROOM OFFICE s� ErLaRGED POWER FLOOR 110 NOTE: ALL DATA GABLES ARE TO BE RUN IN CONDUIT 0115cd II 115cd ' #I 109 104 PLAN SHEET E4 I � T� FROM TEI7EPHLONE BACKWARD TO ALL OUTLETS. I I 1 ( ❑ _ OFFICE I — — — - �r r F ° 1 ❑ HALL L l I --� --�� _ I I a� 119 ' NOTE: VERIFY THROUGH R055 CONSTRUCTION I ' 22' "VL G REPRESENTATIVE THE LOCATION OF ALL SALES +144" I I AREA PHONES PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 15 IPVMI IJ I 4 0 CASH I I I ❑ 0 VL 14 . #10 , WOMEN'$ 30cd OFFICE LA-2 I I e C NOTE: INTERIOR SECURITY CAMERAS WILL BE INSTALLED IN LA-31I I RESTROOM - - - - - - —I 105 FLUSH MOUNTED IN i � 0 I AC.GORDANGE WITH A LOCATION PLAN PREPARED BY RO55 I I CEILING LP 24 HR, NL) #10 ' ' 77 45c O 1055 PREVENTION CONFIRM CAMERA I OGATION5 WITH THE 1 WP 1 1_1141 " #10 R055 CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO LB-11 4 TOILET INSTALLATION OF BOXES LP STATION AND POWER — • POLE SUPPLIED AND MEN'S 30cd ❑ HALL I ' SALES I INSTALLED ROSS NU J ' J B ( AREA 13 ' 111 #8 LB-3 2 O NCI LA-21 I RESTROON�\0 p 0 1 I I 1 71157 O p LA-35 VL '- " I ❑ NGR-20 TO 5NTGH - u, - - - - - - _ - 16 - - - - - - _ _ - - - - - - - - SEE DETAIL 4 ON E8 FOR - - #10 VL ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENT5 #3 I +58" I IN THI5 AREA I I I 34 300 ' 1 FLUSH MOUNTED IN GEILIN6 LP-PVM _J� (� DUPLEX, 24 HOUR Ma (TYP OF 5) ( FLUSH MOUNTED IN CEILING LP-PVM FLUSH MOUNTED IN GEILING LP-PVM SUMP PUMP 4 d "� DUPLEX, 24 HOUR NU (TYP OF 5) DUPLEX, 24 HOUR NU (TYP OF 5) p - -- �iLA-26 I FITTING I I I .I ANN 2.6 AMPS AT 208V-3PH e - FOYER PROVIDED ANg INSTALLED — BY LANDLORD — — I M ENS J \ I 1 88 I LA-35 I ' LAB FOR CITY E - J 4�d Sty PUMP GpN FITTING RM . ■ WIRE ALL CONTROL A5 3O/3 106 I WOMENS - --- ��� ° +�, V� HURRICANE REQUIRED 0 FITTING RM. f� ,❑ • HIP, NF , I I-��J �J • I- — J- — DISCONNECT �/ 45cd I I I I �1T'TER CONTROL RECIRCULATING PUMP 107 30cd 1201 FRACT. HP LA-30 FLUSH J-BOX AT qb" A.F.F.FOR EXTERIOIR BRACKET I I I ■ MOUNTED AMERA yUTH #2 LB-24, 26, 28 � - - - - ; _ _ 115cd I 115cci I IScd CONDUIT AND PULL. HIRE f3 (20/3) LA-20 �\ WIRE TO STUBBED TO INTERIOR OF I +qb" LA-20 I B PUSHBUTTON VL I I I STORE IN STOCK ROOM. #1 J PROCESSING F ; I I 2 3 F JANITOR'S WATER HEATER AREA 11 J CLOSET 2OSV-I0,4DKW HA42 0 LB-15 # LB 20 2 15 IIS102 J 1 66 2 cd VVV115cdKA42 I MP- ® 'LAN tv 1I I +54" COMPACTOR I I I I c�CONI IF DP-2b, 1 'HA' 3ocd ` M28, 30 PRE55� 6 IAUGE G.T. CABINET, EWP-I - i e e (30/3) METER I SERVICE LJ I 'LGP-I' #10 - - —FF DISCONNECT BYLA LANDLORD — — - 5 I SEE ENLARGED FAGP ELECT. o HP, 30 POWER FLOOR ROOM I FUSED T COMPACTOR NOTE: PLAN SHEET E4 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 30A - PROVIDE POWER FOR AGTOR PER "RAMJET" SPEGIFIGATION5 AND LOGAL REQUI 5 112 THE ELEGTRIGAL ENGINEER OF RECORD 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING GOMPAGTOR CIRC UIT I I REQUIREMENT5 (NO ), REQUIRED SED ELECTRICAL 5ERVICE AND FUDISCONNECT SNITCH ARE TO BE SIZED Ili ACCORDANCE WITH MARATHON EQUIPMENT Co. 5PEGIFICATIONI - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ] MOTE: AS MUCH AS A 100 �MP SERVICE CONNECT DISCONNECT MAY SE REQUIRED DEPENDING ON _ _ _ AND VOLTAGE) AND PRG1/I BY GG; CONNECT COMPACTOR TO Bl11LDIN6 POKER IN ACCORDANCE WITH MARA N AND GORE REQUIREMENTS, SPECIFIED COMPACTOR 15 TO e e I e o 0 o SUPPLIED WITH A IOHP MOTOR AND PRESSURE GAUGE. DJACENT TENANT N.I.C. WIND DATA DESIGN OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS FOR WIND FORCES SPECIFIC FOR THIS PROJECT LOCATION SHALL BE BY MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. OR EQUAL MANUFACTURER AND AS REQUIRED FOR ALL APPLICABLE CODES. WIND BASE SPEED = 130 MPH MOUNT TO REAR OF PARAPET, 5URFAGE J-BOX FOR EXTERIOR LP -CAMERA WITH CONDUIT AND PULL WIRE STUBBED TO INTERIOR OF STORE AT SALES FLOOR IN JOIST SPACE (TYP OF 2 AT FRONT) - — - — - — --- ID.5 FLUSH J-BOX FOR EXTERIOR LP-GAMFJRA WITH CONDUIT AND PULL WIRE 5TU5BED ell TO INTERIOR OF STORE AT 5ALE5 FLOOR ABOVE GEILIN6 AT FRONT (TYP. OF 2) GHEGK-OUT AND CUSTOMER SERVICE COUNTERS SUPPLIED E INSTALLED BY ROSS, R055 TO MAKE FINAL GONNEGTION5 TO B05TON RETAIL, SEE II/E6 FOR POWER AT EACH REGISTER, TYP. - — - — --- I D #10 I 12 WP ' l WP 1 :IN SPACE ABOVE CANOPY, SEE \ ARCHITECTURAL PLANS TO XFMR AND BUZZER. SEE E4 FOR DETAILS. B FLUSH J-BOX FOR EXTERIOR LP -CAMERA WITH CONDUIT AND PULL WIRE STUBBED J TO INTERIOR OF STORE AT 5ALE5 FLOOR ABOVE GEILING AT FRONT (TYP. OF 2) ,,,-MOUNT TO REAR OF PARAPET, SURFACE J-BOX FOR EXTERIOR LP-GAMEERA WITH CONDUIT AND PULL WIRE STUBBED TO INTERIOR OF STORE AT SALES FLOOR IN J015T SPACE (TYP OF 2 AT FRONT) -__1:A CONTRACTOR II VERIFY ALL GLEARANGE5 AND DIMEN51ON5 IN FIELD McHENRY & ASSOCIATES, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERS 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE #200 WARRENSVILLE HEIGHTS, OHIO 44128 PHONE: 216-292-4696 FAX: 216-292-5874 1 Email: MAIL®MC HEN RYASSOCIATES.COM FLORIDA BUSINESS #0005282 mcg architecture T 216.520"1551 m 216"520"1567 7100 E Pbmi Yam'!► P4 && 3A l3mWb A OH 44131 Seal: o°�®d�lalle��oe AZ •-b - • O d 0 • 4 . ® LL G� ® . � 6 r�i C t< C? CO o -® A Project for: W H Z W U I�/I tA Z lu a_ co tACL O J m� J O Z U) J � IL Q _J J 1A (3 F__ O Q M >_ 1A Cn I NU) IV � W Z> Client: ROSS STORES, INC. 4440 ROSEWOOD DRIVE PLEASANTON, CA 94588 Revisions: B ADDENDUM B 04-11-13 BID/PERMIT 02-14-13 No. Description Date Project No.: 11.594.01 Drawn By: JWD Reviewed By: CAT Scale: AS NOTED Date: 01-28-2013 Filename: Sheet Title POWER FLOOR PLAN Sheet #: E2 O MCG ARCHITECTS 2013 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED POWER FLOOR PLAN SCALE 1/8" = 110" I — °�I IF-11.1111 Id o Till IT inl III -- �u. ,.� iL.,.L ICI.->���..r Imo✓ I- k\\ 7 i - i 1/4 HP 120V-IPH EMS CONTROL i JANITOR'S CLOSET J1 -16-1 EF 1/4 HP 3 12OV-IPH 3 I/4 EF HP 120V-IPH EMS CONTROL 4 LA-4 ELECT. ROOM 112 i i F1 0-21 ON ROOF `�-3N AG 14D FLA 18 MCA 25 MOGP 2 WIND DATA DESIGN OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS FOR WIND FORCES SPECIFIC FOR THIS PROJECT LOCATION SHALL BE BY MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. OR EQUAL MANUFACTURER AND AS REQUIRED FOR ALL APPLICABLE CODES. WIND BASE SPEED = 130 MPH CODED NOTES: O1 SMOKE DUCT DETECTORS IN SUPPLY AND RETURN PROVIDED WITH RTU BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR GOMPLETE WITH REMOTE TEST STATIONS. E.G. SHALL WIRE MGT SMOKE DETECTORS TO FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL. O ROOFTOP UNIT PROVIDED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR WITH INTEGRAL 6FGI RECEPTACLE AND NON FUSED 015WNNEGT 5WITGH. E.G. SHALL PROVIDE ALL WIRING AS INDICATED. ( EXHAUST FAN CONTROLLED BY LINE VOLTAGE THERMOSTAT. REFER TO WIRING DIAGRAM DETAIL 5/B. O EEXryIC I EXHAUST FAN CONTROLLED BY LINE VOLTAGE THERMOSTAT AND EMS CONTROL. I L I V !l I V 1 N.I.C. POWER ROOF PLAN -------- I ) I� 0 z GONTRAGTOR MUST VERIFY ALL GL.EARAxGE5 AND DIMEN51ON5 IN FIELD do I Ln 910 6 McHENRY & ASSOCIATES, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERS 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE #200 WARRENSVILLE HEIGHTS, OHIO 44128 PHONE: 216-292-4696 FAX: 216-292-5874 SCALE Email: MAIL®MCHENRYASSOCIATES.COM 1/8° = 1' 0° FLORIDA BUSINESS #0005282 mcg architecture T 21&=1551 © 216e52 IN7 71W E Pbmi V*y P4 &ft 3X 0wWw d, OH 44131 Seal: ®4t L.L. 0a� A�L�ie��u5�a�� Y A Project for: It W H Z W U In Vi z I M J N CL 0 M (D O J J COLL Z tA 0 � J J W W a J ILA �c�= o QM� 1A �- CO Cn tA I U N N. 3: �n W Z 3: Client: ROSS STORES, INC. 4440 ROSEWOOD DRIVE PLEASANTON, CA 94588 Revisions: BID/PERMIT 02-14-13 No. Description Date Project No.: 11.594.01 Drawn By: JWD Reviewed By: CAT scale: AS NOTED Date: 01-28-2013 Filename: Sheet Title: POWER ROOF PLAN Sheet #: E3 0 MCG ARCHITECTS 2013 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE (AMERICAN WHOLESALE) NO EXCEPTIONS TYPE DESCRIPTION MOUNTING LAMPS FIXT. WATTS VOLTS MANUFACTURER CATALOG NO. A 2'x4' FLUORESCENT TROFFER - MASTER/SATELLITE, PREWIRED RECESSED (3)F28T8/ 73 277 METALUX 2SGR3T-277-EB/2 WITH PRISMATIC LENS, a, b SWITCHED, MULTIBALLAST 3500K Al 2'x4' FLUORESCENT TROFFER - INDEPENDENT WITH PRISMATIC RECESSED (3)F28TB/ 73 277 METALUX 2SGR3S-277-EB/2 LENS, a, b SWITCHED INSIDE/OUTSIDE, MULTIBALLAST 3500K B 2'x4' FLUORESCENT TROFFER, INDEPENDENT, WITH PRISMATIC LENS, NIGHT RECESSED (3)F28TB/ 73 277 METALUX 2SGR3S-277-EB/2- LIGHT WITH EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK SIMILAR TO BODINE #B50F4-8 3500K EMX C 8' FLUORESCENT STRIP FOR VALANCE, INSTALL WITH CLEAR VALENCE (4)F28T8/ 96 277 METALUX SE9/4-277-EB/2- PROTECTIVE TUBE SLEEVES - MASTER/SATELLITE, MULTIBALLAST 3500K 1-WRTIO-8'MASTER D 4' FLUORESCENT STRIP FOR VALANCE, INSTALL WITH CLEAR VALENCE (2)F28T8/ 48 277 METALUX SE4/2-277-EB/2-1- PROTECTIVE TUBE SLEEVES - MULTIBALLAST 3500K WRTIO-4'INDEPENDANT DL EXTERIOR SHIELDED DOCK LIGHT (PROVIDED UNDER SHELL PACKAGE) AS REQUIRED (1)150W MH 168 277 LUMARK WPS15-MV-PE-PC F 2'x4' FLUORESCENT TROFFER - MASTER/SATELLITE, PREWIRED WITH RECESSED (3)F28T8/ 73 277 METALUX 2SFR3T-277-EB/2 PRISMATIC LENS, a, b SWITCHED, MULTIBALLAST - FLANGED FOR HARD CEILING 3500K F1 2'x4' FLUORESCENT TROFFER INDEPENDENT WITH PRISMATIC LENS, RECESSED (3)F28T8/ 73 277 METALUX 2SFR3S-277-EB/2 a, b SWITCHED, MULTIBALLAST - FLANGED FOR HARD CEILING 3500K K 8' FLUORESCENT STRIP WITH EMERGENCY BATTERY SIMILAR PENDANT MOUNT AS (4)F28T8/ 96 277 METALUX SE9/4-277-EB/2- TO BODINE #B50F4-8 WITH PROTECTIVE TUBE SLEEVES HIGH AS POSSIBLE 3500K 3-EMX N QUARTER SPHERE SCONCE WITH FACTORY FINISHED SHELL TO MATCH FASCIA WALL (1)100W MH 125 277 NOVA 071938-B COLOR (PROVIDED UNDER SHELL PACKAGE) Q 8" APERTURE RECESSED 10OW METAL HALIDE DOWNLIGHT WITH TEMPERED GLASS RECESSED (1)100W MH 125 277 PORTFOLIO M78-100-80LI SHIELD AND SUITABLE FOR DAMP LOCATIONS (PROVIDED UNDER SHELL PACKAGE) R1 4' FLUORESCENT STRIP FOR STOCK ROOM PENDANT MOUNT AS (2)F28T8/ 48 277 METALUX SE4/2-277-EB-2/ WITH PROTECTIVE TUBE SLEEVES HIGH AS POSSIBLE 3500K 3-WRITO R 8' FLUORESCENT STRIP FOR STOCK ROOM PENDANT MOUNT AS (4)F28T8/ 96 277 METALUX SE9/4-277-EB/2- WITH PROTECTIVE TUBE SLEEVES HIGH AS POSSIBLE 3500K 3-WRTIO-8' RR 16' FLUORESCENT STRIP FOR STOCK ROOM - MASTER/SATELLITE PENDANT MOUNT AS (8)F28T8/ 192 277 METALUX SE20/8-277V-EB/2- WITH PROTECTIVE TUBE SLEEVES HIGH AS POSSIBLE 3500K 3-WRTIO S 2'x4' FLUORESCENT TROFFER, INDEPENDENT, WITH PRISMATIC LENS, NIGHT RECESSED (3)F28T8/ 73 277 METALUX 2SFR3S-277-EB/2- LIGHT WITH EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK SIMILAR TO BODINE #B50F4-8 3500K EMX T 16' FLUORESCENT STRIP FOR VALANCE, INSTALL WITH CLEAN PROTECTIVE TUBE VALENCE (8)F28T8/ 192 277 METALUX SE20/8-277V-EB/2- SLEEVES - MULTI BALLAST 3500K 1-WRT-10 V 1'x4' FLUORESCENT CORRIDOR WRAPAROUND SURFACE (1)F28T8/ 29 277 METALUX SW4/1-277V-EB/1-0 3500K SELF-CONTAINED EXIT SIGN WITH GREEN LETTERS, ADD UNITS AS REQUIRED AS REQUIRED PROVIDED WITH 7 277 SURELITE CX7170GSD - SINGLE BY LOCAL CODE FIXTURE SELF-CONTAINED EXIT SIGN WITH GREEN LETTERS, ADD UNITS AS REQUIRED AS REQUIRED PROVIDED WITH 7 277 SURELITE CX7270GSD - DOUBLE BY LOCAL CODE FIXTURE EM2 REMOTE EMERGENCY HEAD, ADJUSTABLE, SUITABLE FOR DAMP LOCATIONS AND AS REQUIRED PROVIDED WITH 12 6VDC SURELITE 6X-12-DWMHWH 0 OUTDOOR USE -WITH TWIN HEADS FIXTURE EM REMOTE EMERGENCY HEAD, GIMBAL, SUITABLE FOR DAMP LOCATIONS AND RECESSED PROVIDED WITH 8 6VDC SURELITE GFR2703 IM OUTDOOR USE - 8W INCANDESCENT LAMP FIXTURE EB BATTERY PACK ONLY - FOR REMOTE HEAD CAPABILITY - LOCATE ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING WHERE AS REQUIRED BATTERY PACK 27 277 SURELITE CC5-0-TDM-WH o NECESSARY. BATTERY SHALL HAVE TIME DELAY TO ALLOW RESTRIKE OF NORMAL LTG AFTER BLACKOUT ONLY NOTES 1. ALL FLUORESCENT LAMPS ARE TO BE ENERGY SAVING TYPE OF COLOR TEMPERATURE SPECIFIED AND BY THE SAME MANUFACTURER. 2. ALL FLUORESCENT BALLASTS ARE TO BE ENERGY SAVING ELECTRONIC TO MATCH LAMPS IN FIXTURE 3. ALL EXIT SIGNS TO HAVE GREEN LETTERS WITH 6" X 3/4" LETTERS AND 90 MINUTES OF BATTERY BACKUP. 4. ALL RECESSED DOWN LIGHTS ARE TO HAVE INTEGRAL THERMAL PROTECTION. 5. ALL ACRYLIC LENSES ARE TO BE .125" THICK MINIMUM. 6. CONFIRM ALL FIXTURE VOLTAGES WITH CIRCUITING ON PLAN. 7. LIGHTING TO BE COORDINATED AND PROCURED FROM AMERICAN WHOLESALE LIGHTING. NO SUBSTITUTIONS ALLOWED! 8. ALL RECESSED FLUORESCENT FIXTURES TO BE SHIPPED WITH LAMPS INSTALLED. 9. ALL FLUORESCENT TUBES WILL BE SYLVANIA OSRAM F028/835/XP/SS/ECO, U.O.N. AND APPROVED. 10. MANUFACTURER TO VERIFY FIXTURE CATALOG NUMBER WITH THE DESCRIPTION OF THE FIXTURE AND CIRCUITING ON THE PLANS. GENERAL NOTES: NOTE. ALL TENANT 1_16HTIN65 BOTH INTERIOR AND A. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM ALL EXTERIOR 15 TO BE OBTAINED FROM AND SUPPLIED REQUIREMENTS AND LOCATIONS OF ALL EXIT BY AMERICAN WHOLESALE LIGHTING. NO EXCEPTIONS. SIGNS, EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND FIRE ALARM SEE PROTOTYPE SHEET AO.O FOR CONTACT DEVICES WITH LOCAL FIRE AUTHORITIES PRIOR TO INFORMATION. ROUGH -IN. B. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM LIGHT FIXTURE CATALOG NUMBERS WITH ALL LIGHT NOTE: ALL TENANT LIGHTING SHOULD BE 5EI5MIGLY FIXTURES SPECIFIED ON PLANS FOR FIXTURE BRACED FOR HORIZANTAL AND VERTICAL MOVEMENT. TRIMS, VOLTAGES, LAMPS ETC. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR DETAILS. TAMPER 5WITGHI(E5) ZONE 2 QUANTITY OF FLOW AND TAMPER 5WITGHE5 A5 SHOWN ON PLAN A5 DIRECTED BY SPRINKLER GONTRAGTOR. ZONE FLOW 5WITGHHE5 SEPARATELY. ZONE TAMPERS ONE ZONE PER RISER. FLOW ' ZONE I 4 #18 4 #18 TO TEL. BKBO. FOR REMOTE TIE TO REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR EXTERIOR HORN/5TROBE, IF REQUIRED (VERIFY EXALT HEIGHT AND LOCATION WITH FIRE MARSHAL AND OWNER) (INTERIOR) PANEL .4 #18 DOOR RELEASE SEE DETAIL 5.1/E8. N.O. CONTACT HORN / STROBE (ADA DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS IN RETURN AND SUPPLY AIR APPROVED) DUCT, ONE IN EACH ROOF TOP UNIT WITH REMOTE TEST SEE PLAN 5WITGH AND ALARM L16HT. FLIRN15HE0 AND INSTALLED FOR QUANTITY BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR WITH AUXILIARY CONTACTS 4 LOCATION FOR TIE INTO FIRE ALARM 5Y5TEM. (TYPICAL) INTERLOCK TO SHUT DOWN ASSOCIATED UNIT ON ALARM. T ,2 #14 PANEL F.A.C.P. REMOTE TEST 5WITGH AND ARM LIGHT. PROVIDED MM wITH DETECTOR WITH TO ADDITIONAL DETECTORS PLASTIC NTERFAGE MODULE 6UARD5 TO NOTE; PREVENT PROVIDE GROUP UNIT SHUTD" WITH CONTROL VANDALISM MODULES IF REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITY PROVIDE (2) COMMON ALARM, NORMALLY CLOSED, DRY CONTACTS FOR CONNECTION TO (2) SALES FLOOR EMER6ENGY EXIT DETER ALARM DEVICES. — 3 #12 TO DEDICATED 20A GIRGUIT BREAKER WITH LOGK-ON HANDLE - 120V — CONTRACTOR SHALL INTERLOCK TENANT FIRE ALARM PANEL TO EX15TIM LANDLORD FIRE ALARM PANEL PER DIRECTION FROM LANDLORD AND AH U. NOTES: I. FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE, FULLY OPERATIONAL AND FULLY CODE II. THE REMOTE KEYPAD/ANNUNCIATOR 15 TO BE MOUNTED ON THE FIRE ALARM COMPLIANT, ELECTRICALLY SUPERVISED, CLOSED CIRCUIT FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL UNLE55 REQUIRED TO BE MOUNTED ELSEWHERE BY LOCAL SYSTEM INGLUDIN5 GONDUIT, WIRES, BOXES, CONTROL PANEL, SMOKE CODE AND AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. OETEGTOR5, DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS, FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR WITH REMOTE KEYPAD, HEAT DETECTORS, MANUAL PULL STATIONS, AUDION150AL 12. AT AN APPROPRIATE TIME SCHEDULED PRIOR TO TURNOVER, THE FIRE 516NAL DEVICES, AND SPRINKLER HATER FLOW AND 5LIPERV15ORY ALARM SYSTEM SUPPLIER -INSTALLER 15 TO CONTACT APT SECURITY SWITCHES. THE SPRINKLER SWITCHES SHALL BE PROVIDED MOM HORK SERVICES AT (800) 453-2241 EXTEN51ON 2803 TO MAKE THE FINAL SPECIFIED IN THE PROJECT ENI6INEERING 5PEGIFICATION, AND CONVECTED CONNECTION AND COMMENCE FIRE ALARM 5Y5TEM MONITORING. TURNOVER TO TIE FIRE ALARM 5Y5TEM BY THE FIRE ALARM SUPPLIER Is NOT COMPLETE WITHOUT GOMMENGEMENT OF 5Y5TEM MONITORING. 2. ALL EQUIPMENT GOMPRI51% THE FIRE ALARM 5Y5TEM SHALL BE LISTED, 13. THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 5UPPLIER-IN5TALLER 15 TO PRE-PROGRAM THE LABELED OR APPROVED BY UNOERWRITER5 LABORATORIE5, INC. FOR USE CONTROL PANEL AS A FULLY OPERATIONAL LOCAL SYSTEM AND MUST AS FIRE ALARM EQUIPMENT. LEAVE IN A SLEEVED BINDER ATTACHED TO THE PANEL ALL PROGRAMMING KEYS, CODES MANUALS AND OTHER DEVICES NECESSARY 3. SYSTEM 15 TO BE COMPATIBLE WITH ADT MONITORING INTERFACE AND FOR FUTURE RE-PROGRAMMIWG T05ETHER WITH 5UPPLIER-IN5TALLERS CAPABLE OF BEING MONITORED BY ADT SECURITY SYSTEMS, INC. CONTACT NAME AND PHONE NUMBER. NO EXCEPTIONS. 4. R055 HAS A NATIONAL ACCOUNT WITH AOT. GUE5TION5 ABOUT THE APT 14. SUBMIT GOMPLETED ELEGTRICAL PLANS FOR REVIEW TO ADT SECURITY MONITORING INTERFACE AND COMPATIBILITY CAN BE ADDRESSED TO ADT SYSTEMS, NATIONAL ACCOUNTS, R055 5TORE5 PROJECT TEAM AND TO TEGHNIGAL CONTACT, SEE SHEET AO.O. R055 CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE (SEE PROTOTYPE SHEET ACID AND TIE INITIATION LETTER PREPARED BY R055 ARGHITEGTURE FOR CONTACT 5. THE SYSTEM FIRE CONTROL PANEL 15 TO BE B05GH D1024. NO NAMES AND ADDRESSES). EXCEPTIONS. 15. AN INSPECTED, PASSED, COMPLETE AND FULLY OPERATIONAL MONITORED 6. REMOTE PROVIDE WITH EACH DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR ONE REMOTE INDIGATOR/TEST FIRE ALARM SYSTEM INIGLUDINO COMPLETE RELATED 5Y5TEM5, 5UGH A5 5WITGH, ONE SET OF SAMPLING TUBES, AND ONE E LINE POWER TELEPHONE AND POKER, 15 REQUIRED FOR 5AT15FACTORY COMPLETION OF 5HITGH,1ONE RELAY. THE LANDLORDS CONSTRUCTION OBLIGATION AND FOR GON5TRUGTION TURNOVER TO THE TENANT. THE 5AT15FACTORY COMPLETION OF THI5 1. PROVIDE END -OF -LINE POKER 9UPERVI510N RELAY FOR EACH ZONE OF REQUIREMENT MAY NEGE551TATE EARLY COORDINATION AND 5GHEOULIN6 SMOKE DETECTORS. OF THE R055 TELECOMMUNICATIONS VENDOR. INITIATE CONTACT AND THROUGH THE ASSIGNED R055 GONSTRUGTION 5CHEO8. GONGEAL ALL WIRING EXCEPT IN AREA WHERE OTHER CONDUIT AND PIPING REPRESEE NTATIVE. REPRE T ARE EXPOSED. 16. THE ENTIRE SYSTEM SHALL COMPLY HITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND q. CODE AND IDENTIFY ALL CONDUCTORS APPROPRIATELY AND LIN6 5TI5, INCLUDING TIE NFPA 12, UL, FM AND THE STATE AND LOCAL FIRE Y BY NUMBER AND COLOR FOR THE PURPOSE OF CONTACT LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT FOR COORDINATION AND IDENTIFICATION AND 5ERVIGIN6 OF THE SYSTEM WITHIN TIE CONTROL OMPLIANGE WITH LOCAL JURISDICTION. COMPLIAN PANEL AND AT EACH POINT OF TERMINATION OUTSIDE OF THE GONTROL PANEL. 10. THE FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL 15 TO BE MOUNTED HHERE SHOWN IN THE NOTE: FIRE ALARM DEVICES 5HOHN ON APPROVED FINAL PLANS. A DEDICATED 12OVAG, 10 AMP GIRGUITED PLANS ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY. THE OUTLET, RED DEVICE COLOR, Is TO BE PROVIDED AT THE LOCATION OF CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP THE FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL AND 50 PERMANENTLY IDENTIFIED ON DRAWINGS TO THE CITY FOR APPROVAL. THE OUTLET COVER PLATE. SCHEDULE AND COORDINATE SYSTEM CONNECTION TO THO DEDICATED TELEPHONE LINES (LINE b PRIMARY; LINE 3 SECONDARY) THROUGH THE A5516NED R055 CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE. ROSS FIRE ALARM DIAGRAM SCALE: NOW VENDING TRAINING STATION . TH15 OW +54" DUPLEX (8) TOTAL AT 5' O.G. TYP. THIS WALL, GRAY, 24 H +15' DUPLEX (300 N), CFGI, GRAY, VENDING, DOH, +15' 5PA6 DUPLEX, ORANGE, TRAINING ON 24 HR. CIRCUIT FOR MARK-DOWN EQUIPMENT OPERATIONS / I.T) tbDS OPERATIONS) +15� DATA�I„j 3/4' CONDUIT GD'TNmUIr STUBBED TO REAGI+ABLE EQUIPMENT LOCATION ABOVE SALES FLOOR GL6. H/ FULL STRING, CLOSET 5 RIt MOH�BU5OWNG��WST BED TO M BEITS GE TRAINING (R0555 I.TJ LOCATION ABOVE SALES FLOOR GEILIWG AND THE OTHER STUBBED 110 TO AN REACHABLE LOCATION ABOVE THE MANAGERS OFFICE CEILING I1ZO% I.T. / TELECOM) +42" SP/I6 (BELOW SHELF) 24 HOUR QUAD, ORANGE, RACK (Ro55 I.TJ 3/4' EXPOSED PLYWOOD ❑ 4 2 6 4 2 6 4 2 KEY SERVIGE UNIT (k9u) MOUNTED AT +6'-0" TO HALL BEHIND TH15T ON ALL WALLS THIS ROOM U EQUIPMENT RACK (ROSS TELECOM) #1O 8" 5" +54" 5PAC? (ABOVE SHELF), 24 HOUR DUPLEX, ORANGE, ROUTER d TYP OF 2 -A-2q NGR-2, ) MODEM (RO5 TELEGOMU 2 l5 KVA XFMR 5 LA-Il LOCKER ►IGR-I 4, 6 +54" PHONE BOX (ABOVE SHELF) W/ I' CONDUIT STUBBED TO ROOF GAN MOUNTING ROOM -' 1 #10 (20� REACHABLE LOCATION ABOVE 5ALE5 FLOOR GL6. W/ PULL 5TRING LOCATION. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH 109 +15" (ON HALL BELOW SWITCHE5) �-1 EQUIPN�ENT OR % TELECOM) � ,�, 1-A' �' 'NGR' ROSS. SEE DETAIL 1/Eb. LA-38, 40 DUPLEX GRAY, GONVENIENGE 1 T +54" DUPLEX (ABOVE SHELF),120 VAC, 10 AMP, 24 HITZ 5P/16, r I ELECT. C ORANGE (KSU) (ROSS TELECOM) Lt_ L J l ROOM LA-15 + ENI OFFICE (Ro55 I.T) i LINE THERMOSTAT - SEE DETAIL 5/E6 'HA' +24' DUPLEX, (b50 H) GFCI, GRAY, #10 55_ qEM OVERRIDE PANEL HALL +15' DUPLEX GRAY, +120" (AT REACHABLE LOCATION ABOVE GEILI%) SIC-�NAL BUZZER �- LA-20 112 MIGROHAVE (ROSS OPERATION5) #10 ; NGR-15 1 19 GO�I� NGR-11 CONNECT TO RJ5HBUTTON5, VERIFY WITH DOS G.M. i LA-18 LB-23 R723 �R� GRAY o LA-36 iL 'LGP-1' LB-21 (BOSS OPERAGFGI, L #10 #10 #1 B T :9W +15" DUPLEX, ---JCONVENIENCE, GRAY-g CL #2 z17 +15' DUPLEX, 6FGI (b5A) GRAY, REFRIGERATOR (ROSS +38"DUPLEX, GRAY (R0% OPERATIONS), CONVENIENCE +46" J-50X W/ 5/4" CONDUIT 5TU53W TO REACHABLE OPERATIONIS) +54" J-BOX I-6ANI6: W/ 3/4" CONDUIT STUBBED TO REACHABLE #10 #10 J LOCATION ABOVE MANAGER GL6. H/ PULL 5TRINIG, SPEAKER (ROSS I.TJ 3 +15" DUPLEX, 24HHR, 120 VAC, 10 AMP, - - LOGATION ABOVE GLG. H/ PULL 5TRIN6, MU51G/PAGIN6 (IZO55 I.T GROUND ROD AT BURGLAR ALARM PANEL, RED (BAXLP) LA-2q +38" PHONE BOX W/ 3/4" CONDUIT 5TUBBEO TO REACHABLE TELEPHONE +64' (ABOVE SHELF) DATA BOX HA" CONDUIT STUBBED MANAG RS LOCATION ABOVE MANAGER'S GLG H/PULL STRING (RO% TELECOM) B +15" DUPLEX, 24HR, 120 VAG, 10 AMP, SPEAKERS/ REACHABLE LOCATION ABOVE GL6 W/PULL STRING, #10 -15 OFFIC +38' QUAD, GRAY iR 95 OPERATION5) BURG5LAR ALARM PANEL RED (BA)(LP) MUSIC/PAGING MU M151G/PAGINIG (BOSS I.T) (ABOVE SHELF) QUAD, GRAY, MusIG/PA61NG SYS 04 I +15" DUPLEX, 120V, 10 AMP, 24HR 5P/16, (ROSS (BOSS I.TJ +38" DATA BOX w/ 3/4' CONDUIT STUBBED TO REACHABLE LOCATION ORANGE (KSU)(TELEGOM) NIG I NGR � CASH ABOVE MANAGERS OFFICE GLG. W/ PULL 5TRINIG, GO -PG (RO% I.TJ +15" QUAD, 12oV, 20 AMP, TELEPHONE NGR 3 OFFICE GASH OFFICE COMPUTER (GO -PG) (R055 I.T) BOARD, GRAY (OMARK) +38' DATA BOX H/ 3/4' CONDUIT STUBBED TO #10 #I � MANAGER'S REACHABLE LOCATION ABOVE GL6. H/ PULL STRING, +38" 5P/16, DUPLEX, ORANGE, Go -PG (Ross I.TJ GOVED �� COMPUTER ��s I.T) CASH OFFICE COMPUTER +38' 5PAC, DUPLEX, ORANGE, BO-PG (BOSS I.T) O1 4' X 8' X 5/4' PLYWOOD PHONE BOARD, PROVIDED BY E.G. VERIFY ALL REQUIREMENTS BU5INE55 OFFICE GOMPUTE R (60-PG) (ROSS I.T) WITH TELEPHONE GO. AND R055 C.M. +120" (AT REACHABLE LOCATION ABOVE GEILINI6) SP/16 QUAD, RED, DEDICATED 24 HOUR LP UPS CIRCUIT (ROSS LP) 20 NEW INIGOMINI6 UNDERGROUND ELEGTRIGAL 5ERVIGE GONOUIT5 BY LANDLORD. SEE PLAN E2 I. ALL TELEPHONE, POKER, AND DATA LOCATIONS AND LASER PRINTER (ROSS OPERATIONS) +IS' 6X6 J-BOX W/ 2 I/2' CONDUIT STUBBED TO REACHABLE LOCATION LOSS AND ONE -LINE DIAGRAM ON PLAN E5 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. MOUNTING HEIGHT5 TO BE PER R055 AE-I DRAWING. ABOVE GL6. NI/ PULL STRING, DVR (ROSS LP) PREVENTION D PAIR 30 NEW TELEPHONE SERVICE CONDUITS BY LANDLORD. PROVIDE 2. DEVICE COLORS IDENTIFICATION: ORANGE FOR 5PAC PRINTER +38" DATA BOX W/ 3/4' CONDUIT STUBBED TO REACHABLE LOCATION " DEDICATED 24 HOUR LP CIRCUIT (ROSS LP) 38 5P/16 QUAD, RED, MONITOR FOR ADDITIONAL TELEPHONE GABLE IN CONDUIT TO Ro55 BACKBOARD. SEE PLAN L PHONENI613LEIN CO GLEAN; GRAY FOR DIRTY; RED FOR L055 PREVENTION. ABOVE GLG W/PULL 5TRIN6, PRINTER (ROSS OPERATION5) INFORMATION. 3. ALL DEVICES OR ANY JUNCTION BOXES ARE TO HAVE LP MONITOR (R05 LP) 5TAINLE55 STEEL GOVER5. +38' DUPLEX, GRAY, PRINTER (R055 OPERATIONS) 40 2' VIA OPEN CONDUIT W/RJLL STRING d NYLON BU5HIN65, STUBBED FROM BACKBOARD TO 4. STUB EMPTY CONDUITS TO REACHABLE LOCATION 12" ABOVE SALES FLOOR CEILING ABOVE CEILING WITH PULL 5TRINI6 IN GONDUIT. +38' DUPLEX, GRAY (ROSS OPERATIONS), CONVENIENCE PROVIDE NYLON SU5HING5 ON LARGER DIAMETER GONDUITS. +58' PHONE BOX W/ 3/4" CONDUIT 5TL53W TO REACHABLE LOCATION O5 3OA-120V SINGLE POLE TO66LE 5HITGH, HUBBELL, TYPE 3031A FOR HAND DRYER 5. GASH OFFICE AND EQUIPMENT GL05ET HAVE HARD ABOVE GLG. H/ PULL STRING (ROSS TELECOM), CONVENIENCE 015GONNEGTION MEANS. T066LE 5WITGH TO BE PROVIDED WITH INTEGRAL T09af GUARD WITH LOCKOUT CAPABILITY PER SECTION 42231 OF THE NEG. GEILINGS; STUB CONDUITS TO REAGHA13LE LOCATION ABOVE CEILING OF ADJAGEVT SPACE. 2 ENLARGED MANAGER'S OFFICE, LOCKER ROOM, EQUIPMENT CLOSET, & CASH OFFICE PART PLAN E4 1 1/4" - V-0" E4 ELECTRIC ROOM PART POWER PLAN 1/4" = 1'-0" SYMBOLS 2OA-120/21W SINGLE POLE TOGGLE 5HITCHH, HUBBELL, TYPE G51221 20A-120/2llV DOUBLE POLE TOC6LE 5WITGH, HUBBELL, TYPE G51222 $3 20A-120/211V THREE WAY TOGGLE 5WITGH, HUBBELL, TYPE G51223 $4 2OA-120/21N FOUR WAY T06GLE 5WITGH, HUBBELL, TYPE G51224 $r 20A-300V MANUAL 5TARTINIG SWITCH H/ THERMAL OVERLOAD RELAY- IF NOT INTEGRAL TO MOTOR - FLUSH MOUNTED IN WALL AND SURFACE MOUNTED AT EQUIPMENT ROOMS SQUARE D CLA55 2510 (OR APPROVED) (b 20A-125 V 51N6LE RECEPTACLE, HUBBELL, TYPE 5361 (GRAY), 15' AFF U.NA. 2OA-125 V DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, HUBBELL, TYPE GR53b2 (GRAY), 15' AFF U.N.O. SAME AS EXCEPT MOUNTED ABOVE COUNTER SAME A5 EXCEPT WITH INTEGRAL "CFI" PROTECTION, R03ELL TYPE 6F5352 SAME A5 EXCEPT 2 MOUNTED IN 2 6ANIG BOX WITH 5I*,LE COVER PLATE. SAME AS EXCEPT WITH WEATHERPROOF 51N6LE COVER AND INTEGRAL CA --CI PROTECTION, REBELL WP26MP `@+'EWC SAME AS a EXCEPT MOUNTED BEHIND DRINKING FOUNTAIN c SURGE PROTECTED RECEPTACLE. PASS s SEYMOUR 15A DUPI.EX/MODEL IC626205P ORANGE. FLUSH FLOOR MOUNTED BRA55 DUPLEX RECEPTACLE WITH GONGEALED FEED AND FLUSH ® HINGED COVER. USE CONGEALED UNDER SLAB DISTRIBUTION. HUBBELL, TYPE 52436 FLOOR BOX WITH HUBBELL, TYPE 5-3825 COVER, DATA OUTLET, MOUNTING FIGHT AS NOTED, (VERIFY LOGATION5 PRIOR TO INSTALLATION). PROVIDE PLASTER RING AND GONOUIT WITH PULL-5TRING 5TUBBED TO ABOVE CEILING (TYPICAL 6HB INSTALLATION OR 51MILAR PER MOUNTING CONDITION). R055 INSTALLER WILL PROVIDE AND INSTALL WIRE d JAGK. Q TELEPHONE 38' AT MANA6ER5, 45' A.F.F. AT SALES FLOOR, U.O.N. (NOTE: SALES FLOOR PHONES ARE NOT PUBLIC PHONES AND AS SUCH MAY NOT BE REQUIRED TO BE ACCESSIBLE; ARCHITECT OF RECORD MUST VERIFY). LOCATIONS SHOWN FOR GONIGEPT AND MUST BE VERIFIED THROUGH THE R055 CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. PROVIDE PLASTER RING AND CONDUIT WITH PULL -STRING STUBBED TO ABOVE GEILIN6 (TYPICAL 6 43 INSTALLATION OR SIMILAR PER MOUNTING CONDITION). COLUMN MOUNTED DEVIGE5 ARE TO BE FED CONGEALED FROM WITHIN TUBE, CONFIRM LOCATIONS AND PROVIDE FEED HOLES HITH PULL WIRES. R055 INSTALLER WILL PROVIDE AND INSTALL WIRE, IAGK AND PHONE. PRE -FINISHED TELE-POWER POLE WITH FLOOR BOOT, T-BAR ACCESSORY PACK AND TPB GASKET J-BOX TO BE PROCURED FROM AMERICAN WHOLESALE LIwHHTING (SEE TITLE SHEET FOR CONTRACT INFORMATION). NO 5U135TITUTION5 ALLOT ED. CONTACT AHL IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS, (boo) 253-b13b ATTN: JEFF ENSEN OR KENT CLYDE. CONTRACTOR MUST PROVIDE COUNT 4 LENGTH HHEI REQUESTING QUOTATION AND WHEN PLAGINC ORDER (ORDER WITH LIGHTING PAGKAGE). 0 STANDARD JUNCTION BOX 51ZED PER N.E.G. AND SUPPORTED INDEPENDENT OF CONDUIT SYSTEM NEVI -DUTY 3 POLE FUSIBLE DISCONNECT 5WITGH NFUSETRON5 51ZED A5 NOTED OR AT 125% OF ACTUAL MOTOR NAMEPLATE RATIN65-5WITGH 51ZE AS NOTED N.F. DENOTES NON-FU5I13LE-MOUNTED AT EQUIPMENT W.P. DENOTES YEATHERPROOF-MOUNTED AT EQUIPMENT 00/000 = 015GONNEGT 51ZE / FUSE 51ZE - MOUNTED AT EQUIPMENT 0 PREWIRED UNIT CONTROL PANEL-GONJEGT AND WIRE PER MFGR5. WIRING OIA64ZAM5. PROVIDE 015GONINEGT 5WITGH A5 REQUIRED BY N.E.G. MOTOR CONNECTION AS NOTED-GONNEGT WITH FLEXIBLE OR 5EALTI6HT CONDUIT 120/208V -3 PHA5E-4 WIRE ELECTRICAL BRANCH CIRCUIT PANEL 2ll/480V - 3 PHASE - 4 WIRE ELECTRICAL BRANCH CIRCUIT PANEL CONDUIT RUN EXPOSED, OVERHEAD, CONGEALED ABOVE GEILII6 OR IN WALL. GRO55HATGHE5 DENOTE NUMBER OF #12 AHG COPPER CONDUCTORS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE CONDUIT RUN IN OR BELOW FLOOR SLABS - MAINTAIN 2" MINIMUM CONCRETE GOVER ABOVE GONOUIT - GRO55HATGFE:5 DEVOTE NUMBER OF #12 AH6 GOPPER CONDUCTORS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWI5E 4 +48' 5ECURITY KEYPAD. PROVIDE J-BOX WITH 3/4' CONDUIT STUBBED TO ACCESSIBLE LOCATION ABOVE CEILING WITH PULL-5TRING. KEYPAD AND WIRING BY R055 INSTALLER. PUSH-BUTTON +54" AF.F., USE WEATHER -TIGHT STAINLESS STEEL PUSH-BUTTON AND 5TAINLE55 STEEL FASTENERS, EDHARP5 #852, (203) bqq-3000. CONNECT TO MATGHING BUZZER NUMBER ES PROVIDE VON OUPIN - MODEL 6211 ELECTRIC STRIKE AND P13120 WALL SWITCH. © MOUNT BUZZER (OR RINGER) ABOVE GEILINIC AT GU5TOMER SERVICE GOUNTER AND OFFICE HALL. WALL MOUNTED (+&'-0' AFFJ ALL OTHER LOCATIONS. GONNEGT TO PUSH BUTTON OF MATGHIN6 NUMBER. SOUND OF THE BUZZER (OR RINGER) FOR NUMBER I BUTTON MUST BE DIFFERENT THAN THAT FOR NUMBER 2 BUTTON. BUZZER (OR RINGER) SOUND LEVELS MUST BE ADJUSTABLE AND BE AUDIBLE WITHIN 15-FEET OF LOCATION, 24 VOLT SYSTEM. ® DOORBELL TRANSFORMER MOUNTED ABOVE GEILINI6 OR ON WALL, EDHARD5 TO MATCH BUZZER (1RINIGER). ® TIMEGLOGK: TORK #H2OOL WITH CARRY OVER OR EQUAL © GONTAGToR - AMPAGITY AND POLES AS NOTED WITH NEMA I ENCLOSURE FIRE ALARM SYMBOLS ❑F FIRE ALARM SYSTEM MANUAL PULL STATION - PROVIDE WITH VANDAL RE51STANT PLASTIC GUARDS (FLIU5H MOUNTED AT 4'-0" VERIFY HEIGHT) FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SIGNAL HORN WITH ADA STROBE, FLUSH MOUNTED 12' BELOW —cd GEILING (80" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR MAXIMUM). GANDELA RATING AS SHORN. 110rd UNLE55 NOTED OTHERWISE. F FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 516NAL HORN WITH ADA 5TROBE, FLU5H MOUNTED IN GEILIN6. —cd CANDELA RATING A5 SHOWN. IlOcd UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. SD FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SMOKE DETECTOR FA:ti� FIRE ALARM 5Y5TEM CONTROL PANEL BY GENERAL GONTRAGTOR (BOSGH D1024) DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR SPRINKLER SYSTEM FLOW Sw w ❑T5 SPRINKLER SYSTEM TAMPER SWITCH [D—cd FIRE ALARM ADA STROBE LIGHT MOUNTED 80' A.FF. GANDELA RATING A5 5HOHN. y —cd FIRE ALARM ADA STROBE LIGHT MOUNTED IN GEILIN6. CANDELA RATING AS SHIOHN. ❑K REMOTE TEST STATION FOR DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS SYMBOL LEGEND t1E161RAL NIOTE8: I. ALL TOGGLE 5WITGHE5 ARE TO BE FLUSH MOUNTED AT 42" A.F.F. TO CENTER LINE OF BOX AND BE PROVIDED WITH A 5TAINLE55 STEEL COVER PLATE TO MATCH DEVICE. COLOR OF DEVICES TO BE GRAY UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 2. ALL RECEPTACLES, TELEPHONE, ETC,. ARE TO BE FLUSH MOUNTED AT 15' A.F.F. TO CENTER LINE U.NA. AND 13E PROVIDED WITH A 5TAINLE55 STEEL COVER PLATE TO MATCH THE DEVICE. COLOR OF THE DEVICE PER PLANS. ALL BAGK-TO-BAGK OEVIGE5 TO BE OFFSET HORIZONTALLY 6' MINIMUM. 3. THE EXACT LOCATION AND MOUNTING HE16HT OF ALL 5WITGHE5, OUTLETS, ETC. ARE TO BE PER THE R055 AE-I DRAWING. IF LOGATION5 AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS ARE NOT 5HOHN, REQUEST LOCATIONS PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. GONFIRM EQUIPMENT OUTLET LOGATION5 WITH EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS. COMPLY WITH ADA. REQUIREMENTS. 4. SHITGHES AND DEVICES TO BE AS SPECIFIED LEVITON, OR P d 5 A5 AGGEPTA13LE ALTERNATES FOR SPECIFICATION GRADES. 5. NO ITEMS ARE TO BE 5GALEO OFF THE ELECTRICAL DRAWINIG5. ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN MUST BE VERIFIED WITH THE TENANT PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. mcg architecture T 216.520IM © 216.MIM 7100 E Pbm t VIt W, Sure 320, ClwoW 111111144131 Seal: •eee.e� ® �1}�O 0 ®: s `9 U) v A Project for: Client: ROSS STORES, INC. 4440 ROSEWOOD DRIVE PLEASANTON, CA 94588 Revisions: BID/PERMIT 02-14-13 No. Description Date Project No.: 11.594.01 Drawn By: JWD Reviewed By: CAT Scale: AS NOTED Date: 01-28-2013 Filename: Sheet Title: ELECTRICAL DETAIL PLAN Sheet #: E4 ( MCG ARCHITECTS 2013 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L 6 L 6 i N t 2 c 0� E E p 0 3 0 > c 0 N > t L s N in in a 0 %n N N 5 v 0 ei E z Q g O i m 0 N PANEL HA VOLTAGE: 480/277 PH & WIRES: 3P 4W BUSSING AMPS: 225A MAINS: M.L.O. AIC RATING: 65,000 MOUNTING: SURFACE KVA LOADS LOCATION: ELECTRICAL ROOM FEEDER: SEE ONE -LINE DIAGRAM REMARKS: DO LOAD DESCRIPTION KVA P AMP CCT PH A PH B PH C CCT AMP P KVA LOAD DESCRIPTION DO 7 EMPLOYEE LIGHTING (1/3) 1.37 1 20 1 2.74 --- --- 2 20 1 1.37 GENERAL LIGHTING (2/3) 2 7 EMPLOYEE LIGHTING (1/3) 1.54 1 20 3 --- 2.91 --- 4 20 1 1.37 GENERAL LIGHTING (2/3) 2 7 EMPLOYEE LIGHTING (1/3) 1.63 1 20 5 --- --- 3.29 6 20 1 1.66 GENERAL LIGHTING (2/3) 2 7 EMPLOYEE LIGHTING (1/3) 1.41 1 20 7 2.82 --- --- 8 20 1 1.41 GENERAL LIGHTING (2/3) 2 7 EMPLOYEE LIGHTING (1/3) 0.42 1 20 9 --- 1.88 --- 10 20 1 1.46 GENERAL LIGHTING (2/3) 2 SPARE 0.00 1 20 11 --- --- 1.80 12 20 1 1.80 GENERAL LIGHTING (2/3) 2 1 STOCK ROOM LIGHTING 0.96 1 20 13 2.37 --- --- 14 20 1 1.41 GENERAL LIGHTING (2/3) 2 7 RESTROOM/FITTING LIGHTING (113) 0.27 1 20 15 --- 1.68 --- 16 20 1 1.41 GENERAL LIGHTING (2/3) 2 2 RESTROOM/FITTING LIGHTING (2/3) 0.54 1 20 17 --- --- 1.42 18 20 1 0.88 GENERAL LIGHTING 2/3) 2 5 WALL PACK LIGHTING 0.38 1 20 19 0.38 --- --- 20 20 1 0.00 SPARE 1 BACK ROOM LIGHTING (1/3) 0.22 1 20 21 --- 0.22 --- 22 20 1 0.00 SPARE 1 BACK ROOM LIGHTING (2/3) 0.44 1 20 23 --- --- 1.37 24 20 1 0.93 EM NL OFFICE SPARE 0.00 1 20 25 0.48 --- --- 26 20 1 0.48 EM NL STOCK SPARE 0.00 1 20 27 --- 0.00 --- 28 20 1 0.00 SPARE SPARE 0.00 1 20 29 --- --- 1.06 30 20 1 1.06 VALANCE LIGHTING UPPER 2 SPARE 0.00 1 20 31 1.06 --- --- 32 20 1 1.06 VALANCE LIGHTING LOWER 8 FRONT WORK LIGHTS 0.14 1 20 33 --- 1.20 --- 34 20 1 1.06 VALANCE LIGHTING UPPER 2 SPARE 0.00 1 20 35 --- --- 1.06 36 20 1 1.06 VALANCE LIGHTING LOWER 8 4 CANOPY DOWNLIGHTS 1.08 1 20 37 2.33 --- --- 38 20 1 1.25 FA ADE FEATURE LIGHTING 4 5 CANOPY DOWNLIGHTS EM 0.64 1 20 39 --- 2.61 --- 40 20 1 1 1.97 EMERGENCY LIGHTS 7 SPARE 0.00 1 30 41 --- --- 0.66 42 20 1 1 0.66 NIGHT LIGHTS/EMERGENCY LIGHTS CONNECTED AMPS: 40.10 1 12.18 1 10.50 1 10.66 I CONNECTED KVA: NOTES: PROVIDE SOLID NEUTRAL BUS & GROUND BAR. L = INDICATES LOCK -ON CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL LA VOLTAGE: 208/120 MAINS: 200A M.C.B. PH & WIRES: 3P 4W AIC RATING: 22,000 BUSSING AMPS: 200A MOUNTING: SURFACE KVA LOADS 33.34 Demand Load AmDS 50.13 LOCATION: ELECTRICAL ROOM FEEDER: SEE ONE -LINE DIAGRAM REMARKS: ISOLATED GND TO TRANSFORMER (FOR PANEL 'NCR') DO LOAD DESCRIPTION KVA P AMP CCT PH A PH B PH C CCT AMP P KVA LOAD DESCRIPTION DO FEED TO PANEL "LB" 7.10 3 125 1 7.60 --- --- 2 20 1 0.50 PVM RECEPTACLE 6.41 3 --- 7.11 --- 4 20 1 0.70 EF 3 7.04 5 --- --- 7.74 6 20 1 0.70 EF 2 1 FEED TO PANEL "NCR" 2.84 3 100 7 3.54 --- --- 8 20 1 1 0.70 EF 1 1 2.41 9 --- 3.11 --- 10 20 1 0.70 EF/4 1 2.52 11 --- --- 3.06 12 20 1 0.54 ROOFTOP GFI SPARE 0.00 1 20 13 0.72 1 --- --- 14 20 1 0.72 ROOFTOP GFI REFRIGERATOR 1.00 1 20 15 --- 2.20 --- 16 20 1 1.20 UNDER CANOPY SIGN 3 1 VENDING 1.00 1 20 17 --- --- 1.36 18 20 1 0.36 TELEPHONE BACKBOARD HURRICANE SHUTTERS 0.50 1 20 19 1.04 --- --- 20 20 1 0.54 MISC. RECEPTACLES HURRICANE SHUTTERS 0.50 1 20 21 --- 0.50 --- 22 20 1 0.00 SPARE SPARE 0.00 1 20 23 --- --- 0.00 24 20 1 0.00 SPARE SPARE 0.00 1 20 25 0.36 --- --- 26 1 20 1 0.36 CORRIDOR RECEPTACLES CASH OFFICE RECEPTACLE 0.36 1 20 27 --- 0.36 --- 28 20 1 0.00 SPARE CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLES 0.36 1 20 29 --- --- 0.54 30 20 1 0.18 FITTING FOYER RECEPTACLE SPARE 0.00 1 20 31 0.50 --- --- 32 20 1 0.50 NEON LIGHTING 4 SPARE 0.00 1 20 33 --- 0.72 --- 34 20 1 1 0.72 (4) GFI RECEPTACLES LP PVM RECEPTACLE 0.54 1 20 35 --- --- 0.90 36 20 1 0.36 OFFICE HALL RECEPTACLES LP PVM RECEPTACLE 0.54 1 20 37 0.72 --- --- 38 20 1 0.18 LOUNGE GFI SPARE 0.00 1 20 39 --- 0.65 --- 40 20 1 0.65 MICROWAVE SPARE 0.00 1 1 1 20 1 41 --- --- 0.00 42 20 1 0.00 SPARE CONNECTED AMPS: 118.611 14.48 1 14.65 1 13.60 1 CONNECTED KVA: 42.73 NOTES: PROVIDE SOLID NEUTRAL BUS & GROUND BAR. N = ISOLATED CIRCUIT - SEPARATE NEUTRALS L = INDICATES LOCK -ON CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL LB VOLTAGE: 208/ 120 PH & WIRES: 3P 4W BUSSING AMPS: 125A MAINS: M.L.O. AIC RATING: 22,000 MOUNTING: SURFACE KVA LOADS LOCATION: FEEDER: REMARKS: Demand Load ELECTRICAL ROOM SEE ONE -LINE DIAGRAM 108.84 DO LOAD DESCRIPTION KVA P AMP CCT PH A PH B PH C CCT AMP P KVA LOAD DESCRIPTION DO REGISTER NORMAL POWER 0.36 1 20 1 0.72 --- --- 2 20 1 0.36 REGISTER NORMAL POWER REGISTER NORMAL POWER 0.36 1 20 3 --- 0.72 --- 4 20 1 0.36 REGISTER NORMAL POWER REGISTER NORMAL POWER 0.36 1 20 5 --- --- 0.86 6 20 1 0.50 JEWELRY CASE LIGHTING 2 REGISTER NORMAL POWER 0.36 1 20 7 0.36 --- --- 8 20 1 1 0.00 SPARE POWER DOORS 0.60 1 20 9 --- 1.10 --- 10 20 1 0.50 LP STATION NORMAL POWER POWER DOORS 0.60 1 20 11 --- --- 0.63 12 20 1 0.03 LCP-1 SPARE 0.00 1 20 13 0.03 --- --- 14 20 1 0.03 EMCP-1 DETEX SYSTEM 0.36 1 20 15 --- 0.36 --- 16 20 1 0.00 SPARE HAND DRYER (2) 1.50 1 30 17 --- --- 2.00 18 20 1 0.50 RECIRCULATING PUMP 6 SPARE 0.00 1 20 19 2.00 --- --- 20 30 2 2.00 HOT WATER HEATER 6 CELL BACKUP 0.18 1 20 21 --- 2.18 --- 22 2.00 BURGLAR ALARM 0.18 1 20 23 --- --- 0.49 24 20 3 0.31 SUMP PUMP SPARE 0.00 1 20 25 0.31 --- --- 26 0.31 CANOPY RECEPTACLES 0.36 1 20 27 --- 0.67 --- 28 0.31 HAND DRYER 2 1.50 1 30 29 --- --- 1.68 30 20 1 0.18 1) COLUMN RECEPTACLE SPARE 2.30 1 20 31 2.48 --- --- 32 20 1 1 0.18 (1) COLUMN RECEPTACLE SPARE 0.00 1 20 33 1 --- 0.18 --- 34 20 1 0.18 1 COLUMN RECEPTACLE FUTURE POWERED LAMP DISPLAY 0.00 1 20 35 --- --- 0.18 36 20 1 0.18 1 COLUMN RECEPTACLE FUTURE POWERED LAMP DISPLAY 0.00 1 20 37 1.20 --- --- 38 20 1 1.20 FRONT SIGN 3 FUTURE POWERED LAMP DISPLAY 1 0.00 1 20 39 --- 1.20 --- 40 1 20 1 1.20 FRONT SIGN 3 FUTURE POWERED LAMP DISPLAY 0.00 1 1 1 20 1 41 --- --- 1.20 42 1 20 1 1 1.20 FRONT SIGN 3 L CONNECTED AMPS: 57.04 1 7.10 6.41 7.04 I CONNECTED KVA: 20.55 NOTES: PROVIDE SOLID NEUTRAL BUS & GROUND BAR. N = ISOLATED CIRCUIT - SEPARATE NEUTRALS Demand Load Am L L L L N N N NUMBERS REFER TO 'DO' ENERGY MANAGEMENT 56.28 G-ROU'• 5ff DETAIL 5, SHEET #EU. MYP) PANEL NCR VOLTAGE: 208/120 MAINS: M.L.O. LOCATION: ELECTRICAL ROOM PH & WIRES: 3P 4W AIC RATING: 22,000 FEEDER: SEE ONE -LINE DIAGRAM BUSSING AMPS: 100A MOUNTING: SURFACE REMARKS: ISOLATED GND. TO TRANSFORMER KVA LOADS LOAD DESCRIPTION KVA P AMP CCT PH A PH B PH C CCT AMP P KVA LOAD DESCRIPTION LOUNGE TRAINING RECEPTACLE 0.18 1 20 1 1.08 --- --- 2 20 1 0.90 EQUIPMENT ROOM CASH ROOM RECEPTACLES 0.18 1 20 3 --- 1.08 --- 4 20 1 0.90 EQUIPMENT ROOM INTELLEX RECEPTACLES 0.72 1 20 5 --- --- 1.44 6 20 1 0.72 EQUIPMENT ROOM ALTRONIX 0.36 1 20 7 0.54 --- --- 8 20 1 0.18 CASH REGISTERS FACP 0.25 1 20 9 --- 0.43 --- 10 20 1 0.18 CASH REGISTERS MANAGER'S RECEPTACLES 0.36 1 20 11 --- --- 0.54 12 20 1 0.18 CASH REGISTERS LOSS PREVENTION PEDESTAL 0.36 1 1 20 13 0.54 1 --- --- 14 20 1 0.18 CASH REGISTERS MANAGER'S RECEPTACLES 0.54 1 20 15 --- 0.72 --- 16 20 1 1 0.18 1 CASH REGISTERS EQUIPMENT CLOSET RECEPTACLE 0.18 1 20 17 --- --- 0.36 18 20 1 0.18 CASH REGISTERS EQUIPMENT CLOSET RECEPTACLE 0.18 1 20 19 0.68 --- --- 20 20 1 0.50 LP STATION IG POWER MANAGER'S RECEPTACLES 0.18 1 20 21 --- 0.18 --- 22 20 1 0.00 SPARE TELECOM RECEPTACLE 0.18 1 1 20 23 --- --- 0.18 1 24 20 1 1 0.00 SPARE SPARE 0.00 1 20 25 0.00 --- --- 26 20 1 0.00 SPARE SPARE 0.00 1 20 27 --- 0.00 --- 28 20 1 0.00 SPARE SPARE 0.00 1 20 29 --- --- 0.00 30 20 1 0.00 SPARE SPARE 0.00 1 20 31 0.00 --- --- 32 20 1 0.00 SPARE SPARE 0.00 1 20 33 --- 0.00 --- 34 20 1 1 0.00 SPARE SPARE 0.00 1 20 35 --- --- 0.00 36 20 1 0.00 SPARE SPARE 0.00 1 20 37 0.00 --- --- 38 20 1 0.00 SPARE SPARE 0.00 1 20 39 --- 0.00 --- 40 20 1 0.00 SPARE SPARE 0.00 1 20 41 --- --- 0.00 42 20 1 0.00 SPARE CONNECTED AMPS: 21.57 2.84 2.41 2.52 CONNECTED KVA: 7.77 NOTES: PROVIDE SOLID NEUTRAL BUS & GROUND BAR. L = INDICATES LOCK -ON CIRCUIT BREAKER Demand Load Amps 21.57 1: H H 1: PANEL MDP VOLTAGE: 480/277 MAINS: M.L.O. LOCATION: ELECTRICAL ROOM PH & WIRES: 3P 4W AIC RATING: 65,000 FEEDER: SEE ONE -LINE DIAGRAM BUSSING AMPS: 600A MOUNTING: SURFACE REMARKS: I -LINE CONSTRUCTION SERVICE ENTRANCE RATED KVA LOADS LOAD DESCRIPTION KVA P AMP CCT PH A PH B PH C CCT AMP P KVA LOAD DESCRIPTION PANEL 'HA' 12.18 3 200 1 26.66 --- --- 2 125 3 14.48 PANEL 'LA' VIA 75 KVA TRANSFORMER) 10.50 3 --- 25.15 --- 4 14.65 10.66 5 --- - - - 24.26 6 13.60 AC/1 14.8 FLA 4.09 3 25 7 7.30 --- --- 8 15 3 1 3.21 AC/2 11.6 FLA 4.09 9 --- 7.30 --- 10 3.21 4.09 11 --- --- 7.30 12 3.21 AC/3 30.4 FLA 8.41 3 40 13 10.84 --- --- 14 15 3 2.43 AC/4 8.8 FLA 8.41 15 --- 10.84 --- 16 2.43 8.41 17 --- --- 10.84 18 2.43 AC/5 30.4 FLA 8.41 3 40 19 16.82 - - - --- 20 40 3 8.41 AC/6 30.4 FLA 8.41 21 --- 16.82 --- 22 8.41 8.41 23 --- - - - 16.82 24 8.41 AC/7 36.8 FLA 10.18 3 45 25 14.06 - - - --- 26 30 3 3.88 COMPACTOR 10.18 27 --- 14.06 --- 28 3.88 10.18 29 --- --- 14.06 30 3.88 SPARE 0.00 3 30 31 0.00 - - - --- 32 - 3 0.00 SPACE 0.00 33 --- 0.00 --- 34 0.00 0.00 35 --- --- 0.00 36 0.00 SPACE 0.00 3 - 37 0.00 --- --- 38 15 3 0.00 DEMAND METER 0.00 39 --- 0.00 --- 40 0.00 0.00 41 --- --- 0.00 42 0.00 CONNECTED AMPS: 268.38 75.68 74.17 73.28 CONNECTED KVA: 223.12 NOTES: PROVIDE SOLID NEUTRAL BUS & GROUND BAR. H = INDICATES HACR RATED CIRCUIT BREAKER Demand Load Amps 274.17 ROSS LOAD SUMMARY NO LOAD8 - RECEPTACLES AT 180 VA EACH - HVAC LOAD (GREATER OF HEATING/COOLING) HEATING = 0.0 KVA COOLING = 135.4 KVA - MISCELLANEOUS - KITCHEN EQUIPMENT 2 PIECES OF EQUIPMENT CONTIWOU8 LOADS - GENERAL LIGHTING NEC METHOD= 22,000 SO. FT. X 3.0 VA / SQ. FT. ACTUAL LOAD= - OUTSIDE SIGN CIRCUITS 3 X 1200 VA/EA. = - SHOW WINDOW LIGHTING 0 FEET X 200 VI = - HOT WATER HEATER MINIMUM SIZE SERVICE - SUB TOTAL NON -CONTINUOUS LOADS - SUB TOTAL CONTINUOUS LOADS SERVICE VOLTAGE = 480 PHASE = 3 PANEL NOTES: I. ALL BRANCH GIRGUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE BOLT -ON TYPE, RATED AT 20 AMPERE I POLE FOR -5 DEG. G WIRE, UNLE55 NOTED. 2. ALL 20 AMP CIRCUIT BREAKERS USED A5 5WITCHE5 SHALL BE UL-5WD RATED AND SHALL BE MARKED "SWD". 3. PROVIDE SPACES WITH MOUNTIN6 HARD- WARE FOR FUTURE BREAKER INSTALLATION. 4. PANELS TO BE MANUFACTURED BY SQUARE "D" (OR APPROVED EGUAL), WITH COPPER BU551%, FLUSH LOCK AND KEYED ALIKE. 5. THE ENTIRE SYSTEM SHALL BE FULLY COORDINATED (BY THE MANUFACTURER) AND PROPER COMPONENT SHORT GIRGUIT WITH- STAND RATING PROVIDED FOR EACH PAI BOARD. 6• ALL GIRGUIT BREAKERS L15ED FOR OVER CURRENT PROTECTION FOR AIR GONDITIONIN6 EQUIPMENT ARE TO BE "HAGR" RATED. 1. ALL WIRING IN PANELS SHALL COMPLY WITH 'BOSS PRESS FOR LE55' DE516N GUIDE. COORDINATE WITH R055 G.M. AND CONFIRM COMPLIANCE WITH ALL R055 REQUIREMENTS. LOAD D.F. NEC LOAD M A2 KVA 17.3 NEC 13.7 135.4 100% 135.4 23.3 100% 23.3 1.7 100% 1.7 66.0 125% 82.5 66.0 KVA 34.3 KVA 3.6 125% 4.5 0.0 125% 0.0 4.0 125% 5.0 E.G. TO PROVIDE (2) SETS OF 4 #350 KGMIL + #2/0 AW5 GND. IN EAGH (2) 4' CONDUIT FROM DISCONNECT SWITGH 174.0 92.0 TOTAL = 266.0 KVA AMPS = 320.0 H H I ENERGY MANAGMENT/L1614TIN6 EMGP-I CONTROL PADS. SEE DETAILS ON 5HEET #EU. VERIFY EXACT TYPES AND MODEL NUMBERS WITH ROSS. NOTE: THE CURRENT TRAN51FORMER5 CONDUCTORS MUST BE SHORTED IN51DE PANEL LCP-I UNTIL DEMAND METER TERMINATION 15 COMPLETED. LOW VOLTAGE 516NAL CONNECTION5 FROM THE CURRENT TRAN5FORMER5 TO LCP-I MU5T 13E IN CONDUIT. THE TENANT DEMAND METER 15 LOCATED IN51M OF PANEL LCP-I. TENANT PULSE METER LCP-I CONTROL WIRING O CONTROL WIRING SEE PET. ON SHT #E1 SEE PET. ON 514T #Ei CONTROL WIRING EXISTING MAIN D15GONNEGT SEE DETAIL ON SHT #El EXISTING GT'5 AND 5WITGH FURNISHED AND CONTROL WIRING CONTROL WIRING CABINET R RN15HED INSTALLED BY LANDLORD. NE^4 SEE DET. ON SHT #E1 SEE DET. ON 514T #E1 AND INSTALLED BY VERIFY EXACT LOCATION. 600A 15 KVA 480V-2O8/120V LANDLORD. VERIFY PANEL STEP-DOWN TRANSFORMER EXACT LOCATION. I- - - - F 600A � 'MDP' NEW I 3 #I + #6 GND. (FLOOR MOUNTED) NEW I EXISTING METER AND I I I DISCONNECT I 480Y/27W PANEL IN 1 1/4"G. PANEI- SOCKET FURNI5HED GT I I W/ USES I 1 3m-4W HA AND INSTALLED BY I CABINET I I FUSES IJ 600A 480Y/21W LANDLORD. VERIFY r I I I I M.L.O. 30-4W EXACT LOCATION. I ( � l - 225A L�MJJ - J L - 1 MID. _ #2 TO T BUILDING 4 #3/0 + #6 GND., 2" G STEEL 4 #3/0 + #U GND., 2 1/2'G. + - 1 #6 150 GND TO XFMR WA 1 EX15TIWo SECONDARY CONDUCTORS TO 4 #350 KCMIL + #2/0 GND - 4"G \ (2 PER PHASE) FURNISHED AND \ PHOIEBOARD INS- - - - - - - - - - - - - TALLED BY LANDLORD TO POLE � \ �#y0 C.U. - - - - - - - - 1 MOUNTED TRANSFORMER ( LQ I #6 GU. #3/O GU. #3/0 CU. TO BUILDING STEEL #6 INSULATED CU. INCOMING MAIN I EXI5TIN6 BUILDING 3/4" x 10'- O' COPPER UNDERGROUND METAL SERVICE GROUND GLAD STEEL GROUND R005 GOLD WATER PIPE WITH I (FURNISHED AND l JUMPER ACROSS METER 1 INSTALLED BY LANDLORD) LANDLORD I R055 DRE55 FOR LE55 SPACE ONE -LINE DIAGRAM - POWER DISTRIBUTION SCALE: NONE 'LA' 208YA20V 340-4W 200A M.G.B. 4 #1 + #8 611 2"1 3 #12 + #12 6401 -4 #2 Aft #8 GND., 1 1/2"G. + #6 150 GND TO XFMR (NCR) NEW NEW PANEL PANEL 'LB' 'NCR' 208Y/120V 208Y/120V 30-4W 340-4W 125A IOOA M.L.O. M.L.O. mcg architecture O 216. S15M ® 216.520.159 MO E Pleasant Yalu Rd, &ft 32% 0wbA %1 44131 Seal: Q°® ems. ®s�•� V gI • . /� ®® tA ®Q • LL ®� 0 w �. �<-ss A Project for: Ir W H Z W U tA� z r tA �� co OJT m ) V1 Z Cn J J waJ ILw A �c�= o Q CO CtA C CO ICU u) N n w z 3: Client: ROSS STORES, INC. 4440 ROSEWOOD DRIVE PLEASANTON, CA 94588 Revisions: BID/PERMIT 02-14-13 No. Description Date Project No.: 11.594.01 Drawn By: J W D Reviewed By: CAT Scale: AS NOTED Date: 01-28-2013 Filename: Sheet Title: ELECTRICAL ONE -LINE AND SCHEDULES Sheet #: E5 O MCG ARCHITECTS 2013 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED ROSS DRESS FOR LESS STANDARD TEMPERATURE SENSOR REQUIREMENTS ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR MUST LOCATE TEMPERATURE SENSORS PER THE EMS DRAWINGS. Zone Location Mountinq Surface TYDe Mountinq Hei ht Vertical Mounted Device Wire Type Notes: Steel Sheet -rock Drywall Concrete Filled Concrete +54' +93' 4' Square shallow box with single gang flat ring vertical "Wiremold" single gang ivory shallow box vertical Single gang plaster ring vertical Double gang switch or mud rin Sales Floor -Column x x x 2 x 18Ga. TSP Do not locate within 10 of supply diffusers except on opposite side of column. x x x 2 x 18Ga. TSP x x x 2 x 18Ga. TSP Processing Room - Wall x x x 2 x 18Go. TSP Mount next to interior door x x x 2 x f 18Go. TSP Mount next to interior door Women's Fitting Room - Wall x x x 2 x f 18Ga. TSP Mount in demising wall at end of hallway Manager's Office - Wall x x x 2 x 1 18Ga. TSP Mount next to interior door Override Panel x I x I I x 1 10 x 1 18Ga. Mount next to interior door Cash Office x x x 12 x 118Ga. TSP Mount next to interior door 1 I TEMPERATURE SENSOR ROUGH -IN INSTRUCTIONS LCP switch a - 50% LHS LAMPS HA (DO1) 39 switch b - 50% RHS LAMPS NOTE: EXAMPLE CIRCUIT NUMBERING PER PANEL SCHEDULE HA. 4 I PROCESSING ROOM FIXTURE DETAIL LA-2 NOTE: EXAMPLE CIRCUIT NUMBERING PER PANEL SCHEDULE LA NOTES: 1. FEED INNER LAMP (2-LAMP) BALLASTS WITH ONE INNER TWO OUTER FOUR CIRCUIT, I.E HA-5 SHOWN, CONTROLLED VIA LCP, STEEL LAMP BALLAST LAMP BALLAST DO-7. SINCE 2-LAMP BALLASTS DRAW 1/2 THE 4 HA-5 (2-LMP) HA-1 OR 3 (4-LMP) LAMP POWER, CIRCUIT TWICE AS ANY 2-LAMP SENSOR SENSOR BALLASTS ON ONE CIRCUIT. MOUNTED MOUNTED ON TO BOX ON SINGLE GANG JFRAMED 2. FEED OUTER (4-LAMP) BALLASTS WITH TWO CIRCUITS COLUMN BOX ROUGHED,,,,,.FOR A GROUP OF FIXTURE ROWS, CONTROLLED VIA IN DRY WALL LCP, DO-2. I.E. HA-1,3 IN THE EXAMPLE SHOWN. 93" A.F.F. M - MASTER CONNECTION WHIPS CONNECTION 3. HOME RUN AT END OF ROW NEAREST ELEC. RM. VIA LCP. I.E. HA-5, 1, 3 IN THE EXAMPLE SHOWN. BY T MANUF.9.3 A.F.F. COLUMN S -SATELLITE 4. BALANCE PHASES A,B,C OF PANEL ASSUMING THAT INNER (2-LAMP) CIRCUITS WILL BE TURNED OFF WHEN OUTER BALLASTS ARE ON, I.E. ALTERNATE THE PHASE THAT THE INNER BALLAST CIRCUITS CONNECT TO FOR EACH CONNECT TO FOR EACH THREE CIRCUIT CROUP. 5. PROVIDE SEPARATE, DEDICATED BREAKER AND CIRCUIT FOR; OFFICES -INNER BALLASTS (MANAGER, CASH, LENNOX TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CCBAC; ROUGH -IN, PIPE LOUNGE, HALLS). OFFICES -OUTER BALLASTS. & WIRE BY ELEC. FINAL MOUNTING & TERMINATION BY EXAMPLE: CIRCUIT HA-5 (INNER LAMPS FOR 33% LIGHTING), PROCESSING ROOM - ALL BALLASTS. C&C BUILDING AUTOMATION CO. W.T.S. MOUNTING HEIGHTS: (MOUNT SINGLE GANG RING VERTICALLY) AND HA-1,3 (OUTER LAMPS FOR 66% LIGHTING). SIMILARLY N.T.S. 5 EF-2 EXHAUST FAN ROSS DRESS FOR LESS STANDARD LIGHTING/WALL SWITCH AND EMS CONTROL REQUIREMENTS ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY IN FIELD CORRECT CIRCUITS ARE SWITCHED AS SHOWN AND INITIAL THE COLUMN LABELED "ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE" LOCATED AT THE FAR RIGHT OF THIS DOCUMENT. "S1" - SPST SINGLE POLE SINGLE THROW TOGGLE SWITCH, WALL MOUNTED. ALL SWITCHES ARE ON THE LOAD SIDE OF ANY EMS CONTACTORS, WHERE APPLICABLE ONE SWITCH IS REQUIRED FOR EACH LOAD TO BE SWITCHED. NOT REQ'D = NOT REQUIRED. LIGHTING LOAD DESCRIPTION EMS DIGITAL OUTPUT 'DO' WALL NOTES: ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TYP. V 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 SWITCH COMPLIANCE 277 STOCKROOM SECOND 507* I.E. RHS TUBES. X S1 AT INTERIOR DOOR 1 277 STOCKROOM FIRST 5D% I.E. LHS TUBES x S1 10 277 RESTROOMS, OUTER TUBES 66% X S1 5, 8 277 RESTROOMS CENTER TUBES. 33% X NOT REO'D SEPARATE CIRCUIT FROM OUTER 4. 7 277 MANAGER do CASH OFFICES, LOCKER ROOM, OUTER TUBES 66% X S1 2. 8 277 MANAGER & CASH OFFICES, LOCKER ROOM CENTER TUBES 33% X S1 SEPARATE CIRCUIT FROM OUTER 12 277 FITTING ROOMS CENTER TUBES 33% X NOT REQ'D SEPARATE CIRCUIT FROM OUTER 4, 7 277 FITTING ROOMS OUTER TUBES 66% X NOT REQ'D 5, 8 277 FITTING FOYER CENTER TUBES 33% X NOT REQ'D SEPARATE CIRCUIT FROM OUTER 4, 7 277 FITTING FOYER OUTER TUBES 66% X NOT REQ'D 5.8 120 SALES WINDOW LTG. (RECEPTACLES). X NOT REQ'D 5 277 SALES VALANCE AND COVE FIRST 50% I.E. UPPER TUBES X NOT REQ'D 5 277 SALES VALANCE AND COVE SECOND 50% I.E. LOWER TUBES. X NOT REQ'D SEPARATE CIRCUIT FROM UPPER 11 277 SALES OUTER TUBES 66% X NOT REQ'D 5, 8 120 SALES DISPLAY, CASE LTG. & RECEPTACLES X NOT REQ'D 5 120 SALES DECORATIVE X NOT REQ'D 5 277 SALES CENTER TUBES 33% X NOT REQ'D SEPARATE CIRCUITS FROM OUTER 4, 7 120 MALL ENTRY (BLADE) INTERIOR SIGNS X NOT REQ'D 5 277 HALL OUTER TUBES X NOT REQ'D 2, 8 277 HALL INNER TUBES x NOT REWD SEPARATE CIRCUIT FROM OUTER 12 120 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE X NOT REQ'D MINIMUM (3) CIRCUITS 3 277 EXTERIOR LTG. NOT OVER DOORS, GRAPHIC LIGHTS X NOT REQ'D 9 277 EXTERIOR ABOVE DOOR LTG. X NOT REQ'D 9 277 DAY UGHTING (IF REQUIRED) X NOT REQ'D 4, 7 208 HOT WATER HEATERS. X NOT REWD 120 EXHAUST FANS (EXCEPT ELECTRICAL ROOM) X -- 6 277 EQUIPMENT CLOSET AND JANITOR'S CLOSET -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- S1 CONNECT TO NIGHT LIGHT CIRCUIT 5 - ----------- 120 CANOPY UTILITY SERVICE LIGHT -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- S1 CONNECT TO RECEPTACLE CIRCUIT ------------- 277 STOCKROOM DOCK LIGHTING IF REQUIRED X S1 CONNECT TO LIGHTING CIRCUIT 277 ELECTRICAL ROOM -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- S1 CONNECT TO NIGHT LIGHT CIRCUIT ------------- 120 EQUIPMENT CLOSET EXHAUST FAN -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- NOT REQ'D 6' 13 ------------- 120 ELECTRIC WATER COOLERS, VENDING MACHINES X NOT RM'D 5 120 ELECTRICAL ROOM EXHAUST FANS -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- DIV 16 THERMOSTAT ------------- 1 - CONNECT FIRST 50% TUBES TO A DEDICATED CIRCUIT VIA LCP SCHEDULE D01 THROUGH A WALL 2-POLE SWITCH BY DOOR. 2 - LOAD REQUIRES A SEPARATE, DEDICATED, BREAKER & CIRCUIT FOR SWITCHING PURPOSES. 3 - TYPICALLY NO FEWER THAN 3 CIRCUITS ARE REQUIRED - VERIFY WITH SIGN CONSULTANT. 4 - TYPICALLY THIS LOAD WILL BE TURNED ON WHEN STORE IS OPENED BY EMPLOYEES (LCP D02 IS OFF). 5 - TYPICALLY THIS LOAD WILL BE TURNED ON WHEN STORE OPENS TO PUBLIC (LCP D07 IS TURNED OFF). 6 - EF SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY LOCAL LINE VOLTAGE THERMOSTAT FOR LOCAL COOLING OF EQUIPMENT ROOM (ALL HOURS). 7 - CENTER TUBES OF MASTER/SATELLITE OR INDEPENDENT FIXTURES HAVE DEDICATED (2-OR 1-LAMP) BALLASTS; CIRCUIT THESE TOGETHER. 8 - OUTER TUBES OF MASTER/SATELLITE OR INDEPENDENT FIXTURES HAVE DEDICATED (4- OR 2-LAMP) BALLASTS; CIRCUIT THESE TOGETHER. 9 - ADDITIONAL EXTERIOR LIGHTS AGREED UPON BY ROSS ONLY; NOT CODE REQUIRED WALKWAY LIGHTING PROVIDED BY LANDLORD. 10 - SECOND 50% TUBES CONNECT VIA WALL SWITCH, FED BY THE SAME CIRCUIT AS FIRST 50% TUBES VIA WALL SWITCH AND CONTROLLED ALSO BY LCP DO1. 11 - SECOND 50% TUBES ARE FED BY SEPARATE DEDICATED CIRCUIT CONTROLLED BY LCP DOB. 12 - INNER TUBES MUST BE FED VIA SEPARATE DEDICATED CIRCUIT, SWITCHED VIA LCP DO1. 13 - IF EF ALSO SERVES THE LOCKER/BREAK ROOM AND/OR RESTROOMS, EF SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY LCP DO1. 10 I EMS CONTROL REQUIREMENTS HA-5 INNER (PHASE C); 1,3 OUTER (PHASES A, B). NEXT GROUP: CIRCUIT HA-9 (INNER LAMPS ON PHASE B), AND HA-7,11 (OUTER LAMPS PHASES A. C). N.T.S. 2 MASTER/SATELLITE CIRCUITING EF-2 LINE VOLTAGE THERMOSTAT LOCATED IN EQUIPMENT CLOSET ONLY. NOTE: LINE VOLTAGE THERMOSTAT MUST BE SET TO OPERATE EXHAUST FAN AT 68 F AND ABOVE. EXHAUST M FAN EF-2 LCP (DO1 CONTACTOR) CONDUITS AS REQUIRED 2" EMT. INCREASE CONDUCTOR SIZE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NOTE 8 OF NEC TABLE 310-16. TO OTHER LOADS TO LIGHTING AND OTHER CONTROLLED LOADS ALL LINE/LOAD MUST ROUTE HERE NCR PANEL 120 V IA LCP (D02) 2 UPPER LAMPS IA 4 LCP (D08) LOWER LAMPS N.T.S. 3 � VALANCE FIXTURE DETAIL NOTE: EXAMPLE CIRCUIT NUMBERING PER PANEL SCHEDULE HA. ELECTRICAL GUTTER SUPPLIED AND SIZED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR NYLON BUSHINGS NO EXCEPTIONS. TO OTHER LOADS BY E.C. USE STRUT & STRAP � TO SECURE CONDUIT SUPPLIED BY E.C. 1-1/2" 1-1/2" EMT FOR LOW VOLTAGE 18' CABLE 0 6' A.F.F. 78" A.F.F. ° ° EMCP-1 ELECTRICAL LCP-X ELECTRICAL (24V FEED VIA LCP) PANEL 120 V (120V FEED) 277V PANEL 0 0 HINGES MUST BE ON LEFT SIDE. 0 0 3/4" EMT CAUTION LOW LOW VOLTAGE TO EMCP-1 VOLTAGENO EXCEPTIONS. PANEL FEEDER SECTION FLOOR FLOOR 10 1 TYPICAL PANEL MOUNTING N.T.S. 2" DIA OPEN CONDUIT W/PULL STRING AND NYLON BUSHINGS AT ENDS STUBBED TO +12' ABOVE SALES FLOOR CEILING (ROSS TELECOM) GYP. BD. 6" V-6" TELEPHONE SERVICE ENTRY CONDUIT W/25-PAIR CABLE (MAY BE FROM OVERHEAD OR FROM BELOW) i • o i I 1 FIRE I BURGLAR ^I I I CONTROL I ALARM DEMARK AREA BOSS TELECOM SYS AREA i PANEL I PANEL VW I TELEPHONE I n n I I (FCP) I (BA) 1 1 WI COMPANY MPOE i ICI ICI i i �I AND DEMARK I U U ALARM SYSTEM AREA I _ FRAME � --- -� �------- � al I FRAME RELAY I CABLE & CONDUIT AREA W i RELAY JACK i STORE JACK AREA I RJ31X AREA I EMS AREA vlr--- i STORE LINE JACKS i ALARM LINE i EMS JACKS +54" EMERGENCY TELEPHONE (ROSS TELECOM) L JACKS �- -------- - - I 4' 2'-0' 3'-0' V-6" 1'-6" I 2'-6' +15" DUPLEX, 120 VAC, 10 AMP, 24 HOUR, FIRE I I CONTROL PANEL, RED (FCP) (ROSS FACILITIES) ;;�3/4" PLYWOOD � I I I 3/4" GROUND ROD W/GROUND WIRE _ - 0 0 - 0--------------- 0 -- I 0 o I - 0 � I I I I I +15' QUAD, 120 VAC, 20 AMP, TELEPHONE +15" 24 HOUR, DUPLEX, 120 VAC, 10A, BOARD, GRAY (TELECOM) BURGLAR ALARM PANEL, RED (BA) (LP) 8 I ELECTRICAL ROOM T +15" 24 HOUR, DUPLEX, 120 VAC, 10 AMP, CELL BACK-UP, RED (LP) ELECOWSIGNA BACKBOARD LAYOUT DIMENSION STRING START POINT 6 00 8'-O"H x 3/4`fH APA A-D PLYWOOD AT ALL WALLS AROUND INTERIOR OF ELECTRICAL ROOM NOTE: 1. ROSS CONSTRUCTION OBLIGATION INCLUDES PLYWOOD BACKBOARD, SERVICE ENTRY CONDUIT, CABLE, MPOE AND DEMARK; 2" OPEN CONDUIT, FULLY OPERATIONAL MONITORED FIRE CONTROL PANEL, DESIGNATED ELECTRICAL OUTLETS; GROUND ROD; AND FULLY OPERATIONAL MONITORED EMS SYSTEM WITH ALL ASSOCIATED CONDUITS, CABLES, EMS JACKS AND WIRING. 2. TENANT SCOPE OF WORK (SHOWN DASHED) INCLUDES INSTALLATION AND CONNECTION OF. FRAME RELAY AND FRAME RELAY JACK; STORE LINE JACKS AND PHONES; BURGLAR ALARM PANEL (BA); THE RJ31X AND THE ALARM LINE JACKS. 3. BACKBOARD LAYOUT: THE 8'-O"H PLYWOOD BACKBOARD HAS BEEN DIVIDED INTO SEVEN DESIGNATED AREAS WITH SPECIFIC DEVICE LOCATIONS. ALL INSTALLERS WHETHER LANDLORD OR TENANT MUST RESPECT THE AREA BOUNDARIES. INSTALLERS PLACING DEVICES OUTSIDE DESIGNATED LOCATIONS WILL BE REQUIRED TO RELOCATE EQUIPMENT AT THEIR OWN EXPENSE. NO EXCEPTION. L BACKBOARD LAYOUT (REQUIRED) FASTLANE MAIN DISTRIBUTION BOXES ARE EACH 1 SUPPLIED WITH AN ATTACHED 25' LONG TYPE MC HOMERUN CABLE CONTAINING 8 PHASE CONDUCTORS, 6 NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS AND 5 GROUNDING CONDUCTORS. HOMERUN CABLE MUST BE INSTALLED AND SUPPORTED ACCORDINGLY. FINAL LOCATIONS OF MDB'S ARE TO BE COORDINATED WITH ROSS RA-1 AND BOSTON RETAIL BR-1 DRAWINGS. +14'-6" J-BOX POWER POINT FOR HCSC AND - CHECKOUT COUNTERS. MOUNT J-BOX ADJACENT TO MILLWORK 111 I CHECK-OUT AREA PLAN #10 1 NCR-8,10,12, - 14,16,18 L8-1,2,3,4,5,6(*),7 BOSTON RETAIL MAIN DISTRIBUTION BOX MOUNTED AT +14'-6" 2 ADJACENT TO REGISTER MILLWORK. SEE DRAWING E7 FOR FASTLANE SYMBOL DESCRIPTIONS (TYPICAL) TELE-POWER POLE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY MILLWORK VENDOR. WIRING FROM MDB'S TO CASHWRAPS BY MILLWORK VENDOR. ALL POWER RECEPTACLES ARE PRE -INSTALLED BY CASEWORK MFG'R BELOW EACH REGISTER LOCATION (9 TYPICAL) AND INTERCONNECTED VIA FASTLANE MODULAR WIRING SYSTEM. FINAL CONNECTION TO BOSTON RETAIL MAIN DISTRIBUTION BOXES BY OTHERS. WIND DATA DESIGN OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS FOR WIND FORCES SPECIFIC FOR THIS PROJECT LOCATION SHALL BE BY MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. OR EQUAL MANUFACTURER AND AS REQUIRED FOR ALL APPLICABLE CODES. WIND BASE SPEED = 130 MPH PHOTO CELL MOUNTED TO SIDE OF CAN MUST BE FACING NORTH WITH CLEAR EXPOSURE. PROVIDED BY CCBAC N.T.S. OUTSIDE AIR SENSOR 3/4" THREADED FITTING. 3/4" RIGID WEATHER HOOD L 3/4" ROOFJACK (SEALED APPROPRIATELY) PROVIDED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR 45 D BEND 3' MIN. 2 HOLE STRAP SENSOR ROOF CAN N.T.S. OUTLINE OF EMS OVER -RIDE PANEL (ORP) SHOWN DASHED 2 GANG SWITCH RING AREA RESERVED FOR INSTALL IN T-SENSOR SEE EMS MANAGER OFFICE PLAN FOR USE IF AT ALL I +54" A.F.F. I _ \ / 1 L I--- i/ B V B LINE OF DOOR OPENING STRIKE SIDE N. T. S. ORP MOUNTING NOTES: 1. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND THE GENERAL'S ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTOR ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE FOLLOWING: 1.1. ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS SHOWN ABOVE FROM THE RESPECTIVE ELECTRICAL PANELS TO A J-BOX LOCATED AT THE STORE -FRONT AREA. 1.2. PURCHASE AND INSTALLATION OF THE BOSTON RETAIL FASTLANE MAIN DISTRIBUTION BOXES. 1.3. ELECTRICAL CONNECTION OF THE BOSTON RETAIL FASTLANE MAIN DISTRIBUTION BOXES, INCLUDING VERIFYING POWER TO THE RESPECTIVE PORTS AND PINS ON THE BOSTON RETAIL FASTLANE MAIN DISTRIBUTION BOXES. 1.4. ALL WORK IS TO BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH BEST PRACTICE AND LOCAL ELECTRICAL CODES. 2. THIS LAYOUT IS PROTOTYPICAL. THE LAYOUT AND REGISTER COUNT CONTAINED IN THE PROJECT RA-1 AISLE PLAN WILL GOVERN. OBTAIN THE RA-1 PLAN FROM THE ROSS CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 3. THE CHECKOUT AND CUSTOMER SERVICE/JEWELRY ISLAND WILL ARRIVE WITH ALL BOXES OUTLETS PRE -INSTALLED. INSTALLATION OF POWER POLES AND FASTLANE MODULAR WIRING SYSTEM BY OTHERS. 4. (*) JEWELRY CASE LIGHTING CIRCUIT LB-6 MUST BE ROUTED THRU EMS DIGITAL OUTPUT #2 FOR CONTROL BY LIGHTING CONTACTOR. #8 MINIMUM WIRE FOR ALL HOME RUNS NOTE: ADDITIONAL CIRCUITS PROVIDED TO BOSTON RETAIL MDB 1 FOR FUTURE CASH REGISTER POSITIONS. N.T.S. CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY ALL GLEARANGES AND DIMENSIONS IN FIELD ]I tcl!o: � McHENRY & ASSOCIATES, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERS 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE #200 WARRENSVILLE HEIGHTS, OHIO 44128 PHONE: 216-292-4696 FAX: 216-292-5874 Email: MAILOMCHENRYASSOCIATES.COM 1 /4"=1 °-0" FLORIDA BUSINESS #0005282 mcg architecture ® 216.520.1551 ® 2111LIMM 7100 E PWwi tlaNsy K &ft 3A OwAvA 01144131 Seal: b���s®,�avooe�as�oe �0�� fps ••• •.�•• ,�i„ /� o LL ® Q r1 r• w •� , < C, t A Project for W H Z W LA (D tA 1A z { I U j LO M OJT m LL O Z � J J J I L Lu tA 0 Q MtA � '� � N ry — � Z Client: ROSS STORES, INC. 4440 ROSEWOOD DRIVE P LEASAN TO N, CA 94588 Revisions U ADDENDUM B 04-11-13 BID PERMIT 02-14-13 No. Description Date Project No.: 11.594.01 Drawn By: ,JWD Reviewed By: CAT Scale: AS NOTED Date: 01-28-2013 Filename: Sheet Title: ELECTRICAL DETAILS Sheet #: E6 © MCG ARCHITECTS 2013 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED �g w Q O Z 0 w 0 0 w 0 w Q 0-0 ELECTRICAL TYPICAL COMMENTS AND CHECKLIST w a- UJ " USE, REVIEW & COMPLETION IS - w Z 0 r MANDATORY FOR ALL ROSS (r- W m 0� (D w z PROJECTS. co LL Q 2 CONTACT ROSS WITH ANY QUESTIONS. O D O Z C?o 0- w wZ (DO 23 9 0 G O <nw Ww cnwQ Architect Engineer Reviewer LIGHTING PLAN A2.0 YES SPECIFY ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES TO BE PROCURED FROM AMERICAN WHOLESALE LIGHTING WITHOUT SUBSTITUTION. BB TK YES INDICATE THE VOLTAGE VALUE FOR ALL THE LIGHT FIXTURES IN THE LIGHTING FIXTURE LEGEND. BB TK A2.0 YES PROCESSING ROOM LIGHTING FIXTURE AND MODEL NUMBERS: PER LIGHTING LEGEND. BB TK E1.0 YES PROCESSING ROOM LIGHTING MUST BE A 50/50 SPLIT, THUS REQUIRING TWO SINGLE POLE SWITCHES AT THE INTERIOR ENTRY DOOR, WITH SWITCHED FIXTURES (SUBSCRIPTED "A,B") ON EACH LIGHTING ROW FOR UNIFORM HALF LEVEL REDUCTION. BB TK E1.0 YES DO NOT INDICATE ANY WALL SWITCHES IN THE FITTING ROOMS AND FOYER AREAS. BB TK E1.0 YES SHOW TWO SINGLE POLE SWITCHES IN THE MANAGERS OFFICE AND LOCKER ROOM. LABEL ONE SINGLE POLE SWITCH WITH "0-1/3" AND LABEL THE OTHER SINGLE POLE SWITCH WITH "0-2/3". SEE MATRIX SCHEDULE ON SHEET E1.0 FOR MORE INFORMATION. BB TK E1.0 YES CASH OFFICE; SHOW TWO SINGLE POLE SWITCHES IF THERE IS AN EMERGENCY/NIGHT LIGHT FIXTURE AND AN INDEPENDENT FIXTURE LABEL ONE SINGLE POLE SWITCH WITH "0-1/3" AND LABEL THE OTHER SINGLE POLE SWITCH WITH "0-2/3"; SHOW ONE SINGLE POLE SWITCH IF THERE IS ONLY AN EMERGENCY/NIGHT LIGHT FIXTURE LABEL THE SINGLE POLE SWITCH -0-2/3- BB TK E1.0 YES RESTROOMS; SHOW ONE SINGLE POLE SWITCH TO CONTROL THE OUTER LAMPS OF THE THREE LAMP FIXTURES; LABEL THE SINGLE POLE SWITCH -0-2/3- BB TK E1.0 YES FITTING ROOMS, FOYER AREAS, RESTROOMS, AND SALES FLOOR FIXTURES NEED TO HAVE SEPARATE DEDICATED CIRCUITS EACH FOR 2-LAMP BALLASTS AND 4-LAMP BALLASTS. THE CIRCUIT FEEDING EACH GROUP OF 2-LAMP "INNER" BALLASTS FOR 33% WILL BE CONTROLLED FROM THE EMS "FIRST LIGHTS" DO- 7, THE CIRCUIT FEEDING EACH GROUP OF 4-LAMP "OUTER" BALLASTS FOR 66% WILL BE CONTROLLED FROM THE EMS "FULL LIGHTS" DO-2. CLEARLY IDENTIFY WHICH CIRCUITS FEED INNER OR OUTER LAMPS. BB TK E1.0 YES OFFICES, LOCKER ROOM, AND HALL FIXTURES NEED TO HAVE SEPARATE DEDICATED CIRCUITS TO 2-LAMP BALLASTS AND 4-LAMP BALLASTS. THE CIRCUIT FEEDING EACH GROUP OF 2-LAMP "INNER" BALLASTS FOR 33% WILL BE CONTROLLED FROM THE EMS "FIRST LIGHTS" DO-1, THE CIRCUIT FEEDING EACH GROUP OF 4-LAMP "OUTER" BALLASTS FOR 66% WILL ALSO BE CONTROLLED FROM THE EMS "FULL LIGHTS" DO-1. CLEARLY IDENTIFY WHICH CIRCUITS FEED INNER OR OUTER LAMPS. BB TK E1.0 YES JANITORIAL CLOSET AND EQUIPMENT CLOSET; USE THE NIGHT LIGHT CIRCUIT TO FEED THE SINGLE LAMP, SINGLE FIXTURE VIA SINGLE POLE SWITCH; PART NO. SW-4- I -VOLT-EB1-0 . NO CONTROL VIA LCP.. BB TK E1.0 YES TYPICALLY (3) 120VAC CIRCUITS ARE REQUIRED FOR SIGNAGE. VERIFY AND ADD CIRCUITS AS NECESSARY. ALL SIGNAGE CIRCUIT VOLTAGE MUST BE 20A 120VAC SINGLE PHASE, ALL SIGNAGE CIRCUITS MUST BE ISOLATED - NO SHARED COMMONS OR NEUTRALS, ALL SIGNAGE CIRCUITS OVER 50FT FROM PANEL MUST USE GAUGE OF WIRE REQUIRED BY NEC. BB TK E1.0 YES HOMERUN 4 SEPARATE DEDICATED CIRCUITS TO VALANCE FIXTURES FOR CONTROL OF 50/50 DUAL LEVEL LIGHTING. USE TWO CIRCUITS TO FEED ALL THE VALANCE LIGHTING FIXTURES RUNNING LEFT OF THE FITTING FOYER TO THE STOREFRONT WINDOW; ONE CIRCUIT WILL CONTROL THE UPPER LAMPS AND THE OTHER CIRCUIT WILL CONTROL THE LOWER LAMPS OF THE VALANCE LIGHTING FIXTURE. SIMILARLY, USE TWO CIRCUITS TO FEED ALL THE VALANCE LIGHTING FIXTURES RUNNING LEFT OF THE FITTING FOYER TO THE STOREFRONT WINDOW; ONE CIRCUIT WILL CONTROL THE UPPER LAMPS AND THE OTHER CIRCUIT WILL CONTROL THE LOWER LAMPS OF THE VALANCE LIGHTING FIXTURE. (REFER TO SHEET Et) BB TK YES VERIFY THAT THE WIRE SIZE FOR ALL LIGHTING CONTROLLED VIA EMS DOES NOT EXCEED #10 AWG. BB TK E1.0 YES FEED ALL EMERGENCY FIXTURES FROM SEPARATE CIRCUIT, NOT SWITCHED VIA LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL (LCP). BB TK E1.0 YES VERIFY ALL CIRCUITS SHOWN ON THE LIGHTING PLAN MATCHES WHAT IS INDICATED ON THE PANEL SCHEDULES. BB TK POWER PLAN YES LABEL ALL A/C UNITS PER THE ROSS PROTOTYPE SHEET M1.0. BB TK M1.0 YES INDICATE BOTH SUPPLY AND RETURN SMOKE DETECTORS ON ALL A/C UNITS. ADD NOTE SMOKE DETECTORS WILL BE FACTORY PROVIDED AND INSTALLED ON APPLICABLE LENNOX UNITS, FIELD PROVIDED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR FOR SMALLER UNITS, AND WIRED BY FIRE ALARM OR ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR, TESTING AND DEMONSTRATION WILL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE FIRE ALARM OR MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR, INCLUDING FIRE MARSHAL ACCEPTANCE TESTS. BB TK YES INDICATE GFCI OUTLET CIRCUITING SEPARATE FROM UNIT POWER ON ALL A/C UNITS. BB TK YES SHOW LOCATION OF EXTERIOR SENSOR ROOFCAN ASSEMBLY ON ROOF ABOVE ELECTRICAL ROOM. REFER TO DETAIL 7 OF SHEET E6. BB TK YES IF POWER EXHAUST IS NECESSARY, INDICATE AN EXHAUST FAN IN ELECTRICAL ROOM TO RUN VIA LINE VOLTAGE THERMOSTAT, TO BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY MECHANICAL WIRED BY ELECTRICAL. BB TK NO DO NOT SHOW ANY TEMPERATURE SENSORS IN THE OFFICE AREAS, WOMEN'S FITTING ROOMS, PROCESSING ROOM, AND SALES FLOOR. ADD NOTE TO PLAN TEMPERATURE SENSORS NOT SHOWN ON MECHANICAL OR ELECTRICAL PLANS. SEE EMS PLANS FOR EXACT LOCATION. CONTACT C&C BUILDING AUTOMATION 650 292-7450. BB TK CLEARLY INDICATE WHICH CIRCUITS FEED THE WATER NO COOLER/ELECTRIC DRINKING FOUNTAIN, EXHAUST FANS, AND ROOF TOP UNITS. BB TK E2.0 YES SPECIFY A 2-GANG PLASTER RING VERTICAL FOR THE EMS OVERRIDE PANEL IN THE MANAGER'S OFFICE AT +54"AFF. BB TK E3.0 YES INDICATE JEWELRY CASE LIGHTING ON THE SAME CIRCUIT AS THE FRAGRANCE CASE TO BE CONTROLLED BY EMS DO-2. BB TK YES INDICATE AN ELECTRICAL ROOM DETAIL SHOWING ALL PANELS IN THEIR RESPECTIVE LOCATIONS. BB TK E3.0 YES TELEPHONE DATA OUTLET NEXT TO EMCP1 IN THE [INDICATE ELECTRICAL ROOM. BB TK ONE -LINE DIAGRAM AND PANEL SCHEDULES E2.0 YES SINCE THE CIRCUITS FEEDING THE FITTING ROOMS, FOYER AREAS, RESTROOMS AND SALES FLOOR, EACH GROUP OF 2-LAMP "INNER" BALLASTS ARE CONTROLLED FROM THE SCHEDULE OUTPUT DO-7, AND THE 4-LAMP "OUTER" BALLASTS ARE CONTROLLED FROM THE SCHEDULE OUTPUT DO-2 AT DIFFERENT TIMES OF THE DAY, IT IS NECESSARY TO BALANCE THE CIRCUITS ACROSS PHASES A, B & C EVENLY WHEN EITHER GROUP IS ON OR OFF. CLEARLY IDENTIFY WHICH CIRCUITS FEED INNER OR OUTER LAMPS AND ENSURE CIRCUITS AND PANELS ARE BALANCED. BB TK YES SINCE THE CIRCUITS FEEDING EACH GROUP OF 2-LAMP "INNER" BALLASTS ARE CONTROLLED FROM THE SCHEDULE OUTPUT DO-1, AND THE 4-LAMP "OUTER" BALLASTS ARE CONTROLLED FROM THE SCHEDULE OUTPUT DO-1 AT DIFFERENT TIMES OF THE DAY IN THE OFFICES, LOCKER ROOM, AND OFFICE HALLWAY, IT IS NECESSARY TO BALANCE THE CIRCUITS ACROSS PHASES A, B & C EVENLY WHEN EITHER GROUP IS ON OR OFF. CLEARLY IDENTIFY WHICH CIRCUITS FEED INNER OR OUTER LAMPS AND ENSURE CIRCUITS AND PANELS ARE BALANCED. BB TK E1.0 YES SHOW PANEL LCP-1 3 SINGLE POLE 15A 120V CIRCUIT BREAKERS E2.0 ACROSS PHASES A, B. & C) AND PANEL EMCP-1 IN THE SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM AND PANEL SCHEDULES. BB TK E2.0 YES A TENANT DEMAND PULSE METER (DM) IS REQUIRED, SEPARATE AND ADDITIONAL TO THE UTILITY METER, INSTEAD OF THE PULSE METER OUTPUT OPTION ON THE UTILITY METER. THIS DEVICE IS A COMBINED PULSE METER AND THREE PHASE POWER MONITOR FED FROM THE 3 SINGLE POLE 15A 480V CIRCUIT FROM THE MDP PANEL CURRENT TRANSFORMERS CREATING THE SIGNAL INPUT MUST LOCATE AROUND INCOMING CONDUCTORS (PROVIDE CT CAN IF NECESSARY). ADD NOTE TO PLAN INDICATING THAT THE CURRENT TRANSFORMERS CONDUCTORS MUST BE SHORTED INSIDE PANEL LCP-1 UNTIL DEMAND METER TERMINATION IS COMPLETED. BUSSED FEEDERS CANNOT BE METERED. LOW VOLTAGE SIGNAL CONNECTIONS FROM THE CURRENT TRANSFORMERS TO LCP-1 MUST BE IN CONDUIT. THE TENANT DEMAND METER IS LOCATED INSIDE OF PANEL LCP-1. BB TK YES CLEARLY IDENTIFY IN THE SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM IF THE MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL WILL BE BUSSED OR CABLE FED. CURRENT TRANSFORMERS FOR BUSSED FEEDERS MUST BE FACTORY INSTALLED BY GEAR MANUFACTURER. CURRENT TRANSFORMERS FOR CABLE FEEDERS WILL BE INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICIAN. BB TK YES ALL LIGHTING CIRCUITS CONTROLLED VIA EMS SHALL NOT EXCEED 20A CIRCUIT BREAKERS. BB TK E1.0 YES CLEARLY LABEL ALL CIRCUITS WHICH FEED THE INNER (1/3) LAMPS AND THE OUTER 2 3 LAMPS. BB TK YES VERIFY AND COORDINATE THE VOLTAGE REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL THE A/C UNITS WITH THE MECHANICAL ENGINEER. BB TK YES VERIFY THE WATER HEATER SIZE; IF THE WATER HEATER REQUIRES A CIRCUIT BREAKER SIZE GREATER THAN 30A PROVIDE AN AUXILIARY CONTROL INTERFACE FOR CONTROL THROUGH A 30A CONTRACTOR VIA ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM. BB TK A 4 1 n I,o DAISY CHAIN -< 1 A % TO RTU L0 TO RTU TO ROOF 1H WAN 11 RTR 1A rTS 2A y 0 1C SCHEMATIC - NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION!!!!H!! PC r .___1OTS CONTRACTOR MUST REFER TO EMS10 IN FIELD 2A 3A,1 C,1 G 1 A,1 G Kehl, X E 7A,2C,1 G,1 H 12 3/4" DIAMETER HOLE FOR CENTER LINE PHONE LINE, SEE PLAN FOR 3 E (1 2A,1 C OF HOLE N LOCATION O O Q9 � LA HA EMCP1 O 7O LCP LIGHTING 13 DM Q1 CIRCUITS 4A SALES/OFFICES ELECTRICAL ROOM TELCO TTB BA RCTs 1A gp BY EC DETAIL NOTES EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE 1 DEVICE PROVIDED BY CCBAC, INSTALLED, PIPED & WIRED BY TAG PART NO. DESCRIPTI❑N NOTES ELEC. DEVICE FINAL TERMINATI❑NS BY CCBAC TECHNICIAN. AC LENNOX PR❑DIGY BOARD (BY LENNOX FACTORY) - (1) EA. L❑NN❑X UNIT FACT, INSTALLED 2 LINE VOLTAGE BY ELEC. TYPICAL. ORP - OVERRIDE PANEL 3 LOW VOLTAGE (24VAC) BY ELEC. TYPICAL. TS DALLAS WALL TEMPERATURE SENSORS 4 ROOF MOUNTED DEVICES - SEE FLOOR PLANS FOR LOCATIONS. TSL LENNOX LENN❑X-LOGIC TEMP. SENSOR (FROM LENNOX) PR❑VIDED BY MECH. 5 SALES OR ❑FFICE AREA DEVICES - SEE FL❑ORPLANS FOR EMCP - ENERGY MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL L❑CATI❑NS LCP - LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL 6 120VAC LIGHTING & POWER PANEL - TYPICAL DM E50C2 DEMAND METER (INCL. CTs) PR❑VIDED BY CCBAC 7 277VAC LIGHTING & POWER PANEL - TYPICAL CTs - CURRENT TRANSFORMERS (SIZED FOR SERVICE) 8 CONDUIT TO CAN PENETRATI❑NS MUST BE AS SHOWN. BA - BURGLAR ALARM PANEL (BY SEC, CONTRACTOR) BY OTHERS 9 PULL THE WAN CABLE (SHIPPED WITHIN EMCP-1) TO THE T,T.B, TELCO WILL PERFORM TERMINATI❑N AT T,T,B. 10 RUN WIRING TO ALL AC UNITS PER EMS FL❑❑RPLANS, 11 PULL THE CATS CABLE (SHIPPED IN A SEPARATE BOX) TO THE DATA RACK IN EQUIPMENT CLOSET, LEAVE 10' COIL, TERMINATION BY OTHERS, 12 5E - PR❑VIDE (3) #12 aO PANEL POWER, (1) #12 NEUTRAL, (1) #12 GROUND 13 TERMINATE CT'S WIRES ON CORRECT TERMINALS A X1, B X1 ETC, REFER TO EM-12 FOR FURTHER INFORMATION WIRING DESIGNATIONSALL WIRE MUST BE STRANDED COPPER NO SPLICING ALLOWED) ALL RUNS MUST BE CONTINIOUSj NO SUBSTITUTIONS ALLOWED TAG DESCRIPTION PART NO, AWG COND. TW, PR SHIELD NOTES A 2 x #1813a. TSP CLP0550F 18 Ga. 2 Y Y COMMUNICATIONS BUS C 10 x #1815a. CLP0448 18 Ga. 10 N N ORP TO EMCP / EPIL❑AD TO EMCP D 4 x #1815a. TSP CLP0552F 18 Ga. 4 Y Y TEMP, SENSOR W/ OVERRIDE E 1 x #1215a. -- 12 Ga. 1 N N PANEL POWER F 1 x #1415a. -- 14 Ga. 1 N N CTs Stranded Wire G 4 x 246a. TP -- 24 Ga. 4 Y N WAN BUS (MODEM) H CAT 5 - 4 PaIrsCMP1202L5 24 Ga. 8 Y N EMCP TO ROUTER ROSS Inc. Energy Management System General Requirements CCBAC appreciates your business and looks forward to completing a successful Ross project with your Company. Please be aware that much pre -planning and coordination has been done, prior to your receiving these documents. Ross and CCBAC have worked together to establish a process, which when followed correctly will result In a quality Installation Incorporating Ross' standard lighting and control requirements. We ask for your cooperation and assistance in building and commissioning this store. A) The energy management system (EMS) will be purchased from & provided byi C&C Building Automation Co,, Inc. 'CCBAC' License No. 804236 390 Swift Avenue, Suite 22 South San Francisco, CA 94080-6221 CCBAC Phone, (888) 446-1295 Faxi (650) 292-7460 Project Contact, Ross Project Manager (888) 446-1295 Emalli R❑SS@ccbac.com Typically the General Contractor or the Electrical Contractor will Issue a Purchase Order to CCBAC for the system. The P❑ must be received MINIMUM (3) MONTHS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION TURNOVER, In order for CCBAC to properly coordinate the installation, C&C Building Automation Co. shall provide the followingequipment, pre -fabricated for the protects 1. Main control panel 'EMCP1' and related hardware. 2. Lighting control panel 'LCP' and related hardware. 3. All low voltage cables, relays, temperature sensors, photocell and overrides. 4. Complete set of CAD drawings Indicating all wire runs, lighting control Interfaces, and EMS equipment locations. NOTEt EMS plans supercede Electrical or Mechanical plans in the event of any sensor location conflict. 5. Demand Pulse Meter with current transformers, sized to suit the MDP Incoming feeders. Important notes 4,5'sq. window CTs are provided, EC must plan feeders accordingly or schedule an exchange with CCBAC. 6. Cisco Wall Mount Dallas temperature sensor. C&C Building_ Automation Co. shall perform On Site EMS Terminations and Testing, Including 1. All final low voltage (24vac) terminations to the EMS devices, panels, sensors and override panel MUST be performed by the CCBAC technician. 2. Scheduling is critical; CCBAC MUST have minimum 10 days notice of completed EMS Installation prior to date required on -site. Failure to advise with notice wlLL delay your termination or require additional fees. 3. CCBAC Is required to assess and report all control and circuiting related Issues to Ross Stores Inc. 4. CCBAC technician will assess the site status and advise the Electrical and General Contractor of any Incorrect circuiting or wiring issues. These MUST be corrected Immediately to avoid further fees or delays. 5. Due to Ross' schedules, CCBAC site visit is a one-time, 12 hour duration task. This requires careful coordination and teamwork with the EC and CCBAC. C&C Building Automation Co. DOES NOT provide the followings 1, Temporary operating controls, thermostats or 'Jumpering' to run units prior to store acceptance testing, Notes Lennox unit will run on Return Air sensor from factory) do not disconnect sensor for this model Call Lennox National Accounts for more Information on temporary operation. 2. Fire alarm terminations, testing, troubleshooting or participation in Fire Marshall or Certificate of Occupancy testing. 3. Any necessary licenses and/or permits for or related to the EMS B) Contractor Bids & Scope - EMS System Summary The Contractor bids shall Include the following EMS related tasks, per Ross specificatiorn General Contractor 1. Provide and install EMS phone line with RJ11 Jack next to EMS panel Electrical Contractor 1. Provide, Install and secure all necessary conduit per EMS drawings and specifications. 2. Obtain from CCBAC and Install cable necessary to the EMS as shown on the EMS blueprints. 3. Mount and Junction all EMS control enclosures, lighting control panel and roof sensor can assembly. 4. All line voltage terminations to the lighting control panel (LCP) contactors. CALL CCBAC if prints do not match site! 5. Rough -in and wiring for temperature sensors and override panel per EMS floorplan locations. 6. Provide power circuits Into control cans per EMS details. 7. Connect field Installed smoke detectors (where required). 8. Install, wire and terminate high voltage connections for tenant Demand Pulse Meter and current transformers. 9. Fire alarm terminations of unit mounted smoke detectors and coordination during Fire Marshall testing. 10. Fax back checklist to CCBAC minimum 10 days prior to GC turnover date. 11, Coordinate with CCBAC to schedule site visit with adequate notice to meet schedule. 12. Correct all punchlist Items found during site assessment. 13. Provide any necessary licenses and/or permits for or related to the EMS. Mechanical Contractor 1. Provide Lennox Logic HVAC units with factory provided Prodigy M2 w/ Bacnet controls option. 2. Mount field Installed smoke detectors (where necessary). 1 I ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM SINGLE -LINE DIAGRAM AND NOTES 3/4" DIAMETER HOLE FOR PHONE LINE, SEE PLAN FOR LOCATION YullL vl Ilv +58" A.F.F. _f My BOTTOM OF PHONE 2 I PHONE @COLUMN N.T.S. NCR-18 MDB #: 1 NOT USED 2 3 LB-7 NOT USED PANEL LB -GP (am mm PANEL NCR-IG (M 0=0 (E MM70 CUSTOMER SERVICE WIRING (mm RNRO NCR-16 1 4 NOT USED LB-5 PART #: 500-0503 LB-6' AM owl) (UM mmm GROUNDING WIRES PHASE WIRES(HOTS) NEUTRALS ISOLATED EQUIPMENT LB-5 LB-5,7 NCR-16 ALL LB_j LA-6,NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NCR-16 NOT USED NCR-16 NCR-18 NCR-18 NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED 40T 9E RW O M EIG Dot HOMERUN CABLE TYPE: 10/8, 10/6, 10/5 HDMERUN CABLE LWITI: 25 ' ARMOR 5 ' STRIP 30 ' TOTAL Pwa NXIM (Owa INWIM NCR-8 MDB #: 2 NCR-12 E2 3 LB-3 LB-2 (am two PANEL LB -GP PANEL NCR-IG (am t CASH REGISTER WIRING (0 NCR-10 1 4 NCR-14 LB-1 PART #:500-0503 LB-4 (M OMM (aE� naExO GROUNDING WIRES PHASE WIRES(HOTS) NEUTRALS ISOLATED EQUIPMENT NCR-8 NCR-8 NCR-8 ALL NCR-10 NCR-10 NCR-10 NCR-12 NCR-12 NCR-12 NCR-14 NCR-14 NCR-14 LB-1 LB-1,3 LB-2 LB-2,4 HOMERUN CABLE TYPE. 10/8, 10/6, 10/5 HOMERUN cAmE Lack 25 ' ARMS 5 ' STRIP 30 � MAIN DISTRIBUTION BOX CIRCUITING 1. BOSTON RETAIL MAIN DISTRIBUTION BOXES TOGETHER WITH CABLING FOR CONNECTION TO CIRCUITS AT 'HOMERUN' JUNCTION BOX ARE TO BE ORDERED BY G.0 FROM BOSTON RETAIL (SEE SHEET A0.0 FOR CONTACT INFO.). 2. DISTRIBUTION BOXES ARE TO BE SECURELY SUSPENDED WITH LATERAL BRACING AT 12" ABOVE CEILING AT THE LOCATIONS SHOWN IN THE APPROVED RA-1 AISLE PLAN AVAILABLE FROM THE ROSS C.R.; ORIENT BOXES SO THAT LABELING FACES FLOOR (LARGE BOX IS 12"x12"x4" AND WEIGHS 81/2 POUNDS). 3. EACH MAIN DISTRIBUTION BOX IS PRE -WIRED AND INCLUDES A TYPE MC 'HOMERUN' CABLE TO BE ROUTED TO A 'HOMERUN' JUNCTION BOX. JUNCTION BOX IS TO BE OVER -SIZED FOR THE CONNECTED CIRCUITS IN ORDER TO ALLOW FOR FUTURE EXPANSION; CONTACT BOSTON RETAIL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (SEE SHEET A0.0 FOR CONTACT INFO.). 4. ALLOW A LEAD TIME AFTER RECEIPT OF ORDER OF 6 WEEKS FOR DELIVERY. 5. COORDINATE INSTALL WITH ROSS CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE. Ot BOSTON RETAIL MAIN DISTRIBUTION BOX, #1 (BY G.C.) ISOLATED GROUND/GENERAL PURPOSE, MOUNTED AT 12" ABOVE CEILING, WITH 25' TYPE MC 'HOMERUN' CABLE CONTAINING 19-#1OAWG CONDUCTORS. DEDICATED CIRCUITS (2 CLEAN AND 3 DIRTY MINIMUM): NCR 16 (REGISTER CLEAN), NCR 18 (REGISTER CLEAN), LB 5, 6, 7 (DIRTY -JEWELRY CASE LIGHTING, VIA EMS DIGITAL OUTPUT #2 (D02)) BOSTON RETAIL MAIN DISTRIBUTION BOX 12 (BY G.C.) OISOLATED GROUND/GENERAL PURPOSE, MOUNTED AT 12" ABOVE CEILING, WITH 25' TYPE MC 'HOMERUN' CABLE CONTAINING 19-#10AWG CONDUCTORS. 2 DEDICATED CIRCUITS (3 CLEAN AND 3 DIRTY MINIMUM : NCR 8 (REGISTER CLEAN), NCR 10 (REGISTER CLEJIN�, NCR 12 (REGISTER CLEAN), NCR 14 (REGISTER CLEAN), LB 1 (DIRTY), LB 3 (DIRTY), LB 2 (DIRTY), LB 4 (DIRTY) OA 'HOMERUN' JUNCTION BOX (BY G.C.), POWER POINT FOR HCSC AND CHECKOUT COUNTERS MDBs, MOUNTED AT 12" ABOVE CEILING (11 CIRCUITS MINIMUM, SEE AE1). G.C. TO CONNECT FASTLANE MAIN DISTRIBUTION BOX MC CABLES TO J-BOX, MAKE ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AND VERIFY POWER TO MAIN DISTRIBUTION BOX PORTS AND PINS. MODULAR SYSTEM NOTES & LEGEND N.T.S. 1 3 I MAIN DISTRIBUTION BOX NOTES AND DETAILS N.T.S. mcg architecture T 216.920.10 (V 216.520IW 71M E. Phmi Valet Rd, & to 3A CIeM WK O1 44131 Seal: table#$BSP��� ��>®stsis M LL .° rb ca << ffi A Project for: Client: ROSS STORES, INC. 4440 ROSEWOOD DRIVE PLEASANTON, CA 94588 Revisions: BID/PERMIT 02-14-13 No. Description Date Project No.: 11.594.01 Drawn By: J W D Reviewed By: CAT Scale: AS NOTED Date: 01-28-2013 Filename: Sheet Title: ELECTRICAL DETAILS Sheet #: E7 Qc MCG ARCHITECTS 2013 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED PEDESTAL TYPE A (PRIMARY WITH SECONDARY FEED) TEMPLATE THIS IS A PLAN VIEW OF THE TYPE A PEDESTAL (PRIMARY WITH SECONDARY FEED) BASE. IT SHOWS THE PLACEMENT REQUIRED FOR THE TWO 3/4" CONDUIT STUBS NEEDED AT THIS PEDESTAL. INSTALLATION OF UNDER SLAB ELECTRONIC SURVEILLANCE CONDUITS IS BY LANDLORD'S GENERAL CONTRACTOR COMPLETE AT TURN OVER. INSTALLATION OF PEDESTALS AND LOW VOLTAGE WIRING IS BY TENANT'S LOSS PREVENTION VENDOR AFTER TURN —OVER. DIMENSIONS ARE VERY CRITICAL S 18" to inside face of door or vestibule tV 1 3/4" 3/4" O O co M � z 00 \ O O 3/4" CONDUIT WITH 1" STUB AND PULL —STRING FOR LOW VOLTAGE PEDESTAL INTER —CONNECTION TO PEDESTAL B (SECONDARY PEDESTAL). CONDUIT AND PULL —STRING BY LANDLORD'S G.C. PRIOR TO TURN —OVER; LOW VOLTAGE WIRING BY TENANT'S LOSS PREVENTION VENDOR. 3/4" CONDUIT WITH 1" STUB FOR G.C. INSTALLED 3—WIRE, 120VAC DEDICATED I D PHASE MATCHED POWER WITH ISOLATED GROUND. RUN CONDUIT WITH PULL —STRING FROM J—BOX LOCATED IN STOREFRONT WING WALL ALL CONDUITS TO STUB UP AT PEDESTAL LOCATIONS WITH 1" AFF STUBS. DIMENSIONS AND LOCATION ACCURACY ARE CRITICAL. CONDUIT AND 120VAC WIRING BY LANDLORD'S G.C. PRIOR TO TURN —OVER. 1 EAS INSTALLATION DETAIL TYPE A BASE N.T.S. ELECTRONIC ARTICLE SURVEILLANCE (EAS) INSTALLATION GUIDELINES: 1. THE OPERATIONAL EFFECTIVENESS OF THE EAS SYSTEM DEPENDS ON THE CORRECT PLACEMENT OF THE PEDESTALS. EACH PAIR OF DOORS IS PROTECTED BY A PRIMARY AND A SECONDARY PEDESTAL (OR SHARED SECONDARY WHEN ENTRY AND EXIT ARE SIDE BY SIDE) THAT ARE SET NOT MORE THAN 5'-2" APART. ALL NEW STORE INSTALLATIONS MUST BE REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY THE TENANT'S LOSS PREVENTION VENDOR. SEE CONTACT INFORMATION BELOW. VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS OF PEDESTALS WITH ROSS STORES CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE. 2. THE SENSITIVITY OF THE SYSTEM REQUIRES THAT ONLY PHASE MATCHED POWER BE USED IF THE SYSTEM IS TO FUNCTION CORRECTLY. DO NOT PERMIT THE SYSTEM PEDESTALS TO BE CONNECTED TO ANY CIRCUIT EXCEPT A DEDICATED PHASED MATCHED LP CIRCUIT. DO NOT PERMIT ANY DEVICES EXCEPT THE SYSTEM PEDESTALS TO BE CONNECTED TO THAT CIRCUIT. CONTACT INFORMATION: FREDDIE HERNANDEZ HAS BEEN DESIGNATED AS THE TENANT'S FIRST POINT OF CONTACT FOR THE INSTALLATION OF THE E.A.S. (ELECTRONIC ARTICLE SURVEILLANCE) SYSTEM. HE CAN BE REACHED AT HIS LOCAL OFFICE AT (209) 200-5269, AND BY EMAIL AT FREDHERNANDEZOTYCOINT.COM. IN THE EVENT HE IS NOT ABLE TO BE REACHED ESCALATE THROUGH JOHN DEYOUNG, ROSS LOSS PREVENTION MANAGER, AT (925) 965-4563 AND JOHN.DEYOUNGOROS.COM. 3/4" 3/4" I 18" to inside face of door O 00 3/4' CONDUIT WITH 1" STUB AND PULL —STRING FOR LOW VOLTAGE PEDESTAL INTER —CONNECTION TO PEDESTAL A (PRIMARY PEDESTAL). CONDUIT AND PULL —STRING BY LANDLORD'S G.C. TO TURN —OVER; LOWNG BY LOSS 277VAC / 12VAC TRANSFORMER POWER FROM A 24 HOUR EMERGENCY LIGHTING CIRCUIT (CRITICAL POWER) LOCATIONTENANT'S MEN IONS ANLTAGE D PREVENTION VENDORIOR AFTER TURN —OVER. CURACY ARE (ALARM LOCK PART277-12) m a CRITICAL 0 w O m 12 VAC PROVIDES OVERRIDE TO DELAYED EGRESS DURING FIRE W N PEDESTAL TYPE B (SECONDARY) TEMPLATE ABM FIRE ALARM MODEL 715 CONTROL BOX (PANEL) THIS IS A PLAN VIEW OF THE TYPE B PEDESTAL (SECONDARY) BASE. IT SHOWS THE PLACEMENT REQUIRED FOR THE SINGLE CONCEALED ARMORED CABLE � 5 CONDUCTOR 22 AWG (SUPPLIED) 3/4° CONDUIT STUB NEEDED AT THIS PEDESTAL. INSTALLATION OF UNDER SLAB ELECTRONIC SURVEILLANCE CONDUITS IS BY LANDLORD'S GENERAL CONTRACTOR COMPLETE AT TURN OVER. INSTALLATION OF PEDESTALS AND LOW VOLTAGE WIRING IS BY TENANT'S LOSS PREVENTION VENDOR AFTER TURN -OVER. DIMENSIONS ARE VERY CRITICAL (VON DUPRIN EPT-10) POWER TRANSFER FROM DOOR TO FRAME SUPPLIED BY CONTRACTOR. NOTE: FRAME AND DOOR MUST BE PREPARED FOR THIS HARDWARE 2 1EAS INSTALLATION DETAIL TYPE B BASE EAS CONDUIT LEGEND — — — — 3/4" UNDER —SLAB CONDUIT WITH DEDICATED LP EAS, PHASE MATCHED , 20 AMP, 120V. 24 HR CIRCUIT WIRING FROM J—BOX TO PEDESTAL STUBS ALL PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY LANDLORD'S G.C. PRIOR TO PROJECT TURN —OVER. ........... 314- UNDERSLAB CONDUITS WITH PULL —STRINGS AND 1 STUBS INSTALLED BY LANDLORD'S G.C. PRIOR TO PROJECT TURN —OVER AND READY FOR INSTALLATION OF LOW VOLTAGE EAS WIRING BY TENANT'S LOSS PREVENTION VENDOR. L N.T.S. OP o HIDDEN WIRES IN DOOR—/ 0 0 ° DOOR SIGN (SUPPLIED) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 CONCEALED WIRING DETAIL MORTISE 7—PIN CYUNDER SUPPUED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR, INSTALLED BY N EXPERIENCED, QUAUFIED AND TRAINED TECHNICIN 1 A1 : 1 'r � II��_��;I I • 0' JJ . 1 Po Q [•T PILLINGER �t►1- 9V ALKALINE BATTERY • �• [.` • LOCK ASSEMBLY WIND DATA DESIGN OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS FOR WIND FORCES SPECIFIC FOR THIS PROJECT LOCATION SHALL BE BY MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. OR EQUAL MANUFACTURER AND AS REQUIRED FOR ALL APPLICABLE CODES. WIND BASE SPEED = 130 MPH NOTES: 1. THE ALARM LOCK DELAY EGRESS DEVICE IS THE HIGHEST QUALITY, MOST DURABLE AND MOST RELIABLE DELAYED EGRESS DEVICE AVAILABLE TO THE COMMERCIAL MARKET TODAY. IT IS HOWEVER A DEVICE THAT MUST BE KNOWLEDGEABLY INTEGRATED BY THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER —OF —RECORD WITHIN THE DESIGN OF THE BUILDING FIRE ALARM AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AS WELL AS THE DOOR AND HARDWARE SYSTEMS. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE DEVICE AND ITS INSTALLATION MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE CONTACT LISTED ON PROTOTYPE SHEET AO.0. 2. THE DELAYED EGRESS SYSTEM AND ASSEMBLIES ARE TO BE THOROUGHLY AND CORRECTLY PRESENTED IN THE PROJECT CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS BY THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER —OF —RECORD. 3. THE DELAYED EGRESS FUNCTION OF THE DEVICE WILL NOT FUNCTION PROPERLY UNLESS THE DEVICE IS CORRECTLY CONNECTED TO A FIRE ALARM / SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEM. BOTH THE FIRE ALARM AND SMOKE DETECTION ARE REQUIRED BY THIS PROTOTYPE. 4. WHETHER OR NOT THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DESIGN IS UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF THE LANDLORD'S ARCHITECT —OF —RECORD, THAT ARCHITECT OR IN THE ABSENCE OF THE ARCHITECT, THE LANDLORD, IS RESPONSIBLE TO ENSURE THAT THE DELAYED EGRESS DEVICE AND SYSTEM ARE COORDINATED WITH AND CORRECTLY SHOWN AND IDENTIFIED IN THE FIRE ALARM CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. 5. DETAIL 1 PROVIDES A TYPICAL INSTALLATION DIAGRAM OF THE DEVICE AT A TYPICAL EGRESS DOOR. 6, DETAIL 2 SHOWS A TYPICAL WIRING SCHEMATIC FOR THE DEVICE. 7. THESE DETAILS AND THIS SHEET ARE PROVIDED AS A CONVENIENCE TO THE LANDLORD AND ARCHIECT—OF—RECORD. IT IS NOT TO BE ASSUMED THAT THESE DETAILS AND THE TYPICAL ASSEMBLY ILLUSTRATED GIVE A COMPLETE AND ACCURATE REPRESENTATION OF THE INSTALLATION APPROPRIATE FOR THE ACTUAL CONDITIONS OF THE SITE —SPECIFIC PROJECT. B. CAUTION: THE DEVICE, IN PARTICULAR THE SIGNAL PROCESSOR, CAN BE DAMAGED OR DESTROYED IF INSTALLATION IS ATTEMPTED BY A NOVICE. INSTALLATION, IN PARTICULAR ALL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS, MUST ONLY BE PERFORMED BY AN EXPERIENCED, QUALIFIED AND TRAINED TECHNICIAN. 9. ALL DELAYED EGRESS DEVICES, 10-15 SECOND DELAY, REQUIRED FOR THE PROJECT TOGETHER WITH ALL RELATED SYSTEMS, REGARDLESS OF THE DESIGN AND INSTALLATION RESPONSIBILITIES, MUST BE COMPLETE, FULLY OPERATIONAL AND FUNCTIONING AT THE TIME OF PROJECT DELIVERY AND TURNOVER. NO EXCEPTIONS. NOTE: PROVIDE FOR 15 SECOND DELAY EGRESS TYPICAL DEVICE INSTALLATION ISOMETRIC SCALE: 1 1 /2" 1'-0" SHUTDOWN JUMPER (1) 12 VAC 120 OR 277 VAC 277 VAC / 12 VAC TRANSFORMER (ALARM LOCK PART #277-12) 0 TS1 O 12 VAC (D1❑ r l ®2❑ SMOKE DETECTOR LOOP (2) {+i ® 4 �—END—OF—UNE RESISTOR (2) r1 ®5❑ EIV FIRE PANEL (3) { ® 6 ❑ WIRE ENTRY HOLE RED @ 1 FLEXIBLE CONDUIT (SUPPLIED) BILK ® 2 GRN ® 3 13 WHT @4D 10 FIRE ALARM RELAY (N/C) WIRED TO FIRE ALARM PANEL. PROVIDES OVER —RIDE TO DELAYED EGRESS DURING FIRE ALARM. IF ONE FIRE RELAY CONTROLS MULTIPLE UNITS, YOU MUST MAINTAIN POLARITY (I.E. YOU MUST TIE ALL TERMINAL 5 CONNECTIONS AND ALL TERMINAL 6 CONNECTIONS TOGETHER). ORN ® 5 Q o TS2 LED (AC ON / UNIT ARMED) 5—CONDUCTOR,122AWG CONTROL BOX WIRED AND CONNECTED TO PANIC DEVICE BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR KEY NOTES: (1) REMOVE JUMPER FOR TWO —MINUTE ALARM SHUTDOWN (2) IF SMOKE DETECTOR IS USED, REMOVE END—OF—UNE RESISTOR AND INSTALL AC ROSS SMOKE —DETECTOR TERMINALS (3) REMOVE JUMPER IF CONNECTING TO FIRE PANEL OR REMOTE NORMALLY —CLOSED KEYSWITCH. (4) BATTERY MUST BE INSTALLED, HOWEVER DO NOT CONNECT BATTERY UNTIL AC POWER IS APPLIED. TYPICAL DEVICE WIRING DIAGRAM SCALE: N.T.S. CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY ALL GLEARANGE5 AND DIMEN51ON5 IN FIELD McHENRY & ASSOCIATES, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERS 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE #200 WARRENSVILLE HEIGHTS, OHIO 44128 PHONE: 216-292-4696 FAX: 216-292-5874 Email: MAIL@MCHENRYASSOCIATES.COM FLORIDA BUSINESS #0005282 mcg architecture T 216MILl 51 M 216.520.1567 7160 E Fd=9 Vdey Rd, Ute 32% gwehK OH 0131 A Project for: W H Z W U 1A1A tA Z J� 0-0 coOJJ mU_ 0A J Z � J J UJ < IL 1A t: co :D cO O Q1A a_ M � IU CD NUJ w Z 0 Client: ROSS STORES, INC. 4440 ROSEWOOD DRIVE PLEASANTON, CA 94588 Revisions: ,& ADDENDUM B 04-11-13 BID/PERMIT 02-14-13 No. Description Date Project No.: 11.594.01 Drawn By: ,JWD Reviewed By: CAT Scale: AS NOTED Date: 01-28-2013 Filename: Sheet Title: POWER SENSORMATIC SERVICE DETAILS PLAN Sheet #: E8 O MCG ARCHITECTS 2013 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED I L 13 I EAS INSTALLATION GUIDELINES 1-1 4 I SENSORMATIC VESTIBULE ENTRY CONFIGURATION 5 I DELAYED EGRESS DEVICE �. J Q . 0 - i i m O N m o) IL ;,-• :-� *ice l 0 A. GENERAL I. CONFORM TO ALL GENERAL AND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT A5 SPECIFIED BY ARCHITECT, TENANT AND OWNER 2. 5PEGIFIGATIONS ARE APPLICABLE TO ALL CONTRACTORS AND 5UBGONTRAGTOR5 FOR MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS. 3. GONTRAGTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH OWNER'S STANDARDS, FACILITY SPEGIFIGATION5, RULES AND REGULATIONS. ALL OWNER'S GRIT�IA SHALL BE GOMPLIED WITH AND INCLUDED IN THI5 BID. CHEECK OTHER PLANS AND SPEGIFIGATION5 AND FULLY COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES AND ARGHITEGTS REQUIREMENTS. 4. VISIT SITE, CHEECK FACILITIES AND CONDITIONS, AND VERIFY ALL UTILITY COMPANY REQUIREMENTS AND CONNECTION POINTS IN FIELD PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. TAKE ALL ITEMS INTO GON51PERATION IN BID. 5. SYSTEMS ARE TO BE GOMPLEM AND WORKABLE IN ALL RESPECTS, PLACED IN OPERATION AND PROPERLY ADJUSTED. b. EACH GONTRAGTOR SHALL PROVIDE FOR HIS OWN GLEANLIP, REMOVAL AND LEGAL DISPOSAL OF ALL RUBBI5H DAILY. 1. ARRANGE FOR AND OBTAIN OWNERS AND INSURANCE REPRESENTATIVES PERMISSION FOR ANY SERVICE 5HUTDOWN5. 5HHUJTDONJS MUST BE PERFORMED WITHOUT DISRUPTION TO FAGILITY OPERATIONS, AS SCHEDULED WITH THE OWNER. INCLUDE ANY PREMIUM TIME REQUIRED IN BID. 8. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE 50LELY RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSTRUCTION MEANS, METHODS, 5EQUENCE5 OF CONSTRUCTION AND THE SAFETY OF WORKER5. GOMPLY WITH ALL 05HA REGULATIONS. q. NO PIPING, DUCTWORK, CONTROLS, ETC., SHALL BE INSTALLED OR ROUTED ABOVE ELECTRICAL PANELS AND EQUIPMENT. 10. THE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS SHALL COORDINATE THE ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO ORDERING OF EQUIPMENT. NO ADDITIONAL PAYMENT KILL BE MADE FOR LACK OF CONTRACTOR COORDINATION OF ELEGTRIGAL GHARAGTERISTIGS. II. ALL MECHANICAL AND ELEGTRIGAL SYSTEM COMPONENTS SHALL BE ROUTED TIGHT TO LHDER51DE OF STRUCTURE AND THROUGH J015T5 OR TRU55E5 WHERE POSSIBLE. COORDINATE INSTALLATION TO PRESERVE HEADROOM, EQUIPMENT ACCESS, AND ARCHITECTURAL GLEARANGE5 FOR FINISHES, INCLUDING GEILING HEIGHTS. COORDINATE KITH ALL OTHER TRADES AND DO NOT GONFUGT WITH THE ARGHITEGTURAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE FINISHED GONSTRUGTION. PROVIDE OFFSETS WERE REQUIRED TO COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES. 12. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR LOCATIONS OF ALL LIGHTS, GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS. 13. CONTRACTORS BIDDING THIS PROJECT SHALL HAVE PRIOR EXPERIENCE WORKING IN THI5 JURI5DIGTION AND MUST LIST ON BID FORM ANY LOCAL REQUIREMENTS THAT ARE NOT SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. SUBMISSION OF A BID SHALL BE EVIDENCE THAT THE CONTRACTORS BID INCLUDES ALL JURISDIGTIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 14. ALL CONTRACTORS SHALL CONFIRM WITH OWNER, PRIOR TO BID, TIME5 AVAILABLE FOR NOISE PRODUCING WORK SUCH A5 GUTTING AND GORE DRILLING OF FLOORS, WALLS, ETC., AS WELL AS TIMES FOR WORK WEIGH REQUIRES AGGE55 INTO ADJOINING AREAS. INCLUDE ANY PREMIUM TIME REQUIRED IN BID. B. GODE5, 5TANDARD5 AND REGUATIONS I. CONFORM TO ALL APPLIGA13L.E GODE5, GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS, UTILITY COMPANY REQUIREMENTS, AND NATIONAL ELECTRICAL GORE. 2. OBTAIN PERMITS AND PAY ALL FEES. ARRANGE FOR ALL REQUIRED INSPECTIONS AND APPROVALS. G. RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE I. OPENING5 AND GHASES, WHEN SHOWN ON ARCHITECTURAL DRANNG5. I0 1�1A Lr. I. THE SYSTEMS AS SHOWN ON THE GONIRAGT DRAWINGS ARE DIA6 RAMMATIG. 2. THE PROJECT SCOPE 15 TO INSTALL COMPLETE AND HORKABLE SYSTEMS. THE DRAWINGS AND THESE NOTES ARE TO BE USED TOGETHER A5 A BA515 OF SHOWING AND/OR DE5GRIBING THE SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE FACILITY. 3. VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND GLEARANGE5 BY FIELD MEASUREMENT AND CHECK FOR INTERFERENCES PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. E. DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL I. GONTRAGTOR SHALL V151T SITE PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID AND BE FAMILIAR WITH ALL DEMOLITION WORK. 2. MECHANICAL GONTRAGTOR SHALL D15GONNEGT, DISASSEMBLE, AND REMOVE EXISTING EQUIPMENT, ASSOCIATED DUGTWORK, DIFFUSERS, GRILLE5, 5UIPPORTS, PIPING AND A550GIATED GONTROL5, ETG., NOT OTIERWI5E INDICATED TO BE REUSED ON DRANN65. ALL OPENIN65 ON PIPING AND DUCTS THAT REMAIN 5HAL.L BE GAPPED/PLUG6ED AND PROPERLY SECURED. 3. ALL ABANDONED ELEGTRIGAL DEVICES, HIRING, CONDUIT, ETC., SHALL BE REMOVED. WIRING SHALL BE 015GONNEGTED AT GIRGUIT BREAKERS AND REMOVED AND BREAKERS MARKED "SPARE." 4. ANY EQUIPMENT DE-516NATFD BY OWNER TO BE SALVAGED SHALL BE PROTECTED AND DELIVERED TO THE`. ONdER ON SITE, OTFERWI5E, CONTRACTOR SHALL LEGALLY DISPOSE OF DE OLITION MATERIALS. 5. DEMOLITION TO BE DONE IN A MANNER 50 AS NOT TO DAMAGE ADJACENT WORK AND NOT AFFECT THE OPERATION OF 5Y5TEM5 TO REMAIN IN USE. ANY ITEM TO REMAIN THAT 15 DAMAGED BY THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE REPLACED AT HIS EXPENSE. b. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE AND RECLAIM ANY REFRIGERANT IN EXISTING SYSTEMS PRIOR TO DEMOLITION OF ANY EQUIPMENT ACCORDING TO FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS. F. BASE EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS AND SUB5TITUTION5 1. ALL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS SHALL BE NEW, FREE OF DEFEGT5 AND UL. LABELED. 2. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS FOR ALL EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES, ETC., INCLUDING ALL ACCESSORIES TO BE FURNISHED. BASE BID MANUFACTURERS AND MODELS ARE INGLUDED IN 5PEGIFIGATION5 OR LISTED IN 5GHEDULE ON DRAWING. ANY OTHER MANUFACTURER OR MODEL 15 A SUBSTITUTION. 3. 5UB5TITUTION5 ARE SUBJECT TO THE APPROVAL OF THE OWNER AND SHALL BE LISTED ON THE: FORM OF PROP05AL FOR THE OWNERS GON51DERATION PRIOR TO GONTRAGT AWARD. IF SUBSTITUTION 15 SUBMITTED, IT 15 THE CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY TO EVALUATE IT AND CERTIFY THAT THE 5UB5TITUTION 15 EQUIVALENT IN ALL RESPECTS TO THE BASE SPECIFICATIONS. 4. IF SUBSTITUTIONS ARE APPROVED, NOTIFY ALL OTHER CONTRACTORS, 5UBCONTRAGTOR5 OR TRADES AFFECTED BY SUBSTITUTION AND F LLY COORDINATE. ANY COSTS RESULTING FROM SUBSTITUTION, WHETHER BY CONTRACTOR OR OTHERS, SHALL BE RESPONSIBILITY OF AND PAID FOR BY SUBSTIMING GONTRAGTOR. 5. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED IN FULL ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURERS INSTALLATION IN5TRUGTION5. IT 15 TH15 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY TO GHEGK AND CONFORM TO THESE REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. 6. CHECK, TEST, START, ADJUST, BALANCE AND INSTRUCTIONS I. AFTER INSTALLATION, CHECK ALL EQUIPMENT, AND PERFORM START UP IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. 2. ALL PIPING SHALL BE TESTED AND FREE OF LEAKS. 3. BALANCE ALL SYSTEMS, CALIBRATE CONTROLS, CHIECK FOR PROPER OPERATING SEQUENCE UUNDER ALL GONDITION5, AND MAKE ALL NE-CE55ARY ADJUSTMENTS. 4. ALL WIRING SHALL BE FULLY TESTED AND MADE FREE OF GROUIND5 AND SHORT CIRCUITS. 5. INSTRUCT OWNER IN OPERATION OF SYSTEMS AND SUBMIT OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL ON ALL EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS. 6. PROVIDE ENGRAVED LABELS AND IDENTIFICATION TAGS FOR ALL PIPING SYSTEMS, VALVES AND EQUIPMENT. 1. PROVIDE TYPED PANEL DIREGTORIE5 AND ENGRAVED LABELS FOR ALL PANELS AND EQUIPMENT. H. CUTTING, PATCHING AND DRILLING I. ALL CUTTING AND GHA51% OF THE BUILDING CONSTRUCTION REQUIRED FOR THIS WORK SHALL BE BY THIS CONTRACTOR LNLE55 5HOWN ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND GONFIRMED AS TO 51ZE AND LOCATION PRIOR TO NEW CONSTRUCTION. GUTTING SHALL BE IN A NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER. 2. NEATLY SAW CUT ALL RECTANGULAR OPENING5, 5ET SLEEVE THROUGH OPENING, AND FIN15H PATCH OR PROVIDE TRIM FLANGE AROUND OPENING. 3. NEATLY SAW GUT FLOORS FOR 5EN3R INSTALLATION AND PATCH FLOOR TO MATCH EXISTING, INCLUDING FLOOR COVERING. 4. GORE DRILL AND SLEEVE ALL ROUND OPENINGS. 5. GUT AND PATCH EXISTING BUILDING WALL5 AS REQUIRED FOR DUCT INSTALLATION. PROVIDE STEEL LINTEL ABOVE OPENING WIDER THAN 10'. SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWING5 FOR SIZES. PROVIDE ESCUTCHEONS OR 2" HIDE SHEET METAL FLANGES AROUND ALL EXPOSED PENETRATIONS. b. DO NOT CUT ANY 5TRUCTURAL COMPONENTS WITHOUT ARCHITECTS APPROVAL. 1. PATCH AND FINI5HH TO MATCH ADJACENT AREAS THAT HAVE BEEN CUT, DAMAGED OR MODIFIED TO INSTALL EQUIPMENT FOR THIS PROJECT. 8. GUTTING OF ROOF, INSTALLATION OF CURBS, AND PATCHING OF ROOF SHALL BE BY A CERTIFIED ROOFING GONTRAGTOR, APPROVED BY BUILDING OWNER, AND PAID FOR BY THI5 CONTRACTOR. q. FIRE STOP ALL PENETRATIONS OF FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION IN A CODE APPROVED MANpER, U51% UL LISTED FIRE RATED MATERIALS. 10. EXACT LOGATION OF ROOFTOP MEG14MIGAL UNITS SHALL BE APPROVED BY OWNERS STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. MECHANICAL GONTRAGTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL 5UPPLEMENTAL SUPPORT STEEL FOR UNITS AND ROOF DUCT PENETRATIONS AFTER APPROVAL OF STRUCTURAL ENGINEER 1. WARRANTY I. FULLY WARRANT ALL MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND WORKMAN5HIP FOR ONE (I) YEAR FROM DATE OF AGGEPTANCE. 2. EXTEND ALL MANUFACTURERS WARRANTIE5 TO OWNER, INCLUDING FIVE 15) YEAR COMPRESSOR AND TEN (10) YEAR HEAT EXGHANGER EXTENDED WARRANTY ON WAG EQUIPMENT. 3. REPAIR OR REPLACE WITHOUT CHARGE TO THE OWNER ALL ITEMS FOUND DEFECTIVE DURING THE WARRANTY PERIOD. J. PIPE IDENTIFICATION I. PROVIDE COLOR CODE ID BANDS TO IDENTIFY CONTENTS OF ALL MEGHANIGAL PIPING IN CONFORMANCE WITH AN51 13.1 SCHEME FOR IDENTIFICATION OF PIPING SYSTEMS. ID BANDS SHALL BE SPACED AT 20-FT INTERVALS MINIMUM. 2. PROVIDE PLASTIC NAMEPLATE WITH I" HIGH LETTERS ON ALL PIPING INDICATING DIRECTION OF FLOW AND CONTENTS. 3. PREFINI5HED LABELS AND COLOR BANDS ARE ACCEPTABLE A5 MANUFACTURED BY SETON ING. MECHANICAL 5Y5TEM5 PLUMBING SYSTEM I-9 I. FURNISH ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL INDICATED AND 5HOWN ON DRAWING5. INSTALL A COMPLETE SYSTEM AND PLACE IN PROPER OPERATION. 2. PLUMBING SY5TEM5 TO E55ENTIALLY GON515T OF THE FOLLOWING: A. SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING AND SANITARY DRAINS EXTENDED TO EXISTING BUILDING FACILITIES. B. DOMESTIC WATER EXTENDED FROM EXISTING BUILDING FACILITIES AND 015TPJE UTION SYSTEM TO NEW FIXTURES. G. GAS SERVICE EXTENDED I " NIEW METER OUTSIDE THE BUILDING TO ALL GAS U51N6 EQUIPMENT, INCLUDIN6 METER MANIFOLDS AND 5ETTING OF GAS METER. D. PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT NTH ALL REQUIRED TRIM, CONTROLS AND AGGE55ORIE5. E. INSUL.ATION OF PLUMBING ITEMS. F. OTHER ITEMS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS OR REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. B. EXCAVATION AND BAGKFILL I. PERFORM ALL EXCAVATION AND BAGKFILL REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF BELOW -GRADE PIPING. 2. EXCAVATE TO DEPTH REQUIRED TO INSTALL PIPING AT REQUIRED LEVEL AND PITCH. PIPE TO BE LAID ON BEDDING OF 5AND OR INTERLOCKING AGGREGATE TO GIVE UNIFORM BEARING ALONG L.EdGTH OF PIPE. 3. BAGKFILL WITH BEDDING MATERIAL TO A MINIMUM OF TWELVE (12) INCHES ABOVE TOP OF PIPES AND GOMPAGT. BALANCE OF BAGKFILL SHALL BE GLEAN EARTH UP TO 51X (b) INCHES ABOVE SURROUNDING GRADES, UNDER FLOORS AND PAVING INTERLOCKING AGGREGATE. ALL BAGKFILL SHALL BE GOMPAGTED IN MAXIMUM b" LAYERS. 4. PATCH FLOOR TO MATCH EXISTING. G. CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHERS I. PROVIDE WASTE, WATER AND/OR GA5 CONNECTION FOR EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHER CONTRACTORS OR OWNER. 2. INCLUDE AGGE55ORIE5 REQUIRED BY GORE, DRAWING OR MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. D. SANITARY DRAINS I. INSTALL SANITARY DRAINS, STACKS, VENTS, FLOOR DRAINS AND GLEANOUT5 FOR PROJECT AND EXTEND TO EXISTING BUILDING FACILITIES AS INDICATED ON THE DRANN65. 2. DRAINS TO BE PITCHED A MINIMUM OF 1/4" PER FOOT FOR 2-1/2' SIZES AND UNDER AND I/8" PER FOOT FOR 3' SIZES AND LARGER OR TO GRADES INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 3. GHANGE5 IN DIRECTION AND BRANCH GONNEGTIONS SHALL BE MADE NTH APPROVED DRAINAGE FITTINGS GOMPATIBLE WITH THE PIPING SYSTEM MATERIAL IN WHICH IT 15 INSTALLED. 4. ALL FIXTURES AND SANITARY DRAINS SHALL BE VENTED AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH CODE. VENTS ARE TO BE EXTENDED THROUGH ROOF AS INDICATED ON DRAWING AND FLASHED WITH ELA5TOMERIC VENT FLASHING. 5. WHEN GONNEGTING TO AN EXISTING DRAIN WITHIN BUILDING, VERIFY DRAIN 15 ACTIVE BY FLUSHING WITH WATER, MINIMUM 5D GPM, FOR FOUR HOUR5 PRIOR TO THE START OF WORK. 6. PVC, PIPING A. MAY ONLY BE L5W WHEN SPECIFICALLY L15TED BELOW. B. SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED IN RETURN AIR PLENUM5 OR WERE DISCHARGE WATER TEMPERATURE EXCEEDS 120 DEG. F, USE METALLIC PIPING. G. SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED UNLESS PERMITTED BY GORE. 1. DRAIN AND VENT MATERIAL SHALL BE A5 FOLLOW5: A. BELOW GRADE SANITARY INSIDE BUILDING I. PVG-DWV PLA5TIG ASTM D-2bb5 NTH ASTM D-2bb5 DWV SOLVENT WELD SOCKET FITTIN65. 2. SERVICE WEIGHT - GAST IRON PIPE ASTM A-14 WITH A5TM G-5b4 NEOPRENE GOMPRE55ION JOINTS. B. ABOVE GRADE VENTS AND SANITARY I. PVG-DWV PLASTIG ASTM D-2bb5 NTH ASTM D-2bb5 OWV SOLVENIT HELD 50GKET FITTING5. NOTE: PVG NOT PERMITTED WHERE NOTED ABOVE. 2. N041 B CAST IRON PIPE ASTM A-888 NTH ASTM G-564 ELASTOMERIG MEGHHANIGAL JOINT. 3. SGH. 40 GALVANIZED STEEL PIPE A5TM A-53 WITH GAST IRON 5GREWED FITTINGS A5ME BIb.12. G. CONDENSATE DRAINS I. TYPE OLA COPPER WITH q5/5 SOLDER FITTIN65 OR PVG- DWV PLASTIC, ASTM D-2bb5 WITH A5TM D-2bb5 DWV SOLVENT WELD 50GKET FITTINGS. NOTE: PVG NOT PERMITTED W ERE NOTED ABOVE. PVG PIPING INSTALLED ON EXTERIOR OF BUILDING SHALL BE PAINTED WITH TWO (2) GOATS OF WATER -BASE LATEX PAINT RATED FOR EXTERIOR UV -LIGHT PROTEGTION. E. GLEANOUT5 I. GLEANOUTS SHALL BE INSTALLED FLUSH NTH FINISHED FLOOR NTH PLATED COVERS. 2. ALL GL05L RE PLUGS ARE TO BE SEALED WATERTIGHT TO THE PIPE IN MICH THEY ARE INSERTED. 3. GL.EANOUTS SHALL BE AS SCHEDULED ON DRAWINGS. s:r.�'u� �i� �11rJ1�! I. FURNISH ALL FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT INDICATED AND SCHEDULED ON DRAWING5, COMPLETE WITH ALL ACCESSORIES, CONTROLS AND INSTALLATION ITEMS REQUIRED. 2. INSTALL IN FILL ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFAGIIURERS RECOMMENDATIONS AND PLACE IN SAT15FAGTORY OPERATION. 3. AN "H' AFTER THE FIXTURE DESIGNATION INDIGATE5 A HANDICAPPED ACGE551E LE FIXTURE TO BE INSTALLED PER ADA. AND AN51 REQUIREMENTS. 4. ALL "P' TRAPS TO BE CHROME PLATED, SEAMLE55 GAST BRASS, 11 GA. WITH GLEANOUT AND ESCUTCHEON PLATE. 5. ALL STOPS TO BE CHROME PLATED ANGLE VALVES WITH FLEXIBLE R15M AND ESCUTCHEON PLATE. b. ALL DRAIN PIPES FROM TRAP PRIMER VALVES TO BE PITCHED AT 1/2� MINIMUM FROM VALVE TO FLOOR DRAIN. 6. WATER PIPING I. EXTEND DOME5TIG WATER FROM EXISTING BUILDING FACILITIE5 AS INDIGATED ON DRANN65. INSTALL DOMESTIC WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING TO ALL FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT REQUIRING SAME. INCLUDE ALL FITTIN65, VALVES, HAN6ER5, AND OTHHER AGGESSORIES REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 2. ALL WATER PIPING SHHALL CONFORM TO LOCAL GORE AND UTILITY REQUIREMENTS. 3. INCLUDE UNIONS, OR OTHER 015GONNEGT MEANS, STOPS OR VALVES FOR 150LATION OF FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT. VALVES TO BE FULLY COMPATIBLE WITH PIPING FOR SERVICE INTENDED A5 MANUFACTURED BY NIBGO, CRANE OR OTHER APPROVED MANUFACTURER. VALVES SHALL BE LOCATED IN ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS OR AGCE55 PANELS SHALL BE INSTALLED FOR AGCE55 INTO PLASTER WALLS OR CEILINGS. INCLUDE H05E OR DRAIN VALVES AT LOW POINTS WHERE FIXTURES CANNOT BE USED FOR DRAINAGE. 4. INSTALL SHOCK A�B5ORBER5 AT EACH FIXTURE WITH QUICK CLOSING VALVES OR WHERE REQUIRED TO PREVENT WATER HAMMER. 5. HANGER5 ON INSULATED PIPE TO BE OUTSIDE OF INSULATION, SIZED ACCORDINGLY AND NTH SUFFICIENT SADDLE TO PROTEGT INSULATION. b. WATER PIPING ABOVE GRADE SHALL BE TYPE 'L" HARD COPPER ASTM B 88 WITH WZL16HHT COPPER FITTINGS A51 E B 1b.22 AND NON -LEAD OR ANTIMONY SOLDER JOINTS AND TYPE "K" SOFT COPPER NTH SILVER 5OLDER JOINT5 BELOW GRADE. WATER SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION PIPING SHALL CONFORM TO N5F bl. SOLDIER JOINTS SHALL CONFORM TO A5TM B828 AND FLUX SHALL CONFORM TO A5TM B 813. PIPING SHALL BE LABELED TO IDENTIFY TYPE OF SERVICE. 1. FLUSH, VENT AND SANITIZE ALL WATER PIPING WITH EQUIVALENT SOLUTION OF 50 PPM OF AVAILABLE CHHLORINE UPON COMPLETION. 8. AFTER DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM INSTALLATION 15 COMPLETED, CONTRACTOR SHALL TEST BACKFLOW PREVENTER, S JBMIT WRITTEN TEST RESULTS TO ARCHITECT AND TAG VALVE WITH DATE OF TEST. H. 6A5 PIPING I. EXTEND GAS PIPING FROM N E H METER AT MANIFOLD OUTSIDE BUILDING INTO BUILDING, INCLUDING METER AND REGULATOR, AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND CONNECT TO ALL GAS USING EQUIPMENT. 2. ALL CONNECTIONS TO GAS FIRED EQUIPMENT SHALL INCLUDE LINE SIZE GAS COCK, UNION AND DIRT LEG. 3. ALL GAS PIPING SHALL CONFORM TO RECOMMENDED PRACTICE AND REGULATION5 OF THE UTILITY COMPANY, BUILDING CODE AND NFPA 54. 4. 6A5 PIPING SHALL BE AS FOLLOH5: A. ABOVE GRADE IN51DE OR OUT5IDE BUILDING, LOW PRESSURE - SGHEDULE 40 BLACK STEEL I. UP TO 4" - 5GRENED FITTING5, WROUGHT IRON. 2. 5" A:ND OVER - WELDED FITTINGS, BLACK STEEL. B. EXTERIOR EXP05ED BARE STEEL PIPE SHALL BE PAINTED WITH TWO (2) GOATS OF RUST INHIBITIVE PAINT. G. ALL VNEWING SHALL BE PERFORMED BY STATE CERTIFIED WELDERS. I. SUPPORTS AND HAN6ER5 I. HANGER5 AND 5UPPORT5 ARE TO BE PROVIDED TO PROPERLY SUPPORT, SECURE AND ALIGN PIPING AND TO MEET CONDITIONS. 2. SPACING TO COMPLY WITH LOGAL GORE REQUIREMENTS. J. INSULATION I. INSULATE ALL ABOVE GRADE GOLD WATER PIPING AND HORIZONTAL RAIN CONDUCTORS IW 10E BUILDING WITH ONE-HALF (1/2) INCH THICK MOLDED FIBERGLASS HAVING TYPE A5J JACKET AND VAPOR BARRIER PROVIDE ONE (1) INCH THICK INSULATION FOR ALL HOT AND TEMPERED WATER PIPING. 2. INCLUDE INSULATION OF FITTINGS AND VALVES. KEEP VAPOR BARRIERS INTACT. APPLY TO MANUFAGTURERSS RECOMMENDATIONS. 3. INSULATE ALL EXP05FD WA5TE AND SUPPLY PIPING UNDER LAVATORIES WITH THE HANDI-LAV GUARD INSULATION KIT BY TRUEBRO OR EQUAL. 4. INSULATION SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY OWEN5-GORNING FIBERGLA5 CEO. FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER SYSTEM �� 1; I. FURNISH ALL LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL COMPLETE FIRE PROTECTION 5Y5TEM FOR PROJECT. 2. SPRINKLER WORK FOR PROJECT E55EWIAI-LY CONSISTS OF THE FOLLOWING: A. MODIFY EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM A5 REQUIRED TO CONFORM TO NEW CEILING AND PARTITION LAYOUT. B. FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM FOR ALL AREAS OF THE PROJECT. G. PREPARE 5"ITTAL DRAWINGS AND HYDRAULIC GALGULATION5 IN ACCORDANCE WITH OWNERS INSURANCE COMPANY, BUILDING DEPARTMENT, AND LOGAL FIRE AUTHORITY'S REQUIREMENTS AND SUBMIT FOR APPROVAL. D. FLUSH AND CONDUCT PRESSURE TEST OF COMPLETED SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH NIFPA AND AUTHIORITIE5 HAVING JURISDICTION. E. OTHER ITEMS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS OR REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. B. DB16N BA515 I. DB16N BASIS FOR SYSTEM SHALL BE PER ALL APPLICABLE NFPA STANDARDS, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BULLETIN5 13 AND 30, BUILDIN6 CODE, INSURANCE UNDERNRITER, AND FIRE MARSHAL REQUIREMENTS. SYSTEM SHALL BE A HYDRAULICALLY DE516NED SYSTEM. 2. PIPE SIZES INDICATED ON DRAWING ARE APPROXIMATE AND SHALL BE VERIFIED AND REVISED PER GONTRAGTOR5 HYDRAULIC DESIGN. G. DRAWINI65 AND GALGULATION5 I. CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE SUBMITTAL DRAWING AND HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS FOR 5PAGE IN ACCORDANCE WITH OWNERS INSURANCE COMPANY AND BUILDING DEPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN FLOW TEST DATA ON CITY WATER MAIN AND SUBMIT DATA NTH CALCULATIONS. PERFORM FLOW TEST IF ACCURATE REGENT DATA 15 NOT AVAILABLE. 3. GONTRAGTOR AND DESIGNER SHALL BE STATE CERTIFIED. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ALL SPRINKLER PIPING A5 HI6H AS POSSIBLE, TIGHT TO UNDERSIDE OF 5TRUGTURE, AND THROUGH JOISTS OR TRUSSES WHERE P0551BLE WITH DRAINS AND OFFSETS BELOW BEAMS. SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE SPRINKLER SYSTEM NTH DUGTWORK AND LIGHTS. ALL COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH RA151NG SPRINKLER PIPING W ERE THE ARCHITECTURAL OB16N CANNOT BE AGWMPL15HED SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR. D. PIPING I. ALL PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN AGGORDANC,E WITH NFPA REQUIRB�NTS AND FM APPROVED. 2. FIRE PROTECTION PIPING SHALL BE A5 FOLLOWS: A. IN51DE BUILDING - PIPE AND TUBING SHALL BE STEEL OR COPPER IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST ACCEPTED EDITION OF NIFPA-13. B. PIPING SHALL MATCH EXISTING BUILDING STANDARDS. G. GONTRAGTOR SHALL ARRANGE FOR SHUTDOWN OF EXISTING SYSTEM WITH LANDLORD, OWNER AND IN5URANGE UNDERNRITER. D. FLUSH ALL PIPING UPON COMPLETION OF PROJECT AND TEST PER NFPA 13. E. NO WET SPRINKLER PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED AT LOCATIONS SUBJECT TO FREEZING. PROVIDE GLYCOL LOOP OR DRY 5Y5TEM FOR AREAS STUB ECT TO FREEZING. F. PLASTIC, PIPING 15 NOT APPROVED. E. SPRINKLER HEADS I. SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE 1/2" ORIFICE, K=5.b, 1b5 DEGREE5 F, UL. LISTED, AND SHALL MATCH EXISTING BUILDING STANDARDS. 2. SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE A5 FOLLOWS: A. AREAS NTH EXP05ED STRUCTURE I. UPRIGHT - ROUGH BRA55 SPRINKLER HEAD. B. AREAS WITH GEILING5 1. SEMI-REGE55ED SPRINKLER HEAD - SPRINKLER HEAD NTH RECE55FD OFF -MITE, ADJUSTABLE, ESCUTCHEON. 2. FLUSH SPRINKLER HEAD - FLUSH SPRINKLER HEAD WITH OFF -MITE GEILING DISC. 3. SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE CHROME OR W4ITE FINISH. CONFIRM REQUIREMENTS WITH ARGHITEGT. 3. INSTALL HIGHER TEMPERATURE SPRINKLER HEADS WERE REQUIRED BY CODE OR APPLICATION AND QUICK RESPONSE HEADS IN LIGHT HAZARD OGGUPANGIE5. 4. SUBMIT SAMPLES OF SPRINKLER HEADS TO ARCHITECT PRIOR TO FA15RIGATION OF ANY PIPING. 5. SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE CENTERED IN THE CEILING TILE IN BOTH DIRECTIONS. b. INSTALL IN5PEGTORS TEST GONNEGTION WITH VALVE AND TERMINATE DRAIN THROUGH EXTERIOR WALL NTH TEST FITTING AND 5PLA5H BLOCK. GOORDINATE LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT. F. VALVES I. INSTALL ALL VALVES REQUIRED BY NFPA WHICH ARE 'UL' LISTED AND FM APPROVED. 2. ALL 5H UT -OFF VALVES SHALL BE FITTED NTH TAMPER 5NTGHE5 BY FIRE PROTECTION GONTRAGTOR AND WIRED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING A. 5GOPE I. FL RN15H ALL EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, LABOR, TOOLS, ETC., FOR THE: GOMPLETE WAG SYSTEM. INSTALL COMPLETE AND PLACE IN OPERATION. 2. WAG 5Y5TEM E55BTIALLY CONSISTS OF THE FOLLOWING: A. EXISTING ROOFTOP COMBINATION HEATING AND AIR GONDITIONING UNITS, INCLUDING ROOF GURB5. B. EXHAUST SYSTEMS. G. DUGTVORK, GRILLES, DIFFUSERS AND OTHER AGGE55ORIE5. D. IN5UATION OF WAG ITEMS. E. BALANCING, TESTING AND START UP. F. TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM. G. OTHER ITEMS INDIGATED ON DRAWINGS OR REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. B. DUCTWORK I. FABRICATE AND ERECT ALL DUCTWORK TO ASHRAE AND 5MAGNA STANDARDS FROM NO. I GALVANIZED STEEL. ALL DUGTWORK IN AREAS WITHOUT GEILING5 THAT 15 TO BE PAINTED SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH PAINT GRIP FINISH. COMPLY WITH SMAGNA STANDARDS AND NFPA BULLETIN qOA REQUIREMENTS. 2. DUCTWORK SHALL BE 5MAGNA LOW PRESSURE CONSTRUCTION 2' STATIC PRESSURE RATING WITH SEAL GLA55 B SEAMS AND JOINTS. 3. ALL DUGTKORK SHALL BE INSTALLED TIGHT TO UNDERSIDE OF STEEL OR TO HE16HT A5 INDICATED ON PLANS. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL CEILING PLANS AND CONFIRM ALL GLEARANGE5 AVAILABLE FOR DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO ANY WORK. 4. FLEXIBLE DUCTS SHALL BE INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED FROM THE STRUCTURE AND GONNECTED WITH PLASTIC DRAW BANDS TIGHTENED WITH MANUFACTURERS TOOL. FLEXIBLE DUCTS SHALL BE LIMITED TO 48" STRAIGHT LEN6TH5 AND ARE NOT PERMITTED IN ROOM5 WITHOUT CEILINGS. FLEXIBLE DUCTS SHALL BE ATGO RUBBER TYPE 010, I 1/2" INSULATION AND RATED AT 10, W.G. FOR SIZES THROUGH 12', UL. LISTED, AND MEET 25M FLAME AND SMOKE TEST. NO INTERIOR COLOR OTHER THAN BLACK 15 PERMITTED FOR FLEXIBLE DUGT5. EQUIVALENT BY VALUFLEX, FLEX-AIRE, FLEXIBLE TECHNOLO61E5, THERMAFLEX OR GENFLEX. 5. INCLUDE ALL TURNING VANES, MANUAL DAMPERS, FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS, 6RILLE5 AND DIFFUSERS, ACOUSTIC, LINING, AND OTTER SHEET METAL AGGE55ORIE5 FOR THE PROJECT. VOLUME DAMPERS TO BE OF OPP05ED BLADE CONSTRUCTION NTH LOCKING QUADRANTS. PROVIDE VOLUME DAMPERS AT SUPPLY AIR RUNOUT5 TO ALL CEILING DIFFUSERS. b. CONTRACTOR SHALL PAINT INTERIOR OF ALL DUGT5 VISIBLE FROM FLOOR TO MATCH THE SURROUNDING FINISHH. 1. ALL BRANCH CONNECTION FITTINGS IN RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK SHALL BE 45 DEGREE TRANSITION TYPE, CONIGAL FITTINGS OR 5PIN-IN FITTINGS WITH INTEGRAL AIR SCOOPS. BUTT FITTINGS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. 8. ACOUSTIC LINE RECTANGULAR DUGT5 WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS WITH MINIMUM ONE 0) INCH THICK NON -FLAKING, COATED MEDIUM DENSITY LINER. APPLY TO MANUFACTURERS RECOMM E DATIONS. DUCT DIMENSIONS ARE CJT5IDE DIMENSIONS, AND INCLUDE AGOU5TIG LINING. q. PROVIDE GUR135 FOR ALL ROOF OPENING5 FOR EQUIPMENT. CVRB5 SHALL BE FURNISHED AS ACCESSORIES TO THE EQUIPMENT OR 8' HI6H PATE OR EQUAL EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS SPANNING STRUCTURE AND FLASHED INTO ROOFING. ROOF CURBS SHALL BE GOMPATIBLE WITH ROOFING SYSTEM AND SHALL MATCH ROOF SLOPE IN ORDER THAT EQUIPMENT SITS DEAD LEVEL. ALL GUTTING, FLASHING, AND PATCHING OF ROOF SHALL BE BY A CERTIFIED ROOFING CONTRACTOR APPROVED BY OWNER AND PAID FOR BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR G. INSULATION I. THE FOLLOWING DUCT SYSTEMS, WHERE CONGEALED ABOVE CEILINGS, SHALL BE INSULATED NTH "IN5TALLED" R VALUE (AT 25% COMPRESSION) OF NOT LE55 THAN b, WITH FOIL FACED REINFORCED KRAFT JACKET FIBERGLASS DUCT WRAP: A. LINED AND UNLINED SUPPLY AIR DUCTS INCLUDING BACK5 OF DIFFUSERS. 2. INSULATION SHALL BE FULLY SECURED TO DUGTWORK. LAP AND TAPE SEAMS AND SECURE TIGHTLY TO DUCTS WITH WIRE OR STICK PINS. 3. ALL INSULATION TO BE APPLIED IN FULL ACCORDANCE NTH THE MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. ALL INSULATION SHALL COMPLY WITH 25/50 FLAME AND SMOKE HAZARD RATINGS PER ASTM E-84, NFPA 255 AND UL 123. D. CONDENSATE AND OTHER DRAINS I. FROM EACH AIR CONDITIONING UNIT, INSTALL FOUR (4) INCH DEEP TRAPPED CONDENSATE DRAIN WITH GLEANOUT AND TERMINATE AS INDICATED ON PLANS. 2. PIPING SHALL BE TYPE "L" COPPER WITH q5/5 50LOM FITTINGS OR PVG ? DWV PLASTIC A5TM D-2bb5 WITH SOLVENT WELD 50GKET FITTINGS (IF NOT INSTALLED IN A RETURN AIR PLENUM). PVG PIPING INSTALLED ON EXTERIOR OF BUILDING SHALL BE PAINTED WITH TWO (2) GOATS OF WATER -BASE LATEX PAINT RATED FOR EXTERIOR UV -LIGHT PROTECTION. E. EQUIPMENT I. WAG GONTRAGTOR TO FURNISH ALL WAG EQUIPMENT INDICATED AND/OR SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS COMPLETE WITH BASES, 15OLATOR5, SUPPORTS AND OTHER REQUIRED AGGE55ORIE5. 2. INSTALL COMPLETE AND PLACE IN PROPER OPERATION PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS, LUBRICATE AND ADJUST AS REQUIRED. FURNISH AND INSTALL GLEAN SET OF FILTERS PRIOR TO BALANCING. 3. EQUIPMENT TO BE MAKE AND MODEL A5 SCHEDULED UNLE55 OWNER APPROVED, EQUIVALENT QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE EQUIPMENT 15 SUBMITTED A5 SUBSTITUTION. ALL 5UB5TITUTION5 SUBJECT TO AGGEPTANGE WITHOUT QUALIFICATION BY OWNER, LANDLORD AND ARCHITEGT. 4. ALL ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT TO BE TAGGED WITH 2-1/2' HIGH PERMANENT LETTERS TO IDENTIFY EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION AND SPACE SERVED. 5. EQUIPMENT OPERATION CHECK A. EQUIPMENT OPERATIONAL CHECK TO BE PROVIDED TO R055 DRE55 FOR LE55 AFTER THE WAG INSTALLATION AND STARTUP 15 COMPLETED PER MANUFACTURER INSTRLIGTION5, LENNOX AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL INSPECT THE EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION AND THE SYSTEM OPERATION. B. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SCHEDULE THE EOG WITH LENNOX INDUSTRIES AT LEAST THHREE (3) WEEKS PRIOR TO DE5IRED DATE (CONTAGT: JEFF O'DE_L, LENNOX NATIONAL AGGOUHT TEAM TECHNICAL GON5ULTANT, PHONE: (boo) 361- b285) AND, NOTIFY THE ASSIGNED ROSS G.M. OF THE SCHEDU.ED DATE AND TIME. (5E= bD?a G. PRIOR TO 5GHEDULING THE EOG, THE HVAG SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THAT THE SHIPPING BLOCKS HAVE BEEN REMOVED, THAT ALL OF THE AIR CONDITIONING UNITS ARE OPERATIONAL, AND THAT DUCTWORK, 6A5 AND GONDENSATE PIPING, AND POWER AND CONTROL WIRING HAVE BEEN INSTALLED. D. THE WAG SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AT its COST A QUALIFIED SERVICE TECHNICIAN TO BE PRESENT DURING THE EQUIPMENT OPERATION CHECK. E. LENNOX INDUSTRIES, ING. SHALL PROVIDE A WRITTEN COPY OF THE EOG REPORT TO: THE ASSIGNED ROSS GON5TRUGTION MANAGER. THE WAG SUBCONTRACTOR PRESENT AT THE GHEGK, AND GdG BUILDING AUTOMATION. F. ALL DEFECTS, IF ANY, IN THE AIR CONDITIONING UNITS, THE INSTALLATION AND THE SYSTEM OPERATION SHALL BE CORRECTED BY THE WAG SUBCONTRACTOR WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE EOG REPORT. THE FAILURE TO IDENTIFY A DEFECT DURING THE EOG DOES NOT RELIEVE THE LANDLORD AND THE WAG SUBCONTRACTOR OF THE RESPONSIBILITY TO GORREGT SUBSEQUENTLY IDENTIFIED DEFECTS. b. THE MEC14MIGAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SERVICES FOR THE EMS CONTRACTOR A5 SPECIFIED IN THE EMS SPEGIFIGATION5 (ROS5 DRE% FOR LE55 5TORE5 DE516N GUIDELINE SECTION 13805-1). THI5 DOCUMIENT 15 ESSENTIAL. 1. ALL EQUIPMENT, INSTALLATION, DE516N AND OPERATION DEFECTS 015GOVERED DURING THE INSTALLATION, CHECK, BALANCE AND OPERATION OF THE WAG 5Y5TEM THAT REQUIRE A CHANGE IN THE DESIGN AND SPECIFICATION OF THE WAG SYSTEM OR ITS COMPONENT5 MUST BE PROPERLY INCORPORATED BY CHANGE ORDER IN THE PROJECT GON5TRUUGTION DOCUMENTS AND THAT CHANGE -ORDER REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY BOTH THE LANDLORD AND THE ROS5 G.M. 8. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL: THREE (3) BOUND SETS OF THE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE R055 CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AT TURNOVER AND 15 REQUIRED FOR FINAL ACCEPTANCE. q. R055 DRE55 FOR LE55 STORES HAS A NATIONAL ACCOUNT AGREEMENT WITH LENNOX INDUSTRIES TO SUPPLY HVAG PRODUCTS FOR ALL LOCATIONS. NO 5UB5TITUTION5 WTHOUT SPECIAL CONDITIONS AND THE APPROVAL OF THE R055 ORE% FOR LE55 DIRECTOR OF CONSTRUCTION, (510) 505-4161. 10. WAG FILTERS ARE TO BE GHAN6ED ON A QUARTERLY BASIS DURING THE FIRST WARRANTY YEAR BEGINNING WITH THE FIRST GRANGE AT THE DATE OF STORE OPENING. NEW FILTERS ARE TO BE INSTALLED AT OPENING AND EVERY THREE MONTHS THEREAFTER WITH THE LAST CHANGE NINE MONTHS AFTER OPENING. F. BALANCING, START UP AND INSTRUCTIONS I. AFTER INSTALLATION AND EQUIPMENT ARE PLAGED IN OPERATION, WAG CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR BALANCING SYSTEMS TO DB16N FLOW WITH REPORT SUBMITTED TO OWNER BALANCING SHALL BE PERFORMED BY AN INIDEPENDErT AABG OR NEBB CERTIFIED SUBCONTRACTOR. 2. START UP AND PLACE ALL SYSTEMS IN OPERATION AND TAG ALL 5WITGHE5 AND CONTROLS WITH PERMANENT LABELS. 3. INSTRUCT OWNER ON PROPER OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF SYSTEM. 4. BALANCING SUBCONTRACTOR 5UBMITTAL A. WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER THE CONTRACT 15 AWARDED, PROVIDE THE NAME AND QUALIFICATIONS OF THE BALANCING SUBCONTRACTOR AND SAMPLE TEST FORMS TO 13E USED FOR THE BALANCING REPORT. 5. BALANCING SUBCONTRACTORS EXECUTION A. PRIOR TO COMMENGING WITH THE BALANCING WORK THE BALANGIN6 GONTRAGTOR SHALL INSPECT THE DUCTWORK INSTALLATION TO DETERMINE IF ALL REQUIRED BALANCING DAMPERS AND ACCESS DOOR PANELS HAVE BEEN INSTALLED. DO NOT USE OUTLET OBD FOR BALANCING. B. BALANCE ALL FANS WITHIN +10%1-5SG OF DESIGN. REPLACE FAN DRIVE IF REQUIRED TO OBTAIN THE`. DE516N CAPACITY. C. BALANCE OUTLETS AS FOLLOW5: SMALL AREAS WITH I OR 2 OUTLET5-. +/-5% OF DESIGN LARGE AREAS WITH 3 OR MORE OUTLETS: +/-10� OF DESIGN D. REPORT IN WRITIN6 ALL DEFGIENC,IE5 AND PROBLEMS DISCOVERED TO: (I) THE ROS5 G.M. (2) G!G BUILDING AUTOMATION AND (3) THE WAG SUBCONTRACTOR PRIOR TO COMPLETING THE BALANCING WORK. THI5 REPORT SHOULD INCLUDE THE 'GAL15E' AND 5U6GE5TED '5OLUTION", IF KNOWN. E. THE AIR CONDITIONING UNITS SHALL BE BALANCED IN THE MINIMUM OUTSIDE AIR MODE. THE OUTSIDE AIR DAMPER 0% MINIMUM OPEN POSITION" AND THE 'METHOD" USED SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE BALANCING REPORT. AL50 MEASURE AND REPORT THE FAN OPERATING DATA FOR UNITS NTH ECONOMIZERS IN THE 100% OUTSIDE AIR MODE. G. CONTROLS I. FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL CONTROLS FOR WAG SYSTEMS. PROVIDE ALL RELAYS AND DEVIGE5 REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE OPERATION. MOUNT ALL CONTROLS FLRN15HHED AS ACCESSORIES TO EQUIPMENT AND PROVIDE ALL CONTROL (LOW VOLTAGE) WIRING OR POKER WIRING REQUIRED FOR CONTROL SYSTEM WHERE NOT SPECIFICALLY SHOWN ON ELECTRICAL PLANS. ALL POWER WIRING AND EXP05W CONTROL WIRING SHALL BE IN EMT CONDUIT. ALL CONDUIT SHALL BE INSTALLED PER N.E.G. 2. SMOKE CONTROL PHOTO ELECTRIC SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE FACTORY INSTALLED IN SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR SECTIONS OF ALL ROOFTOP HVAG UNITS, WIRED TO SHUT DOWN UNITS UNDER ALARM. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISHH AND INSTALL REMOTE TEST 5WITOE:5 AND ALARMS. SEE DETAIL ON DRAHING M2. LOCATE REMOTE TEST SWITOE:5 AND ALARMS PER R055 CONSTRUCTION MANAGERS DIRECTION AND AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. 3. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHHALL PROVIDE SERVICES FOR THE EM5 CONTRACTOR A5 SPECIFIED IN THE EMS SPECIFICATION (ROSS 5TORE5 DESIGN GUIDELINE SECTION 13801-1) THI5 DOGU4ENT 15 ESSENTIAL. 4. CONTROLS AND CONTROL HIRING: THE EMS AND/OR ELEGTRIGAL 5UBCONTRAGTOR5 ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE AIR CONDITIONING AND EXHAUST FAN, FIELD SUPPLIED CONTROLS, WIRING AND THE OPERATIONAL CHECK. 5. CONTROL 5EQUENGE SHALL BE AS FOLLOW5: A. AC -IX THROUGH AG-1X ROOFTOP WAG UNITS - LENNOX (HVAG UNIT MANUFAGTURER) TO SUPPLY FACTORY INSTALLED AND TESTED NOVAR 2051 CONTROL_ MODULE FOR EACH UNIT WITH MATGHING TEMPERATURE SENSORS TO SEQUENCE HEATING/GOOLING THIROUGH THE ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM. OUTDOOR AIR DAMPER SHALL OPEN AND FAN SHALL RUN CONTINUOUSLY DURING ALL OGGUPIED HOURS. OUTDOOR AIR DAMPER SHALL GL05E AND FAN SHALL CYCLE DURING ALL UNOCCUPIED HOURS. PROVIDE TEMPORARY THEIRMO5TAT5 A5 REQUIRED FOR OPERATION OF RTUS PRIOR TO ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS INSTALLATION. B. EF-I TOILET AND FITTING ROOM EXHAUST FAN - FAN SHHALL BE CONTROLLED BY ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM. G. EF-2 LOGKER ROOM/EQUIPMENT EXHAUST FAN - FAN SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY LINE VOLTAGE THERM05TAT AND ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM. D. EF-3 ELECTRICAL ROOM EXHAUST FAN - FAN SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY LINE VOLTAGE THERMOSTAT. E. EF-4 JANITOR EXHAUST FAN - FAN SHALL BE INTERLOCKED WITH AUTOMATIC CONTROLS. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM A. SCOPE I. INCLUDE ALL LABOR, EQUIPMENT, TOOLS AND MATERIALS FOR ELECTRIC DISTRIBUTION, AS 5HIOHN ON DRAWIN65. 2. EXTEND NEW PWNER SERVICE TO GT GABINET, METER AND SERVICE DI5GONNEGT PROVIDED BY LANDLORD. 3. ALL ELECTRICAL WORK, INCLUDING POWER WIRING FROM PANEL IN BUILDING AND WIRING OF OTHER ITEMS INDICATED. 4. FURNISH AND INSTALL NE^H LIGHTING, EMERGENCY AND EXIT LIGHTING A5 INDICATED ON DRAWIN65. 5. PROVIDE FACILITIES FOR A NEW TELEPHONE SERVICE. 6. PROVIDE A MANUAL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM A5 5HOWN ON DRANNG5. 1. OTHER ELECTRICAL ITEMS INDICATED ON DRAWIN65 OR REQUIRED FOR GOMPLETE INSTALLATION, INCLUDING SOUND AND ANNUNCIATOR SYSTE S. 8. ANY INSTALLATION G05T5 A-%E55ED BY UTILITY GOMPANIE5 FOR INCOMING 5ERVIGE INSTALLATION SHALL BE INCLUDED IN BID AND PAID FOR BY THE EECTRICAL GONTRAGTOR B. CONDUIT INSTALLATION 1. ALL WIRING TO BE INSTALLED IN GONDUIT IN AGGORDANGE WITH THE N.E.G. AND 50 THE REQUIRED CONDUCTORS MAY BE PULLED WITHOUT INJURY OR STRAIN AND PROPERLY SUPPORTED. INCREASE CONDUIT TRADE SIZE A5 REQUIRED FOR LONG PULLS ABOVE MINIMUM REQUIRED SIZE. 2. ALL CONDUIT SHALL BE ROUTED TO PRESERVE HEADROOM, EQUIPMENT ACCESS, AND ARGHITEGTURAL CLEARANCES FOR FINISFE5, INCLUDING CEILING HEIGHTS WITHHOUT ADDITIONAL CLARIFICATION. COORDINATE WITH ALL OTHER TRADES 50 THAT CONDUIT RUNS DO NOT BLOCK ARCHITECTURAL REQUIREMENTS FOR FINISHED GON5TRUGTION. 3. ALL CONDUITS TO BE CONGEALED IN BUILDING NEW GONSTRUGTION IN FINISHED AREAS. CUT AND PATCH EXISTING WALL SURFACES A5 REQUIRED. 4. EXP05ED CONDUIT MAY BE RUN ON EXISTING MASONRY WALLS IN EQUIPMENT ROOMS. VERIFY ALL LOGATION5 WITH OWNER PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 5. INTERIOR WIRING TO BE INSTALLED IN ELECTRICAL METALLIC, TUBING (EMT) WITH STEEL SET SGREW TYPE GOUPLIN65 AND CONNECTORS. WHERE GONGEALED, USE TYPE MG METAL GLAD GABLE. EMT OR MG CABLE 15 NOT APPROVED FOR INSTALLATION IN GONGRETE 5LAB5 OR UNDER6R.OUND. 6. CONDUIT ON BUILDING EXTERIOR SHALL BE RI610 ALUMINUM OR GALVANIZED STEEL WITH WEATHER -TIGHT FITTINGS AND DEVICES. PROVIDE EXPANSION FITTINGS WHERE CONDUITS EXIT FROM GRADE. 1. UNDERGROUND GONDUIT BELOW GRADE SHALL BE RIGID 5GHEDULE 40 PVC WITH SOLVENT WELD FITTINGS. INSTALL GODE SIZED GROUND GONDXTOR IN ALL PVG CONDUIT. PENETRATIONS OF FLOOR SLABS SHALL BE MADE WITH RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL, WHERE CONDUITS ARE EXP05FD TO MECHANICAL DAMAGE. PVC PENETRATIONS ARE ACCEPTABLE WHERE PROTECTED FROM PHYSICAL DAMAGE. PROVIDE EXPANSION FITTINGS A5 REGOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. 8. NO CONDUIT TO BE RUN EXPOSED ON EXTERIOR OF BUILDING WALLS OR ON THE FLOORS. q. PROVIDE ALL PILL BOXES AND FITTINGS W EREVER NEGE55ARY OR SHOWN. ALL STRA16HT GONDUIT RUNS SHALL NOT EXCEED 100 FEET WITHOUT PULL BOX, NOT OVER 15 FEET FOR RUN NTH ONE (1) RIGHT ANGLE BEND AND NOT OVER 50 FEET FOR RUN WITH TWO (2) RIGHT ANGLES. 10. ALL GONDUIT SHALL BE PROPERLY SUPPORTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE N.E.G. GOt"IT SHALL BE INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED FROM STRUCTURE AND NOT FROM DUCTWORK, CEILING HANGERS OR CEILING SUPPORT HIRES. NO CONDUIT SHALL ROUTE THROUGH ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT RETURN AIR OPEVIN65. II. FINAL CONNECTION TO LIGHT FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE MADE WITH FLEXIBLE STEEL CONDUIT ( CREE FIELD" - b' MAXIMUM LENGTH) IN DRY AREAS AND LIQUID TIGHT FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT ('SEALTITE") IN DAMP OR WET AREAS. 12. ALL EMPTY GONDUITS ARE TO BE PROVIDED WITH PULL HIRES AND NYLON BUSHINGS AT BOTH ENDS. 13. CONDUIT PENETRATIONS OF ROOFS 5HAL.L BE MADE NTH PATE PIPE GURB5 OR PIPE SEALS A5 REQUIRED, INSTALLED BY THE: PROJECT ROOFING CONTRACTOR FOR EXISTING ROOF5, THE PENETRATION SHALL BE MADE BY AN ON NER APPROVED CONTRACTOR TO MAINTAIN THE ROOF WARRANTY. CONNECTIONS TO ROOF TOP EQUIPMENT SHALL BE MADE THROUGH THE ROOF CURB MERE GURB 15 DESIGNED FOR TH15 CONNECTION. 14. PROVIDE SURFACE WIREMOLD AND BOXES FOR SURFACE WORK IN FINISHED AREAS WHERE SPECIFICALLY APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT. 15. CONDUITS ROUTED BELOW FLOOR SLAB ARE TO BE GOORDINATED WITH OTHER BELOW -SLAB UTILITIES. INSTALL CONDUITS BELOW FLOOR SLAB, NOT IN FLOOR POUR GUT AND PATCH EXISTING FLOORS WHERE CONDUIT MU5T BE CONCEALED IN OR BELOW FLOOR. CONOUIT5 SHOWN RUN OVERHEAD GANNOT BE RUN BELOW GRADE WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL AND COORDINATION WITH THE ENGINEER AND ALL AFFECTED GONTRAGTOR5. Ib. PROVIDE SEALS WHEN GONDUIT 15 PA551NG FROM GOLD TO WARM ENVIRONMENTS. USE 51LIGONE SEALANT AROUND BOXES AND EXTERIOR OF RAGEWAYS AND SEALING COMPOUND OR FOAM-IN-PLAGE SEALANT WITHIN RAGEWAYS. I. SUPPORT ALL BOXES FROM EXJILDING STRUCTURE INDEPENDENT OF THE CONDUIT SYSTEM. 2. FLUSH DEVICE BOXES IN MASONRY WALLS SHALL 13E DESIGNED FOR THE R RP05E NTH RA15ED COVER. 3. WIRING DEVICE BOXES FOR SURFACE CONDUIT WORK SHALL BE F5 5ERIE5 GAST BOXES. 4. DEVICES ON BUILDING EXTERIOR SHALL BE VE:ATHERPROOF NEMA 3R 5. BOXES FOR FLUSH MOUNTING SHALL BE 4" SQUARE MINIMUM WITH DEVICE RING FOR HIRING DEVICE TO BE INSTALLED. COMN'IUNIGATION JUNCTION BOXE5 SHALL BE 2-1/8" DEEP MINIMUM. 6. PROVIDE CUSTOM MADE DEVICE BOXES TO ACCOMMODATE CONDUIT PENETRATIONS SHOWN ON PLANS. D. WIRE AND GABLE I. WIRE AND GABLE SHALL BE A5 FOLLOW5: A. #12 AW6 AND #10 AWG SOLID OR 5TRANDFD CONDUCTOR COPPER, b00 VOLT, TYPE THH NVTHHN, XHHW, OR THW (T5/gO DEGREE5 G). B. #8 AWG TO AND INCLUDING #500 KGMIL Aft 5TRANDED CONDUCTOR, GOPPER, 600 VOLT, TYPE THhN/THHN, XHHW OR THW (15At0 DEGREES C). G. TYPE THHN (qO DEGREES C) WIRE FROM OUTLET BOX TO LIGHT FIXTURES. D. #14 AW6 MAY BE USED FOR LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL WIRING ONLY. E. ELEGTRIGAL CONTRACTOR MAY OPTION TO USE TYPE MG (METAL - GLAD GABLE) FOR BRANCH GIRGUITS FOR CONGEALED WORK, IF APPROVED BY OWNER AND LANDLORD PRIOR TO BID. MG GABLE 15 TO BE MULTI-PURP05E TYPE WITH SHEATH GROUNDING CONTINUITY. 2. COLOR CODING SHALL BE USED FOR ALL WIRE AND GABLES IN ACCORDANCE WITH N.E.G. CODING STANDARDS. CONTROL GONDUUGTOR5 SHALL BE GONTINUOU5LY COLOR GODED. GROUND CONDUCTOR SHALL BE GREEN. 3. JOINTS IN #10 AKG AND SMALLER WIRE SHALL BE MADE WITH '5GOTGH LOCKS' (OR EQUAL) AND BE INSULATED NTH SCOTCH #33 ELECTRICAL TAPE. 4. JOINTS IN #8 AWG AND LARGER SHALL BE MADE NTH PRESSURE TYPE MECHANICAL GONNEGTOR AND INSULATED WITH ELECTRICAL TAPE TO 150% OF THE INSULATING VALUE OF THE: GONDUCTOR 5. INCREASE WIRE SIZE BY ONE AMERICAN WIRE GAUGE 51ZE FOR EVERY 15 LINEAR FEET OF WIRE RUN. E. 5WITGHE5, SAFETY I. SAFETY 5NTGHIE5 SHALL BE HEAVY DUTY, 51ZE AND ELECTRICAL GHARAGTERISTIG5 INDICATED, 5URFAGE MOUNTED, FUSIBLE RATED AT 250 VOLTS ON T}E 208 VOLT SYSTEM AND b00 VOLTS ON THE 480 VOLT SYSTEM, AMPERE RATINGS AS NOTED ON THE DRANNGS, bO HERTZ, THREE (3) BLADES, INCORPORATING QUIGK-MAKE, QUIGK- BREAK TYPE SWITGHE5. 2. FJ5E5: UNLESS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS A5 NON-FU5ED TYPE, PROVIDE FUSES FOR SAFETY SWITCHE5. FU5E5 TO BE TIME -DELAY, CURRENT -LIMITING UL. GLA-% RKI, AND HAVE AN INTERRUPTING RATING OF 200,000 RM5 AMPERES SYMMETRICAL. 3. DISCONNECTS FOR 120 VOLTS, SINGLE PHASE EQUIPMENIT SHALL BE HEAVY DUTY TYPE SUITABLE FOR THE SERVICE INTENDED. INCLUDE THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION INTEGRAL WITH DISCONNIECT FOR MOTORS OR WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE. 4. 5HITGHE5 INSTALLED IN OUTDOOR LOGATION5 SHALL BE WEATHERPROOF NEMA 3R. 5. PROVIDE ENGRAVED NAMEPLATE FOR EACH DISCONNECT SWITCH INDICATING VOLTAGE, PHASE, LOAD SERVED, AND CIRCUIT ORIGIN. F. LI6HTIN6 AND POWER PANEL.BOARD5 I. PROVIDE DEAD -FRONT SAFETY TYPE LIGHTING AND POKER PANELBOARD5 A5 INDICATED, WITH SWITCHING AND PROTECTIVE DEVICES IN QUANTITIE5, RATINGS, TYPES AND ARRANGEMENT AS SHOWN, EQUIPPED WITH STANDARD BUS BARS, FULL.-51ZED NEUTRAL BAR, WITH BOLT -IN TYPE MOLDED CASE BRANGH CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR EACH GIRGUIT, WITH TOGGLE HANDLES THAT INDICATE MEN TRIPPED. PROVIDE A BARE UNINSULATED GROUNDING BAR SUITABLE FOR BOLTING TO ENCLOSURE. PROVIDE TYPED DIRECTORY. 2. PROVIDE ENGRAVED NAMEPLATE FOR EACH FANELBOARD INDIGATIN6 VOLTAGE, PHASE, PANEL NAME, AND FEEDER ORIGIN. 3. MANUFACTURER SHALL PROVIDE INTERRUPTING RATINGS FOR ALL EQUIPMENT BASED ON FAULT CURRENT SHOWN ON PLANS. 5ERIE5 RATED EQUIPMENT SHHALL BE LABELED 'SERIES RATED - REPLACE WITH IDENTICAL COMPONENT PARTS" NTH PERMANENT LABEL. 4. ALL CIRCUIT BREAKERS SERVING HID LIGHTING SHALL PROVIDE HID CIRCUIT BREAKERS. 5. ALL GIRGUIT BREAKERS SERVING AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT SHALL BE "HAGR' RATED TO COMPLY WITH EQUIPMENT L15TING. 6. PROVIDE ARC,-FLA5H HAZARD LABEL ON ALL PANE3.BOARD5. 6. GROUNDING I. ENTIRE POKER SYSTEM SHALL BE EFFEGTIVELY GROUNDED, INCLUDING ALL EXP05ED NON-GURRENT GARRYING PARTS OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT IN FULL AGCORDAN GE WITH N.E.G. ARTICLE 250. 2. A GREEN PIGTAIL SHALL BE INSTALLED FROM GROUNDING 5LOT5 OF GROUNDING OUTLETS TO OUTLET BOXES IN EACH INSTANCE MERE REGEPTAGL.E ATTACHMENT BAR 15 NOT IN DIRECT CONTACT WITH THE OUTLET BOX. 3. PROVIDE GROUND R005 AND GADNELD GROUNDING GDNDXTOR TO BUILDING STEEL WHERE INDICATED ON PLANS. 4. EXTEND GROUND TO DOMESTIC WATER MAIN. 5. ALL METAL PIPING, SYSTEMS, DUCTWORK AND STEEL FRAMES SHALL BE BONDED TO ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS IN COMPLIANCE NTH THE N.E.G. DESIGN OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS FOR WIND FORCES SPECIFIC FOR THIS PROJECT LOCATION SHALL BE BY MASON INDUSTRIES, INC. OR EQUAL MANUFACTURER AND AS REQUIRED FOR ALL APPLICABLE CODES. WIND BASE SPEED 130 MPH H. LIGHTING I. FURNISH AND INSTALL LIGHTING FIXTURES WITH LAMP5 A5 SHOWN AND SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS. 2. GOORDINATE FIXTURE TYPE AND TRIM WITH GEILIN6 GON5TRUGTION. 3. ALL LAMPS SHALL BE RATED BY MANUFACTURER FOR INSTALLATION IN SPECIFIED FIXTURE. 4. ALL FIXTURES IN LAY -IN GEILING SHALL BE SUPPORTED FROM THE STRUCTURE INDEPENDENT OF THE CEILING SYSTEM AT ALL FOUR (4) CORNERS AND ATTACHEED WITH GRID CLIPS. 5. THE MAI�AGTURER OF EACH LIGHTING FIXTURE SHALL REVIEW THE APPLICATION OF HIS EQUIPMENT AND GERTIFY AT THE TIME OF SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL THAT HIS FIXTURE HAS BEEN PROPERLY APPLIED AND GAN 13E INSTALLED, MAINTAINED AND SERVICED WHERE SHOWN ON THE DRANW-55. b. ALL FLUORESCENT LAMPS SHALL BE COLOR CORRECTED, TRI-PHOSPHOR LAMPS OF COLOR TEMPERATURE SPECIFIED. ALL LAMPS SHALL 13E 13Y THE SAME MANUFACTURER AND BE G.E. SYLVANIA- 05RAM, OR PHILLIPS. IF NO COLOR 15 SPECIFIED, IT WILL 13E SELECTED BY THE ARCHITECT. 1. ALL FLUORESCENT FIXTURES UTILIZING DOUBLE ENDED LAMP(5) SHALL HAVE A D15GONNEGTING MEANS FOR THE BALLA5T(5) THAT COMPLIES WITH NEG 410.130 (G). I. EMERGENCY LIGHTING AND EXIT SIGNS I. FURNISH AND INSTALL BATTERY PONERED EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND EXIT SIGNS AS 5HOWN AND SGHEDU M ON THE DRAWING5. 2. THE WIRING AND INSTALLATION SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE N.E.G. AND NFPA LIFE SAFETY CODE. 3. BATTERY PAGK5 INTEGRAL TO FLUORESCENT FIXTURES SHALL PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF 1400 LUMENS AND OPERATE TWO LAWS IN EACH FIXTURE. J. TEMPORARY I. THI5 CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALL TEMPORARY LIGHTING AND POKER A5 REQUIRED FOR ALL TRADES. 2. ALL TEMPORARY WIRING INSTALLED SHALL BE REMOVED BY THI5 GONTRAGTOR. K. TELEPHONE SERVICE I. INCOMING TELEPHONE CONDUIT TO BE PROVIDED BY LANDLORD. ELEGTRIGAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE LOCATION AND EXTEND A5 REQUIRED. 2. PROVIDE 3/4" FIRE RETARDANT TREATED PLYWOOD BACKBOARDS WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS FOR USE BY TELEPHONE SYSTEM. BACKBOARDS SHALL BE PAINTED BOTH 510B NTH TWO (2) GOATS OF GRAY ENAMEL PAINT. PROVIDE 120 VOLT DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE ADJACENT TO THE RIGHT 51DE LOCATED 1'-b' A.FF. 3. PROVIDE #b AW6 COPPER HIRE IN 3/4" CONDUIT FROM BAGKBOARD TO MAIN BUILDING GROUND. 4. ALL OUTLET LOCATIONS 5HONN ON DRAWING ARE TO BE VERIFIED WITH THE OWNER PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 5. OUTLET BOXES TO BE 4' SQUARE NTH SINGLE COVER PLATE AND OUTLET NOTED ON DRAWIN605. L. POWER SERVICE I. SERVICE 15 AN UNDERGROUND PVG CONDUIT SYSTEM FROM UTILITY SERVICE POLE TO GT CABINET, METER AND SERVICE D15GONNEGT 5WITGH BY LANDLORD. M. DEMOLITION I. TM5 CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM ALL DEMOLITION OF EXISTING ELEGTRIGAL SYSTEMS A5 INDICATED ON ELECTRICAL AND ARGHITEGTURAL PLANS OR NEGE%ARY FOR THE PROJECT. REMOVE FROM 51TE AND PROPERLY DISPOSE OF ALL MATERIAL AND DEBRIS FROM THI5 WORK. 2. ALL EXISTING LIGHTS, CONDUIT, WIRE AND DEVICES IN PROJEGT AREAS SHALL BE REMOVED AND DISPOSED OF. REMOVE CONDUITS BEYOND NEW SURFACES. REMOVE ALL EXISTING HIRE FROM CONDUIT BACK TO POINT OF COMMON USE OR TO PANELS. LABEL EXISTING CIRCUIT BREAKERS 05PAREA IF NOT REUSED FOR NEW WORK. 3. 015GONNEGT EXISTING EQUIPMENT IN BUILDING THAT 15 TO BE REMOVED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS. 4. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL IN5PEGT EXISTING CONDITIONS AND EQUIPMENT FOR CURRENT CODE VIOLATIONS AND INCLUDE IN BID THE AMOUNT TO GORREGT THESE VIOLATIONS. 5. ALL EXISTING CIRCUITS REQUIRED TO REMAIN ACTIVE SHALL BE REWORKED OR MAINTAINED A5 REQUIRED. b. ALL EXI5TING DATA, PHONE AND OTHER GOMMUNIGATION5 SY5TEM5 GABLES NO LONGER REQUIRED SHALL BE REMOVED COMPLETELY BY THIS CONTRACTOR. NO GABLE5 5HALL BE GUT OR REMOVED UNTIL OWNERS COMMUNIGATION 5Y5TEM5 PERSONNEL HAVE APPROVED REMOVAL. GONTRAGTOR MU5T VERIFY ALL GLEARANGE5 AND DIMEN51ON5 IN FIELD McHENRY & ASSOCIATES, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERS 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE #200 WARRENSVILLE HEIGHTS, OHIO 44128 PHONE: 216-292-4696 FAX: 216-292-5874 Email: MAILCMCHENRYASSOCIATES.COM FLORIDA BUSINESS #0005282 mcg architecture 216.520.1551 © 216=1W 7100 E Plemi Ney Rd, Suite 32% geMtleal� CH 44131 Seal: ,�es��eome�e ea eN *�®� Kl ♦�. 9 o a • • o o o vV SSI �, • ®o ®•V ®® I LL 6 .�a2 ® ®�®� °. c0 ® C) a W Q a ®_ Is 6 _ ,s q4;; a 4 o ¢ Or�.d' Oe�: ® co ors. 0 �� �E` '' F �� a., ��`�J,,,R 19�&'F� A Project for: Client: W H Z W U 1�/I Z � � O J LL m w w a ILA �c�= V) N W Z O H ROSS STORES, INC. 4440 ROSEWOOD DRIVE PLEASANTON, CA 94588 Revisions: BID/PERMIT 02-14-13 No. Description Date Project No.: 11.594.01 Drawn By: JPU/JWD Reviewed By: MAB/CAT Scale: NO SCALE Date: 01-28-2013 Filename: Sheet Title: MEP SPECIFICATIONS Sheet #: MEi ( MCG ARCHITECTS 2013 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED --� a� +y ..: -- - - JUL 0 7 4 v u - i 4�u, 1/ SECTION AT NEON N CH E SCALE: 3" = 1'0" NOTE: FRONT COLUMN FACE SHOWN. FOR SIDE COLUMN FACE(S), SEE SOUTH ELEVATION (DETAIL #4) 2 IDENTITY BAND DETAIL Ate/ SCALE: 1 /2" = 1'-0" Ovu1\IN CAVITY 1 cavlTY 118 3-FLUORESCENT 4'-0" LONG FIXTURES EVENLY SPACED WITHIN CAVITY WITH SWITCH ADJACENT TO WORK CAVITY ACCESS DOOR, SEE E3.0 LIGHT SWITCH, SEE DETAIf 1 /E3.0 FOR WORK CAVITY POWER AND LICHTI G DIAGRAM GUTTER & LEADER TO SP SH PAN I I I o c o r I ------- -- - --- - - - I ., J C V, N I .- SEE 11/A3.0 FOR SECONDARY SIGN LOCATION I REQUIREMENTS. CANOPY ACCESS - SIGN WORK CAVITY VIA ROOF H.M. FLUSH DOOR W/ BEST DEAD BOLT LOCKSET, WORK SPACE, DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, UTILITY LIGHTS SWITCHED FROM NEAR DOOR AND SPACE FOR SIGN INSTALLATION & SERVICE. SEE 1/E3.0 FOR WORK CAVITY POWER AND LIGHTING LAYOUT. PRIMARY FEATURE EIFS EIFS/STUCCO EIFS/STUCCO NORTH E2-0 FASCIA FRAMING WITH PLYWOOD SUBSTRATE "ROSS" BOTTOM FEEDS TO REMOTE TRANSFORMER (BY ROSS) J-BOX(ES), +15" ABOVE TOP OF "DRESS FOR LESS" SIGN, MINIMUM OF 3-20A, 120V. LOCATIONS MUST BE DRY. - -CONSUL ROSS SIGN CONSULTANTS. (SEE SHEET A0.0) 42'-0" OL FINAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTION TO BE MADE BY G.C./ELECT'L SUBCONTRACTOR, COORDINATE WITH ROSS SIGN CONSULTANT (SEE SHEET AO 0) "DRESS FOR LESS" TOP FEEDS TO REMOTE XFR (BY ROSS) TYP. SHEATHING NOTE 5/8" GP DENSGLASS GOLD GYPSUM SHEATHING OR EQUAL TO 16 GA 16" O/C WALL STUDS WITH #10x1 1/4" TYPE(S) S-12 COATED BUGLE HEAD SCREWS 3/8" FROM 'I ENDS AND EDGES AND AT 4" 0/C. +15" ABOVE TOP OF WORK PLATFORM 120V 20A DUPLEX UTILITY OUTLET. I FASCIA SEE 7/A3.0 FOR FINISH PROVIDE ACCESS & WORK PLATFORM WITH LADDER AS REQUIRED FOR SIGN INSTALLATION. NO STRUCTURE TO INTERFERE WITH SIGN PLACEMENT, COORDINATE WITH ROSS 1 SIGN CONSULTANT (SEE SHEET AO.0) - -v . r.o.- (LEVEL 1) 1 A3.0 1 1 A5.2 ACCESS DOOR 19, SEE DOOR SCHEDULE A6.0 - -SILL @ 1'-O" MIN. ABOVE FINISH ROOF 3 SPLIT FACE CMU LOW WALL, TYPICAL DOUBLE-FACED INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED UNDER CANOPY LOGO SIGN, G.C. TO PROVIDE 120V PRIMARY ELECTRICAL SERVICE AND J-BOX ABOVE CEILING AND WITHIN 5-0" OF SIGN; COORDINATE STRUCTURAL SUPPORT WITH ROSS SIGN CONSULTANT SIGN WORK CAVITY SECTION SCALE: 1 n 0 EIFS CORNICE, TYPICAL EIFS PRIMARY FEATURE 42'-0" RETURN REQUIRED RETURN REQUIRED - - 37'-0° ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION EIFS SECONDARY FEATURE MAY NOT BE HIGHER THAN THE PARAPET OF THE ROSS 28'-0" BASE BUILDING OR EXTEND - OVER THE ROSS LEASE LINE SPLIT FACE CMU HIGH WALL, TYPICAL SPLIT FACE CMU LOW WALL, TYPICAL FEATURE ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING, NOVA MODEL BANDS #071938-B, QUARTER SPHERE SCONCE WITH 100-WATT MH LAMP, FACTORY FINISHED SHELL LEASE LINE COLOR TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACE. DOOR AND ASSOCIATED FRAME TO BE PAINTED TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACE I) NICHE, ELEVATION SIGN FEATURE EIFS (TYP) RETURN REQUIRED EIFS HIGH WALL 4'-4- Z4'74' 4'-4 -R.,IYP. CLR ,TYP. R CLR n -THESE COLUMNS ARE SHOWN FOR CONCEPT ONLY. IF COLUMNS ARE REQUIRED TO SUPPORT THE STOREFRONT OPENING, THEN THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD MUST COORDINATE LOCATIONS WITH ROSS STORE DESIGN REPRESENTATIVE OTHERWISE STOREFRONTS TO BE PRESENTED WITHOUT INTERVENING COLUMNS. TY�1 CLEAR ANNODIZED ALUMINUM BREAKMETAL COLUMN COVER TO MATCH STOREFRONT SYSTEM, TYPICAL STOREFRONT COLUMNS, -KNOX BOX (IF REQUIRED BY FIRE MARSHALL) MOUNTED FRONT (AND/OR REAR). LANDLORD'S ARCHITECT TO COORDINATE ACTUAL LOCATION WITH LOCAL FIRE MARSHALL. E 3M #324 "FROSTED WHITE �tiv n r� �txi I) SPLIT FACE CMU CRYSTAL" AT INSIDE FACE OF ALL LOWER WALL & BASE, WINDOW GLAZING BELOW +24 BEKAERT, 7 MIL GRAFFITI GUARD LPUSH-BUTTON +54" A.F.F., USE STANLEY DURA-GLIDE 3000 KAWNEER 451 T SERIES CLEAR TYPICAL CLEAR FILM ON EXTERIOR FACE OF WEATHER -TIGHT STAINLESS STEEL SLIDING DOOR PACKAGE IN ANODIZED ALUMINUM STOREFRONT , ALL DOOR GLAZING AND STOREFRONT PUSH-BUTTON AND STAINLESS STEEL CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM SYSTEM WITH DOUBLE PANE INSULATED WINDOW GLAZING BELOW +8'-4" FASTENERS, EDWARDS #852, CONNECT WITH INSULATED GLASS GLAZING. GLAZING TO BE "ULTRA CLEAR BEKAERT, 7 MIL GRAFFITI GUARD CLEAR FILM ON HORIZONTAL MULLION, TO MATCHING BUZZER NUMBER. WITH HIGHEST TRANSPARENCY". EXTERIOR FACE OF ALL DOOR GLAZING AND STOREFRONT STANLEY DURA-GLIDE 3000 WINDOW GLAZING BELOW +8'-4" HORIZONTAL MULLION. SLIDING DOOR PACKAGE IN CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM VV j/ /� , 3M #324 "FROSTED WHITE CRYSTAL" AT INSIDE FACE OF WITH INSULATED GLASS 3 Y V E T STOREFRONT R E F RO N T ELEVATION ALL WINDOW GLAZING BELOW +24" WITH BEKAERT, 7 MIL E2-0 / / GRAFFITI GUARD CLEAR FILM ON EXTERIOR FACE r SIGN FASCIA IS TO: 1) HAVE AN APPROPRIATE SUBSTRATE FOR SIGN INSTALLATION. 2) BE CLEAR OF JOINTS AND REVEALS BEHIND SIGN. 3) HAVE AN ENCLOSED, REAR ACCESS. INSTALLATION WORK AREA BEHIND SIGN (SEE DETAIL 6/A3.0 FOR PRIMARY FEATURE). ARCHITECT OF RECORD MUST OBTAIN ACCEPTANCE OF PROPOSED CONFIGURATION FROM ROSS SIGN CONSULTANT. B 3NIl 3SV3-I 01 3NIl 3SV31 „0-,0t1, 15-4" 65'-0" MIN, RETURN REQUIRED TO BE EQUAL OR GREATER THAN CTHER TENANTS IN CENTER CEN EIFS CORNICE, TYPI L 3 EIFS PRIMARY FEATURE ANDTERLINE SIGNAG , CANOPY ENTRY FEA URE REQUIRES 5/8" EXTE IOR TYPE PLYWO ;1 WEST ELEVATION AND NOTES E2-0 2X Q. D I I ' VARIES ACCORDING TO SIGN SIZE AND CONFIGURATION L. 2X ZcSS EQI SECONDARY SIGN L 2 LCSS I I WORK CAVITY BEHIND o o x o ARC IT TU L I Q H EC RAL IGHT NG FACTORY FINISH TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACE INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED SECONDARY XX 11 A3.0 ELEVATION LOGO SIGNAGE. SIGN FASCIA IS TO: EQ. EQ. 1) HAVE AN APPROPRIATE SUBSTRATE FOR SIGN INSTALLATION (IFFRAMED, THEN A 5/8" EXTERIOR TYPE PLYWOOD REQ'D. AS SUBSTRATE). 2) BE CLEAR OF JOINTS AND REVEALS BEHIND SIGN. 3) HAVE AN ENCLOSED, REAR ACCESS. INSTALLATION WORK AREA BEHIND SIGN. ARCHITECT OF RECORD MUST OBTAIN ACCEPTANCE OF PROPOSED CONFIGURATION FROM ROSS SIGN CONSULTANT. TYP. REAR AND SECONDARY SIDE SIGN ELEVATION SCALE: 1/8" (LOCATION TO BE DETERMINED BY SITE -SPECIFIC CONDITIONS, MAY BE SIDE AND/OR REAR OF BUILDING) SHADED AREA IS HURRICANE SUSCEPTIBLE AREA PER ASCE 7-98 (SEE 8.2 / GIA FOR REQUIREMENTS IN THESE AREAS). DOOR #3 REQUIRES INSIDE/OUTSIDE KEY CONTROL IN THESE AREAS. OUTSIDE KEY CONTROL FOR SHUTTER IN FRONT OF DOOR #1 (DOOR #1A IN VESTIBULE CONDITIONS) REQUIRED IN THESE AREAS. SEE SHEET A1.2 FOR VESTIBULE PLAN AND DETAILS. 34'-O" MIN. gk o T.O. PARAPET RETURN REQUIRED_ 28'-0° x T.O. PARAPET LO N EIFS 3" RADIUS HALF - ROUND NOSING. EIFS RECESSED BAND THREADED EYE -BOLT TOTAL OF 5 REQUIRED AS SHOWN, 2 SETS PER ELEV. MIN. 72" ROSS / 39" DRESS FOR LESS INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED MAIN ELEVATION LOGO SIGNAGE, ENTRY FEATURE REQUIRES D 5/8" EXTERIOR TYPE PLYWOOD SUBSTRATE. 15-4" RETURN REQUIRED __zt4 -i - - - - - EIFS SECONDARY FEATURE RETURN REQUIRED EIFS HIGH WALL 9'-°10" CONCRETE BASE SPLIT FACE CMU LOW WALL & BASES, TYPICAL R3 R1 BLUE IDENTITY BANDS, DASHED LINE INDICATES CONCEALED NEON TUBES TO 1/2" FROM WALL @ END CONDITION, INSTALLATION TO MEET ILL STANDARDS FOR NEON TUBING 4> ILLUMINATED (NEON) NICHE. 3-FLUORESCENT 4'-0" LONG FIXTURES EVENLY SPACED WITHIN CAVITY WITH SWITCH ADJACENT TO WORK CAVITY ACCESS DOOR, SEE E3.0 GALV. METAL COMPRESSION SLEEVE SAME AS DOOR 19 SEE DOOR SCHEDULE CONTINUOUS SEALANT -COLOR TO MATCH EIFS A6.0 & 3/A3.0 GALVANIZED METAL, STANDARD #10, 2" LIGHT SWITCH, SEE THREADED EYE BOLT (PRIME AND PAINT TO DETAIL 1/E3.0 FOR MATCH EIFS BEHIND) WORK CAVITY POWER AND LIGHTING DIAGRAM GALVANIZED METAL WASHERS (PRIME AND PAINT SURFACE WASHER TO MATCH EIFS 5 EYE -BOLTS FOR TEMPORARY BEHIND) BANNERS, SEE DETAIL 10/A3.0 PLYWOOD SUBSTRATE (TYP) FOR CONSTRUCTION AND AE1 TENANT PLAN FOR SITE EYE BOLT D E T A L SPECIFIC LOCATIONS. SHOWN 1 HERE FOR CONCEPT. A3.0 SCALE: N.T.S. 4'-0" MIN. L� EIFS HIGH WALL EIFS UPPER PILASTER FLUSH J-BOX AT REAR OF PARAPET WITH CONDUIT AND PULL STRING TO ACCESSIBLE LOCATION AT INTERIOR OF STORE FOR ROSS L.P. BRACKET MOUNTED CAMERA, BOTH SIDES OF CANOPY AT FRONT. CONFIRM LOCATION WITH ROSS CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 42'-0" EIFS UPPER PILASTER RETURN REQUIRED ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION MAY NOT BE HIGHER THAN THE PARAPET OF THE ROSS BASE BUILDING OR EXTEND OVER THE ROSS LEASE LINE LEASE LINE ROSS LOGO PLAQUE TYPICAL OF 2, SEE DETAIL 6/AEI 34'-0' MIN, T.O. PARAPET "ROSS"/"DRESS FOR LESS" BOTTOM FEEDS TO REMOTE TRANSFORMER (BY ROSS) -J-BOX, +15" BELOW SIGN, MINIMUM OF 2-20A, 120V. LOCATIONS MUST BE DRY. CONSULT WITH ROSS SIGN CONSULTANTS. (SEE SHEET AO.0) 120V 20A DUPLEX UTILITY OUTLET. SECONDARY S GN WORK CAVITY SCALE: 1 /8" = 1'-0" - 28'-0» ----- MI . N 1 -6" I CAP 'THREADED EYE -BOLT TOTAL OF 5 REQUIRED AS SHOWN, 2 SETS PER ELEV. MIN. (E) SIDEWALK GRADING TO BE MODIFIED BY LANDLORD TO FACILITATE THIS ROSS PROTOTYPE FLOOR PLAN AND ELEVATION. DRESS SURFACE 2" BEYOND AND BEHIND ROSS OVAL WALL PLAQUE SO THAT WALL PLAQUE SITS FLUSH AGAINST WALL. CONTRACTOR TO OBTAIN FULL SIZE BMA OVAL TEMPLATE FROM ROSS CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE OR AS INSTRUCTED. �z 12 LOG0 PLAQUE DETAIL �.o SCALE: 1" = 1'-0" COLOR LEGEND BY LRV% (LRV % = LIGHT REFLECTIVE VALUE) GENERAL ELEVATION NOTES: THESE COLORS ARE BASED ON THE SHERWIN-WILLIAMS INTERIOR COLOR 8. EACH MAIN AND SECONDARY BUILDING SIGN MUST BE COMMON AREA LANDSCAPING IN THE VICINITY OF THE STORE IS14F0 BE DECK. THEY REPRESENT TONE AND VALUE BY LRV % ONLY ACTUAL LRV IS 1. FINAL COLORS AND MATERIALS ARE SUBJECT TO ROSS VISIBLE FROM THE CENTER PERIMETER THROUGH AT LEAST WELL AND CONTINUOUSLY MAINTAINED AND WATERED BY AN AUTOMATIC AFFECTED BY THE SURFACE APPLICATION AND TEXTURE, HEAVY TEXTURE REVIEW AND APPROVAL SUBMITTAL OF SAMPLES AND A 90-DEGREE CONE. VISIBILITY MAY BE PARTIALLY AND IRRIGATION SYSTEM. SUCH PLANTING MUST NOT OBSTRUCT ACCESS OR SURFACES MUST BE LIGHTENED TO GIVE EQUIVALENT LRV LEVELS. COLORED ELEVATION REQUIRED. INTERMITTENTLY INTERRUPTED BUT THE TOTAL SCREENING CIRCULATION AND MUST NOT OBSTRUCT VISIBILITY OF THE STOREFRONT EIFS TEXTURE TO MATCH 130 STOUT 1.0 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED MAY NOT EXCEED 33% OF THE CONE. LANDSCAPING IS TO OR SIGNING. PLANTINGS RELATED TO TENANT SPACES ARE TO BE 2. ALL PROPOSED CHANGES (IF ANY) IN DIMENSIONS, BE PRUNED AND MAINTAINED IN AN OPEN FORM FOR TREATED UNIFORMLY THROUGHOUT THE CENTER IN BOTH TYPES AND CONFIGURATION, COLORS, AND MATERIALS ARE TO BE MADE COLORS: MAXIMUM VISIBILITY. QUANTITIES. IN CONSULTATION WITH ROSS STORE DESIGN REPRESENTATIVE. NO EXCEPTIONS. 9. CAUTION: THE ACTUAL COATING OR FINISH SYSTEM USED ON 15 IF THE SIGNAGE PROPOSED IN THIS DRAWING IS ALTERED BY THE NO. COLOR NAME SW NUMBER STRIP LRV% 3, DO NOT USE THIS DRAWING FOR SIGNING PURPOSES. THE EXTERIOR OF THE ROSS STORE MUST BE IN AN ACTION OF LOCAL GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY, ROSS STORES INC. EXTERIOR FORMULATION SUITABLE FOR EXPOSURE TO RESERVES THE RIGHT, AT NO COST, ALTER THE ARCHITECTURAL 1 DOWER WHITE SW 3385 C 83% SIGNING IS SHOWN FOR CONCEPT ONLY. ACTUAL SIGNING INTENSE SUNLIGHT (UV) AND WEATHER. FEATURES TO BEST ACCOMMODATE THE ALTERED SIGNAGE. CONFIGURATION IS GOVERNED BY SEPARATELY APPROVED 2 TAT MI TAN SW 3116 17 30% SIGNING DRAWINGS, LEASE EXHIBIT "J". INCLUDE PLYWOOD 10, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY APPROVED OTHERWISE IN WRITING 16. AN ACCURATE AND TRUE COLORED ELEVATION OF THE APPROVED FINAL BACKING BEHIND EIFS ON ENTRY FEATURES. THE ROSS ENTRY ELEVATION IS NOT TO BE IN AN INFERIOR ELEVATION MUST BE SUBMITTED IN A HARD COPY PRINTED FORMAT TO 3 NO ADIC DESERT SW 3107 16 47% POSITION RELATIVE TO THE MASS, HEIGHT AND PROJECTION THE ASSIGNED ROSS CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE FOR REFERENCE THIS ELEVATION IS SUBMITTED AS A GUIDE FOR THE OF ADJACENT AND OTHER CENTER CONSTRUCTION. WITHIN 30 BUSINESS DAYS FOLLOWING THE APPROVAL OF THE PREPARATION OF LANDLORD'S PROJECT DOCUMENTS. ELEVATION BY THE ROSS STORE DESIGNER. 4 INT RACTIVE CREAM SW 113 17 63% 11. LANDLORDS ELEVATION DRAWING 'ROSS-ELEV-FLOOR UNDER CANOPY LIGHTING IS REQUIRED. LIGHTING IS TO BE PLAN.DWG' WAS USED AS THE BASIS FOR THIS DRAWING. 17. THE LANDLORD MUST MAINTAIN AT THE JOB SITE FOR REFERENCE DESIGNED, SELECTED AND APPROVED ON AN INDIVIDUAL SW _ _ _ MODIFICATIONS HAVE BEEN PROPOSED AND REVIEWED WITH SITE BASIS (A UNIFORM 15 FOOT-CANDLES WITHOUT THROUGHOUT THE PROJECT BY THE ROSS CONSTRUCTION 6 _ SW _ _ CONTRIBUTIONS FROM OTHER LIGHT SOURCES IS REQUIRED). LANDLORD'S ARCHITECT REPRESENTATIVE, MANUFACTURER'S LABELED SAMPLES OF APPROVED EXTERIOR COLORS AND MATERIALS TOGETHER WITH AN ACCURATE AND 12. ROSS HAS PROPOSED LIGHT REFLECTIVE VALUES FOR FAITHFUL COLORED RENDERING OF THE APPROVED FINAL ELEVATION. 6. NO OBJECT CREATING AN OBSTRUCTION TO CIRCULATION OR 7 - SW _ _ FINISHES ON THE ELEVATION. LANDLORD'S ARCHITECT TO TO VISIBILITY IS TO BE PLACED IN FRONT OF THE ROSS THESE REFRENCE MATERIALS ARE TO BE ON SITE WITHIN THIRTY (30) SUBMIT ACTUAL MATERIAL SAMPLES AND COLOR FINISHES BUSINESS DAYS AFTER THE LATER TO OCCUR OF (1) THE APPROVAL ELEVATION WITHOUT THE SPECIFIC WRITTEN APPROVAL OF BLUE MENTITY BANDS: TK PRODUCTS "TK 6010-40" COLOR EMS 300 "ROSS BLUE" THAT COMPLY WITH PROPOSED LRV REQUIREMENTS FOR S F R H T C 0 1 ROSS REVIEW AND APPROVAL. INCLUDE RENDERED COLOR OF THE FINAL ELEVATION BY THE ROSS STORE DESIGNER OR (2) THE MATTE FINISH LATEX PAINT OVER SMOOTH SURFACE EIFS SUBSTRATE TO PROVIDE AFAND START OF CONSTRUCTION. SMOOT AND UNIFORM APPEARANCE; RECESSED 1 "; SOURCE TK PRODUCTS; ELEVATIONS OF ADJACENT TENANTS AND CENTER TWITHSTANDING THE ROSS EXTERIOR LIGHTING IDENTIFIED R1 ATTENTON: MIKE BOULKA; PHONE: 1-800-441-2129; EMAIL: RE, FULL COVERAGE COMMON AREA SITE (CIRCULATION, ELEVATIONS. MBOUL A@TKPRODUCTS.COM RKING, SAFETY AND SECURITY) LIGHTING IS REQUIRED 13. SIGN BACKGROUND IS TO BE 83% LRV IN THIS WEST FACING IS TO BE CIRCUITED AND CONTROLLED FROM COMMON ELEVATION. NO EXCEPTIONS. EA PANELS. WITHIN EACH CATEGORY THE LIGHTING IS TO R LOWE WALL & BASE ARCHITECTURAL SPLIT FACE CMU ANGELUS BLOCK COMPANY COLOR: OAK; INTEGRAL COLOR (SIMILAR TO SW 6125 CRAFT PAPER, 17% LRV) UNIFORM THROUGHOUT THE SHOPPING CENTER IN TENSITY AND TYPE. IN NO CASE SHALL CIRCULATION ANDCAST TONE CAP RKING LIGHTING IN THE VICINITY OF THE ROSS STORE BE SS THAN THAT IN THE VICINITY OF ANY OTHER TENANT. Proj. Mgr. JU N Job. Capt. SG Drawn by JT RON BARR, A.I.A. Revd by STATE OF FLORIDA R B AR 0016160 JUN 11. U F > U w H O w¢ F W W 0 O 00 W O 0 O m a p O F O 0 W 6 Ix- z W U° Q F w W o Q- W zz 2' O x W O 1 ,IfN m w O z0 z z i- O wm a o z° z x W O U = 2 y 0 re Uwi m m W U Z Z Q Z FLO'U p m p LU o QO 2 W O z a 3 g W W z W U H U n z~ w `t x W p W Q m P X m 0 0= w x 2 0 z W 0 0 CO F- z 3 x ° a a u � Z O I- Z W° z_ z L OU O 0 cc w Z° Z z w ° z x ° O x 0 x x z 0 CO z a W = U W O w w 0 4 U sauna < 0 0 itPz?�a O COPYRIGHT 2012 BARR ARCHITECTURAL STUDIO V1 I u J f V O I L � tA lu �n Revisions: 1A PROTOTYPE REVISIONS 5-5-14 CADFILE No. H a M � M t_A_U Pro A -IONA J ,A 0 = O IV t A- waw i� � 4��n N I-� O Sheet Title EXTERIOR ELEVATION Scale: AS NOTED Date: Sheet No. 07.12.13 Project No. 12-027 A3mO co 00 0 zo xx xx xx xx 4 1/2" 1'-2" 212' FTSIA11 ERON SCALE: 3/4" — 1'-0" 2 1'- 2 9 9 TOP OF ST E CAP AT COLUM BEYOND 2 A5.2 2" q-,---EIFS CORNICE TYP. O xxx 1 1/2" 5/8" 8" ifl x x 1 1/2Y 1 1/4" ol TYP. SHEATHING NOTE 5/8" GP DENSGLASS GOLD GYPSUM SHEATHING OR EQUAL TO 16 GA 16" O/C WALL STUDS WITH #10x1 1/4" TYPE(S) S-12 COATED BUGLE HEAD SCREWS 3/8" FROM ENDS AND EDGES AND AT 4" O/C. EIFS PRIMARILY FEATURE O WITH SIGN CONTRACTOR SEE EIFS TERMINATION ►F FEATURE AT ARAPET DETAIL IFS CORNICE TYP. 'EXISTING FRAMING YP. SHEATHING NOTE (8" GP DENSGLASS GOLD GYPSUM HEATHING OR EQUAL TO 3 GA 16" O/C WALL STUDS /ITH #10x1 1/4" TYPE(S) -12 COATED BUGLE HEAD SCREWS f8" FROM ENDS AND EDGES ND AT 4" O/C. '.I.F. EIFS THICKNESS O ACCOMMODATE DIMENSIONS ON WEST AND NORTH ELEVATION SECOND CONDITION AT CORNICE 1/2" EIFS. TYP. SHEATHING NOTE ' GP DENSGLASS GOLD GYPSUM SHEATHI O UAL TO 16 GA 16" O/C WALL STUDS WIT 1 1/4" TYPE(S) S-12 CO BUGLE HEAD SCREWS 3/8" FROM AND EDGES AND ' O/C. STUCCO FINISH / E BAGEL (SCORED, EIFS W/ 1423 STOLI R3.0 TEXTURE) "sto" brand OR SIMILAR It _--• Or-- O-•-- --- = 1 1/a TYP ATHING NOTE Q 1'-0" 6" 5/8" P DENSGLASS GOLD GYPSUM SHEATH IN EQUAL TO 16 GA 16" O/C WALL STUDS 1'-11" WITH #10x1 1/4" TYPE(S) S-12 COATED BUGLE HEAD SCREWS cu O 4 3/8" FROM ENDS AND EDGES AND AT 4" O/C. 1= __ -- -- _ -- __-_- - - - - - T__ T - L ---- L --- L --- L 1 EIFS SOFFIT SOFFIT DRIP EDGE f I w manufacture EIFS ps S. HALF -ROUND EIFS HIGH WALL NOSING SPLIT FACE CMU LOW WALL, TYPICAL LOWER WALL & BASE 5 ARCHITECTURAL SPLIT FACE CMU ANGELUS BLOCK COMPANY A5.2 8' 2' V COLOR: OAK; INTEGRAL COLOR (SIMILAR TO SW 1090 CRAFT BROWN, 23% LRV) 2.1 0 ° R1 D D d BLUE IDENTITY BANDS: TK PRODUCTS "TK 6010-10" COLOR PMS 300 "ROSS BLUE" MATTE FINISH LATEX PAINT OVER SMOOTH SURFACE EIFS SUBSTRATE m TO PROVIDE A SMOOTH AND UNIFORM APPEARANCE; PROVIDE CONTROL JOINT AT TOP AND BOTTOM OF BAND. CONTROL JOINT WIDTH %2". SOURCE:TK PRODUCTS; 0 D n D � e D e ° D R� SPLIT FACE CMU LOW WALL, TYPICAL LOWER WALL & BASE ARCHITECTURAL SPLIT FACE CMU ANGELUS BLOCK COMPANY D ° COLOR: OAK; INTEGRAL COLOR (SIMILAR TO SW 1090 CRAFT BROWN, 23% LRV) b. D 2 FRONT CAVITY SECTION SCAL HEM IN IN loom MINE et Bra WEATHER RESISTANT / CAP FLASHING "sto" brand OR SIMILAR BARRIER MEMBRANE SUPPORTING STRUCTURE BLOCKING TO SUPPORT SUBSTRATE CAP FLASHING STO GOLD FILL WITH STO DETAIL MESH STO GOLD COAT STO ADHESIVE STO INSULATION DRIP EDGE TO DIRECT WATER AWAY FROM STO BASE COAT AND MESH SURFACE OF WALL STO FINISH FILLET SEAL FACE -WRAP STO GOLD COAT TERMINATION ONTO STO GOLD FILL WITH STO BLOCKING DETAIL MESH STO GOLD FILL WITH STO STARTER TRACK WITH WEEP DETAIL MESH WRAPPED HOLES OVER PARAPET SUPPORTING STRUCTURE Sto EIFS NeXT with Gold Guard Moisture Protection System Components SUPPORTING STRUCTURE STO GOLD COAT STO GOLD FILL WITH 6" 6" STO DETAIL MESH 6" N METAL FLASHIN SUBSTRATE N o STONE CAP 2 STONE CAP 1 STO INSULATION 4„ $ 4" 4" STONE VENEER LOW WAL STO BASE COAT AND Sto Powerwall Stucco on Mason components 'P. SHEATHING NOTE 3" GP DENSGLASS GOLD GYPSUM SHEATHI - R EQUAL =S HIGH WALL =S STARTED TRACK WITH WEEP TYP. SHEATHING NOTE MESH -A 5/8" GP DENSGLASS GOLD GYPSUM SHEATHING OR EQUAL STO FINISH 5 TYP CAE STONE CAP PROF LES 4 E C TO SP U T SCE VENEER ON CMU 5.2 SCALE: 3/4" — 1' O" \ LEVEL V) (VERIFY) T.O. PARAPET 3 A5.2 (LEVEL d) 37'-0" T.O. STEEL COLUMN J. (VERIFY) CLEVEL ) 29'-2" T.O. STEEL COLUMN J. (VERIFY) I I G.C. TO V.I.F. ,COORDINATE SIGN LOCATION WITH SIGN CONTRACTOR. 1/2' EIFS SOFFIT 2 SOFFIT DRIP EDGE A5.2 1 /2" wide max EIFS follow manufacturer specs. HALF -ROUND EVE NOSING - 13'-6" T.O. STEEL (VERIFY) Drip Ede at Soffit RAND OR SIMILAR UPPORTING STRUCTURE TO MESH TO DETAIL MESH TO BASE COAT TO FINISH RIP REVEAL TO MESH DOUBLE RAPPED AROUND ]SIDE CORNERS TO INSULATION U B S TR A TE 1 FRONT C SCALE- 3/8" = 1'-0' SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" II' 1 11', 11' I p D ° CAP 1 Proj. Mgr, JU Job. Capt. SG Drawn by JT RON BARR, A.I.A. Revd by STATE OF FLORIDA R B AR 0016160 JUN 112 �o W a a U D Z z z J Wzr W w �a Z = � o Z Ln _Wz 0 0 ap=U O 9 w w 0 ¢Uz ro a � a o 0 0 R P z? 2 a © COPYRIGHT 2012 BARR ARCHITECTURAL STUDIO V1 LA • � lu Revisions: 1000NTRACTOR CLARIFICATION 5-5-14 CADFILE No. d" ~ M z a M I� O IU J*P* A- IL lu � a O C N H 0 0 N m M (0 C:M N C oN CU U �N n ' �` 'I `iJ o E 4- a) C 4j cu C cc oo C W E L o CU �/ i W 4-a °) 00 c 0 L l 0 U LO U L cU Sheet TitIICAVITY DETAILS Scale: AS NOTED Date: Sheet No. 07.12.13 Project No. A5E 12-027 JNSTALL SEPARATE ELECTRIC SERVICE AND PROVIDE THE STORE WITH •0 AMP, 3 PHASE, WITH MAIN DISCONNECT AND METER BOX PURSUANT TO TENANT'S PROTO-VIPE PLINS AND DESIGN GUIDELINES. NORTH OF ROSS BECAUSE THE UTILITY POLE IS RELOCATED TO ISLAND IN REAR OF ROSS, PROVIDE .HSHOWN O CONTRACTOR TO FOLLOW ROSS GUIDLINESIt WORK.LANDLORD TENANT AGREEMENT FOR ALL ELECTRICAL SCALE: 1/8" = F-011 BUCHANAN P.E. CONSULTING ELECTRICAL * MECHANICAL * PLUMBING ENGINEERING 6191 W. ATLANTIC BLVD., SUITE #2 MARGATE, FL 33063 Ph: 954-590-3300 Fax: 954-590-2232 Email: mepengineers@aol.com RAJA BUCHANAN FL P.E # 48916 CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORIZATION # 8842 Prof. r. JU Job. Capt. SG 0ra€un by JT RON BARR, A.I.A. v'd STATE OF FLORIDA AR 0016160 F W Z Z Z 2 � w U W F- r, r _O w Q F w _~ z w§ 9 O m O m Q p 0 0 0 0 0 I= Q F. Z O U� O� a Q 3 �� z W p w w H w p o w z 1 z p a} O w0 O Men Z FF >-m W E Z Z 0 LL 0= m 6 0 W¢ 7p w O p p Q a 0 U cnF- O Q. w S W 2 W YZLL j to W w QWa. zR Qazr F1w- QX 3r= U w .�mZ} xW U mOOS=U oW rwX:O wO F as E 7 zw u)zp�n_5¢ Dzp�zz) U z fi O p 001-- Z O w. w Z w Z z� W 2 U= (n N O F W W Q= Z O �¢ v a F-a o 0 0 W W ZZ z R a © COPYRIGHT 2012 BARR ARCHITECTURAL STUDIO Revisions: 1. 9/4/1 CADFILE No. Es �;jl 'N' Lfel E L �A A 0 c tfS N. j m0 Sheet Title N co M ca N � NL LL T- cu Lo 4- cu cQ Nry11 N0 W Of a) m 4- r, U) '" o V7 ELECTRICAL PLAN Sca Is - Date: 01-31-2013 Sheet No. c L 0 a� c (71 c .E CL cu c. cu 0 U L cn 0 U DATE: RAJA BUCHANAN FL RE # 4�918 u 5 2014 EI-0 1 OF 3 FILE` 1612-E1-®.DWG GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES 1. ALL WORK SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (N.E.C. 2008) AND GOVERNING MUNICIPAL, STATE AND LOCAL CODES. ALL MATERIAL SHALL BE NEW AND SHALL BEAR THE U.L. LABEL WHERE APPLICABLE. 2. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED BY A LICENSED ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IN A FIRST CLASS WORKMANLIKE MANNER. THE COMPLETED SYSTEM SHALL BE FULLY OPERATIVE AND ACCEPTED BY THE OWNER. 3. IT IS NOT THE INTENT OF THESE PLANS TO SHOW EVERY MINOR DETAIL OF CONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTOR IS EXPECTED TO FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL ITEMS FOR A COMPLETE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AND PROVIDE ALL REQUIREMENTS NECESSARY FOR EQUIPMENT TO BE PLACED IN PROPER WORKING ORDER. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL NECESSARY CUTTING AND DO ALL THE REPATCHiNG AS NECESSARY FOR THE PROPER EXECUTION OF THIS WORK. 5. AFTER COMPLETION OF THE INSTALLATION, THE SYSTEM SHALL TEST FREE FROM SHORT CIRCUITS AND GROUNDS. 6. WHERE ELECTRICAL CONDUCTORS ARE INSTALLED IN CONDUIT, THE CONDUIT SHALL COMPLY WITH THE N.E.C. REQUIREMENTS. 7. ALL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE COPPER. NO CONDUCTOR SHALL BE SMALLER THAN #12 AWG AND SHALL BE RATED FOR 600VOLTS THWN OR THHN INSULATION. INSTALL A GROUNDING CONDUCTOR WITH ALL CIRCUITS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, SIZED PER N.E.C. 250-122. 8. VERIFY BREAKER AND CORRESPONDING WIRE SIZES FOR ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. DO NOT ORDER MATERIAL BEFORE VERIFYING BREAKER & WIRE SIZE. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCY IMMEDIATELY TO THE ENGINEER OF RECORD. 9. SAFETY SWITCHES SHALL BE SQUARE 'D', GENERAL ELECTRIC, OR WESTINGHOUSE, FUSED OR NON -FUSED AND SIZED AS INDICATED. NEMA 3R WHEN EXPOSED TO WEATHER 10. PANELS SHALL BE SQUARE 'D', GENERAL ELECTRIC OR EQUAL, TYPE AND NUMBER OF BREAKERS AS INDICATED ON PANEL SCHEDULE. STENCIL PANEL DESIGNATION ON INSIDE OF PANEL. ALL TWO -POLE BREAKERS SHALL BE COMMON TRIP. PROVIDE TYPE WRITTEN SCHEDULE IN EACH LOAD CENTERS. CONNECTION TO MAIN BUS SHALL BE WITH BURNDY ANNULAR COMPRESSION LUGS. PANELS AIC RATING SHALL BE AS INDICATED ON PLANS. 11. PROVIDE NAMEPLATES FOR ALL PANEL BOARDS, DISCONNECTS, TRANSFORMER, TERMINAL CABINETS AND ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT IDENTIFIED BY NAME ON DRAWINGS. 12. ALL ELECTRICAL MATERIALS, DEVICES, APPLIANCES AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE LABEL LISTED BY AN APPROVED THIRD PARTY TESTING AGENCY, 13. LOAD DATA IS BASED ON INFORMATION GIVEN ENGINEER AT TIME OF DESIGN. VERIFY ALL EQUIPMENT AND PANEL SIZES BEFORE ORDERING AND BEFORE INSTALLATION. 14. ALL EXTERIOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE ANCHORED TO COMPLY WITH LOCAL CODE FOR WIND RESISTANCE. 15. ALL ELECTRICAL AND COMMUNICATIONS OUTLETS TO BE AT 15" A.F.F TO BOTTOM OF OUTLET UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, ALL LIGHT SWITCHES SHALL BE @ 48" AFF. TO TOP OF SWITCH. 16. TIME CLOCK FOR LIGHTING CONTROL TO BE AN ASTRONOMICAL TIME CLOCK. 17. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE LOCAL POWER COMPANY AND OBTAIN, IN WRITING, THE AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT OF THE UTILITY TRANSFORMER. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THAT ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT HAS AN AMP INTERRUPTING CAPACITY (AIC) GREATER THAN THE AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT AT ANY POINT IN THE ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM. 18. WIRING METHOD: ALL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ALL FITTINGS AND COUPLINGS FOR EMT CONDUIT SHALL BE ALL STEEL RAIN TIGHT COMPRESSION TYPE OR ALL STEEL CONCRETE TIGHT SET SCREW TYPE. SCHEDULE 40 PVC CONDUIT, WITH FITTINGS AND COUPLINGS APPROPRIATE FOR THE USE, SHALL BE USED UNDERGROUND OR BELOW SLABS ON GRADE. 19. SEAL ALL NEW CONDUIT PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE RATED WALLS, CEILINGS, FLOORS, ETC., TO MAINTAIN EXISTING FIRE RATING CONDITIONS, FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRE RATED ENCLOSURES FOR ALL EQUIPMENTS PENETRATING FIRE RATED ENVELOPES, SPACES, ECT. 20. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO PROVIDE WIRING FOR HVAC SYSTEM: A/C EQUIPMENT(S), SMOKE DETECTORS, THERMOSTATS, TEST STATIONS, MOTORIZED VOLUME DAMPERS, ETC. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL DRAWINGS AND PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY CONTROL WIRING. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO THOROUGHLY REVIEW MECHANICAL PLANS AND PROVIDE POWER TO ANY MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT OR DEVICE THAT IS NOT SHOWN ON ELECTRICAL PLANS BUT IS SHOWN ON MECHANICAL PLANS. 21. INSTALL "GFCI" GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER RECEPTACLES WITH WEATHERPROOF COVER WITHIN 25 FT OF HVAC EQUIPMENT, MOUNT RECEPTACLE ON UNISTRUT (UNLESS HVAC EQUIPMENT IS SPECIFIED WITH FACTORY INSTALLED CONVENIENT RECEPTACLE) . 22. WHEN NEW ELECTRIC SERVICE IS BEING INSTALLED, IT IS THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO COORDINATE WITH FPL/FPL ENGINEERS ON THE SIZE OF THE FPL TRANSFORMER THAT IS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE THE NEW ELECTRIC SERVICE SHOWN ON ELECTRIC PLANS, GC HAS TO INFORM THE OWNER ABOUT ANY EXTRA FPL CHARGES THAT MIGHT OCCUR IN ORDER TO PULL NEW SERVICE. THIS HAS TO BE DONE AS EARLY AS POSSIBLE DURING THE BIDDING PROCESS. 23, ELECTRICAL SERVICE EQUIPMENT MUST BE 3' ABOVE MSL, AND 8' ABOVE N.V.G.D. VERIFY AT SITE. ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENTS SHALL BE INSTALLED ABOVE FLOOD LEVEL. 24, CONTRACTOR MUST VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BID OR CONSTRUCTION TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS. BEFORE SUBMITTING BID, BECOME THOROUGHLY FAMILIAR WITH ACTUAL EXISTING CONDITIONS AT THE BUILDING SITE. THE INTENT OF THE WORK IS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND DESCRIBED HEREINAFTER. BY THE ACT OF SUBMITTING A BID PROPOSAL FOR WORK, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE MADE SUCH STUDY AND EXAMINATION AND TO ACCEPT ALL CONDITIONS PRESENT AT THE SITE. NO REQUEST FOR ADDITIONAL PAYMENT SHALL BE CONSIDERED AS VALID, DUE TO THE FAILURE TO ALLOW FOR CONDITIONS WHICH MAY EXIST. CONTRACTOR TO REPLACE ANY EXISTING DEVICE OR COMPONENT THAT IS CALLED AS EXISTING IF IT IS NOT FULLY OPERATIONAL. 25. WIRING METHODS IN ALL PATIENT CARE AREAS TO BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH REDUNDANT GROUNDING REQUIREMENTS OF NEC 2008 SECTION 517.13. 26. ALL DIMMING MECHANISMS HAVE TO BE COMPATIBLE WITH FIXTURE DIMMING REQUIREMENTS. CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY ALL DIMMING MECHANISM AND FIXTURE DIMMING REQUIREMENTS BEFORE ANY ORDERING, INSTALLING, OR WIRING OF ANY DIMMING MECHANISMS AND FIXTURES. 27. ALL OUTDOOR RECEPTACLES TO BE GFCI & WEATHER PROOF. 28. ALL OUTDOOR DISCONNECTS AND ELECTRICAL PANELS TO BE NEMA-3R. ALL OUTDOOR DISCONNECTS AND ELECTRICAL PANELS IN A SALT SPRAY AREA TO BE NEMA-4X. PER FLORIDA BUILDING CODE 2010 ENERGY CONSERVATION: 505.7.3 VOLTAGE DROP. 505.7.3.1 FEEDERS AND CUSTOMER OWNED SERVICE CONDUCTORS. FEEDER AND CUSTOMER OWNED SERVICE CONDUCTORS SHALL BE SIZED FOR A MAXIMUM VOLTAGE DROP OF 2 PERCENT AT DESIGN LOAD. 505.7.3.2 BRANCH CIRCUITS. BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS SHALL BE SIZED FOR A MAXIMUM VOLTAGE DROP OF 3 PERCENT AT DESIGN LOAD. 505.7.4 COMPLETION REQUIREMENTS. 505.7.4.1 DRAWINGS. CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHALL REQUIRE THAT WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF SYSTEM ACCEPTANCE, RECORD DRAWINGS OF THE ACTUAL INSTALLATION SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE BUILDING OWNER, INCLUDING: 1. A SINGLE -LINE DIAGRAM OF THE BUILDING ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM AND 2. FLOOR PLANS INDICATING LOCATION AND AREA SERVED FOR ALL DISTRIBUTION. 505.7.4.2 MANUALS. CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHALL REQUIRE THAT AN OPERATING MANUAL AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL BE PROVIDED TO THE BUILDING OWNER. THE MANUALS SHALL INCLUDE, AT A MINIMUM, THE FOLLOWING: 1. SUBMITTAL DATA STATING EQUIPMENT RATING AND SELECTED OPTIONS FOR EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT REQUIRING MAINTENANCE, 2. OPERATION MANUALS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS FOR EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT REQUIRING MAINTENANCE. REQUIRED ROUTINE MAINTENANCE ACTIONS SHALL BE CLEARLY IDENTIFIED. 3. NAMES AND ADDRESSES OF AT LEAST ONE QUALIFIED SERVICE AGENCY. NOTE: ENFORCEMENT AGENCIES SHOULD ONLY CHECK TO BE SURE THAT THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS REQUIRE THIS INFORMATION TO BE TRANSMITTED TO THE OWNER AND SHOULD NOT EXPECT COPIES OF ANY OF THE MATERIALS. 505.3 TANDEM WIRING: LUMINAIRES DESIGNED FOR USE WITH ONE OR THREE LINEAR FLUORESCENT LAMPS GREATER THAN 30 W EACH SHALL BE TANDEM WIRED WHEN TWO OR MORE LUMINAIRES ARE IN THE SAME SPACE AND ON THE SAME CONTROL DEVICE. EXCEPTIONS: 1. RECESSED LUMINAIRES MORE THAN 10 FEET APART MEASURED CENTER TO CENTER. 2. SURFACE -MOUNTED OR PENDANT LUMINAIRES THAT ARE NOT CONTINUOUS. 3. LUMINAIRES USING THREE -LAMP HIGH -FREQUENCY ELECTRONIC OR THREE -LAMP ELECTROMAGNETIC BALLASTS. 4. RECESSED LUMINAIRES MORE THAN 10 FEET APART MEASURED CENTER TO CENTER. 5. SURFACE -MOUNTED OR PENDANT LUMINAIRES THAT ARE NOT CONTINUOUS. 6. LUMINAIRES USING THREE -LAMP HIGH -FREQUENCY ELECTRONIC OR THREE -LAMP ELECTROMAGNETIC BALLASTS. NOTE: PER FLORIDA BUILDING CODE 2010 SEC. 505.2 AREAS ENCLOSED BY CEILING HEIGHT PARTITIONS SHALL HAVE AT LEAST ONE SWITCH TO CONTROL LIGHTING WITHIN THE SPACE AS SHOWN. THESE SWITCHES ARE EQUIPPED WITH OCCUPANT SENSORS THAT WILL TURN THE LIGHTS OFF WITHIN 30 MINUTES OF OCCUPANT LEAVING A SPACE. REGULAR SWITCHES CAN BE USED WHEN A CEILING OCCUPANT SENSOR IS USED SEE PLAN. ALL EMERGENCY AND EXIT LIGHTS TO BE CONNECTED AHEAD OF ANY SWITCH OR TIME CLOCK OCCUPANCY SENSOR SWITCHES OR CEILING MOUNT TURN POWER ON WHEN OCCUPANT IS DETECTED FOR 30 MINUTES AND TURN POWER OFF WITHIN 30 MINUTES AFTER AN OCCUPANT LEAVES THE MOTION DETECTOR VICINITY. POSITION OF THE SWITCH (ON/OFF) DOES NOT EFFECT OCCUPANCY SENSOR CONTROL. BRANCH CIRCUIT VOLTAGE DROP MAXIMUM 3% PER 2010 FBC ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE SECTION 505.7.3.2 CIRCUIT LOAD IN AMPS WIRE SIZE COPPER MAXIMUM LENGTH IN FEET 5 AMPS OR LESS #19 180 6 AMPS #19 AWG 150 7 AMPS 130 8 AMPS 115 9 AMPS 100 10 AMPS J19 AWC, 90 11 AMPS #12 AWG 83 12 AMPS #12 AWG 75 13 AMPS 70 14 AI PS 65 15 AMPS j12 AWG 60 16 AMPS j12 AWG 57 17 AMPS 54 18 AMPS j12 An, 51 19 AMPS #12 AWG 48 20 AMPS #12 AWG 45 NOTE: THE LIGHTING SPECIFICATIONS WERE SUPPLED BY OTHERS. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH OWNER/OWNER REP OR OWNER'S INTERIOR DESIGNER. VERIFY THAT THE SPECIFICATIONS ON THIS PLAN ARE WHAT THE OWNER ASKED FOR AND PROPERLY WIRE CONTROLS PER MANUFACTURER SPECIFICATIONS. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO CHECK MANUFACTURER SPECIFICATIONS AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR LIGHTS AND CONTROLS FOR LIGHTS PRIOR TO ORDERING AND ROUGH -IN. NOTE: FOR FLUORESCENT LUMINAIRES, PROVIDE DISCONNECTS AS PER NEC 410.130(G). 1 I 9� 1 I 1/ I L__ E I'D.1 \ .- A N FUTURE LIGHTING SHELL PLAN SCALE: 1 /8" - 1'-0" SCOPE OF WORK: PROVIDE J-BOXES AS SHOWN ON PLANS FOR FRONT CANOPY LIGHTS SIGNS AND CAMERAS. PROVIDE WIRING BETWEEN J-BOXES FOR SCONCE AND HI HATS LIGHTS AS SHOWN ON PLANS. PROVIDE 1 /2" EMT CONDUIT CONNECTING LIGHTS AND SIGN J-BOXES AS SHOWN ON PLANS. PROVIDE 3/4" CONDUIT FOR DOME CAMERAS JBOXES. ROSS PLANS WILL PROVIDE MAIN RUNS OF POWER AND CAMERA CABLES TO THESE JBOXES. ONLY FUTURE SCONCES AND HI HATS WILL. HAVE MC MIRING TO JBOXES 1 , 2 AND 3, ROSS PLANS WILL PROVIDE POWER FROM PANELS TO JBOXES 1 , 2 AND 3 AND CONNECT THE MC CABLE WIRING PROVIDED ON THESE PLANS, ROSS WILL PROVIDE THE LIGHTS ON THEIR PERMIT, NO LIGHTS WILL BE INSTALLED ON THIS PERMIT ONLY JBOXES WILL BE INSTALLED. FUTURE LIGHTING LEGEND EXTERIOR DOCK LIGHTING - 'LUMARK' WPS15-MV-PE-PC 150W HPS LAMPS ON PHOTO CELL, SHIELDED Od EXTERIOR ROSS OPERATIONS LIGHTING - 'LUMARK' WPS15-MV-L-PE 150W HPS LAMPS ON PHOTO CELL, NON -SHIELDED FEATURE ARCHITECTURAL LIGHTING, (OR CENTER STANDARD IF APPROVED BY ROSS STORES). IF NOT OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, NOVA MODEL #071938-B, QUARTER SPHERE SCONCE WITH 10OW MH LAMP AND FACTORY FINISHED SHELL TO MATCH FASCIA COLOR (U.ON.). THIS EXAMPLE IS TO ESTABLISH INTENDED LEVEL OF QUALITY & TYPE OF LIGHT TO BE USED, CONTACT AWL FOR SITE SPECIFIC LIGHT FIXTURE. CONTRACTOR MUST SPECIFY SCONCE FINISH COLOR WHEN PLACING ORDER. NO EXCEPTION. UNDER CANOPY DOWN LIGHTING, (OR CENTER STANDARD MAY BE UTILIZED IF APPROVED 0 BY ROSS STORES). IF NOT OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, PORTFOLIO MODEL #M78-100-80LI, 100 WATT, METAL HALIDE DOWNLIGHT, DAMP LABEL FIXTURE. THIS EXAMPLE IS TO ESTABLISH INTENDED LEVEL OF QUALITY & TYPE OF LIGHT TO BE USED, CONTACT AWL FOR SITE SPECIFIC LIGHT FIXTURE. W MPAGING/MUSIC SYSTEM SPEAKERS PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY ROSS AFTER TURNOVER. IN THE EVENT THAT LOCAL CODE REQUIRES LOW VOLTAGE WIRING TO BE INSTALLED IN CONDUIT, THEN 3/4" CONDUIT WITH PULL STRINGS IN PLACE LINKING SPEAKER LOCATIONS TO PAGING/MUSIC DATA BOX IN MANAGER'S OFFICE IS TO BE PROVIDED AND PLACED BY G.C. PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION TURNOVER. CONFIRM SPEAKER LOCATIONS THROUGH ROSS CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE. 18 TO 20 LOCATIONS, TYP. CEILING MOUNTED UNLESS MARKED "W" FOR WALL MOUNTED ■ PRE -FINISHED POWER POLE PROVIDED AS PART OF FRONT END MODULAR SYSTEM PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY ROSS FIXTURE VENDOR. GYPSUM BOARD CEILING SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE Froj. Mgr. JU Job. Cart. SG Drawn b JT RON BARR, A.I.A. Revd by STATE OF FLORIDA R8 AR 0016160 U W U H U ~ O W } Q F In W W H F _ U P� a W f 0 XO W m O 6 O m ¢ g O O t o 0 0 6 F z CL O c> o w z¢ N O= W r o w f- ¢� O Z W m z X p w Z z W~ W o o Q W 0< Z WOQZ z W W U m W U Z 2 Z F Z O Cr Q 0 W O O 0 OU c¢n Z 0~ a. W z w Y W S2 U W�c7 Q o w° }cn aX o Z =W O z 0 z O r Z o z=i o zDD¢ J OZ W o o zoo W zzw W2d2 zait O Oww O� zO H Q to Q h 0 0 0 0 W H Z z 2 Q © COPYRIGHT 2012 BARR ARCHITECTURAL STUDIO Revisions; CADFILE No. " 4. 70 �- a r f s' f i f ,I ti ' L O ^L, _ W co (4 c CM 0) - ��- � N O N c � � c U NC aS � > 'I CU W � Lo � +J CD E u W� E Lo Cu 0m L �00 T. O U F, � N U N LO a Cu Sheet Title LIGHTING PLAN Sca le - Date. Sheet No. BUCHANAN P.E. CONSULTING INC. SEAL RAJA BUCHANAN ELECTRICAL * MECHANICAL * PLUMBING Project No. ENGINEERING FL P.A.48916 6191 W. ATLANTIC BLVD., SUITE #2 E3-0 MARGATE, FL 33063 Ph: 954-590-3300 Fax: 954-590-2232 Email: mepengineers@aol.com RAJA BUCHANAN FL P.E # 48916 CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORIZATION # 8842 ®� iUN 5 2014 DATE: - 12-027 3 OF 3 I FT Mh, AV SCOPE OF WORK: SCALE: 1/8" = I'-O" \ \ \ SHELL HVAC WORK PROVIDED BY LANDLORD. PROVIDE NEW AIRCONDIIIONING UNITS BASED ON ROSS DESIGN GUIDLINES. POWER TO UNITS AND DUCTWORK AND EXHAUST FANS WILL BE INSTALLED BY THE TENANT IMPROVEMENT PLANS. OUTSIDE AIR CALCULATIONS ARE BASED ON THE PROPOSED ROSS STORE. ALL INSIDE PARTITIONS AND FURNITURE ARE NOT PART OF THIS PERMIT BUT ARE SHOWN FOR INFORMATION TO HELP UNDERSTAND THE AC DESIGN. CONTRACTOR TO FOLLOW ROSS GUIDLINES AND LANDLORD TENANT AGREEMENT FOR ALL MECHANICAL WORK. BUCHANAN P.E. CONSULTING INC ELECTRICAL * MECHANICAL * PLUMBING ENGINEERING 6191 W. ATLANTIC BLVD., SUITE #2 MARGATE, FL 33063 Ph: 954-690-3300 Fax: 964-590-2232 Email: mepengineers@aol.com RAJA BUCHANAN FL P.E # 48916 CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORIZATION # 8842 Pro j. Mcer. JU Job. Capt. SG Drawn by JT RON BARR, A.I.A. Revd by STATE OF FLORIDA Fe AR 0016160 U U H } h U W W Z Z Z x F O W¢ H W W tW- x F W D O m U p 7 W O O m Q p 0 t O D U O Z W U F F- a 0 U F m O D U z W r Z w Q o 2i Z z O w U Q OU 2 w Z w O O f 0 W w w (1) N > a Z H F M w U Z Z Q I- Z to U 0 L O OOf z m 0 EW Z)L = o O o o° a a o 0 U CA Z H U H d W 16 U W y W CL Z 3 ¢ w LL Z 'W x a z M w m 0 H O O = ww wU 5CL Z CzFOO2¢ z Z xO D)v i OQCL�WO U Z x zwz z z O zw n U WO vF-Ww U Z Of ¢v i ¢ WHzF- H¢o O o ? © COPYRIGHT 2012 BARR ARCHITECTURAL STUDIO Revisions: CADFILE No. �i7 i 0 O N o M (U co 0) cu N c O N c N 2 o CL A+ M Lo Lt W D 0 � +j o E .� 4-: 'c c: =3 ca E L o o :3 cr- m �- - Op c Ao U U) .- 0 U � N to �- U cB Sheet Title MECHANICAL PLAN Sca le: Date: Sheet No. _ ,SEAL 01-31-2013 RAJA BUCHANAN FL P.. 48916 i-'ro jest No. M 1 —0 '' ff 12-027 �Vi� 5 20�� 1 OF 2 DATE: FILE: 1612-M1-O.DWG _ _I IV I _ I I Iy" •..r.Illlgn ll I'm :Vim "n 11 H,v.A.C. GENERAL NOTES: ALL WORK SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH FBC-2010, 2006 NFPA-101, 2006 NFPA-1, 2008 NFPA-70. 1.ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED BY A LICENSED CONTRACTOR IN A FIRST CLASS WORKMANLIKE MANNER. THE COMPLETE SYSTEM SHALL BE FULLY OPERATIVE AND ACCEPTANCE BY THE OWNER AND/OR ARCHITECT MUST BE CONDITION OF THE CONTRACT. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS ON ALL EQUIPMENT, FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO PURCHASING. 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE HIS WORK WITH ALL TRADES IN ORDER TO AVOID CONFLICTS. NO CHARGES WILL BE ACCEPTED UNLESS A PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL HAS BEEN ISSUED BY THE OWNER/ARCHITECT. 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE JOB SITE AND THOROUGHLY FAMILIARIZE WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS. PRIOR TO INSTALLING EQUIPMENT AND/OR FABRICATING DUCTWORK, A.G. CONTRACTOR SHALL CHECK THAT THERE IS SUFFICIENT CLEARANCES FOR EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK, ETC. AND ALSO TO AVOID ANY INTERFERENCE WITH THE PROCESS OF CONSTRUCTION. 4. DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC ILLUSTRATIONS. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS FOR THE EXACT LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT. PIPING, DUCTWORK, ETC. THESE DRAWINGS ARE NOT INTENDED TO SHOW EVERY MINOR DETAIL OF CONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL ITEMS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE ACCEPTABLE WORKING SYSTEM. 5. CONTRACTOR WILL PAY FOR ALL PERMITS, FEES, INSPECTIONS, AND TESTS. 6. INSTALLATION SHALL BE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE RECOMMENDATIONS SET FORTH IN THE LATEST ASHRAE GUIDE. ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE NEW AND SHALL BEAR UNDERWRITER'S LABEL WHERE APPLICABLE. 7. AIR FILTERS SHALL BE INSTALLED ON ALL RETURN AIR EQUIPMENT INLETS. PROVIDE AN EXTRA FILTER, INSTALL AT END OF CONSTRUCTION. 8. ALL REQUIRED INSURANCE SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR FOR PROTECTION AGAINST PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE FOR THE DURATION OD THE WORK. ALL WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS SHALL BE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE NATIONAL, STATE, AND LOCAL CODES, RULES, AND ORDINANCES. 9. PROVIDE MAIN CONDENSATE DRAIN AND AUXILLJARY DRAIN PAN (AUXILIARY DRAIN PAN SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH A WATER -LEVEL DETECTION DEVICE THAT WILL SHUT OFF THE EQUIPMENT SERVED PRIOR TO OVERFLOW OF THE PAN AS PER FMC 2010 SECTION 307.2.3) FOR ALL AIR CONDITIONING UNITS AND DRAIN TO EXTERIOR PERMEABLE SOIL OR AS SHOWN ON THE PLANS. 10. AIR CONDITIONING CONDENSATE PIPING AND FITTINGS SHALL BE PVC OR DWV ( ASTM-D2662). COPPER IN PLENUM AREAS. ALL INTERIOR CONDENSATE PIPING IN UNCONDITIONED SPACES SHALL BE WRAPPED WITH A MINIMUM 1/2" SELF SEALING INSULATING FOAM JACKET. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY CONTROLS FOR THE OPERATION OF THE WAC SYSTEM. 11. NA P 2. THERMOSTAT MUST BE PROGRAI,rWA&E TO BE ABLE TO SET THE TEMPERATURE BACK (OR Off) WHEN SPACE IS UNOCCUPRE6 OR AT OTHER TIMES AS NEEDED BY USER. 13. ALL MATERIAL EXPOSED WITHIN PLENUM MUST BE NON COMBUSTIBLE OR RATED 25/50 FLAME SPREAD. 14. NA 15. ALL VENTILATION DUCTWORK SHALL BE GALVANIZED SHEET METAL 16. NA 17. HANGERS SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH S.M.A.C.N.A. RECOMMENDATIONS. 18. AIR DISTRIBUTION ACCESSORIES SHALL BE AIR GUIDE, ANEMOSTAT, TITUS, OR APPROVED EQUAL ALL SUPPLY A.C. DUCT ELBOWS MUST BE FURNISHED WITH APPROVED TURNING VANES. BRANCH TAKEOFFS MUST BE PROPORTIONAL SPLITS. 19. THE OWNER SHALL APPROVE THE FINISH COLOR OF ALL EXPOSED AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES. 20. PROVIDE FIRE DAMPERS IN ALL DUCTS PASSING THROUGH FIRE DIVISION ASSEMBLIES. FIRE DAMPERS MUST HAVE FIRE RATING EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN THE PENETRATED ASSEMBLY RATING. FIRE DAMPER INSTALLATIONS SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL LOCAL CODES. PROVIDE ACCESS PANEL TO ALL FIRE DAMPERS.. 21. ELECTRIC STRIP HEATERS SHALL BE BLAST COIL TYPE WITH NICKEL CHROMIUM WIRE AND INSULATING BUSHINGS FACTORY MOUNTED AND WIRED INCLUDING ALL HEAT LIMITERS, HOGH LIMIT SWITCHES, AND CONTRACTORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE "NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE", 22. EXHAUST FANS SHALL HAVE THE CAPACITIES AS STATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND BE PROVIDED WITH BACK DRAFT DAMPER, BIRD SCREEN. 23. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE ALL MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP FREE FROM DEFECTS FOR A PERIOD NOT LESS THAN 1 YEAR FROM THE DATE OF ACCEPTANCE, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. CORRECTION OF ANY DEFECTS SHALL BE COMPLETED WITHOUT ADDITIONAL CHARGE AND SHALL INCLUDE REPLACEMENTS OR REPAIRS OF ANY OTHER PHASE OF THE INSTALLATION WHICH MAY HAVE BEEN DAMAGED OR IS NOT OPERATING PROPERLY. 24. ARCHITECTURAL AND/OR ENGINEERING EXPENSES THAT ARE INCURRED DUE TO REVISIONS FOR SUBSTITUTIONS BY THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE PAID FOR BY THE CONTRACTOR. 25. AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING. A WRITTEN BALANCE REPORT SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE OWNER OR THE DESIGNATED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE BUILDING OWNER FOR HVAC SYSTEMS SERVING ZONES WITH A TOTAL CONDITIONED AREA EXCEEDING 5000 SQUARE FEET. AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS SHAH BE TESTED, ADJUSTED, AND BALANCED BY AN ENGINEER LICENSED IN THIS STATE OR A COMPANY OR INDIVIDUAL HOLDING A CURRENT CERTIFICATION FROM A RECOGNIZED TESTING AND BALANCING AGENCY ORGANIZATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH GENERALLY ACCEPTED ENGINEERING STANDARDS. EXCEPTIONS: 1. BUILDINGS WITH COOLING OR HEATING SYSTEM CAPACITIES OF 15 TONS OR LESS PER SYSTEM MAY BE TESTED AND BALANCED BY A MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR LICENSED TO DESIGN AND INSTALL SUCH SYSTEM(S). 2. BUILDINGS WITH COOLING OR HEATING SYSTEM CAPACITIES OF 65,000 BTU/H OR LESS PER SYSTEM ARE EXEMPT FROM THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION. AIR SYSTEM BALANCING SHALL COMPLY WITH FBC 2010 ENERGY CONSERVATION SECTION 503.2.9.1 26. AS PER FBC 2010 ENERGY CONSERVATION SECTION 503.2.9.3, AN OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE BUILDING OWNER BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. THE MANUAL SHALL INCLUDE, AT LEAST, THE FOLLOWING: 1. EQUIPMENT CAPACITY (INPUT AND OUTPUT) AND REQUIRED MAINTENANCE ACTIONS. 2. EQUIPMENT OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS. 3. HVAC SYSTEM CONTROL MAINTENANCE AND CALIBRATION INFORMATION, INCLUDING WIRING DIAGRAMS, SCHEMATICS, AND CONTROL SEQUENCE DESCRIPTIONS. DESIRED OR FIELD -DETERMINED SET POINTS SHALL BE PERMANENTLY RECORDED ON CONTROL DRAWINGS, AT CONTROL DEVICES OR, FOR DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS, IN PROGRAMMING COMMENTS. 4. A COMPLETE WRITTEN NARRATIVE OF HOW EACH SYSTEM IS INTENDED TO OPERATE. 27. ALL PIPING SERVING AS PART OF A HEATING OR COOLING SYSTEM SHALL BE THERMALLY INSULATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH FBC 2010 ENERGY CONSERVATION TABLE 503.2.8. 28. IF THERE ARE ANY CHANGES IN ENGINEER'S DRAWINGS, IN DESIGN OR IN EQUIPMENT, WITHOUT ENGINEER'S CONSENT, THE A.C. CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSUME ALL RESPONSIBILITIES FOR THE PROJECT. 29, SMOKE DETECTORS ARE REQUIRED ON ALL PRIMARY AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS WHERE TOTAL AIR VOLUME EXCEEDS 2,000 C.F.M. (FBC-MECHANICAL 2010, SECTION 606.2.1) A DUCT ACCESS DOOR IS REQUIRED TO ACCESS THE DETECTOR. THE SYSTEM SHALL BE WIRED SO AS WHEN THE DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR DETECTS SMOKE, IT SHALL STOP THE AC SUPPLY FAN AND CAUSE A VISUAL AND AUDIBLE SIGNAL IN A NORMALLY OCCUPIED LOCATION. ALSO, THE DETECTOR SHALL INDICATE A TROUBLE CONDITION EITHER VISUALLY OR AUDIBLY IN THE NORMALLY OCCUPIED LOCATION, AND BE IDENTIFIED AS AIR DUCT DETECTOR TROUBLE. NFPA 90A, 4-4.4.3 (THE TESTER SHOULD BE EQUIPPED WITH AN LED LIGHT TO INDICATE TROUBLE). 30. AS PER FBC 2010 ENERGY CONSERVATION SECTION 503.2.5.4 (SHUTOFF DAMPER CONTROLS) PROVIDE MOTORIZED DAMPERS FOR O/A INTAKE FOR AHU. CONNECT MOTORIZED DAMPER TO TIME CLOCK TO CLOSE OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE AUTOMATICALLY WHEN THE SPACE SERVED IS NOT IN USE (OFF BUSINESS HOURS). 31. GRAVITY HOODS, VENTS, AND VENTILATORS. ALL OUTDOOR AIR SUPPLY AND EXHAUST HOODS, VENTS, AND VENTILATORS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH DAMPERS THAT WILL AUTOMATICALLY SHUT WHEN THE SPACES SERVED ARE NOT IN USE. EXCEP11ON: VENTILATION SYSTEMS SERVING UNCONDITIONED SPACES. 32. NA 33, AS PER FBC-301.4 ALL APPLIANCES REGULATED BY THIS CODE SHALL BE LISTED AND LABELED UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTIONS 301.4.1 THROUGH 301.4.4. 34. AS PER FMC-304.10 GUARDS SHALL BE PROVIDED WHERE APPLIANCES, EQUIPMENT, FANS OR OTHER COMPONENTS THAT REQUIRE SERVICE AND ROOF HATCH OPENINGS ARE LOCATED WITHIN 10 FT. OF ROOF EDGE OR OPEN SIDE OF A WALKING SURFACE AND SUCH EDGE OR OPEN SIDE IS LOCATED MORE THAN 30" ABOVE THE FLOOR, ROOF OR GRADE BELOW. 35. AS PER 306.5.1 SLOPED ROOFS. WHERE APPLIANCES, EQUIPMENT, FANS OR OTHER COMPONENTS THAT REQUIRE SERVICE ARE INSTALLED ON A ROOF HAVING A SLOPE OF THREE UNITS VERTICAL IN 12 UNITS HORIZONTAL OR GREATER AND HAVING AN EDGE MORE THAN 30" ABOVE GRADE AT SUCH EDGE A LEVEL PLATFORM SHALL BE PROVIDED ON EACH SIDE OF THE APPLIANCE TO WHICH ACCESS IS REQUIRED FOR SERVICE, REPAIR OR MAINTENANCE. THE PLATFORM SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 30" IN ANY DIMENSION AND SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH GUARDS. THE GUARDS SHALL EXTEND NOT LESS THAN 42"ABOVE THE PATFORM, SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED SO AS TO PREVENT THE PASSAGE OF A 21" DIAMETER SPHERE AND SHALL COMPLY WITH THE LOADING REQUIREMENTS FOR QUARDS SPECIFIED IN THE FBC. 36. ANY INTAKE OPENINGS SHALL BE LOCATED A MINIMUM OF IOFT. FROM ANY HAZARDOUS OR NOXIOUS CONTAMINANT SOURCE. 37. ALL COOKING APPLIANCES THAT ARE DESIGNED FOR PERMANENT INSTALLATION SHALL BE LISTED , LABELED AND INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION. 38. ROOF MOUNTED MECHANICAL UNITS SHALL BE MOUNTED ON CURBS RAISED A MINIMUM OF 8 INCHES (203 MM) ABOVE THE ROOF SURFACE, OR WHERE ROOFING MATERIALS EXTEND BENEATH THE UNIT, ON RAISED EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS PROVIDING A MINIMUM CLEARANCE HEIGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH TABLE 1509.7. TABLE 1509.7 CLEARANCE BELOW RAISED ROOF MOUNTED MECHANICAL UNITS WIDTH OF MECHANICAL UNIT (INCHES) SURFACES (INCHES) <24 /24<36 / 36 < 48 / 48 < 60 / > 60 14" 18" 24" 30" M. 39. ROOF TOP A/C UNIT CURB SHALL BE MINIMUM 14 GAUGE (HURRICANE RATED CURB). 40. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND INFORM THE PROJECT ENGINEER AND ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCY BETWEEN THESE PLANS AND THE EXISTING CONDITIONS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE IN HIS BID TO CORRECT SUCH CONDITION AS DIRECTED. THE ENGINEER AND ARCHITECT ARE NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY ADDITIONAL COSTS RESULTING FROM VERIFIABLE EXISTING CONDITIONS DISCOVERED AFTER CONTRACT HAS BEEN AWARDED. NOTE: - PROVIDE FLOAT SWITCH, TO BE INSTALLED IN THE PRIMARY DRAIN PAN OF THE UNIT. 4' MAX BETWEEN SUPPORTS- NOTE: ROOF MOUNTED MECHANICAL UNITS SHALL BE MOUNTED ON CURBS RAISED A MINIMUM OF 8 INCHES ABOVE THE ROOF SURFACE 4-1/2 X 5/16 SCREW 8" O.C. END SCREWS TO BE OUT PLACED WITHIN 6" OF CORNER. MIN. 8" ABOVE FINISHED ROOFING CURB MIN. 14 GA. GALV METAL STRAP W/ NEOPRENE GASKET FASTEN TO PIPE STAND PVC CONDENSTATE SEE MECH. PLANS FOR CONTINUATION c411 ----ANEW 4 x 4 x 1/4" STEEL ANGLES (6'-0" O.C. MAX) FULLY OPTION 1. CONNECT PREFABRICATED RTU CURB WELDED TO EX. BAR JOISTS DIRECTLY TO STEEL ANGLES / BAR JOIST W/ MIN. 3/8" DIAM. S.S. BOLTS W/ WASHERS THRU FLANGE OF CURB AND STEEL ANGLE / BAR JOIST BELOW AT ALL CORNERS AND BALANCE 0 12" O.C. MAX ALL 4 SIDES OPTION 2. WELD CURB TO STEEL ANGLES 'FRAME' NOTE' CURB MUST BE INSULATED FROM INSIDE. WITH 1/2" BEAD EVERY 6 INCHES. CURB TO ROOF JOIST ATTACHMENT DETAIL NTSC `il RELIEF VENT SAME SIZE AS CONDENSATE LINE CONC. COVER WITH LIFT HANDLE GRADE lihr1m71scar. 24"0 x 36" LONG GALVANIZED STEEL NOTES: 1. STABALIZER STONES MIN. ONE HALF CUBIC YARD DRYWELL DETAIL NTSC GASK NAILII DUCT INSUL INSUL CURB INSTALATION DETAIL ►m PVC CONDENSATE DRAIN LINE SEE PLAN FOR SIZE SEAL WITH SILICONE CAULK (OR EQ.) THE EXCAVATED PIT SHAD BE COMPLETELY FILLED WITH COARSE GRAVEL 2"0 CLEAN STONES (STABALIZED) ;CHEDULED RTU, SEE MECH. DWGS. PRE -FABRICATED ROOF CURB (14 GA. MIN.) GALV. MTL COUNTER FLASHING 4" CANT AND MTL FLASHING + COUNTER FLASHING AND ROOF PATCH AND REPAIR ALL AROUND ROOF INSULATION AND MTL DECK NOTES: 1. PER FBC 2010 ENERGY CONSERVATION SECTION 503.2.5.4 (SHUTOFF DAMPER CONTROLS) PACKAGED GAS / ELECTRIC HIGH EFFICIENCY AIR CONDITIONING UNITS MARK SERVICE MAKE MODEL S.A. MIN. EXT. FAN HP HEATING COOLING CAPACITY REFRIG. SEER / FLA/MCA ELECTRICAL WEIGHT ACCESSORIES CFM 0. A. STATIC RPM FUEL INPUT TOTAL / SENS EAT AMBIENT EER MOCP CFM MBH/STAGES MBH DB / WB DB AC j 1 STOCK LENNOX LGH060H4E 2000 210 1.0 1110 1 GAS 65 / 1 57.5 / 47.0 77 / 64 105 R-410A 17.0 / 14.8 / 18 480 / 3 f 60 1100 LBS 1 - 7 12.7 25 AC / 2 OFFICE AREA LENNOX LGH048H4E 1600 175 1.0 1195 3/4 GAS 65 / 1 45.4 f 37.7 77 / 64 105 R-410A 17.0 / 11.6 / 14 480 j 3 / 60 1000 LBS 1 - 7 12.3 15 AC / 3 SALES LENNOX LGH156H4B 5200 1270 1.0 945 5 GAS 169 j 1 148.3 / 114.2 80 f 67 105 R-410A -- / 30.4 / 35 480 j 3 j 60 2400 Les 1 - 7 12.0 40 AC % 4 FITTING/ LENNOX LGHO36H4E 1200 165 1.0 1110 1/2 GAS 65 / 1 33.2 j 27.4 78 / 65 105 R-410A 17.0 / 8.8 / 10 480 / 3 j 60 1000 LBS 1 - 7 TOILETS 12.5 15 AC / 5 SALES LENNOX LGH156H48 5200 1270 1.0 945 5 GAS 169 / 1 148.3 j 114.2 80 / 67 105 R-410A -- / 30.4 / 35 480 / 3 f 60 2400 LBS 1 - 7 12.0 40 AC / 6 SALES LENNOX LGH156H48 5200 1270 1.0 945 5 GAS 169 / 1 148.3 / 114.2 80 / 67 105 R-410A -- / 30.4 / 35 480 / 3 / 60 2400 LBS 1 - 7 12.0 40 AC / 7 SALES LENNOX LGH180H4B 6000 1460 1.0 970 5 GAS 169 / 1 176.0 / 167.8 77 / 65 105 R-410A -- / 36.8 / 42 480 / 3 / 60 2700 LBS 1 - 7 12.0 45 NOTE: ROOFTOP UNITS SHALL BE PURCHASED THROUGH LENNOX NATIONAL ACCOUNT. SUBSTITUTIONS ARE NOT PERMITTED. ACCESSORIES: 1. NON -PRORATED WARRANTY OF 5 YEARS FOR THE COMPRESSORS AND 10 YEARS FOR THE HEAT EXCHANGERS, DUAL 115 VOLT GFC1 TYPE SERVICE OUTLET (WIRING TO THE OUTLET SHALL BE FIELD PROVIDED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR ON SITE), COMPRESSOR TIME DELAY RELAY, FREEZE STAT, HIGH AND LOW PRESSURE SWITCHES, CRANKCASE HEATER, CONDENSER COIL GUARD, COIL DEFROST THERMOSTAT, 2" PLEATED FILTERS AND SPARE SET. 2. CONTROLLED FROM FACTORY INSTALLED AND TESTED PRODIGY M2 WITH BACNET CONTROL MODULE. 3. FACTORY INSTALLED PHOTO ELECTRIC SMOKE DETECTOR IN SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR SECTIONS OF UNIT WITH REMOTE MOUNTED STATUS AND TEST STATIONS INTERLOCKED TO STOP FAN ON ACTIVATION. REFER TO DETAIL ON THIS SHEET. 4• PROVIDE WITH 14" INSULATED ROOF CURB WITH FACTORY INSTALLED BURGLAR BARS. 5. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE 12" HIGH REFLECTIVE UNIT NUMBERS WITH SPECIFIC A/C UNIT NUMBER TO BE POSTED ON EACH UNIT ON THE CONTROL PANEL DOOR AND SIDE WITH DISCONNECT IN A LOCATION VISIBLE FROM THE ROOF HATCH. 6. FACTORY INSTALLED GEAR DRIVEN ECONOMIZER WITH GLOBAL ENTHALPY CONTROLS AND OUTDOOR AIR HOOD. TWO CLEANABLE ALUMINUM MESH OUTDOOR AIR FILTERS TO BE FURNISHED BY LENNOX WITH ECONOMIZER. PROVIDE WITH POWER EXHAUST FANS (BAROMETRIC RELIEF DAMPER FOR 5 TON UNITS AND BELOW). 7. HACR CIRCUIT BREAKERS TO BE FACTORY INSTALLED AND FACTORY WIRED BY LENNOX ON ALL UNITS ABOVE 12.5 TONS. UNITS 12.5 TONS AND BELOW SHALL BE SUPPLIED WITH NON -FUSED SERVICE DISCONNECT FACTORY INSTALLED AND FACTORY MREO. IPROVIDE MOTORIZED DAMPERS FOR O/A INTAKE FOR AHU. CONNECT MOTORIZED DAMPER TO TIME CLOCK TO CLOSE OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE AUTOMATICALLY WHEN THE SPACE SERVED IS NOT IN USE (OFF BUSINESS HOURS). Pro j. Mgr. JU Job. Gapt, SG Drawn by JT RON BARR, A.I.A. Revd by STATE OF FLORIDA I5 AR 0016160 U m r } m U 1-- W F=-- W H O u Q F W = F w� Oo p �' w m 00 � m U ❑ � � W < Zp O OO~ w O W a 10 UFvOo�0 <<�w =w < () 1L ~ O Z W �i z o z Z~ ¢ O W O¢ OU c6= z z O O W W U) W > O E- a>z Z W U Z F O} (A m Z Z Q F- (4 O= U m OU _ W O 2 o o 0 0 0 w= O o H 0° o< U 2 Z W = ❑ m d U) Z a U Y Q W IL Z F= LLI Z w F- D w d cn z~ W<= U U m Ww o F- W O I- W ~ O rn z = w _ Of a~ O U Z o F o w D w o z" O U w p O ❑ g U O W a- O 1 r Z U= x w z F- 13f z z D O W<_ W w O dJ Cn F=- W Z U F- < 0 < I- < O ❑ ❑ O� F Z ? < © COPYRIGHT 2012 BARR ARCHITECTURAL STUDIO Revisions: CADFILE No. NNA L O �L Mcn cc N E. N c ILI- r � 6N a. > 'I ~ 0 CD cc CO E LL O O N � L LL � 00 U) r O COvJ � U � O 0 Lo -1 0 U N r Lo U L M Sheet Title MECHANICAL NOTES & DETAILS sca le: BUCHANAN P.E. CONSULTING 1, ELECTRICAL * MECHANICAL * PLUMBING ENGINEERING 6191 W. ATLANTIC BLVD., SUITE #2 MARGATE, FL 33063 Ph: 954-590-3300 Fax: 954-590-2232 Email: mepengineers@aol.com RAJA BUCHANAN FL P.E # 48916 CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORIZATION # 8842 DATE: SEAL RAJA BUCHANAN FL P. ,# 41916 jU 5 2014 Date: 01-31-2013 Project No. 12-027 Sheet No. M2-0 2 OF 2 FILE: 1612-Mi-O.DWG -- ------------ 7 6 .......................... .............. .... ............. .......................... .... ... .. . .... .. .......... .......... . - UL. ........... - A R ii . . ............. . . .... . ... . . . . . ... q ..... ..... ..... T --- ------- REROUTE EXISTING SEWER LINE FOR THE ADJACENT TENANT, VERIFY EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION @ SITE. CONNECT TO THE EXISTING D I ?b. Capt. 3 ratan by RON BARR, A. I.A. STATE OF FLORIDA AR 0016160 @ COPYRIGHT 2012 3ARR ARCHITECTURAL STUDI U) L- 0 cy) cM (D 0) N c: 451 0 N r- 'E c: N 6 > cu 0 Lo +� 0 0) E .c �, co c: U =3 U) ry co E 0c: o C.) =3 (D 004- c: cu 0 L) 0 U) Lf) 0) =3 A.- o U) 12-Pl-O-DW(3 A> GENERAL NOTE THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS AT JOBSITE PRIOR TO STARTING ANY WORK AND NOTIFY ENGINEER/ARCHITECT IN WRITING IMMEDIATELY FOR ANY DISCREPANCIES OR THE BUILDER SHALL ACCEPT FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR ANY ERRORS OR OMISSIONS. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE MEANS AND METHODS OF CONSTRUCTION AND TO PROVIDE ALL MEASURES NECESSARY TO PROTECT THE STRUCTURE AND THE PEOPLE AT WORK OR OTHERS DURING THE CONSTRUCTION. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO SUPERVISE AND COORDINATE ALL THE WORK OF ALL TRADES THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE LOCATION OF CHASES, OPENINGS, INSERTS, SLEEVES, PADS, DEPRESSIONS, FINISHES AND WALL OPENINGS. DO NOT LOAD THE SLAB -ON -GRADE OR SUPPORTED SLAB WITH ERECTION CRANES OR ANY ERECTION EQUIPMENT. THE SLABS HAVE NOT DESIGNED FOR CRANE LOADS AND WILL REQUIRE AN INCREASE IN THICKNESS AND/OR REINFORCEMENT. OBTAIN ARCH./ENG. APPROVAL ON PROPOSED CRANE SUPPORT PLAN BEFORE COMMENCING WORK. DO NOT STORE OR STACK CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS ON POURED OR ERECTED FLOORS/ROOFS IN EXCESS OF 75% OF LIVE LOAD, GENERAL CONTRACTOR WILL ENSURE THAT ALL SUB -CONTRACTORS ARE INFORMED OF LOADING RESTRICTIONS. AVOID IMPACT WHEN PLACING MATERIALS ON POURED OR ERECTED FLOORS OR ROOF. NO STRUCTURAL MEMBER SHALL BE CUT, NOTCHED, OR OTHERWISE REDUCED IN STRENGTH SUBMIT MINIMUM FOUR (4) COPIES OF SHOP DRAWINGS AS REQUIRED. ALLOW ONE WEEK FROM DATE OF RECEIPT FOR REVIEW. ENGINEER ACCEPTS NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR GRADE BEAMS, SLABS, FOOTINGS, AND OTHER STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS UNTIL REVIEW OF APPROVED TRUSS, CONCRETE PLANK, AND OTHER SHOP DRAWINGS SIGNED AND SEALED BY A FLORIDA REGISTERED ENGINEER, DIMENSIONS & COORDINATION . DIMENSIONAL INFORMATION, PRICING, ALL DETAILS AND CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE BASED ON THE ENTIRE SET OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. COORDINATE THE REQUIREMENTS OF ALL PROFESSIONALS. USE INFORMATION FROM APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS TO SUPPLEMENT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS WHERE NECESSARY. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES TO THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO PROCEEDING, IF A CONFLICT EXISTS, THE MORE STRINGENT GOVERNS. THE CONTRACTOR MUST USE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS IN CONJUCTION WITH ARCHITECTURAL, CIVIL, PLUMBING, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS TO COORDINATE LOCATION OF DEPRESSED SLABS, SLOPES, DRAINS, OUTLETS, RECESSES, OPENINGS, REGLETS, BOLT SETTINGS, SLEEVES DIMENSIONS, ETC. (DRAWINGS NOT BE SCALED) DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN INFORMATION PRESENTED WITHIN PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS AND WITHIN STRUCTURAL NOTES ON PLANS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER BY THE CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO PRESENTING HIS OR HER BID. IF SUCH A DISCREPANCY IS DISCOVERED SUBSEQUENT TO BIDDING, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR IMPLEMENTING THE OPTION SUBSEQUENTLY SELECTED BY THE ENGINEER AT NO ADDITIONAL COST. CONTRACTORS SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FINAL VERIFICATION OF ALL DIMENSIONS, ELEVATIONS, CLEARANCES, ETC. OF THE FRAMING SHOWN ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS AGAINST INFORMATION PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURERS OF SELECTED MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO PRECEDING WITH ANY RELATED PORTION OF WORK. ITEMS REQUIRING SUCH REVIEW SHALL INCLUDE ELEVATORS (ELEVATOR PITS, BEAMS ABOVE ELEVATOR DOORS, ETC.) ESCALATORS, DUCTS, COOLING TOWERS, ETC. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY REMEDIAL WORK AND FOR ITS IMPACT ON THE WORK SCHEDULE RESULTING FROM FAILURE TO PROVIDE EARLY NOTIFICATION OF SUCH CONFLICTS TO THE DESIGN TEAM. POTENTIAL CONFLICTS, ERRORS OR OMISSIONS PRESENT WITHIN THE DRAWINGS (WHETHER WITHIN STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS OR BETWEEN STRUCTURAL, ARCHITECTURAL AND M.E.P. DRAWINGS) SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY THE CONTRACTOR DURING HIS/HER EARLY REVIEW OF THE PROJECT DOCUMENTS. SUCH CONFLICTS, ERRORS R O S O OMISSIONS SHALL BE COMMUNICATED TO THE ARCHITECT IN WRITING PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. IN THE EVENT OF FAILURE TO PROVIDE SUCH A NOTICE AND SUFFICIENT TIME FOR A RESPONSE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BECAME RESPONSIBLE FOR COST OF ALL WORK OR REMEDIAL WORK RESULTING FROM SUCH CONFLICTS, ERRORS OR OMISSION, AS WELL AS FOR ITS IMPACT ON THE PROJECT SCHEDULE. (CONTRACTOR AGREES THAT HE WILL HOLD OWNER, ARCHITECT, ENGINEER AND/OR ANY OF THEIR EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS. HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL DAMAGE AND CLAIMS WHICH MAY ARISE BY A REASON OF ANY NEGLIGENCE ON THE PART OF THE CONTRACTOR, OR ANY OF HIS SUBCONTRACTORS, OR ANY MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT SUPPLIES, AND/OR ANY OF THEIR EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS, IN THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS CONTRACT. IN CASE ANY ACTION IS BROUGHT AGAINST THE OWNER, OR ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER OR ANY OF THEIR EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS, CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSUME FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR DEFENSE THEREOF, TO THE FULL SATISFACTION OF LATTER PARTY. WHERE CRITICAL DIMENSIONS CANNOT BE DETERMINED FROM THE PLANS, OR WHERE NEW WORK ADJOINS EXISTING CONSTRUCTION, OR WHERE ONE MATERIAL ADJOINS A PREVIOUSLY PLACED MATERIAL WITH A MORE RESTRICTIVE TOLERANCE THAN IN -PLACE MATERIAL, CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE FIELD MEASUREMENTS AS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE SHOP DRAWINGS AND INSTALLATION. REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES EXCEEDING 3% BETWEEN FIELD MEASUREMENT DIMENSIONS AND SCALED DRAWING DIMENSIONS TO ARCHITECT BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH WORK, DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS: USE DIMENSIONS, WHERE A LINE OF STRUCTURE, OPENING LOCATION, OR DIMENSION IS CRITICAL AND BASED ON REQUIREMENTS OF ANOTHER TRADE OR SUBCONTRACTOR, THAT SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A SHOP DRAWING WITH THE REQUIRED DIMENSIONAL INFORMATION UPON WHICH THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BASE THE LAYOUT AND CONSTRUCTION. THIS PROCEDURE IS MANDATORY FOR CURTAIN WALL SYSTEMS, ARCHITECTURAL PRECAST SYSTEMS, AND ALL MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL OPENINGS. THE ENGINEER WILL CLOUD OR OTHERWISE INDICATE REVISIONS TO THESE DOCUMENTS ONLY AFTER THEY HAVE BEEN ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR FINAL PRICING, CHANGES PRIOR TO THAT DATE WILL NOT BE CLOUDED. CHANGES AND/OR REVISIONS AFTER THE CONSTRUCTION OR FINAL PRICING ISSUE WILL BE CLOUDED IN AN ATTEMPT TO BRING TO THE CONTRACTOR'S ATTENTION ANY MAJOR ITEMS. HOWEVER, IT SHALL BE SOLELY THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO COORDINATE THE PRICING AND CONSTRUCTION OF ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THESE DOCUMENTS. INCLUDING REVISIONS , (FLAGGED OR UN -FLAGGED) WITH ALL OF HIS SUPPLIERS AND SUBCONTRACTORS. REVISIONS ARE IDENTIFIED BY A REVISION NUMBER WITHIN A TRIANGLE, ALL REVISIONS ISSUED ON A SINGLE DATE WILL BE IDENTIFIED BY THE SAME NUMBER. CONSTRUCTION TO COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF THE GOVERNING BUILDING CODE, AND ALL OTHER APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL CODES, STANDARDS, REGULATIONS AND LAWS. DETAILS LABELED AS "TYPiCAL DETAILS" ON DRAWINGS AND DETAIL SHEETS, APPLY TO ALL SITUATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR OR SAME AS THOSE SPECIFICALLY DETAILED, SUCH DETAILS APPLY WHETHER OR NOT THEY ARE KEYED AT EACH LOCATION ON PLAN DRAWINGS. QUESTIONS REGARDING APPLICABILITY OF DETAILS SHALL BE RESOLVED BY THE ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER. CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS MUST GET APPROVAL FROM PERMITTING AGENCIES, THUS IT IS UNDERSTOOD THIS SET OF STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS IS NOT ON FINAL FORM UNTIL IT BEARS THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT PLANS REVIEW PROCESS STAMP AND SIGNATURE OF APPROVAL, SHOP DRAWINGS & STRUCTURAL SUBMITTALS SUBMIT TO THE ENGINEER FOUR ORIGINALS ONLY AFTER THEY HAVE BEEN REVIEWED BY THE CONTRACTOR. IF ADDITIONAL COPIES OF ANY MATERIAL ARE REQUIRED, PLEASE PROVIDE SUCH, HOWEVER ONLY THREE COPIES WILL BE MARKED BY THE ENGINEER, UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES WILL THE USE OF STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS PREPARED BY THIS OFFICE BE PERMITTED FOR SHOP DRAWING OR BACKGROUND USE, THIS INCLUDES BOTH PHOTOGRAPHIC AND ELECTRONIC REPRODUCTION. SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE PREPARED ENTIRELY BY THE VENDOR OR SUBCONTRACTOR GENERATING SUCH SUBMITTAL. THE USE OF ANY DRAWING PREPARED BY THIS OFFICE AS BACKGROUND INDICATES ACCEPTANCE OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS BY OUR OFFICE FOR THEIR USE AND STIPULATED COMPENSATION MUST BE DELIVERED TO OUR OFFICE PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL OF SHOP DRAWINGS, OTHERWISE, SHOP DRAWINGS WILL BE RETURNED NON REVIEWED. REVIEW OF SHOP DRAWINGS IS NOT CONDUCTED FOR DETERMINING THE ACCURACY AND COMPLETENESS OF DETAILS OR FOR SUBSTANTIATING FABRICATION INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION OR PERFORMANCE OF EQUIPMENT OF SYSTEM, ALL OF WHICH SHALL REMAIN THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. REVIEW OF SHOP DRAWINGS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE APPROVAL OF SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, CONSTRUCTION MEANS, METHODS, SEQUENCES OR PROCEDURES, NOR DOES IT INDICATES APPROVAL OF ASSEMBLY OF WHICH THE ITEM IS A COMPONENT. COORDINATION OF ALL TRADES SHALL REMAIN THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR MUST REVIEW ALL QUANTITIES AND DIMENSIONS. ALLOW ADEQUATE TIME FOR TRANSIT, AND PROCESSING BEFORE FABRICATION OUR OFFICE WILL REVIEW AN AVERAGE SUBMITTAL WITHIN 15 CALENDAR DAYS OF RECEIPT DRAWINGS RECEIVED AFTER 3:00 PM WILL BE STAMPED AS RECEIVED THE FOLLOWING DAY. REVIEW OF SHOP DRAWINGS IS LIMITED TO TWO REVIEWS PER SUBMITTAL WITHIN THE SCOPE OF BASIC SERVICES, THAT IS ONE INITIAL REVIEW AND ONE ADDITIONAL REVIEW ONCE MARKED ITEMS HAVE BEEN CORRECTED, REVIEW OF ADDITIONAL SUBMITTALS WILL BE CONSIDERED ADDITIONAL SERVICES, FOR WHICH THE CONTRACTOR MAY BE HELD RESPONSIBLE, THOSE ADDITIONAL SERVICES FEES WILL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE AGREEMENT FOR THIS PROJECT, OUR OFFICE WILL MARK ONLY THREE SETS OF DRAWINGS REGARDLESS OF HOW MANY COPIES HAD BEEN SUBMITTED, ONLY AFTER DRAWINGS BEAR EVIDENCE OF BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY THE CONTRACTOR, SHOP DRAWINGS SUBMITTED TO OUR OFFICE WITHOUT CONTRACTORS APPROVAL WILL BE RETURNED UN REVIEWED, SPECIALTY OR DELEGATED ENGINEERING SHOP DRAWINGS: BY DEFINITION A DELEGATED ENGINEER IS A FLORIDA REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER, NOT THE ENGINEER OF RECORD, WHO SPECIALIZED IN AND WHO UNDERTAKES THE DESIGN OF STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS OR STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS INCLUDED IN A SPECIFIC SUBMITTAL PREPARED FOR THIS PROJECT. THE DELEGATED OR SPECIALTY ENGINEER SHALL BE AN EMPLOYEE OR OFFICER OF A FABRICATOR, AN EMPLOYEE OR OFFICER OF AN ENTITY SUPPLYING COMPONENTS TO A FABRICATOR, OR AN INDEPENDENT CONSULTANT RETAINED BY THE FABRICATOR OR HIS SUPPLIER. SUBMITTAL AND RE -SUBMITTAL FOR CUSTOM DESIGNED, MANUFACTURED OR FABRICATED LOAD -CARRYING MEMBERS, COMPONENTS OR ITEMS, SUBJECT TO FORCES OR STRESSES AND THEIR CONNECTION OR ANCHORAGE REQUIRE A DELEGATED OR SPECIALTY ENGINEER. THE FOLLOWING SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS REQUIRE FABRICATION, AND ERECTION DRAWINGS ALONG WITH SIGNED AND SEALED CALCULATIONS BY A DELEGATED ENGINEER: -ALUMINIUM OR LIGHT GAGE STEEL EXTERIOR WALL SYSTEMS. -GLAZING AND STORE FRONT SYSTEMS, INCLUDING MULLIONS AND CONNECTIONS -POST-TENSIONED CONCRETE MEMBERS -PREFABRICATED WOOD TRUSSES -PRECAST CONCRETE COMPONENTS: WALLS, COLUMNS, JOISTS -CONCRETE TILT -UP WALLS AND COMPONENTS -SHORING AND RE -SHORING DRAWINGS ALL SUBMITTALS SHALL CLEARLY IDENTIFY THE SPECIFIC PROJECT AND APPLICABLE CODES, AS WELL AS THE DESIGN CRITERIA WHICH SHOULD NOT BE IN CONFLICT WITH THOSE SPECIFIED ON THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, THE APPLICABLE BUILDING CODE NOR THE SPECIFICATIONS. IN CASE OF CONFLICT REQUEST FOR CLARIFICATION MUST BE SUBMITTED IN WRITING TO A/E, OR THE MOST STRINGENT CRITERIA MUST BE USED. SUBMITTAL MUST SHOW ALL DETAILS, PLANS AND NECESSARY INFORMATION FOR THE PROPER FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION OF SYSTEM OR COMPONENTS, CALCULATIONS AND DRAWINGS MUST CLEARLY IDENTIFY SPECIFIC PRODUCTS UTILIZED SINCE GENERIC PRODUCTS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. ALL SHOP DRAWINGS AND CALCULATIONS MUST BEAR THE IMPRESSED SEAL, DATE AND SIGNATURE OF THE DELEGATED OR SPECIALTY ENGINEER. IN CASE THAT COMPUTER PRINT-OUTS ARE SUBMITTED THOSE MUST BE ACCOMPANIED WITH DESCRIPTIVE INFORMATION AS OF THE INPUT AND OUTPUT FOR THEIR PROPER EVALUATION, SUCH DESCRIPTION OF COMPUTER PRINT-OUTS MUST BE SIGNED AND SEALED AS WELL WITH A NOTE INDICATING FULL ACCEPTANCE AND LIABILITY OVER THE RESULTS OF SAID COMPUTER PROGRAM. REVIEW BY OUR OFFICE OR OF SUBMITTAL S IS LIMITED TO VERIFYING THAT THE SPECIFIC STRUCTURAL SUBMITTAL HAVE BEEN FURNISHED; THAT THE STRUCTURAL SUBMITTAL HAVE BEEN SIGNED AND SEALED BY THE DELEGATED ENGINEER; THAT THE SPECIFIED CRITERIAS, AND DESIGN INTENT HAVE BEEN FOLLOWED AND UNDERSTOOD BY THE DELEGATED ENGINEER; AND THAT THE CONFIGURATION SET FORTH IN THE STRUCTURAL SUBMITTAL IS CONSISTENT WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. NO DETAIL CHECK OF DIMENSIONS OR QUANTITIES WILL BE MADE SINCE THIS TO BE PERFORMED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. SUBMITTALS NOT MEETING THE ABOVE CRITERIA WILL BE RETURNED NON REVIEWED, CONCRETE A CERTIFIED TESTING AGENCY SHALL PERFORM INDUSTRY -STANDARD TESTING INCLUDING SLUMP TESTS AND CYLINDER BREAKS TO ENSURE CONFORMANCE WITH PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. SUBMIT REPORTS TO ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER. REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE DEFORMED BARS CONFORMING TO A.S.T.M. A615 GRADE 60 (Fy = 60 KSI) AND CONCRETE STRENGTH SHALL BE 3000 PSI AT 28 DAYS. WELDED FIRE FABRIC SHALL BE W/6x6 W2.OxW2.0 WWF CONFORMING WITH A.S.T.M. A185. TIE WIRES SHALL CONFORM WITH A.S.T.M. A82 REINFORCING INSTALLATION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE RECENT ACI CODE. REBARS IN BEAMS, COLUMNS AND SLABS SHALL BE FULLY SECURED PRIOR TO FINAL POUR, REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE CLEAN AND FREE FROM FOREIGN DEBRIS, NONMETALLIC COATINGS. THE REINFORCEMENT STEEL SHALL ALSO BE FREE FROM RESIDUES SUCH AS OIL, MUD, DIRT, SCALE ANY PITTING AND NICKS THAT IS MORE THAN 2% OF THE TOTAL CROSS SECTIONAL AREA OF ANY REBAR. REINFORCING STEEL SHALL HAVE THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM COVER: ANY CONCRETE POUR AGAINST EARTH 3" ANY FOOTINGS TOP, BOTTOM AND SIDES 3" BEAMS PRIMARY REINFORCEMENT AND STIRRUPS 1.5" COLUMNS PRIMARY REINF., TIES AND SPIRALS 1.5" SLAB ON GRADE BOTTOM COVER 2" SLABS 1.5" VERTICAL BARS IN CONCRETE COLUMNS MUST BE CONTINUOUS, REBARS SHALL BE LAPPED EQUIVALENT TO 48 DIA. OF LARGER SIZE LAPPING BARS OR MIN. 30" OR OTHERWISE AS NOTED. LAPPING BARS MUST BE SECURED WITH MINIMUM WITH 3 TWIST TIES. VERTICAL COLUMN REINFORCEMENT MUST LAP WITH HORIZONTAL REBARS IN BEAMS A LENGHT EQUIVALENT 15 BAR DIA. OF LARGER SIZE LAPPING BARS OR MIN. 12" OR OTHERWISE AS NOTED, LAPPING BARS MUST BE SECURED WITH MIN. (2) TWIST TIES. VERTICAL COLUMN REINFORCEMENT MUST LAP WITH HORIZONTAL REBARS IN FOOTER AND SLAB A LENGTH EQUIVALENT 15 BAR DIA. OF LARGER SIZE LAPPING BARS OR MIN. 121, OR OTHERWISE AS NOTED. LAPPING BARS MUST BE SECURED WITH MIN. (2) TWIST TIES. CORNERS BARS IN CONCRETE BEAMS MUST LAP WITH MAIN BARS IN BEAMS A LENGTH EQUIVALENT TO 42 BAR DIA. OF LARGER SIZE LAPPING BARS OR MIN. 36" OR OTHERWISE AS NOTED. LAPPING BARS MUST BE SECURED WITH MIN. (4) TWIST TIES, CORNERS BARS IN CONCRETE FOOTERS MUST LAP WITH ALL MAIN FOOTER REBARS A LENGTH EQUIVALENT TO 42 BAR DIA. OF LARGER SIZE LAPPING BARS OR MIN. 36" OR OTHERWISE AS NOTED. LAPPING BARS MUST BE SECURED WITH MIN. (4) TWIST TIES. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE ADEQUACY OF FORMS AND SHORING AND FOR SAFE PRACTICE IN THEIR USE AND REMOVAL. CONTRACTOR TO MAINTAIN FLOORS 100% SHORED. CONTRACTOR SHALL ERECT FORM WORK IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH ACI 347. PROVIDE CHAMFERS AT ALL CORNERS IN CONCRETE MEMBERS EXPOSED TO VIEW. FORM WORK TO REMAIN IN PLACE UNTIL CONCRETE HAS ATTAINED ENOUGH STRENGTH TO SUPPORT ALL DEAD LOADS PLUS A MINIMUM OF 50 P.S.F. OF ADDITIONAL CONSTRUCTION LOAD, FOUNDATION NOTES CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION, DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. GO BY DIMENSIONS ONLY, A CERTIFIED TESTING AGENCY SHALL PERFORM INDUSTRY -STANDARD SOIL DENSITY TESTS TO ENSURE CONFORMANCE WITH GEOTECHNICAL SOIL REPORT. SUBMIT REPORTS TO ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER, THERE SHALL BE A 12 HOUR TIME DELAY FOR IMPOSING A LOAD ON A SLAB AFTER CONCRETE PLACEMENT FOUNDATION DESIGN IS BASED ON 2500 PSF NET ALLOWABLE SOIL BEARING CAPACITY, ALL REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE GRADE 60, AND CONCRETE STRENGTH SHALL BE 3000 PSI AT 28 DAYS, SPLICES IN REINFORCING BARS SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 36 BAR DIAMETERS AND REINFORCING SHALL BE CONTINUOUS AROUND ALL CORNERS AND CHANGES IN DIRECTION. CONTINUITY SHALL BE PROVIDED AT CORNERS OR CHANGES IN DIRECTION BY BENDING THE LONGITUDINAL STEEL AROUND THE CORNER 48 BAR DIAMETERS OR BY ADDING MATCHING REINFORCING STEEL WHICH SHALL EXTEND 48 BAR DIAMETERS FROM EACH CORNER OR CHANGE IN DIRECTION. COLUMN AND WALL CENTERLINES SHALL COINCIDE WITH FOOTING CENTERLINES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. SEE FOUNDATION PLAN FOR TOP ELEVATION OF ALL ISOLATED COLUMN FOOTINGS AND PADS THE SOIL UNDER ALL FOOTINGS AND GROUND SLABS SHALL BE TREATED WITH AN APPROVED PRE -CONSTRUCTION TERMITICIDE TREATMENT WITH A CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE ISSUED TO THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT PER FBC 1816 AND 2326.5. REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY NOTES THE REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY DESIGN FOR THIS STRUCTURE IS BASED ON RATIONAL ANALYSIS PER F.B.C. SECTION 2118. F.B.C. 2122.1 STATES THAT THE PROVISIONS OF ACI 530-08/ASCE 5-10, BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR MASONRY STRUCTURES, AND THE COMMENTARY ON BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR MASONRY STRUCTURES, ARE HEREBY ADOPTED AS A MINIMUM: HOWEVER, THE REQUIREMENT OF THE STANDARD SHALL NOT SUPERCEDE THE SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS OF THIS CHAPTER, REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY SHALL BE STELL REINFORCED SOLID UNIT MASONRY OR STEEL REINFORCED GROUTED HOLLOW UNIT MASONRY. THE DESIGN OF BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES OF REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY SHALL BE BY PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER OR REGISTRED ARCHITECH, MASONRY UNIT SHALL CONFORM TO A.S.T.M, C90-90 AND SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM PRISM STRENGTH OF 1500 PSI IN 28 DAYS IN ACCORDANCE WITH A.S.T.M. E-447-84. UNITS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 4,8% SOLID. USE TYPE "S" MORTER IN ACCORDANCE WITH A.S.T.M. C-270.92. MASONRY UNITS SHALL HAVE 3/81, FULL BEDDING. MORTER PROTRUDING INTO CELL CAVITIES, THAT ARE REINFORCED AND GROUTED, SHALL BE REMOVED, ALLOW MIN. OF 24 HIPS FOR MORTER TO CURE BEFORE PLACING GROUT. GROUT TO BE USED IN FILLED CELLS SHALL BE OF PEA ROCK PUMP MIX WITH A MIN. COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 3000 PSI IN 28 DAYS IN ACCORDANCE WITH F.B.C. 2122,6.5 THE SLUMP SHALL BE 9" (;1) AND PLACE IN ACCORDANCE WITH F.B.C. 2122.6.5.3. GROUTED CELLS WITH REINFORCING SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM IF (1) # 6 VERTICAL AT EACH CORNER, EACH SIDE OF WALL OPENINGS, AND MAXIMUM OF 4'-O" THEREAFTER, TIE BEAM AND FILLED CELLS SHALL BE PLACED IN SEPARATE LIFTS AND CONSOLIDATED AS REQUIRED TO COMPLETELY FILL EACH CELL. CLEAN OUT OPENINGS SHALL BE PROVIDED AT THE BOTTOM OF ALL FILLED CELLS FOR INSPECTION, REINFORCING BARS SHALL BE NEW BILLET STEEL PER A.S.T.M. A615-94, GRADE 60, LAP REINFORCING AS NOTED ON PLANS. CONCRETE MASONRY BLOCKS SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH MASONRY JOINT REINFORCEMENT AT OTHER COURSE. REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE CONTINUOUS WITH (2) BLOCK WIDTH LAPSE AT ENDS AND SHALL BE INSERTED INTO CELLS OR TIE COLUMNS MIN. 4" THE MINIMUM SIZE OF HORIZONTAL JOINT REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE GAUGE 9 "LADDER" TYPE REINFORCEMENT. STANDING SEAM ROOFING NOTES: ALL AREAS WHERE MASTIC TO BE APPLIED SHOULD BE WIPED CLEAN WITH A MILD DETERGANT OR AN ALL PURPOSE CLEANER BEFORE MASTIC APPLICATION. ALL EXPOSED FASTENERS SHOULD PENETRATE THE SEALANT FOR THE MOST WEATHER TIGHT CONNECTION IN ROOF AND WALLS WHERE APPLICABLE ALL SHEET METAL ROOF PANELS SHALL HAVE STRUCTURAL QUALITY ASTM A-792, WITH A MIN. - COATING THICKNESS AS PER AZ-55 DESIGNATION, AND WITH MIN. Fy=50 ksi ALL SCREWS TO BE HEX HEAD, SELF DRILLING, NON CORROSIVE ALL ROOF PANEL SIDELAPS AND ENDLAPS SHALL HAVE A CONTINOUS STRIP OF MASTIC SEALER SEE FOUNDATION PLAN FOR REINF. (4) #5 CRANK BARS ral BOTTOM MATCH/OVERLAP WALL FOOTING REINF. 36" SEE FOUNDATION PLAN FOR WALL FTG, REINF. PAD FTG. (SEE PLAN) ALONG PIPE LENGTH ff STRUCTURAL STEEL NOTES STELL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE A.I.S.C, SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE DESIGN, FABRICATION AND ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL BUILDINGS LATEST EDITION. STEEL TUBING SHALL CONFORM TO A.S.T.M. A500 GRADE B. STRUCTURAL STEEL WIDE FLANGE SHAPES SHALL BE A.S.T.M, GRADE A-572 Fy = 50 KSI. ALL OTHER SHAPES SHALL BE A.S.T.M. A36, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. BRACE AND MAINTAIN ALL STEEL IN ALIGNMENT UNTIL OTHER PARTS OF CONSTRUCTION NECESSARY FOR PERMANENT SUPPORT ARE COMPLETED. CPNTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTALLING TEMPORARY SHORING AS REQUIRED FOR THE STABILITY OF THE STEEL FRAME UNTIL ALL STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS HAVE BEEN COMPLETED AND BUILDING IS ENCLOSED. ALL WELDINGS SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE STANDARD CODE FOR WELDING IN BUILDING CONSTRUCTION OF THE AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY. WELDING ELECTRODES SHALL BE E70XX- LOW HYDROGENE FOR SHIELD AND METAL ARC WELDING. SHOP WELDING AND FIELD WELDS SHALL BE PERFORMED BY CERTIFIED WELDERS ONLY PRESSURE TREATED WOOD NOTE: ALL WOOD IN CONTACT WITH CONCRETE SHALL BE PRESSURE TREATED OR SEPARATED WITH (2) LAYERS OF 30 LB. BUILDING PAPER, THE USE OFF CCA PRESSURE TREATED LUMBER IS PROHIBITED, FOR INTERIOR APPLICATIONS (NOT EXPOSED TO WEATHER) PROVIDE SODIUM BORATE (SBX) TREATED LUMBER. FOR EXTERIOR USE PROVIDE COPPER AZOLE (CA) OR AKALINE COPPER QUATERNARY (ACQ) LUMBER. FASTENERS AND CONNECTORS ACCEPTABLE FOR USE WITH PRESSURE TREATED LUMBER SHALL BE HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED. HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED CONNECTORS SHALL MEET ASTM A653, CLASS G185 STANDARDS. HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED FASTENERS SHALL MEET ASTM A153 STANDARDS. FASTENERS USED TOGETHER SHALL BE SAME TYPE (E.G, HOT DIPPED NAILS WITH HOT DIPPED JOIST HANGERS). TYPE 304 AND 316 STAINLESS STEEL PRODUCTS ARE REQUIRED FOR MAXIMUM CORROSION RESISTANCE. MECHANICAL FASTENER NOTES EXPANSION ANCHORS SHALL BE "POWER STUD" BY RAWL OR "TRU-BOLT" BY ITW RAMSET/REDHEAD OR ENGINEER APPROVED EQUAL, ADHESIVE ANCHORS SHALL BE "POWER"EPCON" BY ITW RAMSET/REDHEAD OR ENGINEER APPROVED OR EQUAL. MASONRY SCREWS"TAPCON BY ITW RAMSET/REDHEAD OR ENGINEER APPROVED OR EQUAL POWER ACTUATED FASTENERS (PAF) RAMSET/REDHEAD , HILTI BOLTS: BOLTS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM STANDARD A325. ALL BOLT HOLES SHALL BE STANDARD SIZE WITH 1/16 INCH MAXIMUM TOLERANCE, BOLTS TO BE HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED OR ZINC COATED. BOLTS TO HAVE WASHERS ON BOTH ENDS. WASHERS TO BE HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED OR ZINC COATED. REINFORCING STEEL: REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE DEFORMED BARS CONFORMING TO ASTM A615 GRADE 60 (Fy = 60KSI0. WELDED WIRE FABRIC SHALL BE 6"x6"-#10x#10 CONFORMING WITH ASTM A185. TIE -WIRES SHALL CONFORM WITH ASTM A82. REINFORCING INSTALLATION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE RECENT ACI CODE. REBARS IN BEAMS, COLUMNS, AND SLABS SHALL BE FULLY SECURED PRIOR TO FINAL POUR, REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE CLEAN AND FREE FROM FOREIGN DEBRIS, NONMETALLIC COATINGS. THE REINFORCEMENT STEEL SHALL ALSO BE FREE FROM RESIDUES SUCH AS OIL, MUD, DIRT, SCALE ANY PITTING AND NICKS THAT IS MORE THAN 2% OF THE TOTAL CROSS -SECTIONAL AREA OF ANY REBAR. REINFORCING STEEL SHALL HAVE THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM COVER: ANY CONCRETE POURED AGAINST EARTH 3.0" ALL FOOTINGS TOP, BOTTOM AND SIDES 3.0" BEAMS PRIMARY REINFORCEMENT AND STIRRUPS TOP AND BOTTOM SIDES 1.5" SLAB -ON -GRADE BOTTOM COVER SLABS 2.0" COLUMNS PRIMARY REINFORCEMENT, TIES AND SPIRALS 1.5" VERTICAL COLUMN REINFORCEMENT MUST LAP WITH HORIZONTAL REBARS IN BEAMS A LENGTH EQUIVALENT TO 15 BAR DIAMETER OF LARGER SIZE LAPPING BARS OR MINIMUM 12 INCHES OR OTHERWISE AS NOTED. LAPPING BARS MUST BE SECURED WITH MINIMUM 2 TWIST TIES, VERTICAL COLUMN REINFORCEMENT MUST LAP WITH HORIZONTAL REBARS IN FOOTER AND SLAB A LENGTH EQUIVALENT TO 15 BAR DIAMETER OF LARGER SIZE LAPPING BARS OR MINIMUM 12 INCHES OR OTHERWISE AS NOTED. LAPPING BARS MUST BE SECURED BY MINIMUM 2 TWIST TIES, CORNER BARS IN CONCRETE BEAMS MUST LAP WITH MAIN BARS IN BEAMS A LENGTH EQUIVALENT TO 42 BAR DIAMETER OF LARGER SIZE BARS OR MINIMUM 36 INCHES OR OTHERWISE AS NOTED, LAPPING BARS MUST BE SECURED WITH MINIMUM 4 TWIST TIES. CORNER BARS IN CONCRETE FOOTERS MUST LAP WITH ALL MAIN FOOTER REBARS A LENGTH EQUIVALENT TO 42 BAR DIAMETER OF LARGER SIZE BARS OR MINIMUM 36 INCHES OR OTHERWISE AS NOTED. LAPPING BARS SHALL BE SECURED WITH MINIMUM 4 TWIST TIES. %•irl MIK14._ WELDING WORK SHALL BE COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RECENT AWI CODE, WELDS SHALL BE WITH E70XX ELECTRODES. WELDING SHALL BE COMPLETED AND CERTIFIED BY A LICENSED AND APPROVED WELDER, STEEL JOIST NOTES A CERTIFIED TESTING AGENCY SHALL BE ENGAGED TO PERFORM INDUSTRY STANDARD INSPECTIONS TO ENSURE CONFORMANCE WITH PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. SUBMIT REPORTS TO ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER, ALL DESIGN, FABRICATION AND ERECTION OF STEEL JOISTS AND BRIDGING SHALL BE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE CURRENT SPECIFICATIONS OF STEEL JOIST INSTITUDE AND RECOMMENDED CODE OF STANDARD PRACTICE. THE ENDS OF ALL BRIDGING LINES TERMINATING AT WALLS OR BEAMS SHALL BE ANCHORED TO THE WALL OR BEAM. ALL STEEL JOIST ARE TO BE CAMBERED AS SPECIFIED BY S.J.I. PROVIDE BOTTOM AND/OR TOP CHORD EXTENSIONS AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, MIN. JOIST BEARING SHALL BE 2 1/2" FOR K-SERIES JOIST, 4" FOR LH, DLH AND SLH 15-18, AND 6" FOR SLH 19-25 ON A STEEL MEMBER OR EMBEDDED PLATE, BRIDGING SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED TO MEET THE SIZE AND SPACING REQUIREMENTS OF THE S.J.I. STANDARD SPECIFIATIONS FOR OPEN WEB STEEL JOISTS. ALL BRIDGING AND BRIDGING ANCHORS SHALL BE COMPLETELY INSTALLED BEFORE CONSTUCTION LOADS ARE PLACE ON THE JOISTS. ALL JOIST 40'-O" OR LONGER REQUIRE A ROW OF BOLTED BRIDGING TO BE IMPLACE BEFORE SLAKENING OF HOISTING LINES. OTHER JOISTS REQUIRE SIMILAR BRIDGING (CONSULT LATES S.J.I. SPECIFICATIONS) CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH BAR JOIST CERTIFICATIONS SIGNED AND SEALED BY AN ENGINEER REGISTRED IN THE STATE OF FLORIDA. FOR NET UPLIFTS SEE NET UPLIFT PLAN, PROVIDE UPLIFT BRIDGING. ALL ITEMS SUSPENDED FROM JOISTS (I.E., CAT WALKS, BALCONIE, OPERABLE PARTITIONS, ETC.) SHALL BE INSTALLED AFTER DEAD LOAD HAS BEEN APPLIED. ANY STEEL JOIST WITHIN A 4'-O" DISTANCE FROM A PARALLEL SUPPORT SHALL BE FABRICATED IN SUCH A WAY THAT CAMBER OF THE JOIST NOT, CAUSE A PROBLEM INSTALLING THE METAL DECK. (4) #5 BAR ON TOP. LINE UP WITH BOTTOM BARS DIAGONALLY PLACED EXISTING 6" PIPE IN PROTECTIVE SLEEVE (4) #5 CRANK BARS rd BOTTOM MATCH/OVERLAP WALL FOOTING REINF. 36" #5 TRANSERVE BARS rd 12" O/C P SECTION — — __ WALL/PAD ON A SCALE: N.T.S. CONC, FILLED PRE-FAB. LINTEL BREAK 3"x5" PRE-FAB. KNOCKOUT AT LINTEL TO ALLOW NELSON STUD 6"x6"x5/8" STL. ANGLE w/(1) 5/8" DIA. x 4" NELSON STUD STL. COL TYP. SCALE: N.T.S. TIE BEAM REINFORCING NOTES TIE COLUMN REINFORCING BAR SPLICES SHALL BE LAPPED 30" MINIMUM. VERTICAL REINFORCING BARS SHALL BE PLACED IN CONCRETE FILLED CELLS AND SHALL EXTEND INTO THE FOOTINGS AND INTO THE BEAM, ALL SUCH BARS SHALL BE CONTINUOUS FROM FOOTING TO TIE BEAM, AND SHALL TERMINATE AT EACH END WITH A STANDARD ACI HOOK. SPLICES IN TIE BEAM REINFORCING STEEL ON STRAIGHT RUNS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY LAPPING MINIMUM 30". SPLICES IN TIE BEAM REINFORCING STEEL AROUND CORNERS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY BENDING TWO BARS, ONE OUTSIDE TOP AND ONE OUTSIDE BOTTOM AROUND CORNER 30" MINIMUM, OR BY ADDING TWO #5 BARS, ONE OUTSIDE TOP AND ONE OUTSIDE BOTTOM WHICH EXTENDS 30" EACH WAY FROM CORNER. TIE BEAMS SHALL HAVE (4) # 3 TIES AT 12 INCHES O.C, AT CORNERS AND AT EACH BEND AND AT 36 INCHES O.C. ELSEWHERE, PER F.B.C. 2121.2.3.2. LIGHTGAGE METAL FRAMING A CERTIFIED TESTING AGENCY SHALL BE ENGAGED TO PERFORM INDUSTRY STANDARD INSPECTIONS TO ENSURE CONFORMANCE WITH PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. SUBMIT REPORTS TO ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER OF RECORD, CONNECT STEEL STUDS AND TRACKS TO A36 STEEL OR CONCRETE WITH (2) POWDER ACTUATED FASTENERS (PAR AT EACH STUD AND CONNECT STEEL STUDS AND TRACKS TO EACH OTHERS WITH (2) #8-18 SCREWS AT EACH STUD (TYPICAL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE) SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATION AND EXTENDS OF STEEL STUD WORK. NOTE: "POWDER ACTUATED FASTENERS (PAR REFERS TO 0.145 DIA, SHANK DOMED -HEAD, LOW VELOCITY POWDER ACTUATED FASTENERS AS MANUFACTURED BY POWERS RAWL OR APPROVED EQUAL WITH MINIMUM CAPACITIES AS FOLLOWS: IN 3000 PSI CONCRETE: 1 y" PENETRATION = 185# PULLOUT & 225# SHEAR IN A36 STEEL: y" MATERIAL = 430# PULLOUT & 660# SHEAR (PIN MUST BE FULLY PENETRATED THE MATERIAL BY %" MINIMUM) STELL STUDS SHALL MEET FOLLOWING DESIGN CRITERIA: GALV G-20 ASTM A525, MINIMUM YIELD STRESS SHALL BE 50,000 PSI FOR 12ga, 14ga, 16ga AND 33000 PSI FOR 18ga & 20ga 1. SEE PLAN AND SECTIONS FOR SIZES REQUIRED. 2. ALL SIZES SHALL HAVE 1%8" FLANGES BRACING DURING CONSTRUCTION: PROVIDE 1%" COLD -ROLLED CHANNELS OR HORIZONTAL STRAP BRACING FOR WALLS IMMEDIATELY AFTER STUDS ARE ERECTED. EXECUTION: POSITION STUDS VERTICALLY IN RUNNERS AND SPACE NO GREATER THAN 16". SECURELY ANCHOR EACH STUD TO RUNNER WITH (4) #8-18 LOW PROFILE SCREWS, TWO TOP AND TWO AT BOTTOM, WITH ONE SCREW IN EACH FLANGE. TRACKS SHALL BE SECURELY ANCHORED TO THE SUPPORTING STRUCTURE AS SHOWN ON PLANS. AT TRUCK BUTT JOINTS, ABUTTING PIECES OF TRACK SHALL BE SECURELY ANCHORED TO A COMMON STRUCTURAL ELEMENT, OR THEY SHALL BE BUTT -WELDED OR SPLICED TOGETHER, JACK STUDS OR CRIPPLES SHALL BE INSTALLED BELOW WINDOW SILLS, ABOVE WINDOW AND DOOR HEADS, AT FREE STANDING STAIR RAILS, AND ELSEWHERE TO FURNISH SUPPORT, AND SHALL BE SECURELY ATTACHED TO SUPPORTING MEMBERS. PROVISIONS FOR STRUCTURAL VERTICAL MOVEMENT SHALL BE PROVIDED WHERE INDICATED ON THE PLANS. SPLICES IN AXIALLY LOADED STUDS SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED. EXTERIOR CEILING SHEATHING: ATTACH GYPSUM SHEATHING TO EXTERIOR OF EACH STUD WITH 1" TYPE(S) S-12 COATED SCREWS SPACED Y8"FROM ENDS AND EDGES AND AT 4" O/C. LATERAL BRACING (HORIZANTAL BRIDGING) FOR WALLS: ENSURE BOTH STUDS FLANGES ARE ATTACHED TO TOP AND BOTTOM RUNNER FLANGES. HORIZONTAL BRIDGING MUST BE INSTALLED AT SPACING NOT TO EXCEED 481, O/C MEASURED VERTICALLY FOR AXIAL LOAD BEARING WALLS. METAL STUD INSTALLATION: METAL STUD SHALL EXTEND INTO ALL TRACKS UNTIL IT IS WITHIN Y„ OF THE TRACK WEB, NO METAL STUD TRACKS SHALL EXTEND PAST THE EDGE OF THE SUPPORT MORE THAN ONE THIRD OF ITS WIDTH (e.g. A 6" TRACK MAY EXTEND BEYOND THE EDGE OF SUPPORT A MAX. OF 6/3=21 NO STRUCTURAL MEMBER SHALL BE CUT, NOTCHED, OR OTHERWISE REDUCED IN STRENGTH BEYOND THE SCOPE OF THIS PLAN WITHOUT CONSULTING ENGINEER OF RECORD. REPORT ANY DISCREPENCIES TO ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY CENTER OF NEW STEEL COLUMN = CENTER OF NEW PAD FOOTING ECCENTRICITY IS NOT ALLOWED U.O.N. ALL FIELD CONDITIONS SHALL BE VERIFIED BY THE CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO COMMENCING THE CONSTRUCTION ADEQUATE VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL SHORING SHALL BE PROVIDED TO SAFELY SUPPORT ALL LOADS DURING INSTALLATION DESIGN CRITERIA ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FLORIDA BUILDING CODE 2010 EDITION ALONG WITH ALL APPLICABLE STATE AND LOCAL CODES, ORDINANCES AND REGULATIONS APPLICABLE BUILDING & DESIGN CODES: 1) FLORIDA BUILDING CODE 2010 EDITION 2) ACI 318 BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR STRUCTURAL CONCRETE, THE LATEST EDITION 3) CRSI MANUAL OF STANDARD PRACTICE, THE LATEST EDITION 4) STRUCTURAL WELDED WIRE REINFORCEMENT OF STANDARD PRACTICE, WIRE REINFORCEMENT INSTITUTE 5) ACI 530/ASCE 5 BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR MASONRY STRUCTURES, THE LATEST EDITION DESIGN LOADS: 1) WIND DESIGN LOADS; WIND LOADING SHALL COMPLY TO ASCE 7-10 WIND VELOCITY 140 MPH EXPOSURE CATEGORY C RISK CATEGORY II INTERNAL PRESSURE COEFFICIENT = ,/- 0.18 Kd = 0.85 MEAN ROOF HEIGHT 20'-O" NET UPLIFTS SHOWN HEREIN ARE BASED ON (GROSS UPLIFT) PER ASCE 7-10 ASD DESIGN (0.6W NO FURTHER REDUCTION ALLOWED), COMPONENTS & CLADDING ZONES 1, 2 AND 3, ZONE1.............................................................. - 28.0 PSF ZONE2. ............................................................. - 46.0 PSF ZONE3.............................................................. - 69.0 PSF a = END ZONE DISTANCE ..........................-, 8'-0" a a=END ZONE DISTANCE ROOF ZONES THE PRESSURES PROVIDED IN THE TABLE ARE INFORMATION PURPOSES ONLY. IT IS APPLICABLE ONLY FOR GENERAL CONDITIONS AND DOES NOT COVER ANY SUPPORT BUILDING. REFER TO BUILDING CODE FOR SPECIFIC CONDITIONS AND REFER TO WINDOW/DOOR SCHEDULES FOR OPENING PRESSURES. 2) ROOF DESIGN LOADS; ROOF LIVE LOAD 30 PSF ROOF DEAD LOAD 30 PSF ROOF DEAD LOAD FOR UPLIFT DESIGN 0 PSF SLAB -ON -GRADE LIVE LOAD 100 PSF TO THE BEST OF ENGINEER'S KNOWLEDGE, THE STRUCTURAL PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS HAVE BEEN DESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FLORIDA BUILDING CODE 2010 EDITION Pro j. Mgr. JU Job. Capt. SG Drawn bg JT RON BARR, A.I.A. ReV of bg STATE OF FLORIDA RB AR 0016160 LL 0 0 zv U w Hz o O Hm¢ W z �W m:ow m w U O m Q p ¢ O o U� F � a 0 O U p= Z w X w W m � a H = U o � m m X 0 Z W= W z W Q U � 0 w F W W O� w F Z O O w > W LL Z) } in Z O } Q H= Y O O Z m 00 = LL ¢w Q W 0 z Z z 0 i J m °p 0 W n a.� z Zp 0 U 0} o 0= z =O 0~ m d of Z W 00 Ow � U L)= Q z U Y a.¢ Z lA H J W } W z (n � i- m U W W �: � H 0 W Z~ z 0} W¢ W z LL O W H O w U z U m X O W w � w W I- O O O W W OR 0= m U O a U W O U 0 o z x W 0 �_ O o 1= C z c' U= a = U 2 O Z = 0 0 U W IX U W oU z d af ¢ cn ¢¢ 2 U S O z 1yW o W W r- z W z z¢ © COPYRIGHT 2012 BARR ARCHITECTURAL STUDIO 1� GENERAL REVISIONS (09/30/2013) �2 AS BUILT (04/24/2014) CADFILE No. l/ r-•j a ena M o =/� A A CA p4*q ICI 0 �04 + w E� *4 � — �Da a�/�z�z V1 )_ ( 1 \j a r�j W O 0* en I ' 4 I:6� o w N E* A I I Sheet title TAYLAN KALKAN, P.E. ENGINEERING PLUS Scale: Date: 5 — 5 — 2 014 FL. P.E. # 67349 & C.A. # 26538 19528 SEDGEFIELD TERRACE Project No. BOCA RATON, FL 33498 12 — 0 2 7 (561) 756 4106 (561) 479 3743 fax mom L 0 �L " cM (O � c'M co N cn -0 � 'o N 'E LL r C `� N N a V fB N O E * C N m = C =3 m c * 6L C) W L ft *_j cn 00 C cu r 0 -r- It N =5 It� L V/ � V/ U 0) N L0 Q U L � m Sheet No. sawl D7 6 —� --- - - ------ FOUNDATION PLAN NOTES: 1. FLOOR SLAB SHALL BE 4" THICK CONCRETE REINFORCE W/6x6 10/10 WWM OVER 6 MIL VAPOR BARRIER ON COMPACTED TERMITE TREATED SUBGRADE. (SEE SLAB ON GRADE DETAILS FOR REINFORCEMENT) 2. SLAB EL=+O'-0", UNO (REFERENCE ONLY) SEE CIVIL FOR ACTUAL ELEVATION. 3. (2) #5x4'-O" LONG rla 3" C/C PLACED 2" CLEAR FROM - - - -C O R-N-BR- C €N T€R1-1)—IN---S-L-A-B-, -T-Y-PT -A T- P€ -E-NTR A NIT - CORNERS. 4. TOP OF STEEL COLUMN FOOTING = -1'-4" TYP. U.N.O. ----�-- ------------- g" 1, 0" 24'-0„ r • I I� It III I F2 DI i I I I {t I CONCRETE RETAINING WALL It I I I I I ITYP.) SEE DETAIL 7/S-5 F2 II fl I I ICI it It I , I cr) Ef I Iit II III I 'al I m I `... ITC I I I f) I m II l I II I I I c: !� I I ]k F2 I I I I I I I ,f I 1f_ I I << I I ;. I I I tf, I NCRETE RETAINING WALL II` I I I ar }i I ITYP.1 SEE DETAIL 7/S-5 ?• I I I ii I 4" CONCRETE OFF -SET LEDGE AT LOADING DOCK i 1 I F2 6 6 I I I II I S-5 s 5 F2 I 6" CONCRETE SLAB I! I 3'I7 w/6"x6" 10/10 W.W.F. I I I I B'-O w/MIN. 2" CONC. COVERt4.3'19„ 8 0 4 0 TE3 11 D I TC3 1_ —J I 8"x8" THICKENED ED-G-9 w/0) #5 CONT, a i') 4" CONCRETE SLAB w/6"x6" 10/10 W.W4z --- ----------------------- I � I I I I I I I I L----------------------------i-------------------- O FOUNDATION SCHEDULE MARK SIZE (LxWxD) REINFORCING REMARKS (4) #5 CONT. w/ CONT, STEM WALL F1 CONT.x28"x16" #5 TRANSVERS BARS fd 12" O/C FOOTING (5) #5 CONT. w/ CONM WALL F2 CONT,x36"x16„ #5 TRANSVERS BARS rla 12" O/C FOOTING F3 8'-0"x8'-0"x24" (10) #6 LONGITUDINAL TOP & BOT. PAD FOOTING (10) #6 TRANSVERSE TOP & BOT. F4 6'-0"x6'-0"x24" (8) #6 LONGITUDINAL TOP & BOT. PAD FOOTING (8) #6 TRANSVERSE TOP & BOT. (6) #6 LONGITUDINAL TOP & BOT. F5 5'-0"x5'-0"x24" (6) #6 TRANSVERSE TOP & BOT. PAD FOOTING (12) #6 LONGITUDINAL TOP & BOT. F6 6'-0"x8'-0"x24" PAD FOOTING (8) #6 TRANSVERSE TOP & BOT. (12) #6 LONGITUDINAL TOP & BOT. F7 4'-0"x8'-0"x24" PAD FOOTING (6) #6 TRANSVERSE TOP & BOT. TE-1 8"x12" (2) #5 CONT. THICKENED EDGE TE-2 8"x8" (1) #5 CONT. THICKENED EDGE TE-3 8"x18" (3) #5 CONT THICKENED EDGE SEE DETAIL 6/S-4 EX EXISTING CONT. WALL FOOTING/PAD TO REMAIN ING PRESSURE = 2500 PSF MIN. 4" CONCRETE SLAB w/6"x6" 10/10 W.W.F. iNcvv suuu r-ai e Uu Nk-ht i t tuu11-11VILIN i PAD w/#5 REBARS Id 12" O/C EACH WAY MID. DEPTH (PAD IS 18" BELOW F.F (VERIFY) (CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY w/MANUFACTURER'S SPECS) SEE DETAIL 2/S-12 0 CONCRETE COLUMN SCHEDULE MARK TYPE VERTICALS #3 TIES U.N.O REMARKS T C1 8"x12" (4) #6 12" O.C. - TC2 8"x24" (10) #6 12" O.C. - TC3 8"x48" (14) #6 12" O.C. - TC4 IRREGULAR 8"x45"x16" (16) #6 12" O.C. SEE PLAN FOR FOR ADD. INFO O STEEL COLUMN SCHEDULE MARK COLUMN SIZE REMARKS C1 HSS 4"x4"xi/4" Fyz50 KSI C2 HSS 5"x5"xi/2" CONC. FILLED AT GROUND LEVEL (Fyz50 KSI) C3 HSS 6"x6"x5/8" CONC. FILLED AT GROUND LEVEL (Fyz50 KSI) C4 HSS 8"x8"x1/2" CONC, FILLED AT GROUND LEVEL (Fyz50 KSI) C5 HSS 10"x8"xi/2" CONC, FILLED AT GROUND LEVEL (Fy=50 KSI) C6 HSS 8"x4"x5/8" CONC. FILLED AT GROUND LEVEL (Fyz50 KSI) OTE: REFER TO OTHER ARCHITECTURALS FOR ADDITIONAL DIMENSIONAL INFORMATION. OOR AND WINDOW ROUGH OPENINGS REQUIRE VERIFICATION BY THE CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO BUILDIN RCHITECT/ENGINEER WILL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN CONSTRUCTION n(11 IhAEKITc AAIF) WIA Inn IN / nnnn (II inn ICn nATA EXISTING CMU WALL TO REMAIN FOUND TI N PLAN 3 i1�a'_n° SCALE : 1/8"=1'-O" STL. TUBE COL. (SEE f-1a5x12" LONG DOWELS ro) 8" O/C SCHEDULE FOR BASE w/5" EMB. INTO EX. CONC. SET PLATE) w/EPDXY GROUT (TYP. AROUND THE PERIMETER) EE PLAN NEW CONC, OVERPOUR SLAB W/ 6"x6" 1.4w/1.4 W.W.M. STL, TUBE COL. fla5x12" LONG DOWELS (SEE PLAN) r]o5x12" LONG DOWELS Ta 8" O/C w/5" EMB. f 8" O/C w/5" EMB. STL. TUBE COL. (SEE INTO EX, CONC. SET SCHEDULE FOR BASE INTO EX, CONC. SET w/EPDXY GROUT w/EPDXY GROUT (TYP. AROUND THE PLATE) I I (TYP. AROUND THE (4) 1" DIA. PRESET 1 y"" NON SHRINK PERIMETER) ANCHOR BOLTS GROUT & BED PERIMETER) I EX. SLAB (SEE DETAIL) CONC. OVER EX, SLAB POUR I I I I.. PROVIDE 6 MIL. VAPOR BARRIER CONC. PAD FTG, ON WELL SEE PLAN FOR SIZE AND COMPACTED, • a • • d • • z REINFORCEMENT TERMITE TREATED, ° < J CLEAN FILL AT a a NEW PAD FTG.. ° d 4 d a w d W SEE PLAN SECTION AT PADFTG. A EX. SLAB a a NEW CONC. d OVERPOUR SLAB d W/ 6"x6" 1.4w/1.4 W.W.M. 0 o z Qa < a d. a w a w d d 4 PROVIDE 6 MIL. VAPOR BARRIER ON WELL COMPACTED, TERMITE CONC. PAD FTG. TREATED, CLEAN FILL 1 SEE PLAN AT NEW PAD FTG.. S 2 A® �FT �A&E_X. SLA SCALE: N,T.S. SCALE: N.T.S. SCALE: N.T,S. 8" CMU STUCCO FINISH OVER 8" CONC. BLOCK GROUTED FILLED CELL (SEE CMU REINF. SCHEDULE) 0'-0" T.O. SLAB TYP. S 55 ----0LL r j #9 GAGE HORIZONTAL, LADDER TYPE, JOINT REINFORCING, 16" O.C. VERT. (TYP.) 1/2" PREFORMED EXPANSION JOINT (TYP. BOTH SIDES) CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB, REFERENCE FOUNDATION PLAN FOR SIZE AND REINFORCING (TYP. BOTH SIDES) e a 2'-4" W x 16" D CONT. STEM WALL CONC. FOOTING w/ (4) #5 %2 REBARS CONT. BOT. //L)\� AND #5 TRANSV. BARS Oo 12" O/C SCALE: N. T. S. TAYLAN KALKAN, P.E. ENGINEERING PLUS FL. P.E. # 67349 & C.A. # 26538 19528 SEDGEFIELD TERRACE BOCA RATON, FL 33498 (561) 756 4106 (561) 479 3743 fax Pro j. Mgr. JU Job. Capt. SG Drawn bg JT RON BARR, A.I.A. Rev"d bg STATE OF FLORIDA Re AR 0016160 F- ILL O w O w Z.z O z O U w H O F z w 4 � W I) 0 Q a O¢ O W co,N x a 0 w" m O m U p= F 2 z V O w m w m X 2 Z W Q U O w F' z Z Z W of W W } W Z 0} z F m W' OW z o F 7 2¢ z zLLI 0 O O Z W U 1,0 W W Om Qa HO zm Z 2 z It 0= as W z z p n_ 0 O U a= m~ (' IL z OU 2 V 0 }O z 0 a w ¢ w " w F p m Q z I Of :z w¢z wX Wm zpUZ'Om.WOU= ow O 2X Q ? Q O O W w 6 U a O w O o z x O 0 d U= d a Z w m 0 O U w v< z❑� m 0 00 z a = 0 m O ILL] of w LLj w � < m< � a z o W r z z z Q © COPYRIGHT 2012 BARR ARCHITECTURAL STUDIO 1A V1 lu J Revisions: 1� GENERAL REVISIONS (09/30/2013) �2 AS BUILT (04/24/2014) CADFILE No. r.-IIII a M a M O • V1 0*0 O aw�a r l O � O N E„� 0: Sheet Title L O �L M � � M m N c O N r c C N 6- C ^` W > 0 Lo `o .�.d D ~o E U :3 m � C O O m L 0 O U 0 � 1�^^ u, 0 � v L m Scale: Date: Sheet No. 5-5-2014 Project No. � 12-027 S2 JOIST BEARING 16'-2" A.F.F. (V.I,F.) 0 0 N 6 ------------ - - ------ - - - - - - --------- ROOF JOIST MANUFACTURER SHALL COORDINATE ROOF TOP UNIT LOCATION AND SPECIFICATIONS WITH MECHANICAL PLANS, PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS 4 3 I v J. F.) ii i O NEW EXI$ TING CMU L --I --J CMU WALL TO co �--------------------------- — �—WALL REMAIN L------------------------------��%o O O O O O O MASONRY WALL REINFORCEMENT SCHEDULE DENOTES 8" REINFORCED CMU WITH (1) #7 VERT. REBAR (SEE SCHEDULE FOR REINF, SIZE) IN GROUTED FILLED CELLS AT EACH ENDS, CORNERS, INTERSECTIONS, NEXT TO EACH NOTE: • OPENING AND AS WHERE AS SHOWN ON PLAN. SEE DET. 3/S-5 AT EXISTING WALL MW1 -DENOTES 8" REINFORCED CMU WITH (1) #7 VERT. REBAR Fd 32" O/C MAX. MW2 - DENOTES 8" REINFORCED CMU WITH (1) #7 VERT. REBAR fc) 24" O/C MAX. ^ �F FRAMING PLANS: DOE ASSEMBLY TO BE BUILT-UP ROOF OVER 1.5", TYPE 11 GALVANIZED G90, 22 GA METAL ROOF DECK CONT. OVER OR MORE SPANS. SEE SCHEDULE FOR ROOF DECK GAGE JD ATTACHMENT REQUIREMENTS. EE ARCH, PLANS FOR TOP OF PARAPET ELEVATIONS EE STRUCTURAL NOTE SHEET FOR BRIDGING REQUIREMENTS OR JOIST & JOIST GIRDERS. EE SECTIONS FOR FRAMING DETAILS. ROVIDE SPECIAL JOISTS AND A/C FRAMING AT \LL ROOF TOP A/C UNITS. REFER TO MECHANICAL iVAC PLAN FOR LOCATION AND WEIGHTS OF EACH UNIT SEE PLAN FOR JOIST BEARING ELEVATIONS. BTJ" INDICATES BOLTED TIE JOIST PER OSHA REQIREMENTS. ;EE UPLIFT BRIDGING DETAILS AND UPLIFT DAIGRAM. ROOF DESIGN LOADS TOP CHORD LIVE LOAD TOP CHORD DEAD LOAD BOT. CHORD DEAD LOAD 30 PSF 25 PSF 5 PSF CONCRETE BEAM GENERAL NOTES 1. SCHEDULED HOOPS AND STIRRUPS SHALL BE PLACED AT EACH END (E.E.) OF BEAM OR THROUGHOUT (T.O.) BEAM AS INDICATED ON BEAM SCHEDULE. STIRRUPS SHALL BE TYPE S-3 AND HOOPS SHALL BE TYPE T-1 TYPICAL CRSI BAR BENDS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, 2. ALL BEAM (MARK "B") TOP BARS SHALL BE CONTINUOUS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED 3. ALL TIE BEAMS (MARK "TB") REINFORCING SHALL BE CONTINUOUS THROUGH TIE -BEAMS ONLY. 4. DROP BOTTOM OF TIE BEAMS AS REQUIRED AT WINDOW & DOOR HEADS (28" MAX.) ADD 245 BOTTOM IF DROP EXCEEDS 8". 5. TIE BEAM SCHEDULE DEPTHS ARE MINIMUM AND MAY BE INCREASED 8" TO FIT BLOCK WORK. 6. ALL ADDED LONGITUDINAL BEAM REINFORCING SHALL EXTEND 6"MINIMUM INTO SUPPORT UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 7. REFER TO GENERAL NOTES FOR INFORMATION ON CONCRETE AND STEEL SPECIFICATIONS, 8, CONCRETE FOR COLUMNS AND BEAMS SHALL HAVE 3000 PSI COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH AT AT 28 DAYS ICI IQ �\[JIMAT II 1� 11,11 CONCRETE BEAM SCHEDULE MARK SIZE (W x H) REINFORCING #3 STIRRUPS REMARKS TOP MID BOTT TB1 8"x16" (2) #5 - (2) #5 (4) #3 TIES fad 12" O.C. EACH CORNER - THE REMAINDER rd 48" TB2 8"x8" (2) #5 TOP OF TB2 = TOP OF PARAPET 8" PRECAST LINTEL BM-1 8"X96" (2) #5 (16) #5 (2) #7 18" O/C CLOSED HOOPS VERIFY BEAM DEPTH WITH DOOR SPEC'S ROOF DECK ATTACHMENT ZONE DECK SIZE ATTACHMENT 5/8" DIA: WELDS (TYP.) ALL 1-1/2"x22 GA. VULCRAFT 1.51322 ATTACHED TO ALL ROOF SUPPORTS W/ 5/8" PUDDLE WELDS ON 36/7 LAYOUT AND (8) # 10 TEK SCREWS SIDELAP FASTENERS PER SPAN, 5/8" PUDDLE WELDS AT PERIMETER AT 6" O/C, SCALE : 1/8"=V-0" / / AF'HLJtU ALL POINTS OF AT JOIST AT WALL CONTACT AFTER DEAD LOAD IS JOIST BRIDGING NOTES: 1/8 APPLIED 1. BRIDGING SHOULD BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED TO MEET THE SIZE AND SPACING REQUIREMENTS OF THE SJI STANDARD 4. DO NOT WELD BRIDGING TO JOIST WEB MEMBERS. DO NOT HANG SPECIFICATION FOR OPEN WEB STEEL JOIST. ALL BRIDGING ANY MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING, ETC, FROM BRIDGING. AND BRIDGING ANCHORS SHALL BE COMPLETELY INSTALLED BEFORE CONSTRUCTION LOADS ARE PLACED ON THE JOISTS. 5. BRIDGING LEGEND THE LAST TWO JOIST SPACES IN A LINE OF BRIDGING SHALL BE "X" TYPE. ( HORIZONTAL BRIDGING ATTACHED TO TOP AND BOTTOM CHORD 2. PROVIDE UPLIFT BRIDGING AT FIRST BOTTOM CHORD PANEL © ALL BRIDGING TO BE DIAGONAL BRIDGING WITH B POINT EACH END OF JOIST. REFER TO UPLIFT TABLES ON BOLTED CONNECTIONS AT CHORDS AND INTERSECTIONS, STRUCTURAL PLANS FOR UPLIFT BRIDGING CONNECTION DETAILS OC SINGLE LINE HORIZONTAL UPLIFT BRIDGING. 3. BRIDGING MEMBERS SHALL BE WELDED TO JOISTS WITH 1/8" FILLET WELD AT ALL POINTS OF CONTACT. EXCEPT FOR BOLTED CROSS BRIDGING, WHICH SHALL BE BOLTED TO JOIST WITH 1/2" DIA. BOLT THROUGH JOIST CHORD GAP. BRIDGINGJOIST 1 EXISTING CMU WALL/STEEL BEAM TO REMAIN JOIST BE MATCH- C-Im MW1 IN -FILL CMU WALLS TO EXISTING OPENINGS (TYP.) SEE DET. 2/S-7 EXISTING HSS STL. TUBE COL. TO REMAIN EXISTING STL. NEW HSS 0D1I BEAMS TO REMAIN STL. TUBE COL. f ----------------- -NEW HSS MW1 C4 NEW HSS STL. TUBE COL, NEW STL. BEAM W21x62 NEW HSS STL. TUBE COL, NEW HSS STL, C4 TUBE COL. C4 NEW STL. BEAM W21x62 IN -FILL CMU WALLS TO EXISTING OPENINGS (TYP.) SEE DET. 2/S-7 NEW HSS STL. TUBE COL. MW1 NEW HSS STL. TUBE COL. I c2 A - I MW1 c5 I 0 TAYLAN KALKAN, P.E. ENGINEERING PLUS FL. P.E. # 67349 & C.A. # 26538 19528 SEDGEFIELD TERRACE BOCA RATON, FL 33498 (561) 756 4106 (561) 479 3743 fax Proj. Mgr. JU Job. Capt. SG Drawn bg JT RON BARR, A.I.A. Rev'd by STATE OF FLORIDA RB AR 0016160 LL O O Z z 0 (1)0 U W H H F—W- _ O F_ W ~ Z Q 2 U O m Q p Q o o U W K a � OF U 0X0 Q Z W X W LL m = V m m X 0 Z Z= W z W Q U Z W F 0 W Z 0 g W L)z W W > O m Z W W Y C7 0 = Z U% p W Y O D Z � O Q W z 0 O 0 m LL a O 2 0 z Z S Z a=_ a z z Z O U E� 0 O Z Z~ O LLJ 00 W UJ Q Y tY X Q pIL W W Z !4 K< �i S o� W Z �"" W Q Z z= z o F- - o m CL 0 0 W Z W 0 2� m F_ W m F U Z O Q m o� K F- W W_ W o cn 0 a W U 0 z z O F_ V a U O E Lo o 0C O It F d Z m 0 D V o M)O � O zWU aC F- W a F- = wWp a 0 w w Fz 00� F z z za Q © COPYRIGHT 2012 BARR ARCHITECTURAL STUDIO 1A tA lu J Revisions: 1i GENERAL REVISIONS (09/30/2013) AS BUILT (04/24/2014) CADFILE No. a M � AA Vl r 1 ly O N F� L O mmmmmmmmmmml 0 N a) m Q c L co 0) 1� m : N md o N r _ C C: � A (j� o d' N � ti o E ._ 4.: a 'C'� .�' C u LL E O Cu O � m i 4_8 N C O 2 r 0 U �- U to L m Sheet Title Sca Is: Date: Sheet No. 5-5-2014 Project No. 12-027 S�3 0 I I I I I I f i I I l I I I I I I I z O w w w O 1 I cf) I C7 z 0 D - - - - - - - - - -- ee z O I Q 1 :E w O w z Ir O w I z Q a I � z I � I Q w w w w W I I I 1 TYP. 4 , S-9 ------ - - - - - � c2 — W, I I I m I� II I II STEEL DECK Lu IS I ABV. (SEE . LI DECK 1 < i VERT. HSS COL. v, W SCHEDULE) ' 1 W 4"x4"x1/4" 1 m I I x 1 m IN(TYP.I J w Lu LOPE m I I I U) I I G1 Ln HORZ. HSS ; Ln • 4""?d x4"xi/4" C1 j dX I IN I I 6 O/C _ �; c DESIGN NEW I (TYP.) - ---�-- D.1 JOIST To --- 'I I ACCOMADATE nQ INEW LOAD o ; 5' S" 6' 1" ■ ABV. --- , i--------- C 4 I /\ C 1 C 1 /\ C 1------ -C 4--� STL BM - I 12x45 STL BM 'III I ADDITIONAL \ / \ / C1 � CROSS I )( ;I Q I VERT. HSS COL. 3"x3"x1/4"/x\ W L- m I 6"x6"x1/4'" fal J I BRIDGING / \ m L__ ;1 Iw WHERE w I u I SHOWN I �rQ., C4 Lu ; cn I VERT, HSS COL. o O I� I I u) C1- i I LO I 6,"x6"x1/4" ra O i I x REINFORCE "' X o _ 10 I EXISTING x C1 � I -11" 7'- � VERT. HSS COL. JOIST 6'_6' T 8"x6"x1/4" rd GIRDER TO - - -- - - --� �J ) ACCOMMODATE - - - - - -- — —12x45 STL BM OC4 �� FOR NEW C- r-j D C5 LOAD ABV. 11 N C5 II I OI I VERT. HSS COL. \I C4 4"x4"x1/4" ru)o T L-- I VERT. HSS COL, (TYP,) x1/4" rd 6'-0" O/C i 6"x6"x1/4" rla TYP I ' (TYP.) I C1 1 S-5 I + o 0 I C1 C1 I ( PL 1/4"x6"x18' O I I I (TYP,) I VERT. HSS COL. CL I I O O I 4"x4"x1/4" rd 0 z X I I (TYP.) >�-- ------�------ - - - - -- - --<rCl iQ Iw00, m 0 SIM5 , I w I m I S_5 w ; c w I I lw 1 ;I I 1cn I I 2 C1 I x 'N I I I w m o+ �) 1 I 1 TYP. x O I I J W Q0 G1 G �e — I - I S-10 1 r00 I I F +� , CIDI ■ C1 'C1 I I I PL 1/4"x6"x18" I (TYP.) O VERT. HSS COL. 0 CID 4"x4"x1/4" laa OD I (TYP.) ; VERT. HSS COL. C1 6"x6"xi/4" fa C1 I REINFORCE C4 I EXISTING JOIST TO I_ - -- B - - -----6'-6" ACCOMMODATE O C5 FOR NEWNN C1 N LOAD ABV, C1 W12x45 STL BM VERT. HSS COL, SEE DET. — — — —•- 11,7 I 8"x6"x1/4" Ial 1,2,3/S-9 I C1 I VERT. HSS COL, Q C4 +�� 6"x6"xi/4" ld PROVIDE NEW L m W I 6"x10"x1/2" ANGLE I FOR PARAPET Liu w WALL SUPPORT \ / C1 ABV. REINFORCE+ X W + , c~n EXISTING JOIST TO I / \ / \ L0 L0 ACCOMMODATE I x 4y + FOR NEW LOAD ABV. SEE DET. O F IIN _ Ir C1 III VERT. HSS COL, 1,2,3/S-9 I X C1 W12x45 STL BM : it I ADDITIONAL I CROSS 3"x3"xi/4" BRIDGING WHERE SHOWN I j 12x45 STL BM C2 - -- - - - --� TYP. O 4 S-9 ENTRY FEATURE FRAMING PLAN (LEVEL I) SCALE : 1/8"=V-0" C1 C1-------=--=--=.---- L-- - - - J C1 C4 \ / 5'-5" \ 6r-1" : VERT, HSS COL, I 4"x4"x1/4" rah I Q (TYP.) w m HORZ. HSS W G1 , w I 4"x4"x1/4" rd m LOPE, ., 6'-0" O/C __j (TYP.) w - 0 1 F. O x T J. I, I C1 .. .. L _W12x45 TL BfVI�% - - - - - A STEEL DECK ABV. (SEE DECK �\ SCHEDULE) �x I ENTRY FEATURE FRAMIN{ PLAN (LEVEL III SCALE : 1/8"=V-0" I I I I I I HORZ. HSS 4"x4"x1/4" Fd I 6'-0" O/C 1 - - - - - - fry- rr - - - 3'-11" 7'-1 C1 L I I 6_ ---- I ----L I I _ O a0 VERT. HSS COL.- 4"x4"x1/4" Fd I I (TYP.) ao 6'-0" O/C co I 1 (TYP.) II 1 I Cj ; 00 I ih r ' .G1 .W12x4.5 STL. BM III VERT. HSS COL. -6'-9.- I 8"x6"x1/4" rla 7 1.j C1 •7, 11 L F_ VERT. HSS COL, — I _F6"x6"xi/4" rla 00 I SLOPE I� Q I : Im w I +�+ w • I� I I - U) , — � I . ,h Do I. I Ix VERT, HSS COL. l ;Ir 6"x6"x1/4" Fd I I. , 11 I � - I --J — 3'-11" 7'-11" -11'"— 7'-11" STEEL DECK HORZ. HSS ABV. (SEE DECK 4"x4"x1/4" 15 SCHEDULE) 6'-0" O/C I I (TYP.) I I I i F I I I I III I III I I I I'I I ICI ;I - ----_-_--J------ I I ENTRY �EATUR� F-RAMING PLAN (LEVEL III) SCALE : 1/8"=1'-0" ---------- VERT. HSS COL. 4"x4"xi/4" ld I I I I I I �- - - (TYP.) - - - -------- VERT, HSS COL. I 4"x (Trla YP.) " (TYP.) �_ - - - - - C1 L 1 C1 C1 C1 C1 __0 c I - AM- I I III ORZ. i l II O TOP)CID T C1 I OL. rd S-5rd ' I' � I I I I' 'I COL. 1 C1 I I a O 1 i I i I 1 o I w a Q - - - $- O Q Q m� I1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I i i i I IMTL VERT. SLOPE 1 16" O/C i COLUMNS PARAPET) 1 I I I 11 I I I I �I 11 1 r II II I --- ------- -------------------- ---------------_ L- I� I------------- --------------------------------- I -' I I I I I � I I I 1 i I i I _ I I 'I I iII II �I III I I ICI ;III TYP. I��T�t� F�AY�IR€ R IING PLAN (LEVEL IV) SCALE 1/8"=1'-0" A2 TAYLAN KALKAN, P.E. ENGINEERING PLUS FL. P.E. # 67349 & C.A. # 26538 19528 SEDGEFIELD TERRACE l BOCA BATON, FL 33498 (561) 756 4106 (561) 479 3743 fax co m CIO Proj. Mgr. JU Job. Gapt- SG Drawn by JT RON BARB, A.I.A. tZevld by STATE OF FLORIDA Re AR 0016160 '0 U w v H z O � � z w w m:� z � w U O a Q Q O° U�_ � a 0 � 8� � O�¢ p wm w w X a 4Q � a Z x 0� x W U�� m 0 w � 2 0 Z=� w � Z o Q 2 w � > 0 � w w y W Z� r Z� o ox �n Revisions: 1 GENERAL REVISIONS (09/30/2013) �2 AS BUILT (04/24/2014) CADFILE No. a M a M O Vl r 1 O H Or i co � co ca N � � o N � c c � ai a n 1 a � m O m L O r O � � U Sheet Title 0CD cu ) Scale: Date: Sheet No. 5-5-2014 Project No. 12- 027 i - - .-II— _..-.-I._ I. 1. I I 0 PROVIDE RECESS AS REQUIRED (AS ARCH. PLANS) 12"x12" THICKENED EDGE AT OPENING W/ (2) #5 CONT. 0'-0" T.O. SLAB FILLED CELL W/ (1) #5 rla 24" O/C MAX. 6" CONC. SLAB (SEE PLAN) '— 2'-4" W x 16" D CONT. STEM WALL CONC. FOOTING w/ (4) #5 REBARS CONT. BOT. AND #5 TRANSV. BARS rd 12" O/C TYPICAL STEM WALL FOOTING @ r EXT. OPENINGS L E L 42'-0" T.)O. PARAPET SCALE: N.T.S. HORZ. HSS 4"x4"x1/4 STEEL TUBE CONT. OVER PARAPET (SEE PLAN) STEEL STUB COLUMN — (SEE PLAN) STEEL BEAM (SEE PLAN) L ) STEEL COLUMN_ (VERIFY)O. - STEEL STUB COLUMN - (SEE PLAN) L 3"x3"xl/4" BRACE AT FRONT - FACE BETWEEN EACH STL. COL. SIMILAR TO SIDE ELEV. (TYP.) L 3"x3"x1/4" BRACE AT - FRONT FACE BETWEEN EACH STL, COL. SIMILAR TO SIDE ELEV. (TYP.) PL 1/4"x8"x8" (TYP.) — STEEL COLUMN � (VERIFY)O. - - PL 1/4"x8"x8" (TYP.)— TYP. SHEATHING NOTE 5/8" GP DENSGLASS GOLD GYPSUM SHEATHING OR EQUAL TO 16 GA 16" O/C WALL STUDS WITH #10xl 1/4" TYPE(S) S-12 COATED BUGLE HEAD SCREWS 3/8" FROM ENDS AND EDGES AND AT 4" O/C. L 3"x3"x1/4" BRACE (TYP.) STEEL STUB COLUMN - (SEE PLAN) L 3"x3"xi/4" BRACE AT FRONT FACE BETWEEN EACH STL. COL, SIMILAR TO SIDE ELEV. (TYP.) HSS 6"x6"x1/2" STL. - BRACE BETWEEN COLUMNS PL 1/4"x8"x8" (TYP.)— L 3"x3"x1/4" BRACE (TYP.) - L 3"x3"xl/4" BRACE AT -- FRONT FACE BETWEEN EACH STL. COL. SIMILAR TO SIDE ELEV. (TYP.) STEEL STUB COLUMN (SEE PLAN) L1 1(VERIFY) STEEL COLUMN - - STEEL BEAM (SEE PLAN) CONC. FILLED STEEL COLUMN (SEE PLAN) CONCRETE FILLED STEEL COLUMNS SHALL HAVE SOLID BOTTOM AND TOP PLATES CUTOUT PLATES ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. FILL WITH CONCRETE PRIOR TO PLACING PLATES. DRILL 6" INTO EXISTING BEAM AND SET 2 # 5 X 30" DOWEL IN HILTI HT-HY 150 OR EQ. EPDXY GROUT NEW CONC. TIE BEAM EXISTING BEAM (SEE PLAN) N. d a NEW CONC. STARTER COLUMN (SEE COLUMN SCHEDULE) VERIFY DRILL 5" INTO EXISTING WALL AND EXISTING SET # 5 X 12" DOWEL IN HILTI d FILLED CELL, HT-HY 150 EPDXY GROUT OR EQ. IF NOT AT 18" O.C. EXISTS, ADD PER DETAIL 4 MIN, 48" BAR OVERLAP #5 x 42" LONG DOWEL. DRILL MIN. 12" INTO EXISTING CONC. DRILL THROUGH CENTER OF EXISTING CONC. CURB AND SET w/HILTI HIT-HY 150 EPDXY -TIE EXISTING ANCHORING ADHESIVE OR EQUAL MASONRY PROVIDE HOLE WITH 3/4" DIA. DRILL BIT WALL (SEE ADHESIVE ANCHORING INSTALLATION NOTE), NEW CONC. FOOTING (SEE PLAN) DRILL 6" INTO EXISTING BEAM AND SET 2 # 5 X 30" DOWEL EXISTING FOOTING IN HILTI HT-HY 150 OR EQ, EPDXY GROUT T�C _ONN �C"R E E L TL., SCALE: N.T.S. FOOTING 4" CONC. OFFSET AT RECEIVING DECKDOCK DOOR SILL MIN. 4"x4"xl/4" 4„ CONT. STL. ANGLE w/1/2" DIA NELSON STUDS fo7 O/C EMB.B. INTO CONCRETE #7's ral 16" O/C MAX. w/STD 36" ACI HOOK INTO SLAB (3) 45 CONT. (SEE PLAN) 6" CONC. SLAB (SEE PLAN) FILLED CELL W/ (1) #7 (al 16" O/C MAX. 3/4" d`• a da • =d w /STD ACI HOOK AT FOUNDATION /\\/ g a 8" CMU o w WALL j ////j\////////\�/��/\ 3 / 4" STUCCO — (MIN 2 COATS) — DRIVEWAY S E E ARCH. FOR S P E 48" BAR OVERLAP/ #9 GAGE HORIZONTAL, 4 \\/\\/\\/ LADDER TYPE, JOINT REINFORCING, 16" O.C. VERT. (TYP.)ALL \\j\\j\\j\\j`\\\`\�`\�`\�`\�`\�\\j\\j` \FOOTING;\\/\ / NEW STOREFRONT WINDOW/DOOR SYSTEM SEE PLAN AND MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATION EXISTNG CONC. SLAB EXISTING CONCRETE PAD FOOTING SCALE: N.T.S. STEEL STUB COLUMN (SEE PLAN) a ea° HORIZONTAL L 3"x3"xl/4" BRACE SEE ENTRY FEATURE FRAMING PLAN ON SHEET S-3 LEVEL II SCALE 3/8"=V-0" DOUBLE WIRE MESH 3'-0" FROM EDGE FINISH FLOOR LINE SCALE: N.T.S. BOTTOM PLATE PLATE (TOP VIEW) NOTE: PROVIDE 7/8" DIA. HOLES FOR 3/4" DIA, BOLTS WITH MINIMUM 6" EMBEDMENTINTO CONC. - ALL EXPANSION BOLTS TO BE HILTI KWIK BOLT III OR EQUAL - ALL THRU BOLTS TO BE ASTM A325. - ALL STEEL PLATES TO BE ASTM A36. - 114" FILLET WELDS, ALL AROUND FOR PLATE AND COLUMN CONNECTIONS. - ALL BOLT HOLES TO BE 7/8"0 FOR 3/4"0 BOLTS. - MIN. EDGE DISTANCE TO BE 2" - STEEL COLUMN TO BE CONCENTRIC ON PLATE - ALL STEEL COMPONENTS SHALL BE GALVANIZED PLATE v EMBEDMENT INTO CONC. BOTTOM PLATE (SIDE VIEW) L 8"x8"xl/2 LONG STL. T PLATE BOTTOM PLATE (SECTION) TYP. L CO"'LUMN T F CMU WALL . NEW HSS STEEL COLUMN FOR FRONT ENTRY FEATURE SUPPORT FRAME (SEE PLAN FOR LOCATIONS) NEW CONCRETE TIE BEAM (TB-1) AND NEW EMB. PLATE FOR STEEL ROOF JOISTS SEE DETAIL 3/S-7 FOR EMB. PLATE FOR STEEL ROOF JOISTS INFO. PLACE NEW 8" CMU WALL AFTER INSTALLATION OF NEW STEEL BEAM. REINFORCE w/#5's fa 24" O/C IN GROUTED CELLS. TACK WELD STD REBAR HOOK TO STEEL BEAM. SEE DET. 5/S-8 3/4" DIA. NELSON STUDS rd 24" O/C NEW STEEL BEAM ABV, NEW STORE FRONT WINDOW/DOOR SYSTEM (SEE PLAN) SCALE N.T.S. 6"x16 GA VERT, METAL FRAME ral 16" O/C (TYP.) BETWEEN STEEL COL,'S 19'-2" T.O. EXISTING CONC. TIE BEAM MATCH EXISTING (VERIFY) 3 S-5 TEMP, STRINGER SHORING BEAM (SEE SHORING PLAN) EXISTING STEEL ROOF JOISTS SHORE & JACK EXISTING ROOF STRUCTURE DURING INSTALLATION OF NEW STEEL BEAM. USE PRECAUTION DURING THE OPERATION. AVOID SUDDEN AND HIGH IMPACT LOADING DURING INSTALLATION THAT MIGHT DISMANTLE OR DAMAGE STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS NEW STOREFRONT WINDOW/DOOR SYSTEM SEE PLAN AND MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATION NEW CONC. SLAB (SEE PLAN) NEW CONT, CONC, WALL FTG. (SEE PLAN) SCALE 3/8"=1'-0" TAYLAN KALKAN, P.E. ENGINEERING PLUS FL. P.E. # 67349 & C.A. # 26538 19528 SEDGEFIELD TERRACE ®� BOCA RATON, FL 33498 /1-1(561) 756 4106 (561) 479 3743 fax Proj. Mgr. JU Job. Capt. SG Drawn bg JT RON BARR, A.I.A. Rev'd bg STATE OF FLORIDA RB AR 0016160 H O w O Z w 0 w O Fw_- O co O w z Q z W, = oV 0pxw a�azO Ia2 wOv < 0 =a z wa W w Q m m Z X 0 w~ z K Zcom Z =Zw w ww>� OWW WY OU o} m:cwzz0 wm �u-7)Z Z 0 a= 0= a z z 0 U Z O V O} p z 0 0 m a 'r W 0 Ow w= z T Z ¢ � w X JO _ 0 z r~n 1- R' U W W F- F LL 2 In Z~ Z 0} O U w a z w 0 Z O O U Z W H w Z W 2 O m U a s a. U w 0 Z p Z 2 O � F V x a p O LL F Z = O a a O t H W Z 0 U w U 0 D 2 z Wa Q = 0 w w 0 a a 0= Lf a z o z z z a © COPYRIGHT 2012 BARR ARCHITECTURAL STUDIO L J Revisions: GENERAL REVISIONS W9/30/2013) 0 AS BUILT (04/24/2014) CADFILE No. I� a 11f) M a M O • V1 0 04 F60 aw�a O N � L 0N _O .L a8 L CY7 M (0 C N a� C *J o N r C C LL a U 6N W .cu � Lo O N E ■ k t~ CD = cu C uo :3 m E L� o oQ N L.L L a-+ T_ cn O U t LO N O to LO rn 0) :3 UA� T r W .FI U LO L m Sheet title Sca Is: Date: Sheet No. 5-5-2014 Project No. 12-027 S�5 A2 OVERSIZE HOLES AND PLATE WASHERS FOR BASE PLATES BOLT DIAMETER HOLE DIAMETER PLATE WASHER BOLT DIAMETER HOLE DIAMETER PLATE WASHER 3/4" 1 5/16" 5/16"x3"x3" 1 1/2" 2 5/16" 7/16"x5"x5" 7/8" 1 9/16" 5/16"x3"x3" 1 3/4" 2 3/4" 7/16"x5"x5" 1" 1 13/16" 3/8"x4"x4" 2" 3 1/4" 1/2"x6"x6" 1 1/4" 2 1/16" 3/8"x4"x4" 2 1/2" 3 3/4" 1/2"x6"x6" STEEL COLUMN / BASE PLATE SCHEDULE MARK COLUMN SIZE BASE PLATE ANCHOR BOLT REMARKS A B T E D C1 HSS 4"x4" 8" 8" 3/4" STUB COL, C2 HSS 5"x5" 12" 12" 3/4" 10" 3/4" GALV. C3 HSS 6"x6" 14" 14" 1" 13" 1" GALV. C4 HSS 8"x8" 16" 16" 1 1/2" 13" 1" GALV. C5 HSS 10"x8" 18" 16" 1 1/2" 13" 1" GALV. NOTE 1: ANCHOR BOLTS SHALL BE ASTM A36 U.N.O. THREADED EACH END WITH NUT AT BOTTOM. TACK WELDED SECURE. PLATE WASHER AT BOTTOM NUT SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED. CONFORM TO CHART rla DOWN FOR EMBEDMENT, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE IN SCHEDULE ABOVE. BOLT TYPE MATERIAL MINIMUM EMBED, LENGTH MINIMUM EMBED, EDGE DISTANCE A307, A36 12d 5d > 4 IN. A325, A449 17d 7d > 4 IN. NOTES: 1. ANCHOR BOLTS SHALL BE ASTM F1554 (GRADE 36) UNO, THREADED EACH END w/NUT AT BOTTOM, TACK -WELDED SECURE. PLATE WASHER AT BOTTOM NUT IS NOT READ. CONFORM TO CHART FOR EMBEDMENT UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, 2. MAX. EMBEDMENT "E" _ (FTG THICKNESS) - 5". 3, PLATE WASHERS SHALL HAVE HOLE w/DIAMETER EQUAL TO BOLT DIAMETER + Y6". v �- N I I 2d 2d 'A' BASE PLATE DETAIL N.T.S. "d" (BOLT DIA) PLATE WASHERS 0 (SEE SCHEDULE. cO cD = LuLO FOR SIZE) r-r 2�z (3) HEX NUTS Q` PER BOLT T/CONC z w w o = w m w N TACK cfl z � OR PEEN B/CONC ANCHOR BOLT DETAIL N.T.5. I, I �j I ''� � �Ja l� II i �►>� �) L__ � — - � III SCALE: N.T.S. SEE PLAN TIE -BEAM REINF ( DOWELS W/ST HOOK TO MATCH VERT, REINF. TYPICAL TIE COLUMNDETAIL SQUARE EDGE JOINT (RUB FINS OFF 1st POUR BEFORE 2nd POUR IS MADE) LATER SAWCUT JOINT 1" DEEP TO PROVIDE GROOVE FOR SEMI -RIGID EPDXY, SEE NOTES. TYP. "SAW -CUT", Ya"xY"SLAB DEPTH a a Q NOTES: 1. USE SMOOTH DOWEL w/PROJECTED NOTES: 1. CUT WITHIN SAME DAY OF SLAB PLACEMENT 1. SEMI -RIGID EPDXY SHALL BE END COATED TO PREVENT BOND.SEE SCHEDULE BELOW. 2. PLACE REINF. Y SLAB DEPTH FOR SLABS PROVIDED IN CONSTRUCTION & GREATER THAN 5". 1 Y" CLR FOR SLABS 5". SAWCUT JOINTS. EPDXY SHALL 2. REINF, NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY, BE MM80 BY DISCONTINUE REINFORCEMENT 5 JOINT. 3. SEE SEMI -RIGID NOTES THIS DTL. METZGER/McGUIRE SAWCUT JOINT OR EUCO 700 BY EUCLID, 2. CONCRETE SHALL AGE A MINIMUM OF 45 DAYS. CHASE THE JOINT WITH A CONCRETE SAW AND BLOW CLEAN W/COMPRESSED AIR 3. USE BACKER ROD TO CREATE VERTICAL DAM AT EACH END OF THE LEG TO BE FILLED. DO NOT USE BACKER ROD AT THE BOTTOM OF THE JOINT. 4. LEAVE THE SURFACE CROWNED AND GRIND FLUSH SMOOTH DOWEL SCHEDULE SLAB DEPTH (IN) DIAMETER (IN) TOTAL LENGTH (IN) SPACING C/C (IN) 5 5/8 12 12 6 3/4 14 12 7 7/8 14 12 8 1 14 12 9 11/8 16 12 10 11/4 16 12 AFTER IT HAS HARDENED. CONSTRUCTION JOINT - DOWELLED L E DETAILS SCALE: N.T.S. TYP. 3/16" 2 1/2 JOIST GIRDER (SEE PLAN) REINF, SEE PLAN _ 1 w z ww 2 (n N TOP BAR IF CALLED OUT IN SCHEDULE SEE FDN SCH FOR SIZE & REINF. MONOLITHIC FOOTING BUILT UP ROOF SYSTEM ON METAL DECK, SEE PLAN ALL POINTS OF FOR GAGE AND CONTACT 1/4" ATTACHMENT. STEEL JOIST -SEE PLAN L2x2x3/16 MIN, BOT. CHORD BRACING TO BE SPECIFIED AND SUPPLIED BY JOIST GIRDER MANUF. IN ACCORDANCE WITH SJI REQUIREMENTS UPLIFT BRIDGING /;) SCALE: N.T.S. JOIST BRG. ELEV. SEE PLAN RATION J OOTING DRILL 7" INTO EXIST. CONC. BEAM ABV. AND FTG. BELOW AND SET #5 x 4'-0" DOWEL, SET WITH HIGH STRENGTH EPDXY GROUT A DRILL 5" INTO EXIST, SLAB AND SET #4X12" REBAR EPDXY GROUT 18° O.C. EA. S STAGGER XISTING SLAB & SOIL 6 UN V TOP C STD HOI JOI OTHER SAW -CUT AND CAREFULLY REMOVE INT. FACE AND WEB OF EXIST. 8" CMU - #7 IN GROUT FILLED CELL CONT. F (SEE F SCALE: N.T.S. PROVIDE MIN, 12" WIDE TRENCH FOR NEW PIPES OR CONDUIT, NEW CONC. FILL W/ ONE LAYER 6"X6" 1.4W/1.4 W.W.M. & MIL VAPOR BARRIER FLUSH W/ FINISH FLOOR, FOUNDATION NOTES: 1. PROVIDE MINIMUM 2500 PSI CONCRETE FOR PLUMBING TRENCHES, 2. AFTER COMPLETION OF UNDERGROUND PLUMBING WORK PROVIDE CLEAN COMPACTED TERMITE TREATED FILL PRIOR TO SLAB REPAIR. SCALE: N.T.S. TYP. LA AIDETAIL (6 SCALE: N.T.S. 5/16" STL. STIFFENER PLATES AT CENTERLINE STEEL BEAM OF STEEL COLUMNS ON (SEE PLAN) BOTH SIDES (TYP.) 5/16" STL. STIFFENER PLATES AT CENTERLINE STEEL BEAM OF STEEL COLUMNS ON (SEE PLAN) BOTH SIDES PL 3/4"x10"x10" 1/4" (4) 3/4" DIA, BOLTS (TYP. TYP. E70XX TYP. 10"x10"x3/4' CAP PLATE 1/4` SECTION VIEW 1/4" FILLET WELD ALL AROUND L 3"x3"x1/2"x10" LONG STEEL COLUMN w/1/2" STIFF. PLATES fd (SEE PLAN) BOTH ENDS & CENTER OF STL. COL. (TYP.) A rill- - V� �. 16"x12"x3/4" EMB. STL. PLATE w/(10) 3/4" DIA. X 6" HEADED STUDS (2) 3/4" DIA. A325BOLTS IN LSL HOLES, FINGER -TIGHTEN THEN PEEN THREADS YP. 1/4"' A W10x39x6" LONG PL 3/4"x6X0'-6" SCALE: N.T.S. 16"x12"x3/4" STL. PLATE w/(6) 3/4" DIAM. X 6" `JST. GIRDER EXP. BOLTS NOTE: \\� NO WELD SEE FRAMING PLAN (3 EACH SIDE) DIMENSIONS a BASED ON 6" DEEP SHOE 1/4" 3 12"x12"x3/4" EMB. STL. PLATE w/(4) 3/4" DIA, X SECTION A -A 6" HEADED STUDS IS T I EXTERIOR LL TI SCALE: N.T.S. I ICAL BAR -ERED _LED CELL EL S SAME AS ]CAL BARS AR LAP 30" 36" 42" 48' SCALE: N,T.S. SECTION rd BLOCK OUT ET I L SCALE: NTS OCN T JOIST GIRDER (2) 3/4" DIA. A325 BOLTS PER GIRDER BOLTED TIE / JOIST PER SJI & OSHA_7 5/16" PL STIFFEN WEB LINING \ CONNECTION. ATl SCALE: N.T.S. 1/4" 3 TYP. JOIST 1/4" UPLIFT BRIDGING PER S.J.i 3 (ANCHORED fd ENDS) STABILIZER PL 3/x4x0'-7" (DO NOT WELD TO BOT, CHORD), PROVIDE 13/16" DIA. HOLE FOR GUYING/PLUMBING CABLES CAP PL 3/4" x (GIRDER SEAT WIDTH STL. COL. (SEE PLAN) OR COL SIZE ((WHICHEVER IS GREATER) + 1" ) x (COL SIZE + 6mass ") SECTION T J T. GIRDER T COLUMN ALL CONTACT PT. TYP, 1/4" Q JOIST BRG. ELEV. a. SEE PLAN a TIE BEAM SEE PLAN SCALE: N.T.S. CONT. L 4"x4"xY" w/ %" DIA. EXP. BOLTS fa 16" O.C. INTO TIE BEAM ROOFING SYSTEM ON METAL DECK, SEE PLAN FOR GAGE AND ATTACHMENT. a � �—X-BRIDGING FOR 2 END BAYS, HORIZ. THEREAFTER 8" CMU STEEL JOIST (SEE PLAN) 2 1/2"x2 1/2"x1/4"xJST. DEPTH w/(2) %" DIA. EXP. BOLTS INTO GROUTED FILLED CELLS. TYPICAL E I T K-JOAST PARALLEL TO WAL SCALE: N.T.S. THRU BOLTS (TYP.) SCALE: N.T.S. FA TAYLAN KALKAN, P.E. ENGINEERING PLUS FL. P.E. # 67349 & C.A. # 26538 19528 SEDGEFIELD TERRACE BOCA RATON, FL 33498 (561) 756 4106 (561) 479 3743 fax Prof. Mgr. JU Job. Capt. SG Drawn by JT RON BARR, A.I.A. Revd by STATE OF FLORIDA � AR 0016160 q o m 'a o 5 a O 0 o r- LL Of J o 2 O m W Q F V 0 m X 0 Z= Z W W Q U w w a w F O W r Z a O m W O =ga m W Wi aU} w0 d0 z 0zQRd =Y}>W � a a Z 0 w a W 0 0 jO O aO z m O W D m W 3:m O ~c120 JL) 0 m Z W Q Z F WW LL a O } W W O Q WH O wF- 0 L)mZWYI O� W WOm _ .7Vt=Odm F- W pO' Ow} j m o q m az t o aov W Uw U z uUaZ ¢z is xF¢°¢ © COPYRIGHT 2012 BARR ARCHITECTURAL STUDIO tA 1A I u J R .OvIsIonB: GENERAL REVISIONS (09/30/2013) �2 AS BUILT (04/24/2014) CADFILE No. I� � M � M O � tA 00 04 04 ' a _ W = MCI O r^l W N � i O �L 0 co c M 0) c � o N 'c LLL r N a n�Co > 'T w/ 0 0) N I` Q E ■ *k 4- 0) c c: (0 E L O cu O m i 00 C 4- r L (O LO U � N LO _c L (ts &mmt Title 0ca Is: Date: 8hest No. 5-5-2014 Project No. 12-027 CONT. TIE BEAM, SEE PLANS AND SCHED. FOR SIZE AND REINF V. HORIZ. CORNER UR-O-WAL LADDER PLACE METAL LATH/CAVITY CAP OR WIRE - R, OR SIMILAR) (EVERY SCREEN OVER CELLS NOT TO BE FILLED WITH GROUT (SHEET METAL AND FELT PROHIBITED) TERM, VERT. WALL REINF. IN STD. 90° HKS. GROUT -FILLED CMU CELLS, PLACE GROUT IN LIFTS NOT TO EXCEED 4 FEET; PUDDLE 9 GAGE GALV. HORIZ. JOINT REINF, Cal OR VIBRATE IN PLACE 24" (DUR-O-WAL LADDER TYPE, OR CMU CELLS CONTAINING REINF. SHALL BE SIMILAR) (EVERY THIRD COURSE) FILLED SOLIDLY WITH GROUT; VERT. CELLS SHALL PROVIDE A CONTINUOUS CAVITY, FREE OF MORTAR DROPPINGS, AND AT LEAST 2" x 3" IN SIZE VERT. REINF. IN GROUTED CELLS, SEE PLAN FOR SIZE AND SPACING, PROVIDE TYPICAL JOINT REINFORCEMENT DETAIL MATCHING FDN, DOWELS, LAP SPLICE AT CORNER 48 BAR DIA. CONCRETE CMU UNITS (CMU), COMPLYING WITH ASTM C-90, IN RUNNING BOND, WITH 3/8" JOINTS ii" 14 PREFAB. 9 GAGE GALV. HORIZ. "T" WALL INTERSECTION JOINT REINF. fd 16" (DUR-O-WAL LADDER TYPE R) (EVERY FACE SHELLS WITH TYPE M MORTAR; PLACE MORTAR ON CROSS WEBS ADJACENT TO CELLS WHICH WILL BE GROUTED TO PREVENT LEAKAGE AGE GALV. HORIZ. JOINT REINF. Fd (DUR-O-WAL LADDER TYPE, OR LAR) (EVERY OTHER COURSE) TYPICAL JOINT REINFORCEMENT DETAIL AT WALL INTERSECTION el TYPICAL I M T T 1 SCALE: N.T.S. SET FIRST COURSE IN FULL MORTAR BED CLEAN -OUT OPENINGS AT GROUT FILLED CELLS, REQUIRED IN WALLS OVER 4 FEET HIGH FOUNDATION, SEE PLAN AND SCHED. FOR SIZE AND REINF. TYPICAL REINFORCED CMU WALL CONSTRUCTION THIS DETAIL IS APPLICABLE TO MAX. OF EXISTING CONCRETE 6'-0" HEIGHT AND 6'-0" WIDTH TIE/BEAM PROVIDE 1"x16 PROVIDE ONE COAT OF a GAUGE x 6" LONG 77 WATERTIGHT SEALANT DOVETAIL (BENT PRIMER AT REPAIR AREA INSTALL STUDS %" 2"x4") CONNECT PATCH & REPAIR DRYWALL SHORT fd HEAD 6", 16" GA., CONT. TRACK WITH ONE DN-SERIES AT INSIDE OF OPENING INTO TRACK TO ALLOW W/(2) 1/8" DIA, RAMSET HILTI POWDER SEE ARCHITECTURAL FOR FOR POWDER DRIVEN ACTUATED PINS, WALL WATERPROOFING VERTICAL DEFLECTION FASTENERS fd 6" O/C SPACES AT 16" C/C ATTACH METAL STUDS TO ALL AROUND CONT. 16ga TRACK TRACK w/(2) #12-14 METAL SCREW TO BOTH SIDES (TYP. rla EACH EXISTING CMU EXISTING CMU INTERSECTION) MORTAR SPECS: INFILL 8" MASONRY BLOCK AT 12 GA, 6"x6" CLIP ANGLE w(2) 1/8" TYPE S MORTAR SHALL BE USED EX. WALL UNIT OPENING. SET DIA. RAMSET POWDER DRIVEN EXCLUSIVELY ON THIS REPAIR. WITH TYPE S MORTAR (SEE FASTENERS & (4) #12-14 METAL MORTAR SHALL BE PROPORTIONED & SPEC'S BELOW) PROVIDE NO, 9 SCREWS TO EACH STUD (TYP. AT MIXED HORIZ. & VERT. MORTAR JOINTS GAUGE DOR-O-WALL EVERY TOP BOTTOM OF EACH STUD) SHALL BE 3/8" THICK U.O.N. REMOVE OTHER COURSE AND #5'S fd MORTAR PROTRUSIONS THAT EXTEND 32" O/C (DRILL 6' INTO 6'x16ga METAL STUDS fd 16" O/C INTO CELLS TO BE FILLED. EXISTING CONC. BEAM ABV. AND FTG. BELOW AND SET #5x3'-0" DOWEL, SET WITH /� T A L �°ry� p L a.1 E— L. Ate! HILTI EPDXY OR METAL CURTAIN `�'/� YN A LL DETAIL EQUAL) 1 2 ROOFING SYSTEM ON METAL DECK SEE PLAN FOR GAGE AND ATTACHMENT, TOP OF PARAPET WALL SEE PLAN 8"x8" CONC. CAP. w/#5 �� o VERT, fd 24" O/C (WHERE APPLICABLE) a 8" CMU WALL TYP, 1/4" 2 1/2" JOIST BRG. ELEV, SEE PLAN a a 4 a TIE BEAM d SEE PLAN SCALE: N.T.S. TOP VIEW SIDE VIEW 6„ N 1 1/2" 3 rj1 1/2" 1/2" T -LT-- 4 T 3/4" DIA x 5" HS'S (TYP, ray EACH JOIST) EMBED. PLATE STEEL JOIST (SEE PLAN) 8" CMU BOTTOM CHORD EXTENSION AT BOLTED TIE -JOIST ONLY L 6"x6"x1/2"x8" w/(2) 1/2 DIA HILTI HIT HY20 MASONRY ANCHORS. (AT BTJ LOCATIONS ONLY) TRO'N K-JOIST A SCALE: N,T.S. It SAR BAR fd B SCALE: N.T.S. C{ TC 12 GA, 3"x3" CLIP 1/8" DIA. RAM DRIVEN FASTENER; METAL SCREWS TC (TYP. AT TOP BOTT 3 1/2 STUD CON1 BASE 4" CLR. TO (END TOP BAR) COL. HOOKS 'E' BAR STD. 90 HOOKS 'S-1'/4 STD. 90° HOOKS A 7 TP BAR a STD. 90° HOO —'C' BAR (TOP) SEE NOTE 1 'S-274 OR CANTILEVEER SPAN WHICHEVER IS S-1'/2 GREATER TP BAR "S'/2 6 STD. 90° OOKS i STD, 90° HOOKS I MIN. S TYP, BOTTOM BAR I I I SPACING 1. WHERE NECESSARY CONT, TOP BARS SHALL BE LAPPED 48 TIMES BAR DIAMETER IN MIDDLE 1/3 OF SPAN. INTERMEDIATE 2. FOR STIRRUP SPACING ('S') AND INTERMEDIATE REINFORCING BARS SEE BEAM SCHEDULE 3. 'S' DENOTES STIRRUPS SPACING 4. 'S-1' DENOTES SPAN LENGTH BEAM BENDING DIAGFRAAM SCALE: N.T.S. CONT, 16ga VERTITF (2) #12 SELF DRILLING SCR AT EACH E w/ MIN. %" EDGE DISTP —STEEL BEAM (SEE PLAN) ATTACH VERTITRACK 3Y2"x16ga METAL STUDS rd 16" O/C � TO STL. BEAM w/12) 0.145 DIA. PAF WITH FULL PENETRATION (2) #12 SELF DRILLING SCREWS TO THICKNESS AT EACH STUD fad 12" O/C AND w/ MIN. Y4" EDGE DISTANCE 3" AWAY FROM L�l ENDS. CONT, 16ga VEkTITRACK '/1 11171 SECTION INFILL AT STEEL BEAM SCALE: N.T.S. 3 1/2", 16" GA., CONT. TOP TRACK ATTACH METAL STUDS TO TRACK w/(2) #12-14 METAL SCREW TO BOTH SIDES (TYP, fd EACH INTERSECTION) APA RATED CDX PLYWOOD SHEATHING 40/20 5/8" EXPOSURE 1, CONT. OVER TWO OR MORE SPANS ON BOTH SIDES 12 GA. 3"x3" CLIP ANGLE w/(3) OF WALL, PROVIDE W/ MIN. OF #12-14 SELF TAPPING METAL 2x4 EDGEWISE BLOCKING AT ALL SCREWS TO EACH STUD AND HORIZ. PANEL JOINTS. FASTENED TRACK (TYP. AT EACH STUD) Fd 4" O/C FIELD AND EDGES PROVIDE 2"x14 GA DIAGONAL STRAPS ON BACK OF STUDS. 3 1!2", 16" GA., CONT. ATTACH TO EACH STUD w/(4) #10 BASE TRACK W/(2) 1/8" TEKS (2 LINES OF "X" BRACING x DIA. RAMSET POWDER 20'-0" SPANNING TOP TO BOTTOM) DRIVEN FASTENERS rd 6" O/C ATTACH METAL STUDS TO TRACK w/(2) #12-14 JOIST BRG. METAL SCREW TO BOTH ELEV. SEE PLAN SIDES (TYP. rd EACH INTERSECTION) SCALE: N.T.S. SCALE: N.T.S. 6", 16" GA., CONT. TRACK } 5/8" PL STIFFNER fa COL. CL W/(2) 1/8" DIA. RAMSET AT BEAM BRG. POINTS OVER POWDER noiv�ni STEEL COLUMNS FASTENERS na ATTACH METAL STl TRACK w/(2) #12-14 SCREW TO BOTI- (TYP. fi INTERSE 6'x16ga METAL STUD: CONT. 16ga TI SCALE: N.T.S. 6", 16" GA., CONT, TRACK W/(2) 1/8" DIA. RAMSET POWDER DRIVEN FASTENERS rd 6" O/C ATTACH METAL STUDS TO TRACK w/(2) #12-14 METAL SCREW TO BOTH SIDES (TYP. fd EACH INTERSECTION) STEEL BEAM (SEE PLAN) E, STL COLUMN STANDARD HOOK INTO BEAM (TYP.) STD. 90° HOOKS 1 1/2" 'E' BAR STD. 90° HOOKS 1 6,. \--1 1/2" MIN. TYP. NOTES: 10" TYP. z BOND BEAM FOR #5 BAR Lu (SEE PLAN) 12" TYP, 0 FOR #6 BAR z W 14" TYP. m FOR #7 BAR w VERT. REINF. IN CONCRETE FILLED CELL. CONCRETE FOOTING. SCALE: N.T.S. TYP. rd EA.END P L A IU VIEW A I H I U ANGLE FRAME (FOR 1400# UNIT) �I I I EXISTING 6"x16 GA STUDS rla ROOF TOP 16" O/C A/C UNIT ROOF TOP 6"x16 GA fd 16" O/C CURB STUD WALL 6" HIGH (MIN. 18 ga) _ w/6"x16 GA TRACK TOP AND BOT. O w SECURE EACH STUD co = w/W #12 TRACKS TO EACH TRACK (TYP.) V 6"x16 GA CONT. TRACK w/(2) #12 TO METAL DECK rd 6" O/C (TYP.) SCALE: N.T.S. FOR A/C UNIT OVER 2'-B" HIGH, PROVIDE ADDITIONAL 2" WIDE GALV. STRAPS OVER UNIT FOR WIND SUPPORT AT EACH END. SECURE END OF STRAPS W/(4) #14 X 1" TEK SCREWS TO EXISTING CURB. FASTEN 2" WIDE x 18 GAUGE GALVANIZED TIE -DOWN STRAP, SECURE w/W 1/4-14 x 1" TEK SCREWS TO CURB AND EQUIPMENT CASE. PROVIDE STRAPS AT EACH CORNER AND AT 24" O/C BETWEEN CORNERS TYP. AT ALL FOUR SIDES (MINIMUM 3 STRAPS PER SIDE) 3/8" DIA. LAG BOLTS 4" FROM EACH CORNER & MAX 24" O/C (MIN 3 PER SIDE) TYP. ALL 4 SIDES OwU) Lu C� w awO EXISTING ROOFING Ll A/C SUPPORT 18ga x 2" STRAP fa 24" O/C (3 FRAME METAL DECK MIN PER SIDE) TYP. ALL 4 SIDES SEE PLAN FASTENEN TO CURB w/(4) 1/4-14x1" TEKS AND w/(1) 1/4" DIA. EXISTING STL. BOLT WASHER AND NUT TO STL. JOIST ANGLE SECTION A -A STEEL JOIST - SEE PLAN 12" x 12"x 1 1/4" TOP PLATE 1/4" FILLET WELDS ALL AROUND BEAM TO TOP PLATE STEEL BEAM (SEE PLAN) E70XX TYP. �- E70XX TYP. 1/4" 1!4" L 8"x8"x3/4"x12" LONG L 8"x8"x3/4"x12" LONG w/1/2•' STIFF. PLATES rd w/1/2" STIFF. PLATES fd BOTH ENDS & CENTER BOTH ENDS & CENTER OF STL. COL. OF STL. COL. HSS STL. TUBE COL. (SEE PLAN) T AT STEEL L M (MIDDLE) SCALE: N.T.S. REINFORCE TOP & BOTTOM CHORDS w/(2)-Y4" DIA. RODS (SEE DETAIL 4/1) TYPICAL RTU TO EXISTING CURB ATTACHMENT DETAIL ADD STIFFENER ANGLES IF DIMENSION IS GREATER THAN 0" Q JOIST TOP7r CHORD PANEL POINT PANEL POINT (WHERE DIAGONAL WEB MEMBERS INTERSECT CHORDS) SECTION B-B SCALE: N.T.S. CONCENTRATED LOAD FROM SUPPORT ABOVE REINFORCE TOP CHORD w/(2)-3/4" DIA. RODS (SEE DETAIL 4/1) 3/16 TYP. TOP CHORD WEB MEMBER REINFORCE �BOT. CHORD BOTTOM CHORD w/(2)-%" DIA. RODS (SEE DETAIL) ADD L2x2x 3/6 EA. SIDE STIFFENER ANGLE IF RTU FRAME ANGLE BEARS ON JOIST FURTHER THAN 0" FROM THE NEAREST TOP CHORD PANEL POINT. TYP.CONCENTRATED LOAD REINFORCINGcALE: N.T.s, VERT. REINF. IN CONCRETE FILLED CELL. Proj. Mgr. JU Job. Capt. SG Drawn b9 JT RON BARR, A.I.A. Rev'cl by STATE OF FLORIDA RIS AR 0016160 O w O w U 0 Z z U W H O W Q _ ~ z 3 0 W U O m Q p ¢ O O U Of F a 0 0 O U p= z W gW u m[ 0 F 2 U m X 0 z Z= z w Q U z W F- K W H Z OO � w ui w w O W W } O Z O} O F W Y W Z) Z O d' ¢ W Z z O O o m o 0 a o 2 z= Z a rn z Z 0 of ZO U 0 0 ¢ O W �- O 0 m F a W 0 Ow o CO Q YOf Z (n f W } Of ¢ w >r z cn co W L) o Ox u~i z~ W a z r w i- yy z 0}= W O W H O W O L) Z W U m a 0 U W ¢¢ 0 00 W z w= U a U w U a z i O Q Q= a O O LL t_ O W L: t- W Z o z)U 2 Z U= 0 0 U W U a= z W m 0 z m U � W w� mUa mO a vn a P a P z oQ� P z z z¢ © COPYRIGHT 2012 BARR ARCHITECTURAL STUDIO Revisions: GENERAL REVISIONS (09/30/2013) 0 AS BUILT (04/24/2014) CADFILE No. a a M O � ■ A A O �w04 a V1 r 1 I O 04 04 00 I O Sheet Title N L O m N (U M L m �� _0N c r� ILL.� V N CL D > 0) Lo p E ■ *k y.. cn mc C � N LL L O O W L 00 N O a Lo d' =3 Cn U r- ) N T_ ++ LO �- v L m Scale: TAYLAN KALKAN, P.E. ENGINEERING PLUS Date: Sheet No.5 - 5 - 2 014 FL. P.E. # 67349 & C.A. # 26538 19528 SEDGEFIELD TERRACE Project No. O 11BOCA RATON, FL 33498 12 - 0 2 7 (561) 756 4106 (561) 479 3743 fax 0 TY[ TYP EXI HEINI-URCE BU I I UM CHURL) w/(2)-%4" DIA. HUDS (SEE DETAIL 3/S-8 & 3A/S-8) PURPOSE OF THIS SKETCH IS TO GIVE GENERAL IDEA OF REINFORCEMENT REQUIREMENTS, 2 ACTUAL JOIST WEB CONFIGURATION MAY DIFFER EXISTING • i REINFORCEMENT ,I A NEW ENTRY I R� FEATURE �;'-- I �. R -- II ,i. I I;, WALL DETAIL TYPICAL BRIDGING DETAIL w - REINFORCE WEBS 1 y x 1 Y2 x %6 EA. WEB HERE SHOWN, PANELS 1-11 IIST IYP. (SEE DETAIL 1/S-8) TYPICAL SCALE N.T.S. EXISTING DECK I 0 PROVIDE 8" CONT. AGRIND WELD EACH 2-12 EA. END SIDE, TYP. 3/16 2 3/16 USE 3/4" DIA. ROD TO REINFORCE EXISTI G JOIST TOP CHORD (TYP. THROUGHOUT ENTIRE TOP CHORD) SPLICE ROD AS REQUIRED S2 USE 3/4" DIA. ROD TO REINFORCE STEEL ROUND EXIS IT NG JOIST BOTTOM CHORD ROD (SEE (TYP. THROUGHOUT ENTIRE BOT. CHORD) DETAIL) Fy-50 ksi SPLICE ROD AS REQUIRED SPLICE PROVIDE 8" CONT. (3 A 3/16 WELD EACH SIDE, 2-12 EA, END SCALE : N.T.S, EXISTING JOIST TOP & BOOT. CHORD Imo, DETAIL SCALE N.T.S. LOCATE EXACT POSITION OF EXISTING REINFORCEMENT BARS. DO NOT CUT OR DAMAGE EXISTING REBAR TYP .)--` STEEL BEAM WEB ° D L 4"x4"x3/8" x 8" LONG BOTH SIDES SCALE: N.T.S. o EXISTING. ° CMU WALL e TYPr 4 1/4" L 4"x4"x3/8" x 8" LONG BOTH SIDES STL. BEAM (SEE PLAN) TYP. 1/4" 1/2" GAP (MAX) (SEE PLAN) GENERAL SHORING NOTES AND DETAIL5 SCALE : N.T.S. (6) 3/4" DIAM. X 6" EXP. BOLTS (3 EACH SIDE) EXISTING. CONCRETE BEAM i O R r, gel - ASSEMBLY iS— BL D IA GR r• F EXISTING ROOF DECK OPENING REPAIR NOTE: REINFORCE OPENINGS GREATER THAN THE WIDTH BETWEEN DECK FLUTES MADE BY OTHER TRADES, AS INDICATED ON THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS. 1. REINFORCE OPENINGS LESS THAN 15 INCHES (381 MM) WITH FLAT STEEL SHEET OF THE SAME QUALITY AS THE DECK UNITS, THICKNESS OF NOT LESS THAN 0.0358 (0.91 MM). PLACE STEEL SHEET OVER OPENING AND FUSION WELD TO THE TOP SURFACE OF THE DECK, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND THIS SPECIFICATION, 2. REINFORCE OPENINGS GREATER THAN 15 INCHES (381 MM) WITH 3"x3"x 1/4" ANGLES OF A36 STEEL FRAMING AROUND THE OPENING TO THE ADJACENT DECK SUPPORTS IN ACCORDANCE, ATTACH WITH CONT. 1/4" FILLET WELDS, AND ADEQUATE TO SUPPORT THE LOADS THAT WOULD NORMALLY BE CARRIED BY THE DECK WHERE THE OPENING HAS OCCURRED. WELD THE DECK TO THE FRAME IN AS FOLLOWS 1-1/2" X 22 GA. VULCRAFT 1,51322 ATTACHED TO ALL ROOF SUPPORTS W/ 5/8" PUDDLE WELDS ON 36/7 LAYOUT AND (8) # 12 TEK SCREWS SIDELAP FASTENERS PER SPAN, PERIMETER WELD AT 6" O/C. VERT. BAR FOR TOP OF STL. 1 A/I K IOW REINF. STL. SHALL BE WELDABLE ASTM A706 (� ,- GRADE 60 STEEL. �u�y( 2" WELD EA, SIDE 6IDE Vf FU) SCALE: N.T.S. STRINGER BEAM ADJUSTABLE SCREW JACK FRAME COUPLING PIN RIVET AND HITCH PIN DOUBLE HOLE CROSS BRACE ADJUSTABLE SCREW JACK INFORCING BARS WELDED D STIR. STL BEAM SHALL _ ONFIRM WITH A.S,T.M. A706, GRADE 60, LAP REINFORCING AS NOTED ON PLANS. BEND BAR AND WELD TO TOP OF STL. BM. VERT. BAR NO. AND LENGTH AS REQ'D. FOR LAP AT CONC. (✓OL. REINFORCING BARS WELDED TO STR, STL BEAM SHALL CONFIRM WITH A.S.T.M. A706, GRADE 60, LAP REINFORCING AS NOTED ON PLANS. DENOTES: THYSSENKRUPPS SAFWAY-SF HEAVY DUTY SHORING FRAME OR EQUAL, SHORE FRAME 4'-0" O/C MAX. (UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE SEE SHORING PLAN) LOCATED AS SHOWN ON PLAN (ULTIMATE CAP. MIN. 10000 LBS. AT 19'-0" HEIGHT) GENERAL SHORING NOTES: CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE ADEQUACY OF FORMS AND SHORING AND FOR SAFE PRACTICE IN THEIR USE AND REMOVAL. CONTRACTOR TO MAINTAIN FLOORS 100% SHORED. CONTRACTOR SHALL ERECT FORM WORK IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH ACI 347. PROVIDE CHAMFERS AT ALL CORNERS IN CONCRETE MEMBERS EXPOSED TO VIEW. SHORING TO REMAIN IN PLACE UNTIL WORK IS COMPLETE ATTAINED ENOUGH STRENGTH TO SUPPORT ALL DEAD LOADS PLUS A MINIMUM OF 50 P.S.F. OF ADDITIONAL CONSTRUCTION LOAD. FOLLOW PROCEDURE RECOMMENDED BY POST SHORE MANUFACTURER AND OSHA REGULATIONS, DO NOT MAKE UNAUTHORIZED CHANGES TO SHORING PLAN AND EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE GUARD RAIL SYSTEMS ON ALL OPEN SITES AND OPENINGS IN FORM WORK AND SLAB. LATERALLY SUPPORT FORM WORK FOR ALL VIBRATIONAL AND MOTORIZED POURING LOADS. FASTEN ALL BRACES SECURELY, CHECK TO SEE THAT ALL CLAMPS, SCREWS, PINS ARE IN A CLOSED OR ENGAGED POSITION. AVOID ECCENTRIC LOADS ON U-HEADS AND TOP PLATES BY CENTERING STRINGERS ON THESE MEMBERS. AVOID SHOCK OR IMPACT LOADS, DO NOT PLACE ADDITIONAL TEMPORARY LOADS (SUCH AS REBAR BUNDLES). THE ERECTION OF SHORING SHOULD BE UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF AN EXPERIENCED COMPETENT PERSON. PLUM AND LEVEL ALL SHORING FRAMES, EXERCISE CAUTION IN ERECTING OR DISMANTLING FREE STANDING SHORES. 0 TAYLAN KALKAN, P.E. ENGINEERING PLUS FL. P.E. # 67349 & C.A. # 26538 19528 SEDGEFIELD TERRACE BOCA RATON, FL 33498 (561) 756 4106 (561) 479 3743 fax Proj. Mgr. JU Job. Capt. SG Drawn bg JT RON BARR, A.I.A. Revd bg STATE OF FLORIDA RB AR 0016160 U O m Q 6 j Q O O - U W w�x- WLL a 0 �_j O U p= Z F_ W W_ O m Z o o o o W Q W o o W W o z 0 U 0 "d � > o "� Y LL= Z } OF Q W z O 0 O w 0 O= w a' LL U a O W z W z Qx 'S m W J U � m zO a z 0 a D Oz A Of Z R Z zO U U o} O Q Z U x n~ a W OU F o� Q Wi LL W Q �: w W W' 0� N= m F m Q z F- W m O m F LL In z W W W O F W 3: U Z 0 Vm )- W LL O WW W F Z- O O O W WW O=?F mD F F- J 0 O LL O m a O L Go Z m U M2 z U x O U w U Q m z W= 0 z EL w = c m 0 E W w F 0 U F Q O Q F 4 F Z o� F Z Z Z z Q © COPYRIGHT 2012 BARR ARCHITECTURAL STUDIO N N lu J Revisions: iS GENERAL REVISIONS (09/30/2013) ,2 AS BUILT (04/24/2014) CADFILE No, a M � AA aw�a O � ly I o w L O J �L M M 0) N c O N c U � r c "C ai ^11 � W > Lh � �cai o E .� 4. C °J c m to E O �O/ m LL ++ c cu r 0 O LO :3� � V r 0) LO (� L m Shsst Title Sea Is: Date: Sheet No. 5-5-2014 Project No. 12-027 S�8 I tvJ,F,I I I I IV.1.r.1 NEW <4 I > EXISTING CMU CMU WALL O WALL REMAIN I II I I SHORING DEAN SCALE 1/8"=1'-0" PROVIDE SHORING & RE -SHORING SHOP DRAWING PLANS FOR REVIEW ADEQUATE VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL SHORING SHALL BE PROVIDED TO SAFELY SUPPORT ALL LOADS DURING INSTALLATION AS PER SHORING PLAN NO STRUCTURAL MEMBER SHALL BE CUT, NOTCHED, OR OTHERWISE REDUCED IN STRENGTH BEYOND THE SCOPE OF THIS PLAN WITHOUT CONSULTING ENGINEER OF RECORD. DENOTES: ®THYSSENKRUPPS SAFWAY-SF HEAVY DUTY SHORING FRAME OR EQUAL, SHORE FRAME 4'-0" O/C MAX. (UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE SEE SHORING PLAN) LOCATED AS SHOWN ON PLAN (ULTIMATE CAP. MIN. 10000 LBS, AT 19'-0" HEIGHT) EXISTING CMU W ALL/STEEL BEAM TO REMAIN --------------------- NEW HSS STL. TUBE COL, EXISTING HSS STL. TUBE COL TO REMAIN EXISTING STL. BEAMS TO REMAIN Ai E A2 TAYLAN KALKAN, P.E. ENGINEERING PLUS FL. P.E. # 67349 & C.A. # 26538 19528 SEDGEFIELD TERRACE BOCA RATON, FL 33498 (561) 756 4106 (561) 479 3743 fax Proj. Mgr. JU Job. Capt. SG Drawn by JT RON BARR, A.I.A. Rev'd by STATE OF FLORIDA RB AR 0016160 LL F 0 w O z w U w H O, W Q Q Q o? Q O O w 2 W w O O O OQ m X Q F z W V Q U Q m 0 'L ~ z Z= W w W~ Z OU 2 W !r 2 O w w } O z} F O w Y cn LL ZO Q F ~ Q W Z 0 16 W m U w� LL O z i Z W< a z z p O V 0 a= 2 ~ 2; U d W OU OW = 8} O z_ U Y w 3 ¢ w p U Q �} 7d U)i F W W = O S z H LL Z w } z LL O p w Uc Z LL. O � O 0 f cq W z W 2 O m 2 Q a U V a V w : z F w Z V 0 z 2 O w O O~ F U S a w z = 0 O V W U Z V = z m w 2 U 2 0� w W W O © COPYRIGHT 2012 BARR ARCHITECTURAL STUDIO Revisions: GENERAL REVISIONS (09/30/2013) AS BUILT (04/24/2014) CADFILE No. a M � A A a n ly O w N E„I ce Sheet Title Sea Is: Date: 5-5-2014 Project No. 12-027 L ru N CD M C M 0) -a N CD L .cu L a M Lo 4-1 E m E o cu N�O/ m i LL ++ 00 P Cn r O O Lo � � � U �- 0) N LO �- U L Sheet No. Sar9 0 CON # EA, EMB. w/ ------------------------------- (6) #12 TEK SCREWS NEW 8"x14 GA DIAGONAL METAL FRAME rd 16" O/C (TYP.) ATTACHED w/(6) #12 TEK SCREWS AT EACH INTERSECTION 8", 14" GA., METAL STUDS BLOCKING ral 4'-0" O/C (TYP.) 3 1/2"x3 1/2"x14 GA CLIP ANGLE (VERIFY LENGTH Al FIELD) ral 16" O/C (TYP. ATTACHED TO NEW BY-PASS STUDS w/(6) #12 TEK SCREWS AND TO EXISTINC STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBEF w/(4) 1/4"x1 1/2" PAP NEW 8"x14 GA VERT, METAL FRAME fad 16" O/C (TYP.) 8", 14" GA., METAL STUDS BLOCKING raj 4'-0" O/C ITYP.) 5/8" CDX EXP, I EXTERI PLYWOOD BACKING AT SIGN. TO METAL STUDS w/#12x1 1/ S-12 COATED BUGLE HEAD SCF FROM ENDS AND EDGES AND / 8", 14" GA., MET BLOCKING rd 3 1/2"x3 1/2"x ANGLE (VERIFY I FIELD) ral 16" ATTACHED TO NEB STUDS w/(6) #12 TE AND T( STRUCTURAL STEI w/(4) 1/4"r NEW 8"x1 ME fla 16" — " , I I 1 ., 5/8" CDX EXP. I EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD BACKING AT SIGN. ATTACHED TO METAL STUDS w/#12x1 1/4" TYPE(S) S-12 COATED BUGLE HEAD SCREWS 3/8" FROM ENDS AND EDGES AND AT 4" O/C. 6"x14 GA BRIDGING (VERIFY LENGTH AT FIELD) rd 16" O/C (TYP.) ATTACHED TO NEW BY-PASS STUD w/(6) 412 TEK SCREWS AND TO EXISTING STUD w/(6) #12 SCREWS 8", 14" GA., METAL STUDS BLOCKING fd 4'-0" O/C (TYP.j 6"x14 GA BRIDGING (VERIFY LENGTH AT FIELD) rd 16" O/C (TYP.) ATTACHED TO NEW BY-PASS STUD w/(6) #12 TEK SCREWS AND TO EXISTING STUD w/(6) #12 SCREWS NEW 8"x14 GA VERT. METAL FRAME na 16" O/C (TYP,) NEW 8"x14 GA VERT. METAL FRAME fd 16" O/C (TYP,) 6"x14 GA BRIDGING (VERIFY LENGTH AT FIELD) rlo 16" O/C (TYP.) ATTACHED TO NEW BY-PASS STUD w/(6) #12 TEK SCREWS AND TO EXISTING STUD w/(6) #12 SCREWS NEW 8"x14 GA BASE TRACK w/(3) #12 TEK SCREWS AT EACH END V.I.F. V,I,F. V.I.F. 6"x14 GA BRIDGING (VERIFY LENGTH AT FIELD) ral 16" O/C (TYP.) ATTACHED TO NEW BY-PASS STUD w/(6) #12 TEK SCREWS AND TO EXISTING STUD w/(6) #12 SCREWS fXi�FiNG�"x1Cs-Gt�VEfiT----------------------------------------------- METAL FRAME fa7 16" O/C (TYP.) I I XISTING STEEL BEAM I I I I I I I XISTING STEEL BEAM E(VERIFY)0, (LEVIEE L III) 37'-0" T.O (VERIFY) 3 1/4 ANGLE FIE ATTACHE STUDS w/ STRUCT( 1A Ii EXISTING 6"x16 GA VERT. METAL FRAME fd 16" O/C (TYP,) EXISTING 6"x16 GA VERT. METAL FRAME fd 16" O/C (TYP.) E PAD (VERIFY)T.O. 1 1(VERIFY) c EX FAI TAYLAN KALKAN, P.E. ENGINEERING PLUS FL. P.E. # 67349 & C.A. # 26538 19528 SEDGEFIELD TERRACE BOCA RATON, FL 33498 (561) 756 4106 (561) 479 3743 fax Proj. Mgr. JU Job. Capt. SG Praum bg JT RON BARR, A.I.A. Rev'cl bg STATE OF FLORIDA R AR 0016160 LL 0 to O z U w �, U O H O H z w w = = F z O w Q O m a p Q O 0 Q W� a 0 O U p= z w m X W LL 0 z w= W z w O Q U 9 °0 cn X W F W F 0 Z()> z Z w > H o w Y LL co Z > o= 0¢ w a Z w 0 O Fs O= a? Z p P U O a= ~ Q' C'� Z CL w U 0~> Z 0 HO WD ¢ }W 0) QWK�Z = O WZ ¢ 0 z = W LW WU z o > LL O O W w aC O a c7 z a O w p = U a O W U z 2 0 U Z d O O o z ti H = O R o 0 O O H W O O 2 Z m K = U= Q X w w F_ V)i r¢ 0¢¢ z o w z z z¢ © COPYRIGHT 2012 BARR ARCHITECTURAL STUDIO Iwv iei0116: Z GENERAL REVISIONS (09/30/2013) a2 AS BUILT (04/24/2014) CADFILE No. a M � M O � � AA O tA— I O N E., Sheet title Sca Is: Date: 5-5-2014 Project No. 12-027 �0 Sheet No. mom i Q �L Nt co (0 C M cu N o N 'c LL r C N m aS C- t6 Lo � O_ E c: N E o oQ N m L LL � 4- 00 c r. O � � N O L � v 0 LO U L S-10 A2 PLYWO( HED w/C 4" O/C EXISTINt x6"x3/8 J BOTH TYP EXISTINt 3/4" PLYWOOD SHEATHING ATTACHED w/ PAF f la 4" O/C T STL. I (2) L6"x6"x3/8" STL, ANGLE ON BOTH SIDE OF STL. COLUMN EXIS 3/4" PLYWOOD SHEATHING_ ATTACHED w/0.145x2" PAF r7o 4" O/C TO EACH STL. MEMBER CONT. 1"xi"x1/4" STL. TUBE 1 1/2"x 1 1/2"x 1/4" STL. TUBE as 36" O/C MAX 1"x1"x1/4" STL, TUBE BLOCKING ral MID SPAN HSS 4"x4"x3/8" CONT, STEEL BRIDGING FRAME 5 4'-0" O/C TYP. HSS 6"x6"x3/8" STL, STUB COL. 3"x3"xi/4" STL. ANGLE TO BOTH SIDES OF STUB COLUMNS TYP> EXISTING STL. BEAM CONT. 1"x1"x1/4" STL. TUBE 1 1/2"x 1 1/2"x 1/4" STL. TUBE rla 36" O/C 4'-0" MAX. 1"x1"x1/4" STL. TUBE BLOCKING 5 MID SPAN HSS 6"x6"x3/8" CONT. STEEL FRAME BOTH SIDE h OF CATWALK TYP. 1/4" w_ 6"x6"x1/2" STL. PLATE z H I W 3/4" PLYWOOD SHEATHING ATTACHED w/0.145x2" PAF 5 4" O/C TO EACH STL. MEMBER HSS 4"x4"x3/8" CONT. STEEL BRIDGING FRAME rd 4'-0" O/C CONT. 1"x1"x1/4" n 1 1/2"x 1 1/2"x �/k. TUBE EXIS] TYP' 6"x14"x1/4" S ATTACHE[ w/(2) 3/4" TYPj TY 1/4" x1"xi/4" >E 1/2"x 1/4" IE Fa 36" O/C STL. TUBE ral MID SPAN "x6"x3/8" STL. L. SCALE N.T.S. SCALE N.T.S. SCALE N.T.S. ING CMU WALL Y�/- 18'-0" (VERIFY IN FIELD) YP. 1/4" 1/4" EXISTING S 3"x3'"x1/4" __—_--__---_-- _ ------- ----- — - ------------- II TO BOTH S COLUMNS rL. PLATEI TO CON DIA. x 8" -XP. BOLT 4'-0" �I o I II ! ! ED HSS 6"x6->� STUB COL. 3"x3"xi/4" TO BOTH SI TYP. --------- - COLUMNS HSS 6"x6"x3/8" CONT, STEEL FRAME BOTH SIDE OF CATWALK \Z YP' 1/4" d LSTL' TUBE 1 1/2"x 1 1/2"x 1/4" STL. TUBE rd 36" O/C MAX. WMA SCALE N.T.S. V 3"x3/8" STL. x3/8" STL. J BOTH SIDE OF JMN x3/8" STL. -L. BEAM >TL. ANGLE DES OF STUB 3/8" STL. TL, ANGLE DES OF STUB (LEVEL IV)(VERIFY)O. PARAPET (VERIFY)T.O. STEEL COLUMN (LEVEL1 (VERIFY)O.T.STEEL COLUMN I AN 3/4" PLYWOOD SHE, ATTACHED w/0. PAF fa 4" O/C TO STL. ME 3/4" PP 3 TIC L 1(VERIFY) STEEL COLUMN 3000 PSI CONCRETE #5 DOWELS a 8" /C TOP & BOT. WITH MIN, 4" EMB. INTO CONCRETE SET w/HIGH STRENGTH EPDXY GROUT d VIEW EXISTING W1 >ECTION A -A SCALE 3/8"=1'-0" 0 TAYLAN KALKAN, P.E. ENG NEEKNIG PLUS FL. P.E. # 67349 & CAA. # 26538 19528 SEDGEFT_ELD TERRACE BOCA RATON, FL 33498 (561) 75 I (561) 479 3743 fax A/ A //v Proj. Mgr. JU Job. Capt. SG Drawn by JT RON BARR, A.I.A. Revd by STATE OF FLORIDA t5 AR 0016160 o o Z U um,H O O = w z F a z z a Q Q O: Q w O 0 U W_ 0 K O p= Z 2 O w m W, w x m X UZ=zw 90 a 0 0wFz02wW 0 jZwW yY W CZ >-o� HOw O O m" aY wz.0Z O Zt 0 m U D z ZM=Z Z 0� w On W Ow OV zs 1-- I� 3 a w w'W m Q Y >z �- IL W W 0 ¢ OJ x 0 m A LL x m m z W Q z F w W O F 3: U z z 0>- W LL Ft U m m O 0 V W W H 2 Q a F- W m � O§ z F w O OR w w O_ Z Z) O o Z~ $ oOC 0 !_ W Z m V 2 2 0 O_ z m X 0¢ 2 0� Q F- Z W W o Of r- z z z Q O COPYRIGHT 2012 BARR ARCHITECTURAL STUDIO iQsvrsrone: �1 GENERAL REVISIONS (09/30/2013) �2 AS BUILT (04/24/2014) CADFILE No. O � � A A V1 r 1 O � ONO o w N � Sheet Title Sca Is: Date: 5-5-2014 Project No. 12-027 L O �L M CM 0) co N C � o N C N U N Lo Q N E CIO =3 Cl) Cu E O ca NO I V m i }0 Cn U) U Lo O COv 0 =3 to U L Cu 0 #4x8" LONG DOWELS WELDED TO STL COL. Fal 16" O/C (TYP.) #4x8" LONG DOWELS WELDED TO STL COL. Fal 16" 0 / C (TYP.) HSS 8"0"x5/8" STL. COL. #4x8" LONG DOWELS WELDED TO STL COL. Fal 16" 0/C (TYP.) GRADE (SEE CIVIL PLANS) VERIFY HEIGH AT FIELD 8" CONC BLOCK WALL EXISTING SLAB SCALE: N.T.S. CL COL AND WALL (8) 3/4" x 8" NELSON STUDS 1 " STL.- TOP PLATE VERIFY HEIGH J4 AT FIELD HSS 8"x4"x5/8' STL. COL. TOP PLATE SIDE VIEW 7,. HSS 8"0"x5/8' STL. COL 1" STL—j TOP PLATE �T (8) 3/4" x 8" NELSON STUDS TOP PLATE TOP VIEW #4x8" LONG DOWELS WELDED TO STL COL. Fol 16" O/C (TYP.) NEW SLAB OV.I.F. a Q a a � a a a O STEEL COLUMN / BASE PLATE SCHEDULE MARK COLUMN SIZE BASE PLATE ANCHOR BOLT REMARKS A B T E D HSS 8'"x4" 12" 16" 1 1/2" 13" 1" GALV, 1 Yz" NON SHRINK GROUT & BED SEE PLAN BASE PLATE DETAIL N.T.S- COMPACTOR (SEE MANUF SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONNECTION) NEW 3000 PSI 6" CONCRETE EQUIPMENT PAD (10'-0 W"x5'-0" GREATER THAN THE LENGTH OF THE COMPACTOR -VERIFY) w/#5 REBARS Fla 12" O/C EACH WAY Fad MID. DEPTH (PAD IS FLUSH w/THE SURROUNDING GRADE) PLAN VIEW COMPACTOR CONC, PAD SLAB SECTION &(D SCALE: N.T.S. COMPACTOR (SEE MANUF. SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONNECTION) NEW 3000 PSI 6" CONCRETE EQUIPMENT PAD (10'-0 ----------------- W"x5'-0" GREATER THAN THE LENGTH OF THE COMPACTOR -VERIFY) Id 12" O/C EACH WAY Fal MID. DEPTH i w/THE SURROUNDING GRADE) SECTION SCALE: N.T.S. CONCRETE ASE DETAIL AT COMPACTOR SCALE: N.T.S. � n rvn n ni i i�r�v Z 8"x8" BLOCK BOND I w/(1) #5 C 8"xl6" TIE BEAM (TI (SEE PL ERT. R CONCI Fa 32" CRETE TING, #7 VERT. REINF. IN CONCRETE FILLED CELL rd 32" O/C ryp. 13L0`%ClK' WALL REINFORCEMENT SCALE: N.T.S. GRADE (SEE CIVIL PLANS) ALL STRUCTURAL MULLION AND CONNECTION DETAILS MUST BE REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION KA \ "C3" HSS 6"x6"x5/8" STL. TUBE COL. SI�� U-CLIP C NN. SCALE: N.T.S. SCALE: N.T.S. STL. HORZ. MULLION L 7"x5"x1/4" U CLIP (2) 7/8" DIA, HOLE FOR 3/4" DIA, FLAT HEAD A325 MACHINE BOLT & NUT SLOTS AT MULL. FOR U CLIP SCALE: N.T.S. NOTE: - ALL THRU BOLTS TO BE ASTM A325, - ALL STEEL PLATES TO BE ASTM A36. - 1/4" FILLET WELDS, ALL AROUND FOR PLATE AND COLUMN CONNECTIONS. ALL BOLT HOLES TO BE 7/8" DIA. FOR 3/4" DIA BOLTS. MIN, EDGE DISTANCE TO BE 2" - STEEL COLUMN TO BE CONCENTRIC ON PLATE ALL FIELD BOLTS AND WELDS TO THE SHOP COAT SHALL BE SPOT PAINTED OR TREATED WITH THE MATERIAL USED FOR THE SHOP COAT, OR AN EQUIVALENT TO THE SHOP COAT, AFTER REMOVAL OF ALL OBJECTIONABLE DELETERIOUS MATERIALS, SURFACES IN CONTACT WITH CONCRETE SHALL BE ASPHALT COATED TOP VIEW i I mki A 0 LOTO = SCALE: N.T.S. x5/8" STL. TUBE COL, ,EE PLAN) ES WELDED TO FORM 1 1/4" PAD -OUT AT STIR. STEEL MULL. PROVIDE RECESS IN CONCRETE FOR BASE PLATE BOLTS ANGLE (4) 5/8" DIA. POWER FASTENERS "WEDGE" BOLT (NOA # 05-0701.10) ANCHOR WITH MINIMUM 8" EMBEDMENT INTO CONCRETE BELOW R 8"x 24"x 3/4" BASE PLATE w/ (4) 7/8" DIA HOLES FOR I■■fi7�l 0 TAYLAN KALKAN, P.E. ENGINEERING PLUS FL. P.E. # 67349 & C.A. # 26538 19528 SEDGEFIELD TERRACE BOCA RATON, FL 33498 t7 �►�fi'��% (561) 756 4106 (561) 479 3743 fax Proj. Mgr. JU Job. Capt. SG Drawn bg JT RON BARR, A.I.A. Revd by STATE OF FLORIDA RB AR 0016160 H ° w ° z w t W Z 0.= - z U W w = H _ O t= F W O ¢ w UUZ o � ° VW o~O wm O X O WCOZ = r W Q W 0 ~° ° �z > °WW } Uz }ZU z W Y OOz U- j Z O p O aQ z 0 mO z' Wm¢ W W p ° F° V �S O F O O m= a� g 0° c~� o 0 z z o Y S Z~ a y a W� U w n -' W O (� x ¢ Q' 0 z U) N aW v F OW u~i z~ w¢ Z w W w U d m W W H O 2 Q a 2 O g z, 0 0 W X° w 6 2 V a U W U p Z 2 0 0 9 U= d Oo O LL F Z U= ° 00 O U L F W U¢= Z o 3 U 2 Z W 2 0 = z a- Ud' = Ln U= 0� W W O BUJ a m¢ r a H z o it F z z z a © COPYRIGHT 2012 BARR ARCHITECTURAL STUDIO Revisions: �1 GENERAL REVISIONS (09/30/2013) Z2 AS BUILT (04/24/2014) CADFILE No. 4/ Awl M a M O � � AA ell TaT�w�a Vl r l O I ' r O Sheet title Sca (9: Date: 5-5-2014 Project No. 12-027 'A L 0 0 co W c: L M O N c LL U 6 CL w, W > ca Q U) 0 N N ■ 4-: Q Nmc :tl_ c: u 7 �� m L O O i W co 0 L O c Lo 0 U L m Sheet No. Sa.. 12 0 BOX BEAM FORMED w/(2) 8", 16 GA CEE STUDS + (1) 8",16 GA TOP TRACK & BOT TRACK w/(1) #12 TEKS rd 6" O/C EACH FLANGE ATTACH BEAM TOGETHER w/(2) ROWS OF #12 TEKS ral 6" O/C (MAX. UNSUPPORTED SPAN 6'-0") ATTACH BOX BEAM TO HSS TUBE W/(4) 0.145 DIA. PAF WITH FULL PENETRATION TO THICKNESS (TYP. ral EACH INTERSECTION) HSS TUBE BEAM (SEE PLAN) --, 8", 16 GA CEE STUDS 516" O/C (MAX.) ATTACH METAL STUDS TO TRACK W/(4) #12-14 SELF -TAPPING METAL SCREW TOP & BOT. (TYP. Ia EACH STUD) CONT. 16ga TRACK ATTACH TRACK TO STL. BEAMI w/(2) ROWS OF 0.145 DIA. PAF WIT FULL PENETRATION TO THICKNESS ra 6' O/C AND 3" AWAY FROM ENDS. I I (2) 3/4" DIAx6" LONG HSS TUBE W/(6) IETAL I I II I I I I I W/(6) #12-14 SELF -TAPPING METAL SCREW (TYP. rd EACH INTERSECTION) HSS TUBE BEAM (SEE PLAN) 16'-0" T.O. STEEL BM. _ (VERIFY) (LEVEL 1)1(VERIFY) STEEL COLUMN STEEL BEAM (SEE PLAN)—/ I I. 8", 16 GA CEE STUDS rd 16" O/C (MAX.) CMU WALL GROUTED CELLS STEEL TUBE TO CMU CONNECTION DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. R" ROY RFAnn SECTION AT ENTRY FRAME DOWN O , CEILING SLOT — morDOWN SHUTTERS) 1 EXISTING OVERALL LENGTH 32'-0" (VERIFY IN FIELD) CUT OF CHORD SHORE & JACK EXISTING ROOF JOIST STRUCTURE DURING REPAIR. USE PRECAUTION DURING THE OPERATION, AVOID SUDDEN AND HIGH IMPACT LOADING DURING INSTALLATION THAT MIGHT DISMANTLE OR DAMAGE STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS, KEEP SHORING UNTIL HEAT FROM WELDING IS COOLED OFF AND STRUCTURAL STRENGTH IS REGAINED. USE THYSSENKRUPPS SAFWAY-AS 550 POST SHORE.OR EQUAL, STEEL POST SHORE AT THIRD POINTS OF JOIST (TYP.) (ULTIMATE CAP. MIN. 6903 LBS. AT 12'-0" HEIGHT) REMOVE ALL DEAD AND LIVE LOAD DURING OPERATION a JOIST REPAIR DETAIL EXISTING JOIST REPAIR DETAII 2 EXISTING OVERALL LENGTH 32'-0" (VERIFY IN FIELD) EXISTING JOIST REPAIR DETAIL 1o1 o IAA' rntn.,cll i nnic Cvo oni T ii n KNOCK -OUT CMU BLOCK (MIN. 8"x16" GROUTED) L3x3x1/4" STL ANGLE rd BOTH SIDES NEW CONCRETE TIE BEAM (TB-1) 19'-2" T.O. EXISTING CONC. TIE BEAM MATCH EXISTING (VERIFY) —SEE ROLL DOWN SHUTTER MANUF.'S SPECS FOR INSTALLATION .J, 13'-6" BOT. OF NEW STEEL BEAM (VERIFY) NEW STOREFRONT WINDOW/DOOR SYSTEM SEE PLAN AND MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATION CUT TOP CHORD BACK +/-11" (VERIFY IN FIELD) REMOVING WEB AND CHORD BEARINGS PLACE NEW BEARING ANGLES 2"x2"0/8" x 0'-4" WELD ANGLES TO TOP CHORD SEE SECTION A -A m IN: 1, a. " AT EXISTING UNGROUTED CELL 3 EXISTING OVERALL NEW LENGTH 31'-1" EXISTING JOIST SECTION A -A EXISTING JOIST REPAIR DETAIL AT EXISTING GROUTED CELL I I I SCALE : N.T.S. 4 EXISTING OVERALL NEW LENGTH 31'-1" 2" TO W.P. (VERIFY IN FIELD) �/I/l 3/1EAOEND (2) L 1 y x 1 y x jg NEW END WEB EACH SIDE PROVIDE MIN, 2 EXISTING JOIST 1/4" OF FLARE BEVEL WELD AT THE END OF EACH NEW END WEB, BE SURE TO NOTE PLACEMENT OF WORK POINT OF NEW END WEBS SUCH THAT THE MEMBER (W,P.) WORKING AXIS OF THE END WEB IS OVER THE FIRST BOTTOM CHORD KNUCKLE NOTES: ALL WELD TO BE MADE WITH E70XX ELECTRODES ALL FILLET WELD LEG LENGTHS EQUAL TO NEW ANGLE THICKNESS ALL NEW MATERIAL TO HAVE MINIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF Fy=50 ksi ALL WELDS TO BE PERFORMED BY A WELDER CERTIFIED TO A.W.S. FOR WELDS AND POSITIONS REQUIRED SKETCHES ARE NOT TO SCALE EXISTING JOIST REPAIR DETAIL A TAYLAN KALKAN, P.E. ENGINEERING PLUS FL. P.E. # 67349 & C.A. # 26538 19528 SEDCEFIELD TERRACE BOCA IZATON, FL 33498 (561) 756 4106 (561 479 3743 fax 0 6 �n�//v Pro j. Mgr. JU Job. Capt. SG Drawn by JT RON BARR, A.I.A. i ev'd bg STATE OF FLORIDA R5 AR 0016160 o N o Er L) F_ ow z U w Iww it _- O H w Q z ~ U 0 w Y 0 a w U A m Q 0 D Q O o U a F � a O af_j O tm v O= z w w w Q x in m z w 0 Z Z= o Z W Q U w~ w w F z O 2 w W> U) O w w } O z O wz x o w� U LL Z) Z O x O F- ¢ W Z Z O 0' O w LL 0 a o s` w g= 3 m O Z a z z p U 0 'S O d 2 w Z O O U 0} z_ U w `n F a w Ow to Q Y LL W ¢ w o x w z 0 y x O x M Z Q z F w w R F- LL3: z 0} w LL O z H O w U z U m a Z w w 2 w a F_ g O 0 0o W w o_ 55 a U w = Z t- w Z y n 0 1= F- 0 0 LL H O a O L Z o i Z x 0 O U w 0 z m w 2 U 2 0� w w w z O r 0 0 0 r Q z o w P z z z Q COPYRIGHT 2012 BARR ARCHITECTURAL STUDIO RevTsiona: ia GENERAL REVISIONS (09/30/2013) a AS BUILT (04/24/2014) OADFILE No. r-01 Awl M O � .� A A I �pqO o~ O w N � Sheet TTtle r5- Sheet No. —2014 a■r027 AERIAL LEGAL DESCRIPTION: AS PER PASCO COUNTY PROPERTY APPRAISER SITE CONSTRUCTION PLANS FOR Di2com'OSS �OZ LcSS BUILDING EXPANSION 7346 GALL BOULEVARD ZEPHYRHILLS, FLORIDA PARCEL ID NUMBER: 35-25-21-0010-08800-0000 0 200 400 SCALE (IN FEET) ZEPHYRHILLS COLONY CO LANDS PB 1 PG 55 POR TRS 73 88 & 89 & POR OF LOT 8 PASCO MEDICAL ARTS CENTER PB 23 PG 24 BEING MORE PARTICULARLY DESC AS: COMAT NW COR OF SW1/4 OF SEC 35 TH ALG N LN OF SAID SW1/4 S89DEG 51' 40"E 15.00 FT TH SOODEG 07' 20"W 514.86 FT TO PT ON W BDY OF TR 73 FOR POBTH S89DEG 50'57"E 188.54 FT TH SOODEG 09' 03"W 16.33 FT TH S89DEG 50'57"E 305.23 FT TH SOODEG 9' 3"W 65.00 FT TH S89DEG 5015711E 154.33 FT TOE BDY OF TR 73 TH S09'3"W 433.51 FT TH N89DEG 55'34"W 50 FT TH S09'0311W 117 FT TH N89DEG 55'34"W 20OFT TH S09' 3"W 109 FT TH N89DEG 55'34"W259 FT TH S091311W 205.36FT TO N R/W LN OF N MEDICAL AVE TH N89DEG 56'33"W 133.84 FT TO E R/W LN OF US HWY 301 TH CV CONCAVE TO W RAID 57395.80 FTCHD NOODEG 4'19"W 747.11 FT TH S89DEG 50'57"E 171.18 FT TH NOODEG 712011E 197FT TH N89DEG 50'57"W 173.54 FT TH NOODEG 7' 20"E 3 FT TO POB;OR 7642PG342 PROJECT TEAM LAND OWNER: TOWNVIEW RETAIL, LLC C/O STOLTZ MANAGEMENT CONTACT: PHIL DONNELLY 725 CONSHOHOCKEN STATE RD BALA CYNWYD PA 19004 PHONE: (610) 667-5800 EMAIL: PDONNELLY@STOLTZUSA.COM CIVIL ENGINEER- CORNELISON ENGINEERING & DESIGN, INC CONTACT: CRAIG L. CORNELISON, P.E. 5745 GALL BOULEVARD ZEPHYRHILLS, FL 33542 PHONE: (813) 788-7835 EMAIL: CRAIG@CORNELISON-ENG.COM \A/OTCD- ARCHITECT: BARR ARCHITECTURAL STUDIO CONTACT: RON BARR A.I.A. 5011 SOUTH STATE ROAD 7, SUITE 107 DAVIE, FLORIDA 33314 PHONE: (954) 274-9438 EMAIL: RON@BARRARCHITECTURE.COM SURVEYOR- NORTHSTAR SURVEYING & MAPPING, INC. CONTACT: PETER J. LEMAY, PSM 34431 LEMAY DRIVE WESLEY CHAPEL, FL 33543 PHONE: (813) 779-7123 EMAIL: PETLEM@MSN.COM UTILITY PROVIDERS CITY OF ZEPHYRHILLS CONTACT: JOHN BOSTIC 5335 8TH STREET ZEPHYRHILLS, FL. 33542 PHONE: 813-780-0006 JBOSTIC@CI.ZEPHYRHILLS.FL.US CITY OF ZEPHYRHILLS CONTACT: JOHN BOSTIC 5335 8TH STREET ZEPHYRHILLS, FL. 33542 PHONE: 813-780-0006 JBOSTIC@CI.ZEPHYRHILLS.FL.US onlA/C:D- DUKEENERGY CONTACT: DARRYL FOSHEE 36453 EILAND BLVD. ZEPHYRHILLS, FL. 33541 PHONE: (813) 783-6944 EMAIL: DARRYL.FOSHEE@DUKE-ENERGY.COM ounnlc:• VtKILVIV CONTACT: CHARLES WELLS 1909 US 301 NORTH TAMPA, FL. 33619 PHONE: (813) 731-5964 NATURAL GAS PEOPLES GAS CONTACT: KEN MIRACOLA 1400 CHANNELSIDE DRIVE TAMPA, FL. 33605 PHONE: 813-927-7719 EMAIL: KCMIRACOLA@TECOENERGY.COM SEPTEMBER 2013 vt: Dt qdW GE WfR IS I, C1 i" A _ o Fr: d L �a v '_ SECTION 35, TOWNSHIP 25 SOUTH, RANGE 21 EAST 10/30/2013 12/27/2013 3/19/2014 4/1/2014 4/30/2014 LOCATION MAP N.T.S REVISIONS m REVISED FIRE LINE LOCATION/POC AND GAS SERVICE ® REVISED TRUCK WALL, ADDED STAIRS AND REAR GRADES ® ADDED COMPACTOR GRADES PER MARATHON SPECIFICATIONS ® ADDED LOADING DOC CONSTRUCTION BID ALTERNATE SPECIFICATION PER STRUCTURAL, REVISED CONCRETE SPECIFICATION TO INCLUDE FIBER ® REVISED DUMPSTER ROTATION PER CITY PREPARED BY: Go2+J�u�o�.1 BrJla�A1��2�tJle iS @ 2013 CORNELISON ENGINEERING & DESIGN, INC. 5745 GALL BOULEVARD, ZEPHYRHILLS, FL 33542 TEL: 813-788-7835 • FAX: 813-788-7062 WWW.CORNELISON-ENG.COM CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORIZATION 28928 PROJECT LOCATION SHEET INDEX SHEET NO. DESCRIPTION C01 COVER SHEET CO2 GENERAL CONDITIONS CO3 EXISTING CONDITIONS/ DEMO PLAN C04 SITE PLAN C05 PAVING, GRADING, DRAINAGE PLAN C06 UTILITY PLAN C07 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS CRAIG L. ( FL an U) r-- o W o J to 0 o � M U- W � IL 0ww fl� U GENERAL SIGNING AND PAVEMENT MARKING EROSION CONTROL NOTES 0 L U N O 0 CD 3 a Cn w F- 0 z z W c� I V) co 0 rr I N O U C 0 U D L c 0 U U W W 0 12 :E W N I L in 0 c I 0 0 0 0 r-� .j 0 c c 3 0 0 1. IT IS INTENDED THAT THE FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION "STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR ROAD AND BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION" (LATEST EDITION) BE USED WHERE APPLICABLE FOR VARIOUS WORK, AND THAT WHERE SUCH WORDING THEREIN REFERS TO THE STATE OF FLORIDA AND ITS DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION AND PERSONNEL, SUCH WORDING IS INTENDED TO BE REPLACED WITH THAT WORDING WHICH WOULD PROVIDE PROPER TERMINOLOGY, THEREBY MAKING SUCH "STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR ROAD AND BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION" AS THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR THIS PROJECT. THE CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL OBTAIN A COPY OF THE FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION "STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR ROAD AND BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION" (LATEST EDITION) AND BECOME FAMILIAR WITH THE CONTENTS PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK. 2. IF WITHIN THAT PARTICULAR SECTION ANOTHER SECTION, ARTICLE OR PARAGRAPH IS REFERRED TO, IT SHALL BE PART OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS ALSO. 3. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN A WORKMANLIKE MANNER AND SHALL CONFORM WITH ALL APPLICABLE CITY, COUNTY, STATE AND FEDERAL REGULATIONS AND/OR CODES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO BE RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING ALL PERMITS AND LICENSES REQUIRED TO BEGIN WORK. 4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL GIVE THE ENGINEER 48 HOURS NOTICE PRIOR TO REQUESTING REQUIRED INSPECTIONS AND SHALL SUPPLY ALL EQUIPMENT NECESSARY TO PROPERLY TEST AND OBSERVE THE COMPLETED WORK. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE ALL WORK AND MATERIALS FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM THE DATE OF PROJECT ACCEPTANCE, DURING WHICH TIME ALL FAULTY CONSTRUCTION AND/OR MATERIALS SHALL BE CORRECTED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. GENERAL NOTES 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROTECTING ALL EXISTING ABOVE -GROUND, UNDERGROUND, AND ON THE SURFACE STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES AGAINST ANY CONSTRUCTION OPERATION THAT MAY CAUSE DAMAGE TO SAID FACILITY. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RESULTING FROM LACK OF PROTECTION. 2. SOME, BUT NOT NECESSARILY ALL, EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES ARE SHOWN IN AN APPROXIMATE WAY ONLY AND HAVE NOT BEEN INDEPENDENTLY VERIFIED BY THE OWNER OR ITS REPRESENTATIVE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DETERMINE THE EXACT LOCATION OF ALL EXISTING UTILITIES BEFORE COMMENCING WORK, AND AGREES TO BE FULLY RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY AND ALL DAMAGES WHICH MIGHT BE OCCASIONED BY THE CONTRACTOR'S FAILURE TO EXACTLY LOCATE AND PRESERVE ANY AND ALL UNDERGROUND UTILITIES. 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL GIVE ADEQUATE NOTIFICATION TO ALL AFFECTED UTILITY OWNERS FOR REMOVAL, RELOCATION, AND ALTERATION OF THEIR EXISTING FACILITIES. 4. WHERE ENCOUNTERED, UNSUITABLE MATERIAL SHALL BE REMOVED TO A DEPTH AND AREA DETERMINED BY THE GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER AND BACKFLLLED WITH CLEAN GRANULAR SAND OR SELECT MATERIAL APPROVED BY THE GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER. 5. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CHECKING ACTUAL SITE CONDITIONS BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION. 6. STREET OR HIGHWAY RESTORATION WORK IS TO BE DONE AS PER LOCAL, COUNTY OR STATE AGENCY HAVING JURISDICTION. 7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE LOCAL, COUNTY, OR STATE AUTHORITIES REGARDING CLOSING OR RESTRICTING THE USE OF PUBLIC STREETS OR HIGHWAYS. 8. TRAFFIC CONTROL ON ALL LOCAL, COUNTY AND STATE HIGHWAY RIGHTS -OF -WAY SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE MANUAL OF UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES (U.S. DOT/FHA) AND THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE LOCAL, COUNTY OR STATE AGENCY HAVING JURISDICTION. BURNING 1. PRIOR TO BURNING ANY MATERIAL ON SITE, CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN PERMIT FROM PROPER AUTHORITY AND SUBMIT TO ENGINEER. DISTURBED AREAS 1. ALL AREAS DISTURBED WITHIN RIGHT OF WAY BY CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE SEEDED AND MULCHED OR SODDED AS SPECIFIED BELOW: SEEDING AND MULCHING: UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL, AFTER FINAL GRADING AND CLEANUP OF ALL DISTURBED AREAS, ESTABLISH A STAND OF GRASS BY SEEDING AND MULCHING IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 570 OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL WATER THE SEEDED AREA TO MAINTAIN MOISTURE LEVELS FOR OPTIMUM GROWTH FOR AT LEAST 2 WEEKS OR UNTIL THE GRASS IS ESTABLISHED. SODDING: WITHIN THE LIMITS DELINEATED IN THE PLANS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL, AFTER FINAL GRADING AND CLEANUP, ESTABLISH A STAND OF GRASS BY FURNISHING AND PLACING SOD IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 575 OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL WATER THE SODDED AREA TO MAINTAIN MOISTURE LEVELS FOR OPTIMUM GROWTH TO ASSURE A HEALTHY STAND OF GRASS. SOD SHALL BE ROLLED AND TOP DRESSED AS REQUIRED BY THE ENGINEER. GRADING 1. REFER TO PLANS FOR CLEARING LIMITS AND TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL DEVICES TO BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO COMMENCING GRADING. 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEAR AND GRUB THE SITE, AND PLACE, COMPACT, AND MOISTURE CONDITION ALL FILL PER THE PROJECT GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER'S SPECIFICATIONS. THE FILL MATERIAL TO BE USED SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER PRIOR TO PLACEMENT. 3. ALL MATERIALS USED FOR BACKFILL SHALL BE FREE OF WOOD, ROOTS, ROCKS, BOULDERS OR ANY OTHER NON -COMPATIBLE SOIL TYPE MATERIAL. UNSATISFACTORY MATERIALS ALSO INCLUDE MAN-MADE FILLS AND REFUSE DEBRIS DERIVED FROM ANY SOURCE. 4. PROPOSED CONTOURS AND GUTTER GRADIENTS ARE APPROXIMATE. PROPOSED SPOT ELEVATIONS ARE TO BE USED IN CASE OF DISCREPANCY. STAKING_ 1. IF CONSTRUCTION STAKING IS PERFORMED BY THE OWNER, LOSS OR DISTURBANCE OF CONTROL POINTS DUE TO NEGLIGENCE BY THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE REPLACED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. STABILIZING 1. STABILIZED SUBGRADE SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED TO THE FLORIDA BEARING VALUE (FBV) OR LIMEROCK BEARING RATIO (LBR) AS PER PLAN FOR THE DEPTH AND LIMITS SHOWN ON THE PLAN AND AS SPECIFIED BY THE GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER. STABILIZED SUBGRADE SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 160 OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. 2. ALL STABILIZED AREAS SHALL BE COMPACTED AS SPECIFIED BY THE GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER. ROCK BASE 1. ROCK BASE SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED PER THE GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER'S RECOMMENDATION OF EITHER LIMEROCK MATERIAL IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 911 OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. 2. UMEROCK BASE SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 200 3. ROCK BASE SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED TO THE DEPTH AND LIMITS AS SHOWN ON THE PLAN AND AS PER THE GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. PRIME AND TACK COAT 1. PRIME AND TACK COATS FOR THE BASE COURSE SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 300 OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE SURFACE COURSE (ACSC)_ 1. ACSC (SEE PLAN FOR TYPES) SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED TO THE DEPTH AND LIMITS SHOWN ON THE PLAN IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTIONS 320, 330, AND 331 OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. 1. ALL PARKING SPACES, WITH THE EXCEPTION OF THE HANDICAPPED PARKING SPACES, SHALL BE MARKED IN WHITE, RETRO-REFLECTIVE TRAFFIC PAINT AND BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 710 OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. 2. ALL HANDICAPPED PARKING SPACES SHALL BE PROPERLY SIGNED AND MARKED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FDOT STANDARD INDEX 17346. 3. WHERE APPLICABLE, ALL COMPACT SPACES SHALL BE MARKED "COMPACT" ON THE STALL OR WHEEL STOP. PAVEMENT TESTING 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL RETAIN THE SERVICES OF AN OWNER APPROVED INDEPENDENT TESTING LABORATORY TO CONDUCT ALL REQUIRED TESTS ON SUBGRADE, BASE AND SURFACE COURSE MATERIALS. TEST RESULTS SHALL BE PER THE GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND MUST BE SUBMITTED PRIOR TO ANY REQUEST FOR PAYMENT ON THE ABOVE ITEMS. 2. IF ANY TEST INDICATES THAT THE WORK DOES NOT MEET THE SPECIFICATIONS, THE SUBSTANDARD ITEM SHALL BE REWORKED OR CORRECTED AND RETESTED, AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE, UNTIL THE PROVISIONS OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS ARE MET. 3. ALL TESTS SHALL BE PAID FOR BY THE CONTRACTOR. SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION AND/OR DRAWINGS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE PROJECT ENGINEER AND WHERE REQUIRED, THE JURISDICTIONAL AGENCY PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK: 1. INFORMATION ON THE PIPE AND CULVERTS, INDICATING THE TYPE, CLASS, SIZE AND OTHER RELEVANT INFORMATION. 2. ASPHALT AND CONCRETE MIX DESIGN. 3. DOCUMENTATION ON ALL OTHER MATERIALS BEING USED INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, FILTER FABRIC, GUARDRAILS, CONCRETE, STEEL POSTS, CURING COMPOUND AND JOINT MATERIAL, INLETS, MANHOLES, PRESSURE PIPE, FITTINGS, LIFT STATION, HYDRANTS, ETC. 4. MAINTENANCE OF TRANSPORTATION, "MOT", IF REQUIRED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PREPARING A MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC PLAN IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LOCAL, COUNTY AND STATE GUIDELINES AND SECURING THE APPROPRIATE APPROVALS FROM THE JURISDICTIONAL AGENCIES TO IMPLEMENT THE PLAN. CONCRETE 1. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED OR INDICATED, ALL CONCRETE SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH AT 28 DAYS OF 3000 PSI. ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH THE CURRENT EDITION OF THE AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE (ACI) BUILDING CODE AND THE APPLICABLE BUILDING CODES HAVING JURISDICTION IN THE AREA. CONSTRUCTION OBSERVATION THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE PROJECT ENGINEER, AN INDEPENDENT TESTING LABORATORY AND THE APPLICABLE JURISDICTIONS AT LEAST 48 HOURS PRIOR TO PERIODS OF THE FOLLOWING CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES: DRAINAGE 1. LAYING OF PIPE (BEFORE BACKFILL). 2. ALL DRAINAGE STRUCTURES AND PIPE LAYING COMPLETED. 3. CONSTRUCTION AND STABILIZATION OF RETENTION AREAS AND SWALES. 4. SEEDING, MULCH, AND SODDING IN AREAS WHERE EROSION IS EVIDENT OR WHERE PLANS SO IDENTIFY. UTILITIES 1. LAYING OF PIPE (BEFORE BACKFILL). 2. JACK AND BORING OR DIRECTIONAL BORING. CONCRETE 1. COMPLETION OF FORMING FOR CURBING, SIDEWALK, AND RETAINING WALLS BEFORE PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE. PAVEMENT 1. LINE AND GRADE (CERTIFICATION). 2. SUB -BASE (PRIOR TO ADDING BASE MATERIAL). 3. BASE (PRIOR TO PRIMING AND SAND SEAL). 4. BASE (AFTER PRIMING, SAND SEAL, AND BEFORE PLACING ASPHALT). 5. ASPHALT OR CONCRETE PAVING. 6. TURN OUT CONSTRUCTION ON TO CITY, COUNTY OR STATE ROAD (ABOVE INSPECTIONS APPLY). RECORD DRAWINGS 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN RECORD DRAWINGS ON THE PROJECT SITE AT ALL TIMES WHICH SHALL BE ANNOTATED BY THE CONTRACTOR DEPICTING ANY CHANGES MADE IN THE FIELD WHICH DIFFER FROM THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS. 2. RECORD DRAWINGS SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO, CULVERT LENGTHS, INVERT AND TOP ELEVATIONS OF STORM SEWER INLETS, STORM AND SANITARY SEWER MANHOLES, LIFT STATIONS, WEIRS AND CONTROL STRUCTURES. A RECORD DRAWING, IF REQUIRED, OF THE TOP ELEVATION OF THE BASE MATERIAL GRADING AT ALL LOCATIONS OF THE PROPOSED FINAL GRADES SHALL BE PREPARED AND SUBMITTED TO THE ENGINEER FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF ASPHALT OR FINAL SURFACE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE A RECORD DRAWING VERIFYING ALL PROPOSED GRADES OF EACH STORM WATER BODY AND CONTAIN A MINIMUM OF (2) CROSS SECTIONS IN EACH STORM WATER BODY. 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT COMPLETE AND FINAL RECORD DRAWINGS TO THE ENGINEER UPON COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT AND PRIOR TO FINAL INSPECTION AND FINAL PAYMENT. RECORD DRAWINGS SHALL BE CERTIFIED BY A SURVEYOR REGISTERED IN THE STATE OF FLORIDA. CLEAN-UP_ 1. THE CONTRACTOR MUST PROVIDE CLEAN-UP OF EXCESS CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL UPON COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. THE SITE MUST BE LEFT IN A NEAT, CLEAN, GRADED CONDITION. 1. THE STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN ("SWPPP") IS COMPRISED OF THE EROSION CONTROL PLAN, THE STANDARD DETAILS, THE PLAN NARRATIVE, ATTACHMENTS INCLUDED IN SPECIFICATIONS OF THE SWPPP, PLUS THE PERMIT AND ALL SUBSEQUENT REPORTS AND RELATED DOCUMENTS. 2. ALL CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS INVOLVED WITH STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION SHALL OBTAIN A COPY OF THE STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN AND THE STATE OF FLORIDA NATIONAL POLLUTANT DISCHARGE ELIMINATION SYSTEM GENERAL PERMIT (NPDES PERMIT) AND BECOME FAMILIAR WITH THEIR CONTENTS. 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL IMPLEMENT BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES AS REQUIRED BY THE SWPPP. ADDITIONAL BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED AS DICTATED BY CONDITIONS AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER THROUGHOUT ALL PHASES OF CONSTRUCTION. 4. BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES (BMP'S) AND CONTROLS SHALL CONFORM TO FEDERAL, STATE, OR LOCAL REQUIREMENTS OR MANUAL OF PRACTICE, AS APPLICABLE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL IMPLEMENT ADDITIONAL CONTROLS AS DIRECTED BY THE PERMITTING AGENCY OR OWNER. 5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MINIMIZE CLEARING TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PRACTICAL OR AS REQUIRED BY THE GENERAL PERMIT. 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL DENOTE ON PLAN THE TEMPORARY PARKING AND STORAGE AREA WHICH SHALL ALSO BE USED AS THE EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE AND CLEANING AREA, EMPLOYEE PARKING AREA, AND AREA FOR LOCATING PORTABLE FACILITIES, OFFICE TRAILERS, AND TOILET FACILITIES. 7. ALL WASH WATER (CONCRETE TRUCKS, VEHICLE CLEANING, EQUIPMENT CLEANING, ETC.) SHALL BE DETAINED AND PROPERLY TREATED OR DISPOSED. 8. SUFFICIENT OIL AND GREASE ABSORBING MATERIALS AND FLOTATION BOOMS SHALL BE MAINTAINED ON SITE OR READILY AVAILABLE TO CONTAIN AND CLEAN-UP FUEL OR CHEMICAL SPILLS AND LEAKS. 9 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DUST CONTROL ON SITE. THE USE OF MOTOR OILS AND OTHER PETROLEUM BASED OR TOXIC LIQUIDS FOR DUST SUPPRESSION OPERATIONS IS PROHIBITED. 10. RUBBISH, TRASH, GARBAGE, UTTER, OR OTHER SUCH MATERIALS SHALL BE DEPOSITED INTO SEALED CONTAINERS. MATERIALS SHALL BE PREVENTED FROM LEAVING THE PREMISES THROUGH THE ACTION OF WIND OR STORM WATER DISCHARGE INTO DRAINAGE DITCHES OR WATERS OF THE STATE. 11. ALL STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION MEASURES PRESENTED ON THE PLAN, SHALL BE INITIATED AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE. 12. STABILIZATION PRACTICES SHOULD BE INITIATED AS SOON AS PRACTICAL, BUT IN NO CASE MORE THAN 7 DAYS WHERE CONSTRUCTION HAS TEMPORARILY CEASED. 13. DISTURBED PORTIONS OF THE SITE WHERE CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY HAS PERMANENTLY STOPPED SHALL BE PERMANENTLY SEEDED. THESE AREAS SHALL BE SEEDED NO LATER THAN 7 DAYS AFTER THE LAST CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY OCCURRED IN THESE AREAS. REFER TO SECTION 981 OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEEDING AND MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS. 14. IF THE ACTION OF VEHICLES TRAVELING OVER THE GRAVEL CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCES IS NOT SUFFICIENT TO REMOVE THE MAJORITY OF DIRT OR MUD, THEN THE TIRES MUST BE WASHED BEFORE THE VEHICLES ENTER A PUBLIC ROAD. IF WASHING IS USED, PROVISIONS MUST BE MADE TO INTERCEPT THE WASH WATER AND TRAP THE SEDIMENT BEFORE IT IS CARRIED OFF THE SITE. 15. ALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE STABILIZED AT THE END OF EACH WORKING DAY, THIS INCLUDES BACKFILLING OF TRENCHES FOR UTILITY CONSTRUCTION AND PLACEMENT OF GRAVEL OR BITUMINOUS PAVING FOR ROAD CONSTRUCTION. 16. ALL MATERIALS SPILLED, DROPPED, WASHED, OR TRACKED FROM VEHICLES ONTO ROADWAYS OR INTO STORM DRAINS MUST BE REMOVED AS SOON AS POSSIBLE. 17. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REMOVING SEDIMENT IN THE DETENTION/RETENTION POND AND ANY SEDIMENT THAT MAY HAVE COLLECTED IN THE STORM SEWER DRAINAGE SYSTEMS IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE STABILIZATION OF THE SITE. 18. ON -SITE & OFFSITE SOIL STOCKPILE AND BORROW AREAS SHALL BE PROTECTED FROM EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION THROUGH IMPLEMENTATION OF BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES. STOCKPILE AND BORROW AREA LOCATIONS SHALL BE NOTED ON THE EROSION CONTROL PLAN AND PERMITTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH GENERAL PERMIT REQUIREMENTS. 19. SLOPES SHALL BE LEFT IN A ROUGHENED CONDITION DURING THE GRADING PHASE TO REDUCE RUNOFF VELOCITIES AND EROSION. 20. DUE TO GRADE CHANGES DURING THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE PROJECT, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ADJUSTING THE EROSION CONTROL MEASURES (SILT FENCES, ETC.) TO PREVENT EROSION. MAINTENANCE ALL MEASURES STATED ON THIS EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN, AND IN THE STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN, SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN FULLY FUNCTIONAL CONDITION UNTIL NO LONGER REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETED PHASE OF WORK OR FINAL STABILIZATION OF THE SITE. ALL EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL MEASURES SHALL BE CHECKED BY A QUALIFIED PERSON AT LEAST ONCE EVERY SEVEN CALENDAR DAYS AND WITHIN 24 HOURS OF THE END OF A 0.5" RAINFALL EVENT, AND CLEANED AND REPAIRED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1. INLET PROTECTION DEVICES AND BARRIERS SHALL BE REPAIRED OR REPLACED IF THEY SHOW SIGNS OF UNDERMINING, OR DETERIORATION. 2 . ALL SEEDED AREAS SHALL BE CHECKED REGULARLY TO SEE THAT A GOOD STAND IS MAINTAINED. AREAS SHOULD BE FERTILIZED, WATERED AND RESEEDED AS NEEDED. FOR MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS REFER TO SECTION 981 OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. 3. SILT FENCES SHALL BE REPAIRED TO THEIR ORIGINAL CONDITIONS IF DAMAGED. SEDIMENT SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE SILT FENCES WHEN IT REACHES ONE-HALF THE HEIGHT OF THE SILT FENCE. 4. THE CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCES SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN A CONDITION WHICH WILL PREVENT TRACKING OR FLOW OF MUD ONTO PUBLIC RIGHTS -OF -WAY. THIS MAY REQUIRE PERIODIC TOP DRESSING OF THE CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCES AS CONDITIONS DEMAND. 5. THE TEMPORARY PARKING AND STORAGE AREA SHALL BE KEPT IN GOOD CONDITION (SUITABLE FOR PARKING AND STORAGE). THIS MAY REQUIRE PERIODIC TOP DRESSING OF THE TEMPORARY PARKING AS CONDITIONS DEMAND. 6. OUTLET STRUCTURES IN THE SEDIMENTATION BASINS SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS AT ALL TIMES. SEDIMENT SHALL BE REMOVED FROM SEDIMENT BASINS OR TRAPS WHEN THE DESIGN CAPACITY HAS BEEN REDUCED BY 55 CY/ACRE. 7. ALL MAINTENANCE OPERATIONS SHALL BE DONE IN A TIMELY MANNER BUT IN NO CASE LATER THAN 2 CALENDAR DAYS FOLLOWING THE INSPECTION. CALL 48 HOURS BEFORE YOU DIG IT'S THE LAW! DIAL 811 SUNSHINE STATE ONE CALL OF FLORIDA, INC. _10(o :i n r- N W ia� coob 000) N (� uo $3JMOZ �+ ao�Q w Z� ..ZN 3 Li XWIF W�LnWa -7w z>aMo�0 O ` oo' w ZmI��U 0�r%� F + UUm W cv U NrlF- o10 .J U) U) J � Z 0 0 W U) U) W Q z O U 0 Q 4) w LL J I W z LLI a w N ( T � cA o 0 Sa co a 0 � � o � W)O N O o N � � O '* N O M N \ 01 \ O w U w U 0 m in W i w 0 Q U Z i d J o z a m z - V) < Q O U a U) W m 0 Of a \ O 0 W � U Q U Z O a W z0 U F, W O J U U N 0 Ix z 3 0 FWNA 0 Q LL ~ O a U 0 U 0 U 0 J 0 W 0 w !Wn j (Wn ail w 0 w Cl all a a Q of l50llvv V\/ C0 iyi cc OJ p b U LL. Z>AMIEF 7/31 /13 Paoj;uGr Ito. 1306001 CO2 0 W U O 0 0 3 a) co L ui W 6 co rn � v W L -p U ro 5:, ° N 0 m Q Jj o 0 E N c U ° 0 y i1 = o ° 0 � Q O O U L E rn 3 0 v a) U3 73 Q Ir a_ ca CL :2 IZ w o co I W O Q 1 U o U o °- O s Q L O in c U a v o o U � � c (n w O a> / U a) O C N t E Q 2 N c C m m ca "d c a 'm a L N c L 0_ rn .N cm 0 m N 0- (D U 0 c O 0 L hi D E a o c E c � v o NOTE: EXISTING UTILITY LOCATIONS OBTAINED FROM AS-BUILTS AND NOT FIELD VERIFIED. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL UTILITIES PRIORT TO COMMENCEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION LEGEND PROPERTY LINE n h;REMOVE EXISTING PAVEMENT, WALLS, CONCRETE, ETC. DENOTES EXISTING ON -SITE UTILITY TO BE REMOVED XDENOTES EXISTING TREE, LIGHT POLE, ETC. TO BE REMOVED UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON PLANS, EXISTING ABOVE AND BELOW GROUND STRUCTURES, UTILITIES, APPURTENANCES, PAVING, BASE MATERIAL, LANDSCAPING, ETC. WITHIN PROJECT AREA TO REMAIN. DEMOLITION f PHASING NOTES: lr ? M o znN co 1. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON PLANS, EXISTING SITE FEATURES WITHIN I . W o N PROJECT AREA TO REMAIN. °p 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROTECTING ALL EXISTING ABOVE -GROUND, UNDERGROUND, AND ON THE SURFACE STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES z z a � W=XwN AGAINST ANY CONSTRUCTION OPERATION THAT MAY CAUSE DAMAGE TO SAID FACILITY. w a Q [ Fx ` W'u_zO THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RESULTING z N o FROM LACK OF PROTECTION. v z o• J M --kkwa 3. SOME, BUT NOT NECESSARILY ALL, EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES ARE SHOWN V "" z 'Ono IN AN APPROXIMATE WAY ONLY AND HAVE NOT BEEN INDEPENDENTLY VERIFIED BY c agwz o :2o . � THE OWNER OR ITS REPRESENTATIVE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DETERMINE THE w O Oo a EXACT LOCATION OF ALL EXISTING UTILITIES BEFORE COMMENCING WORK, AND AGREES z m i. c� TO BE FULLY RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY AND ALL DAMAGES WHICH MIGHT BE cQi a rn � OCCASIONED BY THE CONTRACTOR'S FAILURE TO EXACTLY LOCATE AND PRESERVE ANY m W U AND ALL UNDERGROUND UTILITIES. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY ENGINEER OF ALL „ 3 a ^ DEVIATIONS. o to 4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL GIVE ADEQUATE NOTIFICATION TO ALL AFFECTED UTILITY OWNERS FOR REMOVAL, RELOCATION, AND ALTERATION OF THEIR EXISTING FACILITIES. 5. WHERE ENCOUNTERED, UNSUITABLE MATERIAL SHALL BE REMOVED TO A DEPTH 0 AND AREA DETERMINED BY THE GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER AND BACKFILLED WITH CLEAN 5 GRANULAR SAND OR SELECT MATERIAL AS APPROVED BY THE GEOTECHNICAL D ENGINEER. 6. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CHECKING ACTUAL SITE CONDITIONS BEFORE U) STARTING CONSTRUCTION. w 7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE D LOCAL, COUNTY, OR STATE AUTHORITIES REGARDING CLOSING OR RESTRICTING THE �— USE OF PUBLIC STREETS OR HIGHWAYS. 0 SOIL MANAGEMENT L1J IF IMPACTED (CONTAMINATED) SOIL IS ENCOUNTERED DURING CONSTRUCTION = ACTIVITIES NOTIFY THE GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER FOR SPECIFIC RECOMMENDATIONS. V TYPICALLY, THE IMPACTED SOIL SHALL BE MANAGED ON SITE IN THE FOLLOWING Cl� MANNER: Q • THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE AND IMPLEMENT A SITE -SPECIFIC HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN FOR POTENTIAL HANDLING OF THE IMPACTED SOIL AND GROUNDWATER ON THE SITE. CONTAMINANTS THAT MAY BE ENCOUNTERED INCLUDE VOCS IN THE SOIL; m • IF THE IMPACTED SOIL IS EXCAVATED FROM THE SPREAD -FOOTING AREAS AND/OR CUT AREAS AND TEMPORARILY STOCKPILED ON SITE OVERNIGHT, IT SHOULD BE COVERED WITH PLASTIC SHEETING TO PREVENT RUNOFF FROM PRECIPITATION AND TO PROVIDE DUST CONTROL ON THE SITE; z • THE ENTIRE VOLUME OF IMPACTED SOIL CAN BE RE -USED AS STRUCTURAL Q FILL MATERIAL (IF STRUCTURALLY SUITABLE) IN AREAS THAT WILL BE COVERED J BY THE PROPOSED PARKING LOT AND BUILDING FOOTPRINT. THE IMPACTED a SOIL USED AS STRUCTURAL FILL MATERIAL MUST BE PLACED A MINIMUM OF 3 W O FEET ABOVE THE HIGH WATER TABLE DEPTH OF THE SITE; W 2 • THE REMAINDER OF THE IMPACTED SOILS IF REMOVED FROM THE SITE ARE TO W W BE PROPERLY DISPOSED IN AN OFF -SITE LANDFILL PERMITTED FOR SUCH USE. J 0 • IF UNEXPECTED PETROLEUM CONTAMINATION IS FOUND IN THE SOIL DURING Z O 0 EXCAVATION ACTIVITIES, THE SOILS SHALL BE TESTED TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE DISPOSITION FOR THE SOILS. THE EXCAVATION CONTRACTOR 0 0 SHALL BE INSTRUCTED TO NOTIFY THE GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER IF LL UNEXPECTED SOIL CONTAMINATION IS ENCOUNTERED. A PID METER SHALL BE cl) Z UTILIZED AND POSSIBLE LABORATORY TESTING SHALL BE COMPLETED TO (!) DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE DISPOSITION FOR THE SOILS. W Q U • DERMAL CONTACT WITH THE IMPACTED MATERIALS PLACED WITHIN THE FOOTING o OF THE STRUCTURE OR BENEATH THE FLOOR SLAB OF THE STRUCTURE SHALL C] o Z BE PREVENTED BY CAPPING WITH THE POURED CONCRETE FOOTING AND THE BUILDING FLOOR SLAB; U) • DERMAL CONTACT WITH THE IMPACTED MATERIALS PLACED WITHIN THE PARKING 0 2:X LOT SHALL BE PREVENTED BY CAPPING WITH NEW BASE COURSE AND CL N W IMPERMEABLE ASPHALT; • DERMAL CONTACT WITH THE IMPACTED MATERIALS PLACED WITHIN THE LANDSCAPE AREA SHALL BE PREVENTED BY THE ADDITION OF A GEOTEXTILE _- BARRIER AND A MINIMUM OF 18-INCHES OF CLEAN TOP SOIL. Q • A BARRIER AND CLEAN TOP SOIL SHOULD ALSO BE IMPORTED FOR PLACEMENT rA OVER THE IMPACTED MATERIALS IN ANY AREAS THAT WILL NOT BE COVERED rA o � � WITH CONCRETE, ASPHALT OR A BUILDING FOOTPRINT. TREES ARE ALLOWED' o ivy TO BE PLANTED WITHIN THE LANDSCAPE AREAS. �v Q v • IT IS ANTICIPATED THAT GROUNDWATER WILL NOT BE ENCOUNTERED DURING THE SHALLOW EXCAVATION ACTIVITIES AT THE SITE. HOWEVER, SHOULD ANY M M WATER (INCLUDING PERCHED WATER OR STORM WATER) COLLECT IN THE 0 0 d EXCAVATIONS, IT WILL NEED TO BE PROPERLY DISPOSED OFF SITE BY A � � N 0 N LICENSED WASTE HAULER. ADDITIONAL SAMPLING MAY BE REQUIRED TO ASSURE M N M N 0 rn PROPER WATER DISPOSAL. o N to SOILS DISPOSAL DOCUMENTATION AND REPORTING w 0 IF ENCOUNTERED, SOIL EXCAVATION AND RELOCATION AND/OR DISPOSAL OF THE 0 m IMPACTED MATERIAL SHALL BE DOCUMENTED IN A DETAILED POST EXCAVATION N o REPORT, OR AS DIRECTED BY THE GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER. THE REPORT shall PROVIDE THE VOLUME OF SOIL REMOVED; VERIFY THE PLACEMENT LOCATION OF 0 0 w IMPACTED MATERIAL ON SITE (IF APPLICABLE), THE LOCATION OF ANY CONFIRMATION o a a z SOIL SAMPLES COLLECTED AND LABORATORY ANALYTICAL RESULTS (IF APPLICABLE), Q w < a o THE SOIL DISPOSAL LOCATIONS, AND A SUMMARY OF PERTINENT HAULING RECORDS o <- w _o z a AND MANIFESTS. al w m a z z W CU U O CLOSURE Q a o o W o DURING THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE SITE, IF IMPACTED SOILS ARE ENCOUNTERED J V' THE CONTRACTOR SHOULD NOTIFY THE GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER FOR SITE SPECIFIC z 3 0 L W RECOMMENDATIONS. THE NOTES REFERENCED ABOVE ARE GENERAL AND SHOULD �' 0 a z 0 a BE DISCUSSED WITH A GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER PRIOR TO IMPLEMENTATION. w D Q o 0 EXCAVATED MATERIALS SHALL BE HANDLED IN A MANNER SET FORTH HEREIN AND `` ~ " IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE STATUTES AND REGULATIONS. w w o o w w N cp w w cn Q 0 Q Q i 7/31 /13 paoj�cr' moo. 1306001 r Nu�.lrz CO3 Q Ln r 0 N O 0 0 U u) RESTRIPE PARKING (MATCH EXISTING, TYP) 2.7 s.f. Use of pavement symbol in accessible parking spaces is optional, when used the 4.53 s.f. symbol shall be 3' or 5' high 4 and white in color. UNIVERSAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY PER FDOT INDEX 17346 N.T.S. SIGN NO FTP-21-06 AND FTP-22-06 3-6" WHITE CHEVRONS EQUALLY SPACED PER AISLE. 0 20 40 SCALE (IN FEET) _l PROPOSED TRASH COMPACTOR PROPOSED DUMPSTER PAD AND PAD SEE ARCH. PLANS FOR DETAILS) PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION COORDINATE WITH CITY OF ZEPHYRHILLS PUBLIC WORKS DEPART BOLLARD (TYP) ) LOCATION AND ORIENTATIONT FOR FINAL f- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -�- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - i 18.17' L------------------ STAIRS (TYP) SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLAN, ` / / OPEN CUT AND PATCH EXISTING ASPHALT AS NECESSARY PROPOSED EXPANSION �> (SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS) e J •" � GAURD POST (SEE DETAIL SHEET C07) Ez�O MODIFY TOATCHEEXIS�NG CUR8T INDEX300PROFILE -v �rn IG ;0 m 0 3143 TYPE "D" CURB PER crn r F - FDOT INDEX 300; MODIFY TO MATCH 26• EXISTING PROFILE 40.36' EXISTING BUILDING = a d i BOLLARD (TYP) a - n q . SEE ARCH. PLANS a PUBLIC SIDEWALK CURB RAMP SIGN NO FTP-21-04 AND FTP-22-04 co 1 rco io io cd I io io I I io 110 N TYPICAL N N NOTES: N N 1. DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE CENTERLINE OF MARKINGS. 2. AN ACCESS AISLE IS REQUIRED FOR EACH ACCESSIBLE SPACE WHEN ANGLE PARKING IS USED. 3. CRITERIA FOR PAVEMENT MARKINGS ONLY, NOT PUBLIC SIDEWALK CURB RAMP LOCATIONS. FOR RAMP LOCATIONS REFER TO PLANS. 4. BLUE PAVEMENT MARKINGS SHALL BE TINTED TO MATCH SHADE 15180 OF FEDERAL STANDARDS 595A. 5. THE FTP-22-04 PANEL SHALL BE MOUNTED BELOW THE FTP-21-04 SIGN. 6. STALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. SEE PLANS FOR LAYOUT DIMENSIONS. H.C. PAVEMENT MARKING DETAIL PaS BL BY PERMIT ONLY l s2100 MAX 1-21-06) SIGN PER T INDEX 17355 -21-06) SIGN PER . INDEX 17355 -22-06) SIGN PER INDEX 17355 3/8" HOLES WITH HOLES DRILLED ON 1" CENTERS FULL LENGTH IN /- FULL LENGTH IN METAL POST. (MOUNT WITH 5/16" x 2 1 4' BOLTS, TOP AND BOTTOM OF SIGN) 3 1/8- 5/ /2" METAL P06r wr. of BLANK POST SNALL BE 2-2 1/2'//FT. SECTION A -A SIGN DETAIL N.T.S 1. METAL POST TO BE GALVANIZED. ALL BOLTS, NUTS, WASHERS AND SCREWS MUST BE RUSTPROOF. 2. CONCRETE FOR FOOTING SHALL BE PORTLAND CEMENT AND HAVE A MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 3,000 P.S.I. 3. SIGNS WILL BE FABRICATED BY USING REFLECTING COATING IN THE SYMBOL, MESSAGE AND BORDER APPLIED TO A SHEET ALUMINUM BACKING (.080) IN THICKNESS. 4. MESSAGE LETTERING SHALL BE UPPER CASE (BLACK)(SERIES C) 1.5" HIGH IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUAL ON UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES. EXCEPT AS NOTED WITHIN MUTCD 5. THE SYMBOL IS COMPOSED A WHITE WHEELCHAIR FIGURE (WHICH SHOULD ALWAYS FACE RIGHT) 6. SIGN POST SHALL BE MIN. 2'-0" CLEAR FROM BACK OF CURB OR WHEELSTOP. 7. THE USE OF PROPERLY LOCATED BOLLARDS IN ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACES ARE ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTES FOR REGULAR BUMPER GUARD. 8. MINIMUM NUMBER OF ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACES SHALL BE PER FLORIDA ACCESSIBILITY CODE. SITE DATA SITE AREA: 9.67 ACRES (PER PROPERTY APPRAISR) PARCEL ID NUMBERS: 35-25-21-0010-08800-0000 EXISTING ZONING: C2 FUTURE LAND USE DESIGNATION: COMMERCIAL TOTAL EXISTING BUILDING AREA (ROSS): 18,213 SF PROPOSED BUILDING AREA (ROSS): 22,020 SF FLOOD ZONE: FLOOD ZONE X NET IMPERVIOUS AREA TO BE REMOVED = 167 SF A 1. CURRENT UTILITY SERVICES SHALL REMAIN. 2. AT CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE, A REGISTERED LAND SURVEYOR SHALL REPLACE SURVEY MONUMENTS OR BENCHMARKS, WHICH HAVE TO BE DISTURBED BY THIS WORK, UPON COMPLETION OF WORK. 3. HANDICAP PARKING SPACES SHALL BE MARKED BY THE INTERNATIONAL HANDICAP SYMBOL AND EACH SPACE SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A SIGN STATING "PARKING BY DISABLED PERMIT ONLY." ALL HANDICAP ACCESS POINTS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE HANDICAP CODES. 4. ALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO THE SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS OF THE CITY OF ZEPHYRHILLS AND THE FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION. 5. PRIOR TO STARTING CONSTRUCTION, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING THAT ALL REQUIRED PERMITS AND APPROVALS HAVE BEEN OBTAINED. NO CONSTRUCTION OR FABRICATION OF ANY ITEM SHALL BEGIN UNTIL THE CONTRACTOR HAS RECEIVED ALL PLANS AND ANY OTHER DOCUMENTATION FROM ALL OF THE PERMITTING AND ANY OTHER REGULATORY AUTHORITIES. 6 CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFICATION OF ALL SETBACKS AND/OR EASEMENTS BEFORE BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION. 7. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON PLANS, ALL PARKING LOT DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE FACE OF THE CURB AND/OR CENTER OF STRIPING. 8. ALL BUILDING DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE EXTERIOR FACE OF CMU WALL 9. ALL PROPOSED SIDEWALKS & HANDICAP RAMPS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE HANDICAP CODE. CONTRACTOR SHALL IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY ENGINEER OF ANY DEVIATIONS. 10. AS -BUILT PLANS CERTIFIED BY A LICENSED SURVEYOR ARE REQUIRED BY CONTRACTOR AT TIME OF COMPLETION. GRADING, UTILITY, AND STORMWATER AS-BUILTS ARE REQUIRED TO THE ENGINEER IN BOTH SIGNED AND SEALED PAPER FORMAT AS WELL AS ELECTRONIC AUTOCAD FORMAT. AT A MINIMUM, THE GRADING AS-BUILTS ARE TO INCLUDE ALL CENTERLINE HIGH POINTS AND LOW POINTS, CHANGES IN GRADE, INTERSECTIONS, PAVEMENT AND SIDEWALK GRADES AT H.C. RAMPS, HANDICAP PARKING SPACES AND ACCESS AISLES, HANDICAP PATHS OF TRAVEL, AND ALL GRADES AS INDICATED ON THE PAVING, GRADING, AND DRAINAGE PLAN. UTILITY AND STORMWATER AS-BUILTS SHALL INCLUDE LOCATIONS (HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL) OF ALL APPURTENANCES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO PIPES, MANHOLES, VALVES, ETC. 11. PARKING LOT STRIPING TO MATCH EXISTING. THE PARCEL SHOWN FOR DEVELOPMENT IS LOCATED WITHIN THE FOLLOWING FLOOD ZONE(S) AS DETAILED BY FEMA FIRM (FLOOD INSURANCE RATE MAP) INFORMATION DESCRIBED BELOW: FLOOD MAP PANEL MAP EFFECTIVE ZONE COMMUNITY NUMBER NUMBER SUFFIX DATE X PASCO 120235 0005 C DEC. 17,1991 LEGEND REMOVE EXISTING PAVEMENT PROPOSED ASPHALT PROPOSED CONCRETE a PROPOSED ASPHALT OVERLAY PROPOSED SEALCOAT UN ZM M 0 M tl N rn ^f �7 N O� I OZ °8x00U0 .� O=OD(6F �Z-=XWN 3 ZNw0� O ' U)F- w Z>oMo�o OqLLI WOOD Q Zmf_ U + U _j 0 00 w (h .. U sa' o1JW Wr�F- oLo r�1 LE W W J 0 LL U) U) W 0 0LL Z wLIu N O z V � �Q U U v c) M d O N O O N � O \ st N O M O N N an _ O M Q W Q �p tL w 0 ofw m LL N V a Q z Z = Ix a O J z Q V)< Q O U a(n W m o o! a Z O W a U U O Q a a ZO U EL',<U w 0 O J g U V W 0_ z_ 3 of 0 w ir w LLJ J 0 ~ a z 0 V) a L Ix M O ¢ o o o o w 0 w (n Z W Z w o w on 0) Z � Of W < < X. 2 KkiWl 1.4 Z c) LO 0 ' a 0 LL, ® LU Fr .A •e J LL DAl-115 7/31 /13 paojeer No. 1306001 r wulvf0,ea C04 PER FDOT INDEX 17346 N.T.S. .o U 0- Ln Ln C!J 0 N 0 0 O U 3 Z Q J d C� _ I V) N O tY I LE i U C O U _1 C 0 U / a 0 U cn in N0 L.L Q a� N I v 0 N L m 0 L_ c 0 a - I 0 O O E 0 rn 0 0 ......... ........ ........ ............ y.............. ........ .... ..... ...... ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .... ... .............. .. .......... .. .... .. ... .. ...` X i,. ( Irr j\j• ............. .......... ... .............. ........... .............. ........... . ........... ....... .... ........... .... .. F�j .......... ... .... ..... ......... ........ r ......... I- i' ........... .............. ............. ........... ......... ... .............. .......I.. .......... ......... ....... ..... ... .. ........... ..... ''' I CONNECT TO 1 ...... ..... ........... ..... .............. ........... .............. ............ EXISTING CURB ? '+ .'.'.'.'.'... ..'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.' .'.'.'.'.'..'.. p ..'.'.'.'.'...'...................... .............. .......... . r....... ......... 1•........... " . I IAl ...... ......'.'.... .'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'..'...'.' ....'.'.'.'..'.'.'... ..'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.' .'.'.'.'.'.'.'.. �.... .... r.. .. ...... .............. ......... ........ ........ .... :f`,. .... .............. .. ....... ... .............. ,........... . _ _ .� ..., r -.......... i £.� i i •............... . ... ... ........ ....... ... .. .. ........ ....... i ......... r' .. .. :_. .............. ............... ...... ............. .. jj; ji _. . ._...... ......... .. . ;....,... _. a' v ................-..............:,........... .. .. .�i..........:. .... .... ... ... r.... .. .. .. ......... ....... .... ............ i I. E. yy J ....... }i b• .. ... PROPOSED ASPHALT PER DETAIL ON ? `. .,:'...............:.................' .........:<............................................ :............... _.. . .,: ..... ........:..............:. > ;<,xi,;. TEXISTING/ SHEET C07, MATCH, PAVEMENT, GRADE TO DRAIN .......'.'r>' .'..'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'..' . . . .... . . . . . ... . . . . .. .r .......'...'..... ............... .'..'.'.'..'.'.'. ..........'....... . . ...'.......... 7I . ....... ......... .... CO ECT 7p' , / S;7 EXISTING G..... r w, . .... .. .......... .... .... .... ............. ......... .. .. ..... ............. ....... ........ ... ......... ... ........:.. ........... ............................. ........ / [ .'. ^�l .''l' ;j k ...._.. ............. _.. .._, ., ,.. .. , MATCH EXISTING GRADE .,,, .............................. ................. ........., .... ........... .............. .............. .............. ............. .... ....... .. ........ .... .. ...... .... ....... / ............. 33. ............ ................_............. ...... .... .. .. .... .... .. .. ....... ....... ..... ........... ............. .......... ....... ... ... .. .. .... ........... .............. .. .. • . f^.............. \ .... .. ....... ............. ....... . o- EF ;i S "?I I r ............. .... r . ... ................... ..,.:............. ... ............. ............. ... z............... '.> %/ �7r- .... ...... ............ ....... k:=,. r.'. . . l :................ ....................................................................................... .................... ................. < THE PARCEL SHOWN FOR DEVELOPMENT IS LOCATED WITHIN THE FOLLOWING FLOOD ZONE(S) AS DETAILED BY FEMA FIRM (FLOOD INSURANCE RATE MAP) INFORMATION DESCRIBED BELOW: FLOOD MAP PANEL MAP EFFECTIVE ZONE COMMUNITY I NUMBER NUMBER SUFFIX DATE X PASCO 120235 0005 C DEC. 17,1991 RAM P 12:1 MAX SLOPE MATCH EXISTING 0 10, 20' SCALE (IN FEET) W Q O lu O IIQ IL Q W �o WU O_ O� Z PROPOSED CURB RAMP PER FDOT INDEX 304 It t I' ....w.. ...' 3 3 ..y .., h. .... - .,.... STAIRS SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR DETAILS GRADE TO DRAIN AROUND STAIRS FEATHER OVERLAY TO MATCH GRADE EXISTING ASPHALT TO BE REPAIRED AS NECESSARY 61 I OVERLAY ASPHALT IN HATCHED MATCH EXISTING GRADE AREA AS NECESSARY TO TIE TO EXISTING GRADE z , — 1n zn Go W 00 00 ``'•r\\ • . C.Z5MPACVOR d e 'E r' vi ^ 20 N < � CORE BORE AND 'CONNECT TO � I o z __..,_._,� _...._.... _ ._._ _e.. _....__ .._. _.._.____ v M _ ROPOSED AS SE EXISTING INLET !ELEV. 45.00 G RVICE TYP),E � I x ' t � oo c9 F Q i z z .C• 7 T P W N j� • � ONS AN .SLOE � I • w I / d I ; W QI 1 a •. ( a 3.5�f DE(��IGN; . 5� MAX' 3 w w L,. z o G! Q O rry .,_ _..._.",. ,,.... ..,,...,,...w..... 1.. .._.._._,,,.ww. _.. ...""... ". .,..,... ,. d y,, N PR OPOSED- 4 OSED ATER=: 0 1� N �. �.. _._W,,,,-g�ERViCE (�P}Pm-A-._ ..._ -. z o � a i = w 12 Ln W Q M z 7 17 ;` W LF 3 � V � I 09^v� S I O _ '� we I W J ARCHITECTURAL _1 =i O Q V II tt'' N' �....�% ZmN U PLANS FOR DETAILS � I I � L� '�i I< 3' OO �OM F � 00 W 9 PEN CUT AND PATCH I TYP U TYPE II TRENCH DRAIN 1) _ PER FDOT INDEX 206 a � � (OR APPROVED EQUAL) O TOP ELEV. = 48.46 ;' 6" PVC INV. = 45.75 CON§T. 75 I F 6" PVC 6Z50 hg 6g� STORM ® 1,0% � QQ O UMPST RP MAN 45 BEND VERIFY GRADE' s �, •� ��°/N!'� PRIOR TO CONSfRUCTIQI '1 �• O \ ?- - OF DUMPSTER Ln LA lu ZC3 MATCH EXISTING GRADE O II I— 150.0 48.91 � � ; ` 6' 0 B TRANSITION lil i pp �,GRAS S ,/(� AS DIRECTED 45.50± i IL Q W I 1 00 YII (TW) ;5 0 BY , 0. t --�, `T li I qg• iGRAD: TO gDRAIN J O I" , 1 ' 1 LA W� N I ® ■�. lu cc: co— O RETAINING WALL W/zz " Q I I Q RAILING SEE. RCH. PLAN`$ F�R AILS) I 5�25� z (TW) 4g5 / g88� 1 TYPE D CURB p _ PER FDOT INDEX 300 P�AINING WALL W/ ILING (SEE ARCH. �� ` "", NS FOR DETAILS11. O E a 50.50 5p i I � I 0.00 (TW) I 2 W a ° J I Z O O 24 zU) U) I p i L W a d � � w 0 z 1 p - TYPE D CURB 0 Q 5 p p os�o A` PER FDOT INDEX It 300 LL J u wrni i rvieriun nnwnr ucn II BOLLARD (TYP)_,,,- I SEE ARCH. PLANS IFOR DETAILS IIMATCH EXISTING GRADE II �xx 13.5't 6' 17.38't ASPHALT OVERLAY CURB PROPOSED CONCRETE RAMP 12-.1 1 % MIN. , , /,'4 2% MAX SECTION A- NTS INTEGRAL CURB PER DETAIL ON SHEET C07 5" MIN. HEIGHT; 6" MAX HEIGHT; TIE INTO 23'f EXISTING ASPHALT GRADE AND MAINTAIN PROP. MATCH EXISTING GRADE SIDEWALK SLOPE SIDEWALK EXISTING ASPHALT 1 % MIN. TO BE REPAIRED AS 2% MAX LEGEND PROPOSED CONCRETE 5O(_O) PROPOSED SPOT ELEVATION NECESSARY REMOVE EXISTING PAVEMENT b , 51' pp TOP OF WALL*/PAVEMENT GRADE PROPOSED ASPHALT OVERLAY 5�1 S PROPOSED SPOT TOP OF CURB/BOTTOMA OF PROPOSED ASPHALT 5 MINIMUM C ELEVATION SHOWN SECTION B 5�15� SEE STRUCTURAL PLANS FOR WALL HEIGHT PROPOSED SEALCOAT -� MATCH EXISTING ELEVATION MODIFY AS NECESSARY ® NTS BUILDING RAILING (HEIGHT VARIES) RAILING (HEIGHT VARIES) SEE STRUCTURAL PLANS SEE STRUCTURAL PLANS %�_." FF = 52.50 FOR DETAILS FOR DETAILS 171-77=1%®450N C= zm TRUCK WELL°°•°°+UV BUILDING ( FF = 52.50 TYPE II TRENCH DRAIN PER FDOT INDEX 206 (OR APPROVED EQUAL) TOP ELEV. = 48.46 6" PVC INV. = 45.75 SECTION C NTS 66.5' TRUCK WELL SECTION D NTS a p• �a e� M ® � 1L11 Al 0® _ j ,e ASPHALT CONCRETE 7/31/13 togojeer Flo. 1306001 C05 F-T--1 1 III - I I - i 1 -- - - - _ I, t 11 1 1 :.:,,El, A. 11b, E Ill. '. I 1,1. 1: I I I E 1 1ram— I - i tm .6 Q 00 0 N 0 0 m (D 0 U 0 20 40 SCALE (IN FEET) i PROPOSED ELECTRICAL SERVICE IN 1 2" CONDUIT (SEE ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR DETAILS) PROPOSED TRASH COMPACTOR I (SEE ARCH. PLANS FOR DETAILS) 1— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — -I L- E---E --E -- E-- E-- �E I / PINCH A PENNY _ ._..m.. _.- - l ......_ � SUMP PUMP DRAIN / ,, f 777- 7711 SEE SHEET C05 1 PROPOSED ELECTRICAL SERVICE IN OPEN CUT AND PATCH 2-3 CONDUITS (SEE ELECTRICAL EXISTING GAS METER S 01�, AI EXISTING ASPHALT AS NECESSARY �N. COORDINATE WITH TECO/PEOPLES j . PROPOSED PHONE SERVICE IN 2" CONDUIT L_ / ); GAS FOR SERVICE REQUIREMENTS I SEE ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR DETAILS / SEE PLUMBING PLANS FOR T I ( ) 1 CONTINUATION 1 EXISTING 6" PVC LATERAL rn ) REL04ATE PO ER POLE INV = 48.5f ® ( i PROPOSED EXPANSION 277/480 ��n �r�� )BY D rK EN GY "20 1 (SEE ARCHITECTURAL SERVICE POLE `' coo ATE ITH DUKE ENERGY PLANS) J RELOCATED OVERHEAD POWER BY DUKE ENERGY WATER (SERVICE (SEE ARCH. ) ( COORDINATE WITH DUKE ENERGY I RELOCATE OVERHEAD PHONE PLANS FOR CONT.) SERVI AS NECCESSARY r {. I FIRE MAIN POC (EXISTING TAP) r - ' ( r t ., FINISH FLOOR ELEVATION = 52.50'(AT MAIN ENTRY 2"1 PE WATER SERVICE 1 0�F SERVICE POLE '" (BASIS OF ELEVATIONS) ; 1 �+ EXISTING 6" CLEANOUT TO REMAIN INV = 49t WATER SERVICE (SEE PLUMBING PLANS FOR DETAILS) — RELOCATE EXISTING METER ASSEMBLY AND BACKFLOW PREVENTOR (COORDINATE WITH CITY UTILITY DEPARTMENT) TJ MAX NOTE: EXISTING UTILITY LOCATIONS OBTAINED FROM AS-BUILTS AND NOT FIELD VERIFIED. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL UTILITIES PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION. ISOLATION VALVES DO NOT EXIST ON EXISTING 8" WATERMAIN. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH CITY UTILITIES FOR WATER CONNECTIONS. PHONE SERVICE TO EXISTING UNITS TO REMAIN NOT SHOWN. COORDINATE WITH PHONE COMPANY FOR LOCATIONS, CONDUIT SIZES, ETC. SEE ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR DETAILS. UTILITY NOTES Z 1. ALL VALVES, SERVICES, HYDRANTS, FITTINGS, ETC., ARE NOT DRAWN TO SCALE BUT ARE 0 10 p SHOWN FOR SCHEMATIC PURPOSES ONLY. z in 00 � N � rn 2. ALL DISTURBED AREAS WITHIN THE RIGHT-OF-WAY SHALL BE RE -GRADED AND SODDED TO w N PRE -CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS. r, (� _ r v z 3. THE LOCATION OF THE EXISTING UTILITIES SHOWN IN THE PLANS ARE APPROXIMATE ONLY. y 2 � oo THE EXACT LOCATIONS SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. IN ADDITION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO VERIFY IF "OTHER" UTILITIES (NOT w Z � .. W N W a a I x �` SHOWN IN THE PLANS) EXIST WITHIN THE AREA OF CONSTRUCTION. SHOULD THERE BE UTILITY z N o iE CONFLICTS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INFORM THE RESPECTIVE UTILITY OWNERS TO RESOLVE c. N UTILITY CONFLICTS AND ADJUSTMENTS, AS REQUIRED. S C W � ul W ¢ vw ¢MIL. 4. THE APPROPRIATE UTILITY COMPANY SHALL BE NOTIFIED BY THE CONTRACTOR 72 HOURS IN ADVANCE OF ANY EXCAVATION INVOLVING THEIR UTILITIES SO THAT A COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE o > o O J U w CAN BE PRESENT. 'v w o ao ¢ Z m l_ U 5. ALL PVC WATER LINES SHALL BE BLUE IN COLOR ONLY. f v Q ;y 6. ALL PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS INSTALLED UNDER THIS PROJECT SHALL CONTAIN NO MORE THAN M v 8.0% LEAD, AND ANY SOLDER OR FLUX USED IN THIS PROJECT SHALL CONTAIN NO MORE THAN ,..• + tea,.°• N 0.2% LEAD. oLo 7. ALL PIPE AND FITTINGS INSTALLED UNDER THIS PROJECT SHALL BE COLOR CODED OR MARKED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUBPARAGRAPH 62-555.320(21)(B)3, F.A.C., USING BLUE AS A PREDOMINANT COLOR FOR WATER. UNDERGROUND PLASTIC PIPE SHALL BE SOLID -WALL BLUE PIPE. O 8. THE WATER SYSTEMS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED TO PROVIDE ALL APPLICABLE STANDARDS IN CHAPTER 62-550, F.A.C. AND THE REQUIREMENTS OF CHAPTER 62-555, F.A.C. Q D 9. THE DRINKING WATER PIPING AND APPURTENANCES MUST COMPLY WITH STANDARDS, REGULATIONS, OR REQUIREMENTS OF THE AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION STANDARDS AS INCORPORATED INTO RULE 62-555.330, F.A.C., IF APPLICABLE. THE DEPARTMENT SHALL ALLOW W USE OF PIPE AND APPURTENANCES THAT DO NOT CONFORM TO THESE STANDARDS ONLY IF W DOCUMENTATION IS PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH PARAGRAPH 62-555.320(21)(C), F.A.C. w 10. THE DRINKING WATER PIPING AND APPURTENANCES MUST COMPLY WITH STANDARDS, REGULATIONS, OR REQUIREMENTS OF THE NSF INTERNATIONAL STANDARD 61 AS ADOPTED IN RULE 62-555.335, F.A.C., OR OTHER STANDARDS, REGULATIONS, OR REQUIREMENTS REFERENCED UNDER PARAGRAPH 62-555.320(3)(B), F.A.C., IF APPLICABLE. THE DEPARTMENT SHALL ALLOW U EXCEPTIONS TO CONFORMANCE WITH THESE STANDARDS, REGULATIONS OR REQUIREMENTS ONLY w IF DOCUMENTATION AND ASSURANCE IS PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH PARAGRAPH 62-555.320(3)(D), F.A.C. U LEGEND Q REMOVE EXISTING PAVEMENT Q PROPOSED ASPHALT m v m m O PROPOSED CONCRETE t TI0� O C )/ � a m j F PROPOSED ASPHALT OVERLAY u �c� , F PROPOSED SEALCOAT co I" r EXISTING BUILDING �,\ \ ry D PROPOSED STORM PIPE w ..° ( WM WET TAP EXISTING 8" PVC WM —� EXISTING STORM PIPE ® a W/ 2 TAPPING SADDLE AND VALVE — — — I WET TAP BY CONTRACTOR, CITY E PROPOSED ELECTRIC LINE — — — — — — — — — — r — � � d .' .°. •' ;-.:- _, MUST BE PRESENT FOR TAP O PROPOSED ELECTRICAL °d ( 1-1/2" WATER METER EXISTING ELECTRIC LINE SERVICE (SEE ELEC. INSTALLED BY CITY wmn PROPOSED WATER PIPE (n PLANS E1-0 FOR DETAILS " 1-1 2RPZ / EXISTING WATER PIPE w PROPOSED EXPANSION PROP SED ELECTRICAL SERVICE IN ss PROPOSED SANITARY PIPE o J CONNECT TO EXISTING < : , 1p 1 (SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS) WATER SERVICE 3" 'C QUIT=,($EE ELECTRICAL o CL COORDINATE WITH CITY PLAN fOR,',DETAILS�;' EXISTING SANITARY PIPE 0 LL PROPOSED ELECTRICAL — EXIS G 8" PVC c PROPOSED GAS MAIN U) J H 1 SERVICE IN 2" CONDUIT I WATER MAIN ( TO REMAIN) - - EXISTING GAS MAIN, 1 (SEE ELECTRICAL PLANS`i O a H FOR DETAILSI y� j — F — — — — PROPOSED FIRE SERVICE LOCATION N M (SHOWN FOR INFORMATION ONLY, — — — — — — — - -7 — — ,— — — — — — — EXISTING ,`,�"• WATER' SERVICE FIRE MAIN/SERVICE DESIGNED BY OTHERS) LJ E E E�L-v E;.. E W E (T( REMAIN) T E E E E E E W14 -- WIC — — —r W W----- �A r— '— —SJ ?r 4 (A11,7y' 1��1j{ M 0 ! Y ti� W LZ —------------ ` --- --- —1' o v { ; x LLJ - LU U U 2" PE WATER a ( 0 u v SERVICE 1 1 OPEN CUT AND ATCH OPEN CUT AND PATCH 1 LX(STING CONCRETE AS N N o o EXISTING ASPHALT AS NECESSARYI NECESSARY, M N o� o 0 '; o N L u i 1 U ui ui U m W ui N UJ Z z m 0- Z Q Q o 0 0 w m o a Zp a W U U O O p W Z LL U ¢ O W O O J U U m� Z O p W H J Y U 0 x d 0 Q OV a o0 p N LJ p p W W W W N W oKill I'l A 1.4 ®sore W eJ .� s i9 PR a R�TIF 7/31 /13 '-- - - 1306001 1 ELIMINATED FIRE MAIN LOCATION FROM TRUCK WELL TO NORTH AND SOUTH T�ta TENANT BUILDINGS. ELIMINATED GAS MAIN SHOWN FROM SOUTH THE SE C06 CORNER OF BUILDING. IF TIIII 1 rn U 0 0 N Q L m (0 ca m 0 I� ca'i O m a) Q rn 2 1 E 0 ca J_ o Q a� W fr ro L7 z U co U 3 � o N a� N E r_ I ro v U FD L_ L � m a L m (D c a o o_ .N I � m O 4 (0O Q a) O r) 0 U d 3 N ) E 0 0 c - C ro _c D 3 -a U � i 0 REPLACEMENT SURFACE TO BE TYPE S-1 OR SP-12.5, TO (W/2)+2' SURFACE JOINT TO BE MATCH EXISTING (2" THICK, MIN) MECHANICALLY SAW CUT. EXISTING ASPHALT SURFACE e' = EXISTING BASE MATERIAL 1' (TYP-)(W) REPLACEMENT BASE MATERIAL TO BE 3000 PSI HIGH EARLY STRENGTH CONCRETE. TRENCH WALL �- UTILITY PIPE NOTE: TRENCH WIDTH (W) = PIPE DIA. + 2' OPEN CUT AND PATCH DETAIL (N.T.S.) MEDIUM BROOM FINISH 12" COMPACTED SUBGRADE MIN. COMPACTED TO MIN 98% OF MAX. DRY DENSITY (ASTM D-1557) 6" CONCRETE PAVEMENT, 28 DAY MIN COMPRESSION STRENGTH OF 4,000 PSI W/ 6 X 6 10-10 WWM (WITH FIBER) TYPICAL CONCRETE PAVEMENT DETAIL NTS PARKING SLOPE AS PER PLAN O2" TYPE S-I OR SP-12.5 ASPHALT SURFACE COURSE 8" LIMEROCK BASE (LBR 100) COMPACTED TO 98 OPERCENT OF ITS MODIFIED PROCTOR MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY (ASTM-1557) 3C TACK COAT 12" COMPACTED SUB -BASE (LBR 40) COMPACTED TO O4 98 PERCENT OF ITS MODIFIED PROCTOR MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY (ASTM-1557) O5 COMPACTED SUBGRADE ASPHALT PAVING DETAIL N.T.S. CONC. FILLER 1 /4" WIDE SAW CUT 2" MIN. CON C. FILLER VULKEM 116 OR 245 (NON SAG) JOINT MATERIAL TO BE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS. PROVIDE LIGHT GRAY COLOR TO MATCH CONC. C P j BAS SAW CUT MUST BE COMPLETED WITHIN 24 HOURS OF POUR. NOTE: THOROUGHLY CLEAN JOINT OF ALL SAND, SOIL AND MISC. DEBRIS. APPLY MASKING TAPE ALONG SIDES OF JOINT FOR TEMPORARY PROTECTION DURING SEALANT APPLICATIONS. APPLY FULL BEAD OF VULKEM 116 OR 245 (NON SAG) POURABLE SEALANT AND TOOL LIGHTLY. REMOVE TAPE IMMEDIATELY. SAW CUT SHALL BE 1/3 DEPTH OF THE CONCRETE. TYPICAL SAW CUT JOINT DETAIL N.T.S. 't NOMINAL NOTE: FORM 24' X 24' NOM. W/ FULL 1" X 6" EXPANSION JOINT (TYP.) CID 1" X 2" X 18" z STAKE TO BE o REMOVED z � N SAW CUT 1/4" WIDE BY 2" DEEP CAULK SAW CUT PENETRATION FULLY. - (SEE DETAIL THIS SHEET) 1 4" RADIUS 1/2" CAULKING AND TOOLED 1 /2" MASTIC 2' LONG #4 SMOOTH l- DOWEL 0 18" O.C. 'k VISQUEEN WRAP OVER ONE END OF DOWEL PRESSURE . TREATED 1 x WOOD COMPACTED BASE EXPANSION JOINT TYP. EXPANSION JOINT & REBAR LAYOUT DETAIL N.T.S. z c� �f BOLLARD IN CURB L PIPE FILLED W/ IETE. PRIMED & D SAFETY YELLOW PER A4.0 1/2" RADIUS, TYPICAL PAVEMENT SURFACE 1'-6"W x 3-0"D x T-61- FOOTING PARKING AS SPECIFIED J" EXP. JOINT AND 6„ PREFORMED JOINT FILLER RIBBON CURB DETAIL N.T.S. STD. 6" CURB 0 6'-0" TYPE 1 STD. 6" CURB NOSE DOWN TO FINISH GRADE DRIVEWAY SURFACE CURB TRANSITION DETAIL SIDEWALK SEE SITE PLAN PARKING LOT RAMP SLOPES NOT TO EXCEED 1: 12 PER ADA REQUIREMENTS o w VARIABLE -HEIGHT co 0 CURB. MATCH "' PAVEMENT HEIGHT AT DEPRESSED RAMP CURB EDGE SIDEWALK CONCRETE CURB (3/8" LIP) TYPICAL H.C. RAMP DETAIL NTS GAURD POST (TYP) SEE DETAIL THIS SHEET) 1 1-1p 6' dia. Stool Wlards 9 conc. Filled (typ)rh x T 8" ;w + .o CL i 12' Max ( once min. Gr 00 1 14' swing gets dearK(typ.} 4' min, O drop pin holey eLm (tya•) JUAVt Iut' JCRETE SURFACE TEEL PIPE FILLED 'ONCRETE. DIED AND PAINTED ETY YELLOW PER VISH SURFACE 18" DIA. CONCRETE FOOTING GUARD POST DETAIL FINISH GRADE 1" RADIUS BOTH SIDES 6 3" PAVEMENT ELEVATIONS REFER TO THIS POINT e o z o - PARKING LOT r - SURFACE AS `° SPECIFIED (2) #4 BARS CONT. TOP & BOTTOM I- ' 6" VERTICAL CURB DETAIL N.T.S. NOTES: 1. ALL CURBING TO BE 3000 P.S.I. @ 28 DAY P.C.C. TYP. 2. PROVIDE EXPANSION JOINTS @ 20'-0" O.C. 4" MIN. 5" MAX. SURFACE OF DRIVE THRU LANE or I I BOLLARD DETAIL PER PLAN \� I '\ 7, V 6" 0 STEEL POST FILLED WITH CONCRETE 6" WIDE x 24" DEEP CONCRETE CURB FINISH fir ACE 18">tD CONCRETE =FOOTING i 4" CONCRETE CURB EDGE WALK 6"x6"-1.41.4 W.W.F. 1" RADIUS 2 - #4 BARS CONT. PARKING AS SPECIFIED 6" INTEGRAL CURB AND SIDEWALK DETAIL N.T.S. 6'-0" 5/8" OR 3/4" HOLES 12" (t) 2" MIN. 1/1 -� 3" MAX. 2" MIN. 3" MAX. 11 I I I I PITCH OPTIONAL #4 BARS, 18" LONG 8" MIN. (TWO PER GUARD) 9" MAX. R=2" CAST OR RUBBED Tie boom with 1-#5 rebor continuous 12' cieoronce min. drop pin (tYp•) g gdte (typ ) 1-0 at 4• center s' J 6. 3000 p.s.l. concrete stab with fiber mash reinforcing - 6"x 16" concrete footing[ monolithic, min 6" thickness, w! 2- #5 rebor (ty!p.) "/ 10x10 W.W.F. 1. CITY OF ZEPHYRHILLS DUMPSTER DETAIL SEE CITY STANDARD DUMPSTER DETAIL FOR SPECIFICATIONS NOTE: DUMPSTER WALL/DOORS NOT REQUIRED CONCRETE BUMPTER GUARD CONCRETE WHEELSTOP PER FDOT INDEX 300 N.T.S. MAX LONGITUDINAL GRADE 5% \-MEDIUM BROOM FINISH 12" COMPACTED SUBGRADE MIN. COMPACTED TO MIN 98% OF MAX. DRY DENSITY (ASTM D-1557) 6" CONCRETE PAVEMENT, 28 DAY MIN COMPRESSION STRENGTH OF 3,000 PSI W/ #5 REBAR 12" O/C EACH WAY AT MID DEPTH COMPACTOR PAD DETAIL NTS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. SEE STRUCTURAL PLANS FOR DETAILS F1 TYPICAL NOTES: 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN RECORD DRAWINGS DURING CONSTRUCTION WHICH SHOW "AS -BUILT" CONDITIONS OF ALL WORK INCLUDING PIPING, DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, TOPO OF POND(S), OUTLET STRUCTURES, DIMENSIONS, ELEVATIONS, GRADING ETC. SIGNED AND SEALED AS -BUILT DRAWINGS PREPARED BY A REGISTERED FLORIDA LAND SURVEYOR SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE ENGINEER OF RECORD PRIOR TO REQUESTING FINAL INSPECTION. 2. RECORD DRAWINGS AND CERTIFICATION OF COMPLETION SHALL BE SUBMITTED, SIGNED, SEALED AND DATED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD. THE DRAWINGS SHALL INDICATE ANY DEPARTURES FROM THE APPROVED PLANS DURING CONSTRUCTION. ASBUILT DRAWINGS SHALL BE CERTIFIED BY A FLORIDA LICENSED SURVEYOR. 3. THE HIGHEST GROUNDWATER WITHIN THE ROADWAY SHALL BE AT LEAST 1.5 FEET BELOW THE LIMEROCK BASE. 4. GOVERNING SPECIFICATIONS: STATE OF FLORIDA, DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION DESIGN STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS, LAST EDITION. 5. CONSTRUCTION DETAILS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH STATE OF FLORIDA, DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION ROADWAY AND TRAFFIC DESIGN STANDARDS, LAST EDITION. 6. ANY NGVD-'29 MONUMENT WITHIN THE LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION IS TO BE PROTECTED. IF IN DANGER OF DAMAGE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY: GEODETIC INFORMATION CENTER ATTN: MARK MAINTENANCE SECTION N/CG-162 6001 EXECUTIVE BOULEVARD ROCKVILLE, MARYLAND 20852 TELEPHONE NO. 301 /443-8319 7. THE LOCATION OF THE EXISTING UTILITIES SHOWN IN THE PLANS ARE APPROX. ONLY. THE EXACT LOCATIONS SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. IN ADDITION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO VERIFY IF "OTHER" UTILITIES (NOT SHOWN IN THE PLANS) EXIST WITHIN THE AREA OF CONSTRUCTION. SHOULD THERE BE UTILITY CONFLICTS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INFORM THE RESPECTIVE UTILITY OWNERS TO RESOLVE UTILITY CONFLICTS AND ADJUSTMENTS, AS REQUIRED. 8. THE APPROPRIATE UTILITY COMPANY SHALL BE NOTIFIED BY THE CONTRACTOR 48 HOURS IN ADVANCE OF ANY EXCAVATION INVOLVING THEIR UTILITIES SO THAT A COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE CAN BE PRESENT. 9. THE CONTRACTOR IS TO USE CAUTION WHEN WORKING IN OR AROUND AREAS WHERE OVERHEAD TRANSMISSION LINES OR UNDERGROUND UTILITIES. 10. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PROTECTION OF ALL UTILITIES TO REMAIN IN PLACE. 11. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CALL SUNSHINE STATE ONE CALL OF FLORIDA (811) FOR FIELD LOCATIONS 48 HOURS BEFORE DIGGING NEAR UNDERGROUND UTILITIES. 12. KNOWN UTILITIES: WATER: CITY OF ZEPHYRHILLS UTILITY DEPARTMENT SEWER: CITY OF ZEPHYRHILLS UTILITY DEPARTMENT ELECTRIC: DUKE ENERGY GAS: TECO/PEOPLES GAS PHONE: VERIZON 13. PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF ANY EXCAVATION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY W/ FLA. STATUTE 553.851 FOR THE PROTECTION OF UNDERGROUND GAS PIPELINES. 14. DESIGN ELEVATIONS ARE BASED ON THE SURVEY PREPARED BY OTHERS. 15. BACKFILL FOR ALL UTILITY AND STORM LINES AND AROUND STRUCTURES SHALL BE COMPACTED WITH NO LESS THAN 95% DENSITY. A COPY OF TEST REPORT SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE COUNTY ENGINEER. 16. APPURTENANCES FOR STORM SEWER, SANITARY SEWER, WATER AND OTHER UTILITY SYSTEM, SUCH AS MANHOLE COVERS, VALVE BOX COVER, ETC., WHICH ARE LOCATED WITHIN AN EXISTING OR PROPOSED PAVEMENT SUCH AS A ROADWAY OR SIDEWALK, SHALL BE AT GRADE WITH THE FINAL PAVEMENT. ACCEPTABLE TOLERANCE IS 3/8 INCH. A DEFICIENCY IN ASPHALT ROADWAY SHALL BE CORRECTED EITHER BY ADJUSTING THE APPURTENANCE OR THE PLACEMENT OF ASPHALT FOR A LENGTH EXTENDING FROM THE APPURTENANCE AT A SLOPE OF 50:1. GENERAL NOTES: 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTAIN DURING CONSTRUCTION ALL SEDIMENT CONTROL MEASURES AS REQUIRED TO RETAIN ALL SEDIMENTS ON THE SITE. IMPROPER SEDIMENT CONTROL MEASURES MAY RESULT IN CODE ENFORCEMENT VIOLATION. 2. ALL DISTURBED AREAS WHICH ARE NOT PAVED SHALL BE STABILIZED WITH SEEDING, FERTILIZER AND MULCH, HYDROSEED AND/OR SOD. 3. ALL NEW BUILDING ROOF DRAINS, DOWN SPOUTS, OR GUTTERS SHALL BE ROUTED TO CARRY ALL STORMWATER TO EXISTING INLETS. 4. NOTIFY SUNSHINE UTILITIES (FLORIDA ONE CALL) 48 HOURS IN ADVANCE PRIOR TO DIGGING WITHIN R/W; 811. 5. ANY DAMAGE TO EXISTING ROADS DURING CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE REPAIRED BY THE DEVELOPER/CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO FINAL AS -BUILT SIGN OFF FROM THE COUNTY. 6. IN ALL HANDICAP AREAS (PARKING SPACES AND ACCESS AISLE) MAXIMUM SLOPE/GRADE IS 2% IN ALL DIRECTIONS. IN ADDITION, ALL RAMPS HAVE A MAXIMUM SLOPE OF 1 TO 12. 7. TRANSITION CURB AND GUTTER AT HANDICAP RAMPS TO A MAXIMUM 2.0% CROSS SLOPE. ALL CROSS WALKS SHALL HAVE A MAXIMUM 2.0% CROSS SLOPE. 8. AS INDICATED ON THE SURVEY, THE ELEVATIONS ARE BASED ON AN ASSUMED DATUM, AND ARE NOT BASED ON ANY STANDARD DATUM. 9. ALL PAVEMENT CROSS SLOPES AT CROSS WALKS (SLOPES PERPENDICULAR TO THE DIRECTION OF PEDESTRIAN TRAVEL) SHALL BE A MAXIMUM OF 2%. ALL RAMPS SHALL HAVE A MAXIMUM SLOPE OF 1 IN 12. ALL LANDINGS AT STAIRS AND RAMPS SHALL HAVE A MAXIMUM SLOPE OF 2% (ALL DIRECTIONS). ALL WALKWAYS SHALL HAVE A MAXIMUM SLOPE LESS THAN 5% IN THE DIRECTION OF TRAVEL. ALL MAXIMUM SLOPES ARE ABSOLUTE AND SUPERSEDE CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES STATED IN THE PROJECT SPECIFICATION. THE CONTRACTOR HAS THE OPTION OF ADJUSTING GRADES TO ALLOW FOR CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCE BUT SHALL NOT ADJUST GRADES TO LESS THAN 1% SLOPE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ENGINEER/ARCHITECT REGARDING ANY GRADE REVISIONS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION OF THE PAVEMENT AREAS. THE PAVEMENT SLOPES SHALL BE REVIEWED AFTER CONSTRUCTION AND PAVEMENT OVER THE MAXIMUM SLOPES SPECIFIED ABOVE SHALL BE REPLACED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. 10. ALL TRIMMING UNDERTAKEN ON A TREE PROTECTED BY THE PROVISIONS OF THE LAND DEVELOPMENT CODE SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI) A-300 PRUNING STANDARDS. 11. TO MINIMIZE SOIL EROSION, PROPOSED LAND ALTERATION ACTIVITIES SHALL NOT UNNECESSARILY REMOVE EXISTING VEGETATION AND ALTER EXISTING TOPOGRAPHY. ADEQUATE PROTECTION MEASURES (I.E., HAY BALES, BAFFLES, SODDING AND SANDBAGGING) SHALL BE PROVIDED, AS NECESSARY, TO MINIMIZE EROSION AND DOWNSTREAM SEDIMENTATION CAUSED BY SURFACE WATER RUN-OFF ON EXPOSED LAND SURFACES. 12. ANY AREAS SUBJECT TO EROSION MUST BE ADEQUATELY STABILIZED WITH VEGETATIVE MATERIAL THAT SHALL, WITHIN A REASONABLE TIME FRAME, DETER SOIL DISTURBANCE. SODDING, PLUGGING, SPRIGGING OR SEEDING IS ACCEPTABLE FOR STABILIZATION; HOWEVER, SODDING MAY BE REQUIRED IN AREAS OF EROSION -PRONE SOILS OR WHERE SLOPES ARE GREATER THAN 5:1. VEGETATION OTHER THAN GRASS IS ACCEPTABLE UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. c Yf MEDIUM BROOM FINISH 12" COMPACTED SUBGRADE MIN. COMPACTED TO MIN 98% OF �> MAX. DRY DENSITY (ASTM D-1557) 1 SUBGRADE TO BE FREE DRAINING (K>5'/DAY) ) 6" CONCRETE PAVEMENT, 28 DAY MINI COMPRESSION STRENGTH OF 5,000 PSIS ( W/ #5 REBAR 6" O/C EACH WAY �I AT MID DEPTH LOADING DOCK CONCRETE DETAIL BID ALTERNATE NTS SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS. i SEE GEOTECH REPORT FOR SOILS RECOMMENDATIONS. U C9 N ZN N V �C1J OZ X aoOF ww Z ••ZN Ld NWO N'•`sZ0c. = wWLowQ Z>00000:O O09 1 _j 00 z M r_ U + UQ- w 000 w N �1- 'O n U) W w W J J W L o U z U W U W Q 10 ILL 2 H w to _ z am 0 W N 4 o 0 Z U U V U 0 C V v N O N r O 04 'I-,N - O 04 to N O O w w ate, w w � m U) w V Q O z = w n o J p Z Q Q Z } z���' QoU a(n w m O a zp O W a U Z U O U p a W o L� W 0 O J O U in z 0O t W -N W -� Y U W a Q L O a o 0 vpwi WWi p Li _j p w w p w of ir \SON ix �11J 4)Qj � � '® < op 0 fill ` U ILL D,47� 7/31 /13 p'aoJ�cr No. 1306001 mws fe-ea. C07